Narrative of an expedition to the source of St. Peter's River, Lake Winnepeek, Lake of the Woods, &c., &c. [microform] : performed in the year 1823, by order of the Hon. J.C. Calhoun, secretary of war, under the command of Stephan H. Long, major U.S.T.E.

evneaur,

ay,

Destqn'd bv

MAJOR LONG’S

SECOND EXPEDITION.

NARRATIVE

OF

AN EXPEDITION
“a TO THE
SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER,
LAKE WINNEPEEK, LAKE OF THE WOODS,
Sc. He.
PERFORMED IN THE YEAR 1823,
BY ORDER OF
THE HON. J. C. CALHOUN, SECRETARY OF WAR,
UNDER THE COMMAND OF

STEPHEN H. LONG, Masor U. S. T. E.

77 COMPILED FROM THE NOT™'S. OF MAJOR LONG, MESSRS, SAY,
xvATING, AND COLHOUN,

BY

WILLIAM H. KEATING, A. M. &c.

PROFESSOR OF MINERALOGY AND CHEMISTRY AS APPLIED TO THE ARTS, IN
THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA ; GEOLOGIST AND
HISTORIOGRAPHER TO THE EXPEDITION.

= IN TWO VOLUMES.
VOL. Il.

PHILADELPHIA :
H. C. CAREY & I. LEA—CHESNUT STREET,

EASTERN DISTRICT OF PENNSYLVANIA, to wit:

BE IT REMEMBERED, That on the twenty-ninth day of Novem-
ber, in the forty-ninth year of the independence of the United States
of America, A. D, 1824, H.C. Cangy & I. Lea of the said district, have
deposited in this office the title of a book, the right whereof they claim
as proprietors, in the words following, to wit:

‘‘ Narrative of an Expedition to the Source of St. Peter’s River, Lake
“‘ Winnepeek, Lake of the Woods, &c. &c. performed in the year 1823,
‘ by order of the Hon. J.C. Calhoun, Secretary of War, under the com-
“mand of Stephen H. Long, Major U. 8. T. E. Compiled from the
‘notes of Major Long, Messrs, Say, Keating, and Colhoun, by Wil-
“liam H. Keating, A. M. &c. Professor of Mineralogy and Chemistry
‘© as applied to the Arts, in the University of Pennsylvania; Geologist
“and Historiographer to the Expedition. In two volumes—Vol. 11.”

In conformity te the act of the Congress of the United States, entitled

“ An act for the enconragement of learning, by securing the copies of

maps, charts, and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies,

during the times therein mentioned.”—And also to the act, entitled,

** An act supplementary to an act, entitled, ‘‘ An act for the encourage-

ment. of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, and books,

to the authors and proprietors of such copies during the times therein

mentioned,” and extending the benefits thereof to the Arts of design-
ing, engraving, and etching historical ana «ther prints.”

D. CALDWELL,
Clerk of the Eastern District of Pennsylvania..

SKERRETT~--LOCUST STREE'!',
PHILADELPHTA,

Sheen atamnarma aii

=’

Novem-
| States
vt, have
y claim

r, Lake
r 1823,
1e com-
ym the
y Wil-
mustry
ologist
1. 11?

ntitled
pies of
copies,
titled,
urage -
books,
herein
lesign-

CONTENTS OF VOL. II.

— ee

CHAPTER I.

Page.
The party leave Lake Travers. They fall in with large herds of
buffalo. Observations upon the rovings of this animal. Meeting
with a war party of the Wahkpakotas who manifest hostile dis-
positions. Arrival at Pembina - - . - 5

CHAPTER II.

Fort Douglas, and Lord Selkirk’s colony. Bark canoes, Lake
Winnepeek. Fort Alexander. River Winnepex Rapias.
Portages. ‘ine falis. Lake of the Woods. North-westernmost
point of the boundary line. Rainy Lake river and lake. Fort,
Series of rapids and lakes. Dividing ridge. Falls of Kamana-
tekwoya. Arrival at Fort William - - - 58

CHAPTER II.

Account of the Chippewa Indians. Their usages, manners, and
customs . - - - : - - 151

CHAPTER IV.

Departure from Fort William. Tivap formations on Lake Supe-
rior. Michipicotton house. Arrival at the Sault de St. Marie.
Conclusion of the Journey - ° - - 174

CHAPTER V.

Ge::eral description of the country traversed by the Expedition,
designed as a topographical report to the War Department, by
S. H Long, Major United States’ Topographical Engineers.
I, Of the country between Philadelphia and the Ohio river - 207
Il. Of the country between the Ohio river and Lake Michigan 209
Ill. Of the country and navigable communications between Lake

Michigan and the Mississippi river - - - 212
XV. Of the St. Peter river and adjacent country. Also of the Co-
teau des Prairies - - ~ - - - 220

Vox. II. 12

Vi CONTENTS OF VOL. II.

V. Of Red river and the adjacent country - = Page 225
VI. Of the country between Lakes Winnepeek and Superior 231
VII. Remarks ona variety of subjects connected with the topogra-

phy of the country -~ .- - - - - 241
Ist. Of the natural features of the country in a military point of
view - ‘ . - - - - id,
2d. Of the Indians inhabiting the country traversed by the Expe-
dition © ° P A é é Pr 244
3d. Statements relative to the elevation of different parts of the
country . - - - - : ° 247
4th. Of the accompanying Map - : - - 250
APPENDIX.
Part I.—Natural History. § 1. Zoology, by Thomas Say.
A. Class Polypi—Order Vaginati - - - - 253
B. Class Pisces * : - - - - 254
C, Class Mollusca - - - : - - 256
D. Class Vermes—Order Cryptobranchia — - - - 266
E. Class Insecta—-Order Coleoptera - . - - 268
Orthoptera - - - - 297
Hemiptera - - - - 298
Neuroptera - - - 305
Hymenoptera : - - 310
Diptera - : - - $56

§ 2. Botany. A Catalogue of plants collected in the North-west-
ern territory, by Mr. Thomas Say, in the year 1823. By Lewis

D. de Schweinitz - - - . ° - $79
Part I.—Astronomy- - - : ° - 401
Part Ili.—Meteorology - - - - - 417

Part IV.—Indian Vocubularies ° - - ° 547

NARRATIVE OF AN EXPEDITION

TO THE

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER,
&c. &c.

ere

CHAPTER I.

The party leave Lake Travers. They fall in with large
herds af buffalo. Observations upon the rovings of
this animal. Meeting with a war party of the Wahk-
pakotas who manifest hostile dispositions. Arrival at
Pembina,

THE fort of the Columbia Fur Company has been de-
termined, by Mr. Colhoun, to be in latitude 45° $9' 52"
north, and in longitude 96° 34' 30" west; the magnetic
variation at this place amounts to 12° 28' 50" east. The
lake upon which it stands is about fifteen miles long; in
breadth it scarcely exceeds one mile. It is the handsomest
of the three lakes which we saw near the head of the St.
Peter. It is incased more than one hundred feet below the
adjoining prairies, but the valley in which it lies is about
double the breadth of the lake itself, and is filled with large
fragments of primitive rocks. A view of this lake has been
given in the Frontispiece to volume second, it includes the
Company’s fort, the Indian lodges near it, and also a scaf-
fold, upon which the remains of a Sioux had been depo-
sited. The horizon is bounded by a distant view of the
Coteau des Prairies. The lake has received its present ap-
Vox. IT. 2

enamel
enc iene a

EE —————eEEEE

6 EXPEDITION TO THE

pellation, from the circumstance that it is in a direction nearly
transverse to that of the Big Stone and Qui Parle Lakes,
these being directed to the north-west, while Lake Tra-
vers points to the north-east. By the Indians it is called
Otter-tail Lake, from its form. On the 26th of July, we
left the fort, and, as we ascended the bluff in the rear of
the establishment, we fired a salute in return for that which
we had received on our arrival. Having ascended the St.
Peter up to its head in Big Stone Lake, our next object
was to proceed “to the intersection between Red river
and the 49th degree of north latitude ;”’ and as we were
informed that that stream runs nearly north and south, we
determined to travel the usual xoute to Pembina and Fort
Douglas, two of the posts of the Hudson’s Bay Company,
between which the 49th parallel was reported to strike the
river.

On leaving Lake Travers, our party was strengthened
by the addition of Mr. Jeffries, one of the Company, who
agreed to guide us to Pembina, and by four Frenchmen,
who were returning to that place, with six carts which
had been employed to convey the families and baggage of
several Swiss emigrants, from the British settlements to
the St. Peter. Of these carts, we chartered four to convey
our baggage and provisions. As it was expected that, after
hiaving travelled forty miles, we should meet with no Da-
cotas, it was agreed that when Renville should have
accompanied us thut distance, he would be at liberty to
return to the fort where business required his presence.
Vague reports of large parties of Dacotas had been circu-
lated for some days past, and a rumour that five hundred
lodges of the Yanktoanan were collected on Shienne river,
made us desirous of being accompanied by Wanotan, which
he readily agreed to do; finding, however, that these re-

e
v
d
F
li

> sy ey

— fF ef AF = or

nearly
Lakes,
e Tra-
called
ly, we
ear of
which
the St.
object
river
; were
ith, we
d Fort
pany,
ke the

thened
7, who
hmen,
which
age of
nts to
onvey
» after
o Da-

have
rty to
sence.
circu-

dred
river,

hich
se re-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. vi

ports were groundless, and that this excursion would be
inconvenient to him, as it would deprive him of the oppor-
tunity of laying in a store of buffalo meat for winter, we
relucta:itly acquiesced in his wish to be released from his
promise.

The first day of our journey was unpleasant; it was
across dry prairies. We stopped to dine upon the banks of
what is termed Miishtinchd Watapan, (Hare river.) At the
time that we crossed it, the stream had disappeared; a lit-
tle stagnant water, collected in hollows, ofered bunt an un-
pleasant drink for ourselves and our horses. This valley is
a mere trench in the prairie, into which the waters collect
after heavy rains; it affords them a passage to the more per
manent streams. Its bed is about fifteen yards wide. The
woods became vey scarce as we advanced, only a few
points being seen at a distance; the plain upon which we
were travelling was apparently boundless; it was covered
with a short grass of a pale or yellowish-green hue. The
eye of the mineralogist could not detect a single stone
within a mile’s travel, and the few that were observed
during the day, were rolled and uninteresting. In some
places pebbles were very thick, as if we had been travel-
ling upon the bed of some former river or lake; but the
mind endeavours in vain to establish limits to the vast ex-
panse of water, which certainly at some former day over-
flowed the whole of that country.

On the bluff which encloses the lake we saw a few small
tumuli, the last that were observed by our party ; we have
not been able to hear of the existence of any to the north-west
of this place. Thus have we, during this expedition, traced
these ancient Indian works from Irville in Ohio to the head
of Red river, upon a distance of upwards of eight hundred
miles in a direct line, and nearly double that amount ac-

8 EXPEDITION TO THB

cording to our devious route. We have occasionally met
with them very abundant, bearing evident. signs of the
most consummate design, and yet we are as unable to form
a correct estimate of the authors of these extensive works,
of the period at which they were executed, and of the objects
for which they were erected, as any of the travellers. who
have preceded us. If for the purpose of commemorating
the names and heroic deeds of warriors or statesmen, how
inadequate the means to the object proposed! ‘How infe-
rior in thj¢ Tespect ta the splendid and permanent pyra-
mids of Cheops, of Cholula, of Teotihuacan; yet the labour
which has been wasted upon these tumuli would, if con-
centrated, have more than sificed to erect any one or per-
haps all those pyramids. In looking back to the numerous
tumuli which we have seen, we cannot help admitting in
the words of one of our fellow travellers, that “ the splen-
did antiquities of the East minister to the pride of man;
they are glorious trophies of victory, gained by human
genius and power over time. History tells us the interest-
ing circumstances connected with them ; they, in turn, con-
firm her story. But here ferocious conquerors have torn
her pages, or they remain unfilled by a posterity forgetful
that it is a duty to cherish her, not only for instruction’s
sake, but also that the benefactors of mankind may receive
their raerited share of fame, and that the censure of «iter
ages may light upon those who have proved the tyrants of
their species. Here we fini nothing to rescue “ ab injuria
oblivionis.”” So rude cad concise are the epitaphs, so faint
and time-worn the characters of these tombs, that we strain
our eyes in vain, we can read no further than. the Hic
jacet—’’*

* Mr. Colhoun’s MS.

lly met
of the
to form
works,
objects
rs. who
orating
n, how
w infe-
t pyra-
» labour
if con-
or per-
merous
ting ir
> splen-
f man ;
human
terest-
n; con-
ve torn
prgetful
iction’s
eceive
bf “iter
ants of
injuria
60 faint
p Strain

e Hic

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 9

The dullness of our morning ride was dissipated by the
distant view of the buffalo grazing upon the prairie. We
shall not attempt to depict the joy, which the first cry of
“ buffaloes in sight,”’ created in the whole company ; all were
in activity. The practised hunters in .ediately gave chase
to the buffaloes, and before the sun set, three of these noble
animals had been slain. We encamped early to enjoy what,
to many of our party, was an entirely new scene. The
spot which we were obliged to select, was utterly destitute
of wood, and the only fuel which we could procure was
the buffalo dung, which lay profusely scattered over the
prairie. This madea fine warm fire, giving out no smell.
The meat was cooked, and eaten with great delight. The
party never were, perhaps, in greater spirits than during
that evening. They considered themselves almost on their
way home. For the first time they saw abundance of game
before them, and a prospect of its continuance for a few
days, whence they anticipated ample supplies of stores in
the camp.

The spot of our encampment is called, both by Indians
and traders, Buffalo Lake; it is only an extension of Lake
Travers, being separated but by a marsh overgrown with
high grass, through which a canoe can navigate at all times.
It is immediately below this place that the lake assumes
the characters of a stream, and receives the name of Sioux
or Swan river. Mr. Colhoun endeavoured to determine
the situation of this place, but a high southerly wind im-
peded his observations. Previous to encamping, we passed
a party of squaws. engaged in conveying to their. camp
some slices of fresh meat to jerk; their fellow labourers
were dogs. Each of the dogs had the ends of two poles
crossed and fastened over the shoulders, with a piece of
hide underneath to prevent chafing. ‘The other extremi-

10 EXPEDITION TO THE

ties dragged on the ground. This sort of vehicle was se-
cured to the animal by a string passing round the breast,
and another under the abdomen; transverse sticks, the
ends of which were fastened in the poles, kept these at a
proper distance, and supported the meat. This seems to be
the only mode of harnessing dogs, practised among the
Sioux ; we believe, they never use them in teams, as is cus-
tomary with the traders. Some of the gentlemen of the
party went to the Indian camp, and were rewarded for
their pains by eating of the swan’s meat, which we had not
yet had an opportunity of tasting ; they found it very in-
different.

The next morning, as we proceeded, the buffaloes began
to. thicken before us ; in every direction numbers of them
were. seen, They generally collected in herds of thou-
sands together, keeping at a distance from us, though
sometimes suffering us to approach very near to them,
and, in some cases, indeed, running through our line of
march. We stopped in the morning at a few Indian lodges,
which we were pleased to find.were those of our acquaint-
ance Wanotan, the Yanktoanan chief. He invited us to
partake of some fresh buffalo meat, which, being obtained
from a fat cow, far exceeded in quality that which we had
tasted the preceding evening. Wanotan assured us, that
from the information which he had obtained, he thought
we would not meet with any Dacotas after passing the
Beis des Sioux, a small grove at a distance, and beyond
which we expected to encamp that night. Some of the
gentlemen having expressed a desire to see the chief hunt
the buffalo with his bow and arrow, he complied with
their request. In the mean while, the body of the party
continued their route, crossed the dry bed of Sioux River,
and proceeded as far as the Bois des Sioux, where they

Tea

dines

ite
iti
a
A
a
aa
if
he
a
i
ay
eid
#)
at
ine
it
Ht
!
:
{s
ie
t
i

—s

—
rae

See er

aS

SES

iar it a nn SARS Ss DORE IO a

ee
ow

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 11

formed their encampment at an early hour, owing to a
very heavy and continued rain; at this place, they were
overtaken by the gentlemen who had gone out with Wa-
notan, and were much interested by the recital of his ad-
dress and success in hunting. These gentlemen had like-
wise killed a couple of calves, which gave us an opportu-
nity of tasting the buffalo veal ; we found it good, but not
to be compared to the beef of that animal. The Indians,
we believe, never kill the calves when they can help it.
We saw one of these little creatures that had been brought
to Lake Travers, and which they intended to domesticate ;
it was a male calf, about two or three months old, of a uni-
form dun colour; the hump had not yet begun to form; it
almost continually made a grunting noise, not unlike that
of a hog. A domestic cow nourished it without discover-
ing any thing more than occasional uneasiness at its hard
sucking, though at first she submitted only through foree.

The squaws at Wanotan’s lodge were engaged in jerk-
ing the meat and dressing the skins which he had obtain-
ed. We had some curiosity to observe their mode of ope-
rating. ‘The meat was cut up in thin and broad slices and
exposed on poles, all reund the lodge. Two days of ex-
posure to a hot sun are sufficient to dry the meat so that it
will keep. The skins are dressed in a very simple man-
ner; the green skin is stretched on the ground by means
of stakes driven through its edges; then with a piece of
bone, sharpened to a cutting edge, about an inch wide, and
similar to a chisel, the softer portions on the flesh side are
scraped off, and with an instrument of iron similar to the
bit of a carpenter’s plane, the hair is removed from the
outside. If the operation be interrupted here, the product
is a sort of parchment; but if the skin be intended for
moccassins or clothing, it is then worked with the hands

12 EXPEDITION TO THE

in the brain of animals, which gives it the requisite de-
gree of softness. In order to qualify it for exposure to
moisture, the skin is sometimes smoked, but this deprives
it of its. natural white appearance. When the skin has
been prepared with care, but not smoked, -the shirt and
leggings made from it, with broad edges, left without the
seam and cut into fringe, form a very: handsome dress.
Instead of the brains of animals, strong soap-suds could be
used in the dressing of the skin, and we have it upon the
authority of Lawson, that “ young Indian corn, beaten to a
pulp, will effect the same as the brains.’’*

We observed that ‘Wanotan, used the common Sioux
bow, not exceeding four feet in length ; the arrows were
proportional. At Wapasha’s some of the party observed
a bow of from five to six feei, which he was engaged in
rasping ; but perhaps it was intended to be cut off to the
usual size.

Our route that day Jed us near to Sioux river; for
some distance we had on our right a ridge of about thirty
or forty feet in height, which as we advanced inclined to
the north-east and soon disappeared. By. the Dacotas,
Sioux river is called Kantdké, from a thicket of plum
bushes near its head. A few insulated patches of wood
seen scattered over the prairie form the “ Isles des Bois”’ of
the voyagers. We were shown, at a distance, on the west
bank of the river, an elevation, called by the Indians
the Thunder’s Nest; at its base there are a number of salt
ponds.

As we were travelling’along the prairie that morning,
we were delighted to see our former companion, Lieut.
Scott, from whom we, had been separated for upwards of

*Tawson’s New Voyage to North Carolina, ut supra, p. 209.

pare
Wil
of R
Chi;
quer
tiliti

A
the |
bran:
struc
in L
year.
bour!

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 13

three weeks. By the most active exertions, Mr. Scott had
been enabled to descend the Mississippi to Prairie du
Chien and return to Fort St. Anthony, then to ascend along
the.St. Peter a certain distance, when his horse failing, he
was obliged to retrace his steps to: the fort. After which
he reascended the river, and finally overtook us, having
travelled upwards of eight hundred miles, part of which
was performed alone, and without any other subsistence
than that obtained by hunting. His anxiety to overtake the
party had led him to neglect his health and comfort dur-
ing that journey. On his arrival, he took the direction of
the escort which, until then, Mr. Denny had commanded.
Our numbers remained, however, the same, as Renville
parted from us that morning.

The Bois des Sioux is supposed to be the northernmost
limit of-the undisputed property of the Sioux on Red
River. Beyond this they never hunt without being pre-
pared for war, as the prairies between this place and the
Wild Rice River to the east, and Turtle River to the west
of Red River, form a sort. of debatable land, which both
Chippewas and Dacotas claim, and upon which both fre-
quently hunt, but always in a state of preparation for hos-
tilities. wa

After travelling nine miles beyond the Bois des Sioux,
the party came to a stream, called Red River. This stream
branches out, at about four miles above the place where we
struck it ; one of its branches rises, as we have mentioned,
in Lake Travers, but is dried up during some parts of the
year. Theother rises in Otter-tail Lake, which is in the neigh-
bourhood of the head of the Riviere de Corbeau. By the
Indians this branch is called Otter-tail River, and the stream
continues, after the junction of the two, to be called by
them Sioux or Swan River, until it receives the Red Fork
Vox. II. 3

14 EXPEDITION TO: THE

that rises in Red Lake; they then apply to the stream the

name of Red River; while the traders have bestowed this &

name to the branch that rises in Otter-tail Lake. ¥
That lake is, as we were informed by one of our carters, a

situated about one hundred and fifty miles in a north-

easterly course from the head of Lake Travers; it is, ac-

cording to his statement, about twenty-four miles long, and

from four and a half to five miles wide. From the point ,

at which we crossed Red River, Otter-tail Lake bears north- 3

east, and is distant about seventy or eighty miles. Near to

the head of the river are high lands, which were visible at va-

rious times during the day, they are called the “ Montagnes

des Feuilles,’’ or Leaf Mountains. Mr. Jeffries described the

country in that direction as being full of small lakes and

“ islands of.wood.’’ We forded Red River, it was about

twenty-five yards wide, and about two and a half feet deep.

Its current was very rapid; the colour of its waters was

white, owing to the muddy nature of its bans. As we

were crossing it one of the carts was by the carelessness of

the driver upset, just as it descended the bank, so that its

contents got wet; as these consisted principally of the

jerked meat, we were obliged to stop on the opposite bank

to dry it, lest it should spoil. This detained us a long

while, and afforded to some of the party an opportunity of

shooting buffalo. The harassed state of our horses had

obliged Major Long, that morning, to issue an order to

prevent the “running of the buffalo,” as it is called here, or

the chasing of them on horse-back. Such a chace frequenily

extends, over four or five miles, and the excitement whicl:

the horses themselves derive from it, is sometimes suffi- ‘

cient ‘to impel them to run until their strength is com-

pletely exhausted. This measure, prescribed by a prudent

care of our horses, was likewise in accordance with the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 15

dictates of humanity, for all who are not hunters, callousto
the sight of a tortured animal, must regret the very indiscri-
minate slaughter which is usually made of the buffalo; yet it
must be acknowledged that the sport has something digni-
fied and highly interesting, and that it requires no small
share of self-contro] to remain a passive observer of it.
Notwithstanding the general ‘orders issued to that effect,
about tifteen buffaloes were killed’in one day.

After having dried our meat, we continued our journey,
and soon discovered, at a distance, a herd of elk, (Cervus ma-
jor,) to which three of the gentlemen immediately gave
chase. This herd consisted of about fifty or sixty elks. After
having approached on horseback as near as they could, with-
out alarming them, the gentlemen dismounted, and crept for
about a quarter of a mile on their hands ard knees, lead-
ing their horses, until they came within eighty yards, when
they all fired, and one of the herd fell. Mr. Colhoun, who
was one of the pariy, then mounted his horse and pursued
the herd for more than a mile. His horse being the best
in the company, he got up with them in half that distance,
but the horse was so much alarmed by the appearance of
the elks, having probably’never seen the animal before,
that no spurring on the part of the rider, could urge him
on near enough to give effect to the pistol’shots which he
fired. While Mr. Colhoun was chasing them, he observed
that the elks in the rear would frequently stop to look at
him. ‘When in herds, elks are easily overtaken, but when
they are alone it is much more difficult. This animal is
however represented as being short-winded. The elk are
generally approached ina creeping posture ; this mode is also
used in hunting buffaloes, by those whose horses are not very
fleet. In order to protect their guns from the moisiure of
the grass, as well as to prevent them from being accidentally

16 EXPEDITION TO THE

cocked, it is usual for the hunters to cover their gun locks
with a piece of leather. Th. animal which our companions
killed preved vo be a female; they were engaged until
near sunset in skinning and cutting it up, so that it was
late in the evening when they reached the camp; this they
found in a state of activity, owing to the adventures which
the party had experienced in the afternoon.

While: riding quietly ‘across the prairie, with the eye
intent upon the beautiful prospect of the buffaloes that
were xiazing, our attention was suddenly aroused by
the discharge of a gun in the vicinity of the river, which
flowed about half a mile west of the course that, we were
then travelling. While we were reckoning up our party,
to know if any had straggled to a distance, we saw two In-
dians running across the prairie; their number increased
very soon to twelve or fifteen, who hastened towards us,
but as soon a: they came near our party, stopped and exa-
mined us with minuteness; after which they presented
their hands to us; we gave them ours. It was immediately
observed that they were in a complete state of preparation
for wa, being perfectly naked, with the exception of a
breech-cloth. They had even luid their. blankets by. All
of them were armed with guns, apparently in very good
order, or with*bows and arrows, and some with both.
Their appearance though at first friendly soon became in-
sulting.. Their party had, in the mean while, increased to
thirty or forty, so that they outnumbered ours. We. found
that they belonged to the Wahkpakota or Leaf Indians,
whose character, even among their own countrymen, is
very bad. Mr. Jeffries, who was to act as. interpreter, be-
ing away, we availed ourselves of Mr. Snelling’s know-
ledge of the language to communicate to them, in the
<ourse of conversation, our objects and intentions, as well as

-_

y

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. L7

the friendly reception which we had met with on the part of
Wanotan and the other Indians whom we had seen. Ina
tone rather imperative than courteous, they expressed their
wish that ‘we shuu.d go to their camp and speak to their old
chief. This we declined doing, informing them that some
of our party had separated from us, and that we had a
long journey to travel. They pointed to the sun, which
was then low in the horizon, and added that we had no
time to proceed further, and that we had better encamp
with them that night, As an inducement, they added that
we should be provided with saws, whose beauty they
commended much. This offer was alone sufficient to stamp
them as worthless members of their natidn, for the Daco-
tas agree in this respect with the Sauks, considering, as
Wennebea expressed himeelf, that “men were not made
like dogs for promiscuous intercourse.” In this particular
as wellas in many others, the Dacotas differ materially
frum the Indians of the Missouri, whose manners Mr. Say
described in the “ Account of the Expedition to the
Rocky Mountains.” Major Long declined their invitation,
whereupon they insisted that ovr party should encamp at
a neighbouring grove which they pointed out to us, as they
observed that this would be a convenient place for their
chief to come and smoke with us in the evening. While
this conversation was going on, Mr. Say remarked that,
either through design or accident, the Indians had in-
termixed themselves so much with our party, that every
one of our number was placed between two or -more
of theirs. Mr, Snelling overheard. them talking of our
horses, admiring them, and examining the points of each;
one of their band had even venturea so far as to ask him
which horse was considered the best of the party. Find-
ing that all further conversation was a waste of time, and

18 EXP’DITION TO THE

having given them as much tobacco as our small stock of
Indian presents allowed us to spare, Major Long: mounted
his horse, and gave his men orde ‘o march: The Indians
attempted no opposition at the ti: but after we had tra-
velled about a quarter of a mile, tney following in our
rear, ‘a gun was fired at some distance on the prairie, to the
right of our line, and a number of mounted Indians were
seen in that direction, coming towards us. Those who had
follc wed us, then made a signal to them that we were white
men; und ran up to us to desire that, as their chief was
then coming up, we would stop and shake hands with
him; the party halted, until the mounted Indians had
come up and greeted us in the usual:manner. Observing
that their chief was not athong them, Major Long again
set his men in motion, but before we had proceeded far,
several of them ran up to the head of the line, fired their
guns across our path, reloaded them immediately, and
formed a crescent in front of the leader, to prevent
him from proceeding. At that time the number of the In-
dians must have been about seventy or eighty, while ours
amounted only to twenty-five. Their intentions could not
be misunderstood. It was probable that they did not care
much to harm our persons, but they were anxious to pilfer
our baggage, and: especially to secure our horses; and as
we were resolved not to part with them without a strug-
gle, it was evident that the first gun fired would be the
signal for’an attack, which must end in the total destruc-
tion of our party ; for the number of the Indians, and their
mode of dispersing upon the prairie, and continually chang-
ing their situation during a skirmish, would have given
them a very great advantage over us, as, in order to pro-
tect our horses and baggage, we would have remained col-
lected in a body, and exposed to their arrows and balls.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 19

But even in such a case, they must have lost some of their
number, and this consideration, all-powerful with Indians,
probably induced them to defer their attack until night,
when their advantages would be still greater; and hence
their anxiety that we should encamp in their vicinity. Had
Major Long been perfectly free to act as he pleased, he
would have ayoided all further conversation, and have
proceeded the whole night without'stopping at all that eve-
ning; but this he could not do as long as some of the gentle-
men were separated, for in such a case they would have been
éasily cut off by the Indians. It was with a view to give them
a chance to overtake us, that he had continued the conference
so long, and that he finally decided upon encamping at a
point of wood then in sight, but further than that which
had been proposed by the Indians. With this view, the
Major ordered the men to march; when one of the In-
dians advanced up to the hesd of the line, stopped the
horse of the leader, and cocked his gun. The soldier who
was there, and whose name was George Bunker, immedi-
ately imitated this action, determined to be prepared for
shot as soon as his antagonist; at this moment Major Lo ig
marched up to the head of the line, and led off the party.
There can be no doubt that the resolution thus manifested
had a great influence in preventing the Indians from mak-
ing an immediate attack. It was night before we reached
the place where we intended to halt. The tents were not
pitched. . The position was selected at a distance from the
river, as the banks of the stream are skirted with woods in
which a number of Indians were distinctly seen. Our
horses were staked with very short ropes, the arms were
all examined and loaded afresh, six centinels placed on
duty, and the rest of the party remained up ready to re-
sist any attack; a large fie was kindled in order to ap-

20 EXPEDITION TO THE

prize our companions of our situation; and in this unplea-
sant uncertainty about their fate we remained until they
made their appearance. They had fortunately seen no In-
dians. The supply of provisions which they brought was
tasted, but found inferior to the buffalo. The fat of the elk
partakes of the nature of tallow, and is much less fusible than
that of other animals, so that unless eaten very hot it con-
solidates and adheres to the mouth. * The best part of the
animal is the udder, which, being fixed upon a forked stick,
was roasted before the fire. As soon as our meal was finished
the fire was extinguished. A few Indians had accompanied
us to our camp, but all withdrew after a while except an
old worthless man, who was recognized by several of the
party, as his character was notorious at Fort St. Anthony.
This fellow was one of the most impudent of the band, cease-
lessly begging for tobacco, whiskey, &c. When he was told
that the party had no whiskey with them, and that they
had given as.much tobacco as they could spare, he observ-
ed, with the greatest effrontery, “ what then can you give
me ?”? Observing that Mr. Keating was drinking out of his
canteen, one of these Indians came up to him, and extend-
ed his hand, asking for whiskey ; being told that it contain-
ed water and not whiskey, he attempted to take the can-
teen, which was, however, resisted.

The party being again safely united, Major Long con-
sidering that if an attack was intended, it would be made
a short time before daylight, determined to allow the
horses to.rest until midnight, when-the moon, rising, would
make it pleasant and safe to travel. Accordingly at that
hour we resumed our line of march. Our preparations for
departure were made*with ‘the greatest expedition and
silence, so as not to be observed by the Indians at a dis-
tance, and to avoid disturbing the old man that was sleep-

meat
ty th
servi
insta
dians
were
fear, |
a circ
derst

Ha
hostil
have
diver
a fine
our Pp
and a
upon
woul
thoug

Vo

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 21

ing or ailecting to sleep under one of our carts; in the

latter purpose, however, we failed; the old man awoke,
and seeing what we were about, he left us immediately,
notwithstanding the attempt made to amuse him with con-
versation until we should be ready to start; but we could
not detain him; we saw him walk over the prairie, and
by the light of the moon traced his figure until he ap-
proached near to the river, when he disappeared in the
woods. This was the last Dacota whom we saw.

Our march was continued without interruption for six
hours; we have reason to believe that it is to this sudden
departure that we owe our having escaped an attack from
that band.

It may be interesting to mention, that the Dacotas have
means of communicating information to those of their par-
ty that are at a distance. We had an opportunity of ob-
serving these telegraphic communications in more than one
instance. In this case, in order to inform the mounted In-
dians that were seen at a distance on the prairie that we
were white men, and that they might approach without
fear, a few of them separated from the group, and ran round
a circle several times, a signal which was immediately un-
derstood by their friends.

Had not our attention been seriously occupied by the
hostile dispositions manifested by these Indians, we should
have taken much interest in witnessing one of their great
diversions. Some time before we met them, we observed
a fine buffalo bull, who seemed to challenge a combat with
our party ; he travelled for about two miles abreast of us,
and almost within gunshot; his eyes were intently bent
upon us. Though occasionally driven off by our dog, he
would constantly return, and continue in a parallel line, as
though he were watching our motions. This fearless cha-
Vor. II. 4

22 EXPEDITION TO THE

racter, so unlike that of buffaloes in general, excited our
surprize and admiration; and accordingly we determined
to spare him, and see how long he would continue to tra-
vel with us. But the noble animal offered too strong a
temptation to the Indians ; seeing him stop at the same place
where we had halted, a few of them, especially the
youngest of the party, ran up to him, and in a few mo-
ments several balls, and perhaps a dozen of arrows, had re-
duced the animal to the last gasp. They then approached
on all sides, and while he was engaged in keeping off those
on his lef:, the youths on his right would come so near to
him as to draw his attention to them; the animal appear-
ed galled, his rage was extreme, but his weakness was
equally so. At length some of them came very near to him,
and caught hold of ‘iis tail; at that moment he was observ-
ed to be tottering; they all drew off, the animal fell, and
after two or three convulsive throes he expired; a shout
from the Indians announced the death of their victim.
This seemed to be a schooling for the youngest of their
party, a few of whom were mere boys. Mr. Seymour
took a sketch of this singular diversion, which is repre-
sented in Plate 7; it is taken at the moment when the
animal is tottering, but it does not express all the fire and
rage which he manifested to the last.

When we stopped for breakfast the next morning, we
heard some guns fired in the woods, which convinced us
that some of the marauders were still in our vicinity ; we
continued our journey, however, without any impediment,
avoiding the firing of guns, the separation of any of the
party, or any other measure which might warn the In-
dians of our situation, We encamped at an early hour.
Our journey across the prairies was extremely unpleasant;
there was nothing to relieve the monotony of the scene;

sd our
mined
to tra-
rong a
e place
ly the
w mo-
had re-
oached
tT those
near to
ippear-
ss was
to him,
ybserv-
ll, and
. shout
victim.
f their
ymour
repre-
en the
ire and

ig, we
ced us
y3; we
iment,
of the
he In-
7 hour.
2asant 5

scene;

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 23

the buffaloes were fast diminishing in numbers, besides
which, the regret, which those who were fond of hunting ex-
perienced at the fine chances which they were necessarily
losing, abated the interest which we should otherwise have
felt in beholding this imposing monarch of our prairies.

The calm repose of these prairies seemed to be more
disturbed during the night, as the lowings of the buffalo on
the west bank of Red river were then frequent and dis-
tinct; they contrasted strongly with the barkings of the
wolf. During the first few nights that followed our adven-
ture with the Indians, it was deemed advisable to increase
the number of our sentinels, and with a view to stimulate
them to vigilance, the officers and gentlemen of the party
undertook the duty of watching in turn. These nights
made a more lively impression upon several of the party,
than any of those that had preceded them. The beautiful
and boundless expanse of the prairies, as seen vy the bright
moonlight which we enjoyed during that period, the fresh-
ness of the night air, the stillness of the scenery, interrupted
only by the melancholy howlings of the wolf, and the pro-
longed lowing of the buffalo, the recollection of the dan-
gers which had lately threatened us, and against the recur-
rence of which we were then watching, all these were
likely to suggest to the mind melancholy yet not «inplea-
sant reflexions.

In such a state the mind is apt to magnify and to form an
incorrect opinion of the various objects which present them-
selves to the eye. It was, while watching on the night of
the 29th, that Mr. Say’s attention was suddenly directed to
an object in the prairie. He saw it approaching with caution,
and immediately the idea that it was probably an enemy, in-
duced him to creep in the direction from which the object

approached ; it had the aspect of a wolf, but this he imme-

24 EXPEDITION TO THE

diately conceived to be a stratagem of the wily Indian,
who, to conceal his approach, had assumed a false garb. So
intent was he upon this idea, that he scarcely considered
it possible that it should in reality be but a wolf. He felt
a strong temptation to fire upon it, but the fear of alarm-
ing the whole camp induced him to desist, and he was
only satisfied of the true nature of the object of his atten-
tion, when the latter, alarmed at the rustling made by Mr.
Say’s creeping through the grass, scampered off on his
four legs, with a rapidity and agility that satisfied him that
this was its natural posture.

At this encampment Mr. Colhoun estimated Red river
to be twenty yards wide, and its current about half a knot
per hour. Its banks are boggy, and the water is thickened
with particles of the rich light-blue clay through which it
flows. |

On the morning of the 30th we resumed our march at a
very early hour, proceeding by moonlight. We crossed
before breakfast a stream called Buffalo river, which, from
the muddiness of the banks, offered some difficulty. It is
about eight yards wide. In the afternoon we reached Me-
nomone or Wild-rice river, the wading of which was more
difficult ; it was, however, effected without accident; but a
very heavy shower, which fell immediately after we had
crossed the river, detained us along while; after which our
tents, baggage, &c. were found so wet that it was deemed
expedient to take advantage of the returning sunshine to dry
them ; our situation in the valley being a very exposed
one, we removed our tents to an eminence in the neigh-
bourhood, where we found a position favourable for de-
fence in case of need. Wild-rice river is twelve yards
wide, where we crossed it, which was nine miles above
its mouth; it was about three feet deep at the time. On

ndian,
rb. So
idered
Te felt
alarm-
e was
atten-
ry Mr.
mn his
m that

river
1 knot
kened
ich it

h ata
rossed
from
It is
l Me-
more
but a
had
h our
pmed
0 dry
bosed
eigh-
de-
ards
bove
On

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 25

that day we saw but one buffalo, it was at a late hour in
the afternoon. This animal was killed by one of the party,
and was the last that we saw. Mr. Colhoun has endeavour-
ed to trace the extent of country over which the buffalo is
known to rove at present, or to have formerly inhabited.
Every thing that connects itself with the history of this
strange and interesting animal, which by an old author is
described as resembling “ in some respect a Lion, in other
the Camels, Horses, Oxen, Sheep, or Goats,”’* must be
important to collect, for its numbers have diminished
so rapidly within a century, its rovings have been so much
restricted, that there is reason to apprehend that it will
soon disappear from the face of the land.

The buffalo was formerly foxad throughout the whole
territory of the United States, with the exception of that
part which lies east of Hudson’s river and Lake Champlain,
and of narrow strips of coast on the Atlantic and the Gulf
of Mexico. These were swampy, and had probably low
thick woods. That it did not exist on the Atlantic coast
is rendered probable from the circumstance that all the
early writers whom Mr. Colhoun has consulted on the sub-
ject, and they are numerous, do not mention them as ex-
isting there, but further back. Thomas Morton, one of the
first settlers of New England, says, that the Indians “ have
also made description of great heards of well growne
beasts, that live about the parts of this lake,”’ Erocoise, now
Lake Ontario, “such as the Christian world, (until this dis-
covery,) hath not bin made acquainted with. These Beasts
are of the bignesse of a Cowe, their flesh being very good
foode, their hides good lether, their fleeces very useful be-
ing a kind of wolle, as fine almost as the wolle of the Bea-

* Purchas his Pilgrimage, London, 1614, p. 778.

26 EXPEDITION TO THE

ver, and the Salvages do make garments therecf.’”’ He
adds, “ It is tenne yeares since first the relation of these
things came to the eares of the English.”’* We have in-
troduced this quotation, partly with a view to show that
the fineness of the buffalo wool, which has caused it with-
in a few years to become an object of commerce, was
known. as far back as Morton’s time. He compares it to
that of the beaver, and with some truth; we were shown
lower down on Red river, hats that appeared to be of a
very good quality. They had been made in London with
the wool of the buffalo. An acquaintance on the part of
Europeans with the animal itself, can be referred to near-
ly a century before that; for in 1532, Guzman met with
buffalo in the province of Cinaloa.t De Laet. says, upon
the authority of Gomara, when speaking of the buffalo in
Quivira, that they are almost black, and seldom diversified
with white spots.{ In his History, written subsequently to
1684, Hubbard does not enumerate this animal among those
of New England. Purchas informs us that in 1613, the ad-
venturers discovered in Virginia, “a slow kinde of catteil
as bigge as kine, which were good meate.||”? From Law-
son ‘ve find that great plenty of buffaloes, elks, &c. existed
near Cape Fear river and its tributaries.§ And we know
that some of those who first settled the Abbeville district, in
South Carolina, in 1756, found the buffalo there. De Soto’s
party, who traversed East Florida, Georgia, Alabama, Mis-
sissippi, Arkansa Territory, and Louisiana, from 1539 to
1543, saw no buffalo; they were told that the animal was

* New English Canaan, by Thomas Morton. Amsterdam, 1637. p. 98.

} De Laet Americez Utriusque Descriptio. Lugd. Batav. Anno 1633, °
Lib. 6. Cap. 6.

+ Idem, Lib. 6. Cap. 17. { Purchas, ut supra, p. 759.

§ Lawson, ut supra, p. 48, 115, &c.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 27

north of ‘hem; however they frequently met with buffalo
hides, particularly when west of the Mississippi; and Du
Pratz, who published in 1758, informs us that at that time
the animal did not exist in lower Louisiana. We know,
however, of one author, Bernard Romans, who wrote in
1774, and who speaks of the buffalo as a benefit of nature
bestowed upon Florida. There can be no doubt that the
animal approached the Gulf of Mexico near the Bay of St.
Bernard, for Alvar Nunez about the year 1535, saw them
not far from the coast, and Joutel, one hundred and fifty
years afterwards, saw them at the Bay of St. Bernard. It
is probable that this bay is the lowest point of latitude at
which this animal has been found east of the Rocky
Mountains. There can be no doubt of their existence west
of those mountains, though Father Venegas does not in-
clude them among the animals of California, and although
they were not seen west of the mountains by Lewis and
Clarke, nor mentioned by Harmon or Mackenzie as ex-
isting in New Caledonia, a country of immense extent,
which is included between the Pacific Ocean, the Rocky
Mountains, the territory of the United States, and the
Russian possessions on the north-west coast of America.
Yet its existence at present on the Columbia appears to be
well ascertained, and we are told that tere is a tradition
among the natives, that shortly before the visit of our en-
terprising explorers, destructive fires had raged over the
prairies, and driven the buffalo east of the mountains. Mr.
Dougherty, the very able and intelligent sub-agent who
accompanied the expedition to the Rocky Mountains, and
who communicated so much valuable matter to Mr. Say,
asserted that he had seen a few of them in the mountains,
but not west of them. It is highly probable that the buffalo
ranged on the western side of the Rocky Mountains, to

— z aces -

BP

28 EXPEDITION TO THE

as low a latitude as on the eastern side. De Laet says, on
the authority of Herrera, that they grazed. as far south as
tue banks of the river Yaquimi.* In the same chapter this
author states, that Martin Perez had, in 1591, estimated the
province of Cinaloa, in which this river runs, to be three
hundred leagues from the city of Mexico. This river is
supposed to be the same, which, on Mr. Tanner’s map of
North America, (Philadelphia, 1822,) is named Hiaqui,
and situated between the 27th and 28th degrees of north
latitude. Perhaps, however, it may be the Rio Gila which
empties itself in latitude 32°. Although we may not be
able to determine with precision the southern limit of the
roamings of the buffalo, west of the mountains, the fact of
their existence there in great abundance, is amply settled
by the testimony of De Laet on the authority of Gomara,
L. 6, C. 17, and of Purchas, p. 778. Its limits to the north
are not easier to determine. In Hakluyt’s collection we
have an extract of a letter from Mr. Anthonie Parkhurst,
in 1578, in which he uses these words; in the island of
Newfoundland there “are mightie beastes, like to camels
in greatnesse, and their feete cloven. I did see them farre
off, not able to discerne them perfectly, but their steps
shewed that their feete were cloven and bigger than the
feete of Camels. I suppose them to be a kind of Buffes
which I read to bee in the countreys adjacent and very
many in the firme land.”’t In the same collection, p. 689,
we find in the account of Sir Humfrey Gilbert’s voyages,
which commenced in 1583, that there are said to be in
Newfoundland, “ buttolfes, or a beast it seemeth by the tract

* « Juxta Yaquimi fluminis ripas, tauri vacceque et prograndes
ctrvi pascuntur.”—Ut supra, Lib. 6, Cap. 6.

+ The principal navigations, voyages, and discoveries of the English
nation, &¢. by Richard Hakluyt. London, 1589. p. 676.

. . ,
‘ pememmranamene
‘ CORR REN e rE

ays, on
outh as
ter this
ited the
e three
river is
map of
Hiaqui,
F north
. which
not be
of the
fact of
settled
romaray
e north
ion we
khurst,
and of
camels
m farre

steps
an the
Buffes
h very
Je 689,
yages,
be in
e tract

rrandes

nglish

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 29

and foote very large in maner of an oxe.” It may, how-
ever, be questioned, whether these were not musk oxen,
instead of the commor buffalo or bison of our prairies. We
have no authority of any weight, which warrants us in ad-
mitting that the buffalo existed north of Lakes Ontario,
Erie, &c. and east of Lake Superior. From what we know
of the country between Nelson’s river, Hudson’s Bay, and
the lower lakes, including New South Wales and Upper
Canada, we are inclined to believe that the buffalo never
abounded there, if indeed any were ever found north of
the lakes. But west of Lake Winnepeek we know that
they are found as far north as the 62d degree of north la-
titude. Captain Franklin’s party killed one on Salt river,
about the 60th degree. Probably they are found all over
the prairies, which are bounded on the north by a line
commencing at the point at which the 62° meets the base of
the Rocky Mountains, and running in a south-easterly direc-
tion to the southern extremity of Lake Winnepeek, which
is but. very little north of the 50th degree. On the Sas-
katchawan, buffaloes are very abundant. It may be proper
to mention here, that the small white buffalo, of which
Mackenzie makes frequent mention on the authority of
the Indians, who told him that they lived in the mountains,
is probably not the bison; for Lewis and Clarke inform us
that the Indians designated by that name the mountain
sheep.* It is probable that, west of the Rocky Mountains,
the buffalo does not extend far north of the Columbia.

At present it is scarcely seen east of the Mississippi, and
south of the St. Lawrence. Governor Cass’ party found,
in 1819, buffaloes on the east side of the Mississippi, above
the falls of St. Anthony. Every year this animal’s rovings

* Vol. II. p. 328,
Vou. II. 5

380 EXPEDITION TO THE

are restricted. In 1822, the limit of its wanderings down
the St. Peter, was Great Swan Lake, (near Camp Cres-
cent.) In 1823, the gentlemen of the Columbia Fur Com-
pany were obliged to travel five days, in a north-west di-
rection from Lake Travers, before they fell in with the
game, but they then soon succeeded in killing sixty ani-
mals, There can be no doubt but this constant subtraction
from his roamings must affect his numbers; certainly more
than the practice of killing only the cows and leaving the
bulls; a custom which has probably prevailed among the
Indians for a long while, 2nd which we cannot therefore
consider as the source of the great modern diminution in
their numbers. Civilization in its steady march destroys
the larger gregarious animals, and even drives back the
hunting man, unless he change his mode of life. If the
deer were more social in its habits, that interesting tenant
of our forests would have been long since driven to the
asylum of the buffalo, the elk, and the beaver.

All the buffaloes which our party saw, were of an uniform

rl IO Te a eat A RE Ry NS RE TS RN a |

~—

|
i

dun colour. We were informed that they had been some- foo
times seen white or spotted. The age of the animal is ge- by:
nerally indicated by the number of ruge or transverse | that
lines on the horns. Mr. Colhoun killed a bull, that by this I
process of reckoning, was supposed to be twenty-six years bull
old; in this calculation the first four ruge are allowed for the
the first year. If this mode of calculation be correct, the
as is generally supposed, the buffalo probably attains a falo
greater age than the tame ox. The frame of the buffalo .
is much larger than that of domestic cattle, and though its the
fore parts are uncouth, the hind parts are handsomely form- ed’
: ed. Cows are considered more delicate eating than bulls, this
especially during the rutting season, when the latter assume the
a rank and strong flayour. This was the case about the | son

s down
p Cres-
ir Com-
west di-
‘ith the
xty ani-
traction
ly more
‘ing the
ong the
nerefore
ition in
lestroys
ack the

If the
y tenant
1 to the

uniform
n some-
al is ge-
hnsverse
by this
x years
wed for
correct,
ttains a
b buffalo
bugh its
y form-
n bulls,
assume
out the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. $1

time that our party saw them. We had no opportunity of
killing cows, and as the bulls were lean, we ate principally
the tongue and liver of those that we killed. These, toge-
ther with the hump, hump ribs, marrow bones, heart, ten-
der loin, and hunter’s roast, (fillet near the shoulder blade,)
constitute the choice pieces, and when buffaloes are plenty,
are the only parts that are eaten. At Lake Travers, it is
estimated that cows generally yield from two hundred and
fifty to three hundred pounds of good meat. This is ex-
clusive of the head and other parts. There are eight bones,
(viz. those from the four legsand thighs,) which are enume-
rated as marrow hones. It is difficult to conjecture the quan-
tity of marrow which they afford, either singly or collec-
tively, but the marrow of one bone is frequently sufficient
for a meal. To obtain it, the flesh is scraped off from the
bones, and they are thrown into the fire; after remaining
afew minutes, they are withdrawn, the bones broken,
and the marrow, taken out with a sharp stick, is eaten
without any accompaniment. It is a very rich, delicate
food, resembling in colour.and consistence a custard. It is
by some persons preferred raw, but did not appear to us in
that state to be so palatable.

In pursuing a herd of buffalo, particularly if it consist of
bulls, a strong odour of musk is emitted, which imparts
the scent very distinctly to the prairie, and their feet make
the grass crackle as if on fire. We mentioned that the buf-
falo bulls frequently approached very near to our line,
which, by some of our fellow travellers, was attributed to
the imperfect vision of the animal, whose eyes are obscur-
ed by the great quantity of hair which covers its face;
this is probably, however, incorrect; it either arises from
the greater fearlessness of the bulls during the rutting sea-
son, or perhaps from the circumstance that though they

32 EXPEDITION TO THE

distinguish men very well, they are not aware of their na-
ture by sight alone. It is the odour of man which is prin-
cipally required to drive them off. We have seen bulls ap-
proach to windward of our line with the greatest compo-
sure, pass near us, but the moment they fell to leeward,
the smell would set them galloping with the greatest
speed. The quickness of their olfactory nerves is well
known; sometimes when the wind is strong, they will be
made aware of the presence of men, at two or more miles
to windward of them. Buffaloes and elks are seen on the
same prairies, and do not appear to be affected by each
other’s presence, they do not however herd together; each
associates only with the animals of its own kind. Wesaw
on the prairies with the buffalo, besides the elk, only the
common prairie wolf, which appears to be the common at-
tendant on the buffalo. Among the birds which we re-
marked were the bald eagle, (Falco leucocephalus,) and
the hooping crane. The buffalo is often seen wallowing
and throwing up the dust, which at a great distance re-
sembles the spouting of a whale.

The difficulty of killing this animal is very great, and
may be judged of by the fact that Mr. Peale fired fourteen
balls into the chest of a buffalo before he killed him, and
Mr. Scott, with a view to ascertaiz. whether a ball fired at
the head would break the frontal bone, discharged his
rifle at a dead bull within ten paces; the ball did not pene-
trate, but merely entangled itself in the hair where it was
found. It had, however, struck the forehead, and left a
mark before it rebounded. This agreed with the general
impression which Mr. Scott had formed on the subject,
having been stationed more or less for the last ten years in
a buffalo country, and having had frequent opportunities of
firing at them in every direction. His skill and address

leir na-
is prin-
ulls ap-
compo-
-eward,
greatest
is well
will be
e miles
on the
yy each
r; each
We saw
nly the
mon at-
we re-
s,) and
lowing
ce re-

at, and
burteen
m, and
ed at
red his
t pene-
it was
left a
y eneral
ubject,
ears in
ities of

ddress

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 33

in shooting, are proverbial on the Mississippi and Mis-
souri, We had many occasions of witnessing them our-
selves, though the great scarcity of game of any kind ob-
served during the whole of the expedition, except on the
prairies at the head of Red river, limited his opportuni-
ties of displaying his rare talent.

When we consider the great force, size, agility, and
speed of the buffalo, we must regret that no successful ex-
periment has as yet been made to domesticate this noble
animal, and appropriate it to the wants of man. Instead of
endeavouring to turn to use the many valuable animals
which formerly roved over our country, the settlers seem
to have been satisfied with importing those from Europe.
There can, we think, be but little doubt that the buffalo
might, by proper management, be domesticated, and made
to replace with great advantage the European Ox. We
have seen it, in one instance, used with apparent facility.
Another experiment, which would certainly be very in-
teresting, would be to ascertain whether the breeds might
not be crossed, and what would be the result. We have, it
is true, heard it asserted, and the impression appears to be
general in that country, that a domestic bull had in certain
cases impregnated a buffalo cow, and that the produce
had partaken of the characters of both parents; but that
a favourable issue could not be expected in the case of im-
pregnation of the domestic cow, by the buffalo bull, be-
cause the pelvis of the former being too s. 1all for the issue
of the calf, both the cow and her progeny would die be-
fore parturition. Mr. Say has endeavoured, but in vain, to
trace the report to its source; having always found those
who related it to speak on conjecture, he is inclined to
doubt whether the experiment has ever been tried ; indeed
we were told, on Lake Winnepeek, where we saw a pair

34 EXPEDITION TO THE

of buffaloes that were kept with domestic cattle, that dur-
ing the rutting season the buffalo bull would not suffer the
common cow to approach him. Perhaps, however, this na-
tural antipathy might be made to wear away. The experi-
ment is certainly worth trying.

While in the vicinity of the buffalo we were entirely
free from the torment of mosquitoes, from what reason we
know not; we can scarcely believe that the animal attracts
them all to itself. It is probable that as we were at some
distance we should have had a few of them were there
not some other cause for their disappearance which we
have not been able to discover; we at first attributed
their absence to the cold nights which we experienced,
but after leaving the buffalo we encountered still colder
nights, and although all the other circumstances seemed
the same, yet the insect reappeared.

On the 31st, the party continued its route, without any
observation except for latitude, which was found at meri-
dian to be 47° 26' 41" north. In the morning a female elk
was killed by one of the Frenchmen that accompanied us.
Our marches had, since we met with the Indians, been
commenced at an early hour in the morning, but a very
dense fog which covered the prairies until past sunrise de-
tained us late on that day. Our apprehensions of being
followea were, however, completely quieted on observing
a large column of smoke behind us, which proved that the
Indians had fired the prairies. The beds of two small
streams, Plum and Sand-hill rivers, were crossed this day.
In the former there was no water, and we were obliged
to’ satisfy our thirst with the stagnant fluid found in a
pool, the quality of which was not much improved by its
having been resorted to by buffaloes. Having travelled
eight miles on the morning of the first of August, and be-

at dur-
Ter the
his na-
experi-

ntirely
son we
attracts
t some
> there
ich we
ributed
ienced,
colder
eemed

ut any

meri-
ale elk
ied us.
» been
a very
ise de-

being
erving

at the

small
is day.
bliged
1 in a
by its
velled

d be-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 35

ing within a short distance of the Grand or Red Fork of Red
river, Mr. Colhoun took an observation for longitude on
the banks of that river. The result was that we were in
longitude 96° 53' 45"" west, and our latitude a few miles
beyond this, at the fording of the Red Fork, was 47°
47'25", This branch was forty yards wide where we forded
it; from the steepness of the banks we experienced some
difficulty in getting our carts over. Its bed is sandy, and
its current very rapid. On the 2d of August we suffered
much from cold. The thermometer, which had stood at 83°
the preceding day at noon in the shade, had sunk to 43° at
sunrise. This variation was greater than any we had as yet
observed, but for a number of days previous, the variation
from sunrise to noon averaged 30°. The transition from
great heat during the day to very cold nights was extremely
unpleasant; it produced very copious dews, much heavier
than any we had ever experienced. We were upon prairies,
unsheltered by any tree, and from our mode of travelling
very much exposed ; frequently our clothes were as wet
as if they had been soaked in water; this was one of the
circumstances that made the mounting guard at night so
arduous a duty both to the soldiers and gentlemen.

We had an opportunity of observing while travelling
upon these prairies the long twilight nights which charac-
terize high latitudes. We had scarcely more than five
hours of night, and as the moon was at that time pretty
full, we seldom experienced any darkness during the
whole of our journey to Pembina.

There were numerous ponds of stagnant water upon
these prairies, in one of which a beaver was seen, but at
too great a distance to be shot at; in the vicinity Mr. Scott
killed a line-tailed squirrel* which Mr. Say prepared ; it

* Sciurus grammurus, (Say,) Account of an Expedition to the Rocky
Mountains, vol. 2. p. 72.

36 EXPEDITION TO THE

appears therefore that this little animal inhabits prairies as
well as woods. While pursuing Pigeons, Mr. Scott shot a
Falco Columbarius. ‘The country was extremely dry,
there were no streams of running water. The prairies
were covered in a number of places with saline efflores-
cences, but no salt springs were observed. On the 2d of
August the latitude of our noon encampment was 48° 2'
39", and on the 4th, it was 48° 39’ 45".

On the 5th, we travelled fifteen miles before breakfast,
and reached Red river, which we crossed in a barge, op-
posite to the settlement called Pembina, where we remain-
ed four days.

This completed a journey of two hundred and fifty-six
miles, performed in eleven days, averaging therefore about
twenty three miles per day. Had it not been for our meet-
ing with the buffalo, and with the party of Indians, we
should scarcely have experienced on that part of our jour-
ney any thing to which we could look back with interest.
The dull monotony of a journey upon prairie land never
appeared to us so fatiguing. No trees were to be seen ex-
cept those that fringed the water courses, these consisted
principally of several varieties of oak, of the white, and
some red elm, linden, gray ash, red-maple, cotton-wood,
aspen, hackberry, ironwood, hop hornbeam, and white and
red pine. On Red Lake we were told that the trees con-
sist of fir, sugar-maple, and birch. The country is very
flat, and remarkably deficient in water. There are no val-
leys, and but few brooks, streams, or even springs.

The streams that enter Red river from its source to the
49th degree of north latitude are, on its right bank, Buffalo,
Wild-rice, Plum, Sand-hill, Red Fork, Swamp, and the
* Two rivers ;”’ on its left bank, Pse, Shienne, Elm, Goose,
Turtle, Saline, Park, and Pembina. Of these it may be ob-
served, that some confusion exists as to the names of the

airies as
tt shot a
ly dry,
prairies
efflores-
1e 2d of
is 48° 2'

reakfast,

rge, op-
remain-

fifty-six
re about
ur meet-
jans, we
yur jour-

interest.
d never
seen ex-
onsisted
ite, and
n-wood,
hite and
pes con-
is very
no val-

e to the
Buffalo,
and the
, Goose,
y be ob-
of the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 37

streams, from the circumstance that different appellations
are applied to them, by the Dacotas, the Chippewas, and
the traders. A concordance between these different syno-
nimies is difficult to establish ; thus the term Pse, applied
by the Sioux to one of the western tributaries, has the
same meaning as the word Menomone, used by the Chip-
pewa to designate one of the rivers that fall in on the east
bank, and both are by the traders called Wild-rice, or Folle
Avoine. We have used those names that were least like-
ly to create a confusion, and as that of Menomone was
preoccupied, we have kept.the name of Pse for the west-
ern, and Wild-rice for the eastern tributary. However
bad the names may be, we have-preferred retaining them
than increasing the confusion .by substituting new terms.
It.is to be regretted that the practice of retaining the In-
dian appellations has not been more generally adopted. by
travellers; they have rejected the melodious and original
names, to substitute others less pleasant to the ear, and
worn out by frequent use, not only. on this, but also on
the other side of the Atlantic.

Buffalo river rises in a chain of small lakes, surrounded
by. a large forest, (Bois Grand,) which is said to extend: to
the Mississippi. -its course from its source is about north-
west, its length sixty miles, its breadth where we crossed
it eight-yards; its bottom muddy. —

Wild-rice river is about one hundred and twenty miles
long; its name is derived from the abundance of wild rice
which grows in a circular lake, about eighteen miles diame-
ter, in which it takes its rise. It is said that the supply of
grain which this lake yields is inexhaustible. The course
of the river is about parallel to that of Buffalo river; its
breadth, nine miles above its mouth, was twelve yards.

Vou. II. 6

38 EXPEDITION TO THE

The bed of Plum rivulet was five yards wide, that of
Sand-hill ten, but both were dry.

The Red Fork, which, by the Indians, is considered as
the main branch, takes its name from the Red Lake, in
which it rises. Both are said to be translations of the
term bloody, used by tne Indians, and which is doubt-
less derived from some slaughter committed in that vi-
cinity ; not, as is the case with many other rivers which
have the same appellation, from the colour of their bed.

In times of flood the Red Fork is navigable for barges
throughout its length to Red Lake, a distance of one hun-
dred and twenty miles; in ordinary stages of water, canoes
cai ascend it to its source. This is the most important tri-
butary of Red river, containing probably an equal quantity
of water with the main stream itself. Mr. Jeffries inform-
ed us that Red Lake had the form of a. crescent, with its
back to the south-west, that its dimensions were sixty
miles by twenty-four. Carver says, p. 72, that “Red Lake
is a comparatively small lake, at the head of a branch of
the Bourbon river, which is called by some Red river. Its
form is nearly round, and about sixty miles in circumfer-
ence.’? Carver had not visited the lake. The general course
of the Red fork from this lake is north-west; it receives a
few small tributaries, the most imvortant of which are
Clear river, entering about thirty miles from its mouth on
the south-west side, and Thief. river, entering it from the
north-east. The woods along Red Fork are-very thick,
and extend to about half a mile on either side. Hazlenuts
were very abundant, and nearly ripe at that time. Below
the junction of Red Fork with the main stream, Red river
was observed to be about forty yards wide, and.its current
was about one knot per hour, The bed of Swamp river
we: dry. At the place where we crossed the “Two rivers,”’

hat of

red as
ke, in
of the
doubt-
hat vi-
which
bed.
barges
e hun-
canoes
ant tri-
lantity
nform-
ith its
» sixty
1 Lake
nch of
er. Its
umfer-
course
pives a
ch are
uth on
bm the
thick,
zlenuts
Below
1 river
urrent
river
vers,”’

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 39

each was about ten yards wide; they unite two miles be-
low, and fall into Red river about ten miles beyond their
junction. At the confluence of the two branches there is a
eonsiderable salt spring.

As we travelled on the east bank of Red river, we saw
none of the tributaries that come in from the west, but
Mr. Jeffries, who is well acquainted with the country, has
described them to us as follows :—

The Pse rive. rises near the Coteau des Prairies, at the
distance of about forty miles from Lake Travers.

The Shienne or Shahiada, (river of the Shién, a nation
driven by the Sioux to the Upper Missouri,) is a consider-
able stream, being as wide as Red river itself, above their
junction; it has a fine clear water. Its general course is
north-east.

Turtle river is formed by the junction of two branches,
about forty miles above its mouth; it is of the size of Wild-
rice river; it takes its source in Devil Lake; its course is
north of west.

Big Salt river is a considerable stream, which rises in a
lake of the same name, which is about a mile and:a half in
circumference.

Park river is of the same size as Big Salt river, and is
formed by the union of several insignificant streams.

About one mile above the village of Pembina, the river
of the same name falls into Red river; this is probably,
next to the Red Fork, the largest tributary south of the 49th
degree; about three miles above its mouth it receives the
Tongue river, which is a large brook.

There ave doubtless in this country a great many salt
springs, especially below the Red Fork; we saw none, but
we were informed that fine springs exist on Big and Lit-
the Saline rivers, on the “ Two rivers,’ &c. where the salt

40 EXPEDITION TO THE

is found in white efflorescences, so as to be annually col-
lected there by the colonists of Pembia ; notwithstanding
which, at that settlement, the price of this article is from
four to six dollars per barrel, weighing eighty Ibs. One of
the residents on this river cleared five hundred dollars in
one winter by the salt which he collected. Probably by
boring to a small depth abundant springs would be obtain-
ed. We had no opportunity of ascertaining the geological
features of the country, having seen on the whole route no
rock in place, and but few rolled stones, none of which had
attained to any size. The soil of the prairies is occasionally
sandy, though this does not appear to be its prevalent cha-
racter; it is rather a dry argillaceous ground, which, with-
in a few miles of the river and its tributaries, yields good
grass, but at a distance from it presents but a scanty growth.
We do not profess to be judges of prairie land ;-but we ob-
served that where trees do grow, the soil appears extreme-
ly fertile. It is probable, that the fires, which annually
overrun these prairies, destroy all the vegetable matter,
and tend to keep the ground in an impoverished state. We
observed a very great difference in the soil of those parts
of the prairie from which the grass had not been burnt off
the preceding year.

The causes of these conflagrations are numerous.. The
Indian frequently sets the prairies on fire in order to dis-
tract the pursuit of his, enemies by the smoke, or to de-
stroy all trace of his passage; to keep the country open,
a..d thus invite the buffalo to it; to be able to see and chace
his game with more facility ; as a means of communicating
intelligence to a distance with a view to give notice to his
friends of his approach, or to warn them of the rresence
ofan enemy. ~The traders often burn the prairies with
the same view. Independent of these, the fires of encamp-

ment
grass
as the
istent
there
to in
drou;
some

Th
about
The
is VE
less
whic

y col-
ding
from

ne of

ars in

y by

btain-

ogical
te no

h had

bnally

t cha-
with-

s good
owth.
e ob-

reme-

nually
natter,

» We
parts

rnt off

The
to dis-
to de-
open,
chace
cating
to his
sence

with
camp-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 41

ments frequently spread in dry weather, and burn away the
grass to a great distance. We may therefore consider fire
as the cause of the continuance, if not of the original ex-
istence, of prairies, at least over much of our country ; but
there are some parts, and in this class we would be induced
toe include the country on Red river, where the great
drought, the want of streams to moisten the soil, and perhaps
some other causes, unite in preventing the growth of trees.

The settlement of Pembina is situated on Red river,
about one hundred and seventy miles above its mouth.
The river is. here only fifty yards wide, but its depth
is very considerable ; in the middle of the stream not
less than from ten to twenty feet; it is deeply incased,
which prevents the water from overflowing the country,
though its swells are considerable. ‘An old trader, who has
resided there for upwards of rort:” years, informed us, that
he had once witnessed a flood which covered the banks;
the water having risen sixty-six feet. The usual rises are
from fifteen to twenty feet.

The principal inhabitant of the place, Mr. Nolen, being
apprized of our arrival, furnished us the means of crossing
the river, and entertained us several times at his house
during our stay in his vicinity. We are indebted to him
for. much polite attention.

Pembina constituted the upper settlement made on the
tract of land granted to the late Lord Selkirk by the Hud-
son’s Bay Company. It may be well to observe, that. by
virtue of a charter from Charles the Second, granted in
1670, to Prince Rupert and others, constituting the “ho-
nourable Hudson’s Bay Company,”’ the whole of the British
dominions lying contiguous to Hudson’s Bay or its tribu-
taries, has been claimed by that company, not only as re-
gards the monopoly of the fur trade, but also as respects

42 EXPEDITION TO THE

the right to the soil, and to the jurisdiction of the county.
About the year 1812, Lord Selkirk, who was one o! .he
principal partners, obtained from the company a grant of a
considerable tract of land, including both banks of Red
river up to the Red or Grand Fork. To this he extin-
guished the Indian title by the payment of a certain
amount, and the promise of an annuity to the Indians. He
then opened the lands for settlement, inviting a number
of British subjects to go and reside upon them, and with a
view to strengthen his infant colony, he engaged recruits
from Switzerland and other countries, and especially in-
creased it by a number of soldiers belonging to the de
Meuron and de Watteville regiments, two foreign corps
that were in the pay of Englund during the late war, and
that were disbanded in Canada in the year 1815. Two
principal settlements were formed, one at Fort Douglas,
which is at the confluence of the Assiniboin and Red
rivers, and the other one hundred and twenty miles by
water above that, and near the mouth of a small. stream,
named by the Chippewas Anepeminan sipi, so called from
a small red berry termed by them anepeminan, which
name has been ‘shortened and corrupted into Pembina,*
(Viburnum oxycoccos.)

The Hudson’s Bay Company had a fort here, until the
spring of 1823, when observations, made by their own
astronomers, led them to suspect that it was south of the
boundary line, and they therefore abandoned it, removing
all that could be sent down the river with advantage. The
Catholic clergyman, who had been supported at this place,
was at the same time removed to Fort Douglas, and a large
and neat chapel built by the settlers for their accommoda-

*The 5 has been introduced by Europeans; the theme of the word
is Nepin, summer, and Minan, berry.

tion i
about
log h
qualif
most
by t
tled,
their
be co
have
These
The
forme
the
the S
their
Altha
when
the cl
state «
produ
much
origin
soon |
dictec
time |
had
horse
prairi
ing h
of pr
tute,
a vie

coun!7,
e of .he
rant of a
of Red
e extin-
. certain
ans. He
number
d with a
recruits
ally in-
» the de
n corps
var, and
Two
Jouglas,
nd Red
iles by
stream,
pd from
which
mbina,*

til the
r-own
of the
oving
e. The
s place,
alarge
moda-

he word

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 43

tion is now fast going to decay. The settlement consists of
about three hundred and fifty souls, residing in sixty
log houses or cabins; they do not appear to possess the
qualifications for good settlers; few of them are farmers ;
most of them are half-breeds, who having been educated
by their Indian mothers, have imbibed the roving, unset-
tled, and indolent habits of Indians. Accustomed from
their early infancy to the arts of the fur trade, which may
be considered as one of the worst schools for morals, they
have acquired no small share of cunning and artifice.
These form at least two-thirds of the male inhabitants.
The rest consist of Swiss and Scotch settlers, most of the
former are old soldiers, as unfit for agricultural. pursuits as
the half-breeds themselves, The only good colonists are
the Scotch, who have brought over with them, as usual,
their steady habits, and their indefatigable perseverance.
Although the soil about Pembina is very good, and will,
when well ‘cultivated, yield a plentiful return, yet, from
the character of the population, as well as from the infant
state of the colony, it does not at present yield sufficient
produce to support the settlers, who therefore devote
much of their time to hunting; this, which perhaps in the
origin was the effect of an imperfect state of agriculture,
soon acted as a cause; for experience shows, that men ad-
dicted to hunting never can make good farmers. At the
time when we arrived at the colony, most of the settlers
had gone from home, taking with them their families,
horses, &c. They were then chasing the buffalo in the
prairies, and had been absent forty-five days without be-
ing heard from. The settlement was in the greatest need
of provisions; fortunately for us, who were likewise desti-
tute, they arrived the next day. Their return afforded us
a view of what was really a novel and interesting specta-

44 EXPEDITION TO THE

cle; their march was a triumphant one, and presented a
much greater concourse of men, women and children than
we had expected to meet on those distant prairies. The
procession consisted of one hundred and fifteen carts,
each loaded with about eight hundred pounds of the finest
buffalo meat; there were three hundred persons, inclpding
the women: The number of their horses, some of which
were very good, was not under two hundred. Twenty
hunters, mounted on their best steeds, rode in abreast;
having heard of our arrival, they fired a salute as they
passed our camp. These men receive here the. name of
Gens libres or Freemen, to distinguish them from the ser-
vants of the Hudson’s Bay Company, who are called En-
gagts. Those that are partly of Indian extraction, are
nick-named Bois brudé, (Burnt wood,) from their dark
complexion. vitals

A swift horse is held by them to be the most valuable pro-
perty ; they are good judges of horses, particularly of racers,
with which they may chace the buffalo. Their horses are
procured from our southern prairies, or from the internal
provinces of New Spain, whence they are stolen by the In-
dians, and traded or re-stolen throughout the whole dis-
tance, until they get into the possession of these men.
Their dress is singular, but not deficient in beauty; it is a
mixture of the European and Indian habits. All of them
have a blue capote with a hood, which ‘they use only in
bad weather; the capote is secured round their waist by a
military sash; they wear a shirt of calico or painted mus-
Jin, moceassins and leather leggings fastened round the
leg by garters ornamented with beads, &c. The Bois brulés
often dispense with a hat; when they have one, it-is gene-
rally variegated in the Indian manner, with feathers, gilt
lace, and other tawdry ornaments.

man
Sey
to ha

whic
an ac
ans,
Thei1
eunn
of the
demo
count

Th
Scotc
dians
&e. bh
as is |
imita'
there:
gredi
They
Their
they

turniy

tants |
Vo

nted a
n than

The

carts,
» finest
lypding
which
'wenty
breast ;
s they
ame of
he ser-
od En-
on, are
r dark

le pro-
racers,
ses are
nternal
the In-
le dis-
e men.

it is a

them
nly in
st by a
1 mus-
nd the

brulés
; gene-
rs, gilt

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 45

The character of the Bois bruié countenance is peculiar.
Their eyes are small, black, and piercing; their hair ge-
nerally long, not unfrequently curled, and of the deepest
black; their nose is short and turned up; their mouth
wide; their teeth good; their complexion of a deep olive,
which varies according to the quantity of Indian blood
which they have in them. They are smart, active, excel-
lent runners. One of them, we were told, often chased the
buffalo on foot; we did not, however, see him do it. This
man had a handsome, well-proportioned figure, of which Mr.
Seymour took a sketch. He was very strong, and was known
to have three times discharged, ‘from his bow, an arrow,
which, after perforating one buffalo, had killed a second:
an achievement which is sometimes performed by Indi-
ans, though it is rare, as it requires great muscular strength.
Their countenance is full of expression, which partakes of
cunning and malice. When angry, it assumes all the force
of the Indian features, and denotes perhaps more of the
demoniac spirit than is generally met with, even in the
countenance of the aborigines.

The great mixture of nations, which consist of English,
Scotch, French, Italians, Germans, Swiss, united with In-
dians of different tribes, viz. Chippewas, Crees, Dacotas,
&c. has been unfavourable to the state of their morals; for,
as is generally the case, they have been more prone to
imitate the vices than the virtues of each stock; we can
therefore ascribe to this combination of heterogeneous in-
gredients, but a very low rank in the scale of civilization.
They are but little superior to the Indians themselves.
Their cabins are built, however, with a little more art;
they cultivate small fields of wheat, maize, barley, potatoes,
turnips, tobacco, &c. A few of the more respectable inhabi-
tants keep cows and attend to agriculture, but we saw neither
Vot. II. 7

46 EXPEDITION TO THE

a plough nor a yoke of oxen in use, in the whole of the upper
settlement. Considering the high latitude of Pembina, the
above-mentioned plants thrive well. Maize yields tolerable
crops; so does tobacco, which even yi 'ds seed. The wheat
which is in greatest repute here is the bearded wheat. The
price of agricultural produce is apparently very high.
Wheat sells for $2.00 per bushel; Indian corn for $ 3.00;
barley, which is much used by the colonists in soup, yields
$3.00; potatoes from 50 cents to $1.00; and the other
vegetables in proportion. It may be well, however, to add
that these are mere nominal prices, there is no specie cur-
rency, every thing is traded for in the way of exchange
for some other commodity, at the rates affixed to them by
the Hudson’s Bay Company, of which the following may
give an idea. Gun powder at $1.25 per lb. Buck and
small shot at.75 cents per Ib. Tobacco $ 2.00 per Ib.

The main objeet of the party in visiting this place be-
ing the determination of the 49th degree of latitude, Mr.
Colhoun lost no time in taking observations. The first one
which he made was near Mr. Nolen’s house, and although
not very satisfactory, yet it showed that we were near to
the boundary line, 95 it indicated 48° 59' 27". We then
pitched our canzp a little further down on the bank of the
river, and as near as we could judge to the boundary line.
A large skin lodge, which was lent to us, sheltered the gen-
tlemen of the party during our stay there; our flies were
pitched around it for the use of the soldiers. In honour of
the President of the United States, this place received the
name of Camp Monroe. A flag-staff was planted, which,
after a series of observations, made during four days, was
determined to be in latitude 48° 59’ 573" north. The mag-
netic variation having been ascertained to be 13° 17' 25”
east, the distance to the boundary line was measured off, and

an 0a
G. B

gust,
south
A na
made
vested
coun
clared
Unite
of all
peared
tleme
house
includ
ing th
show
first ol
be on.
terest
recur.
made |
and wl)
have n
them 1
houses
mawes
skins k

6 Pre’
hec ipsi
poris,) t
é laciniis
cornua t
Vide De

SOURCE OF 8ST. PETER’S RIVER. ° 47

an oak post fixed on it, bearing on the north side the letters
G. B. and on the south side those U.S; On the 8th of Au-
gust, at noon, the flag was hoisted on the staff, which bore
south 44° 25' west of the post, at a distance of 207), feet.
A national salute was fired at the time, and a proclamation
made by Major Long, that “by virtue of the authority
vested in him by the President of the United States, the
country situated upon Red river, above that point, was de-
clared to be comprehended within the territory of the
United States.” This declaration was made in the presence
of all the inhabitants collected for that purpose. They ap-
peared well satisfied on hearing that the whole of the set-
tlement of Pembina, with the exception of a single log-
house, standing near the left bank of the river, would be
included in the territory of the United States. While fix-
ing the posts, the colonists requested that they might be
shown how the line would run; when this was done, the
first observation they made was, that all the buffalo would
be on our side of the line; this remark shows the great in-
terest they take in this animal, to which all their thoughts
recur. We might almost apply to them the observation
made by Gomara of the natives of the province of Quiviza,
and which is strictly true of the Dacotas. “The people
have no other riches, (than the buffalo;) they are unto
them meat, drink, apparel; their hides also yield them
houses and ropes; their sinews and hair, thread; their horns,
mawes, and bladders, vessels; their dung, fire; the calves
skins budgets wherewith they draw and keep water.’’*

“‘Preter hec animalia, nullas preterea divitias noverunt barbari;
hzc ipsis cibum potumque subministrant, (caro autem optimi est sa-
poris,) tergoribus illorum corpora sua/pariter atque casulas muniunt ;
e laciniis eorum funes contorquent ; ossa illis stilos; nervi villique funes;
cornua buccinas; vesice utres; fimus denique siccus fomites prebet.”
Vide De Laet, ut supra, L. 6, C. 17, and Purchas, p. 778.

48 EXPEDITION TO THE

The spot upon which we were encamped wasa fine level
prairie on the edge of the woods that skirt the river; two
or three lodges were built in our vicinity; these Mr, Sey-
mour sketched, and they are represented in plate 8, which
shows the two different kinds of lodges used by the north-
west Indians; those who reside on the prairies, and who
hunt the buffalo, use the skin lodge, which is formed by a
number of buffalo skins, united into one, and wound round
a number of light sticks or poles, so as to form a conical
tent. Of this nature are all the lodges used by the Dacotas.
On the other hand the Chippewas, who for the most part
live to the north-east of the buffalo regions, and who have
no more of these skins than they require for their perso-
nal use, construct their lodges of large pieces of the birch-
bark, which they fix upon a frame, made of the young
branches of trees, bent so as to form an oblong lodge.
These are covered with bark, which, when they travel, is
rolled up and carried by the women. The plate gives a
good idea of the dress, appearance, and attitudes of the In-
dians and half-breeds that surrounded us. It likewise ex-
hibits two dogs, carrying burdens in the manner of pack-
horses. We have ascertained that a good dog will sell here
for twenty dollars, (payable in goods.) This animal gene-
rally consumes from six to ten pounds of fresh meat, or four
pounds of dry meat per day; it is never fed but at night,
otherwise it is indolent all day. We were not a little
amused at examining the house of a man that takes dogs
to board and lodge for the summer, receiving about three
dollars a hes 1 for the season. He returns them in the au-
tumn to their masters, who. use them during the winter
season. He. feeds them in summer altogether upon fish,
chiefly the hyodon. Ina short time he catches enough to
support during the day thirty or forty dogs, which he now
has under his care ; sometimes the number of his boarders

is far
amon

Al
have
the p
termi
strum
coinci
by M
son’s

Th
killed
timate

Beave
Marti
Otter,
Fishe.
Bear,
Elk, (
Minx,
Musk
Folve
lox,

Thi
the us
nomin
these |
hare, |

level
two
Sey-
thich
orth-
who
by a
ound
nical
cotas.
| part
have
er'so-
yirch-
roung
odge.
vel, is
ves a
e In-
Be EX-
pack-
l here
gene-
r four
ight,
little
dogs
three
e au-
vinter

fish,
gh to
P NOW
arders

SOURCE OF 8ST. PETER’S RIVER. 49

is far greater. It is said that hydrophobia never occurs
among dogs in these climates,

Although the weather was not as favourable as might
have been wished /or the astronomical observations, yet
the point at which the boundary line passes is probably de-
termined with as much accuracy as the nature of our in-
struments permitted; and we are happy to state, that it
coincides very well with approximate observations taken
by Mr. Fidler, who was employed as surveyor to the Hud-
son’s Bay Company.

The fur trade of Pembina, which results from animals
killed on the south side of the boundary line, has been es-
timated as follows :—

Packs. No. of skins in Price per § Amount.
each pack. pack.

Beaver, - 4 - 400 400 $ 1600
Martin, - 4 or 300 300
Otter, a few skins -
Fisher, - 200 skins 300
Bear, (finest,) 150 900
Elk, (dressed,) 300 1200
Minx, 200 100
Muskrat, 4500 1800
Vrolverine, %*50 500
Vox, 200 400

$7100

This constitutes the amount of furs annually made up for
the use of the company, and which is probably rated at the
nominal value of the country. They might in addition to
these collect a large quantity of buffalo, grizzly bear, wolf,
hare, rabbit, swan, and prairie wolf. But the company

50 EXPEDITION TO THE

having found but little advantage in trading in these furs,
they are not sought after. By comparing this amount with
that yielded by the fur trade on the St. Peter alone, we
will be able to judge of the small importance to he attach-
ed to the trade of Pembina. Twelve trading houses on the
St. Peter made up the year before we visited the country
about two hundred and thirty-six packs, which consisted of —
No. of'packs. Weight and No. of skins in each.

- Buffalo, eke | ae oa 10
Muskrat, - 40 - 600
Raccoon, - 6 ‘- 100 lbs. 80 .
Beaver, ~~ - 4 = 100 tbs. 80
Otter, - 4 - 100 ibs. 60 (prime.)
Fisher, - 3 -- (100]lbs. 120
Minx, 4 - 100 lbs. 4650
Bear, - 6 - 100 lbs. 14
Red Fox - 1 - 100 Ibs. 120

- Martins, very few; they inhabit in preference evergreen
woods.
Ermine abundant, but not traded.
Lynx, less than one pack.
Antelope, none.
Thus the trade of ‘he St. Peter, reduced as it is at pre-
sent, is still far more important than that of Pembina.

But whatever this trade may be, it will diminish as the .

population increases; hence it is only’to the agricultural
resources of this settlement that we must look with a view
to the future improvement of the country. And no doubt
can exist that, in this respect, Pembina will equal, if not
surpass, all other settlements on Red river. The most
important question, however, which suggests itself to
us is, not what can’ be raised, but what market cz:
be obtained for the produce of the country; 2nd here

it mu
ties f
Huds«
well |
an ex]
on by
Wood
difficu
ly up
viere «
do no
Peter
The o
as ope
of Ne
thousa
able o1
any he
cultura
sipni,
of tra
can be
tages ;
try be
by the
we see
suppo:
an obj
that i
fur tra
2 muec
will e
both a

furs,
with
» we
tach-
n the
intry
| of—

each.

e.)

pre-
bbina.

s the .

Itural
view

oubt
f not
most
If to

Cahn

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 51

it must be acknowledged, that there are but few facili-
ties for a foreign market. The communication with
Hudson’s Bay is too long and too.difficult to offer any
well grounded hope of its being ever resorted to for
an export trade. That with Lake Superior may be carried |
on by two routes, either by Lakes Winnepeek, and of the
Woods, or by Red Lake; but both of these present great
difficulties; the easiest navigation to the sea is undoubted-
ly up Red river to Otter-tail Lake, and thence by the Ri-
viere de Corbeau and the Mississippi to New Orleans. We
do not consider the route by Lake Travers and the St.
Peter. as offering any prospect of being ever adopted..
The only foreign market. which appears to us therefore
as open to Pembina, is that obtained through the port
of New Orleans; but the distance of upwards of three
thousand miles must for ever render this route an unprofit-
able one ; the intermediate country, far from. presenting
any hopes of a market, will likewise have a surplus agri-
cultural product to send down to the mouth of the Missis-
sippi, where it will arrive less encumbered, with expenses
of transportation.. ‘The produce raised at Pembina never
can be sufficiently valuable to compensete these disadvan-
tages; and we very much question, whether the coun-
try be adapted to the raising of hemp, as was anticipated
by the founder of the colony; to the west and north-west
we see no prospect of a market. It has been said, that the
support of the persons engaged in the fur trade would be
an object for the agriculturist ; but if it be borne in mind,
that in the days of the greatest prosperity of the British
fur trade, and at a time when the two rival companies had
a2 much larger number of Engagés than they probably
will ever have -in future, the aggregate of the servants of
both companies did not exceed five thousand men; we

§2 EXPEDITION TO THE

will remain convinced that the supply of so small a popu-
lation offers no brilliant prospects to the colony. What-
ever may be the amount of the population of Pembina at
a future period, it will, we think, have to depend much
upon the internal resources of the country ; it can look to
no foreign trade. Great hopes appear to have been enter-
tained, by some of the colonists, of the discovery of valua-
ble mines; and they have already had among them some
who have announced the existence of silver ore, and have
even asserted that they had obtained the metal out of it.
We saw no ore of this kind; the prairies do not present
any character that would lead us to anticipate the discovery
of mines in their neighbourhood. There is a mountain
on Pembina river, about thirty leagues’ from the settle-
ment, in which these mines are supposed to. exist ; we saw
a specimen from it, but it was the common iron pyrites.
Coal has been represented as being found there ; whether
there be any foundation for the report we know not.

Of the plants observed in this neighbourhood, besides
the Pembina, we can only mention the common hop; and
the raspberry-bush, which yields fruit in great abundance
and of a very superior quality; also a large kind of whor-
tleberry, the fruit of which is double the size of ours, and
more oval. The forest-trees are the same which we had
previously seen on Red river. The zoology of the country
is not very diversified. Among the birds seen by Mr.
Say, during our stay at Pembina, were the turkey-buz-
zard,* red-headed woodpecker, flicker,’ hemp-bird,t king-
bird,t sparrow-hawk,§ house-wren, robin,|| chimney-bird,1

* Cathartes aura. { Fringilla tristis.
+ Tyrannus pipiri, Vieil. § Tinnunculus sparverius,
{ Turdus migratorius, q Hirundo pelasgia.

barn
hairy
winge
raven,
in the
Am
squirre
merou
night,
staked
We
sent sit
tabular
most in
made
couatris
liable t
estimate

1. Dist

From P
Along t
Play G

Carried

* Hirun

+ Caprin

| Icterusg
** Anas
++ Colu
§§ Pseud
the Rocky
i Ptero
Vou.

pu-

hat-

a at

1uch

k to
nter-
alua-
3ome
have
of it.
esent
very
intain
ettle-
re saw
rrites.
1ether

psides
3; and
dance
hor-
s, and
e had
untry
vy Mr.
y-buz-
king-
bird,

SOURCE OF ST. PETEK’S RIVER. 53

barn swallow,* night-hawk,t whip-poor-will,t bald-eagle,
hairy woodpecker, great heron,§ grakle,|! kildeer, blue-
winged teal, ruddy duck,** rose-breasted grosbeak,tt crow,
raven, and pigeon,t} the last of which is very abundant
in the woods,

Among the quadrupeds were the pouched rat,§§ flying
squirrel,|||| Hudson’s Bay squirrel.11 Wolves are very nu-
merous and bold. - Some came up to our lodge during the
night, and bit very severely one of our horses that was
staked near it.

We may conclude this imperfect statement of the pre-
sent situation and future prospects of this colony, with a
tabular view of the distance from Pembina to some of the
most important places; premising, however, that estimates
made upon such immense extents of territory, and in
cou.tries as yet very little explored, must of course be
liable to errors; it is only upon loose calculations that these
estimates are founded. .

1. Distance from Pembina to York Factory, on Hud-
son’s Bay.

+ 4 Miles.

From Pembina to the mouth of Red.river 163

Along the east side of Lake Winnepeek ->. + 800.

Play Green Lake my" fb Sain dams Ay Atignr me MM
Carried over i eta ee te ne UR
* Hirundo Americana. + Caprimulgus pop: tue, Vieil.

+ Caprimulgus Virginianus. § Ardea Herodias.

| Icterus quiscala; q Charadrius vociferus.
** Anas rubidus, Wilson. tt Loxia Ludoviciana.
$+ Columba migratoria.

§§ Pseudostoma bursaria, (Say.) See Account of an Expedition to
the Rocky Mountains, vol. 1, p. 406.
}) Pteromys volucella. 44 Sciurus Hudsonius.

Vox. II. 8

54

EXPEDITION TO THE

Miles,
Broughtover - - © © (#) # -« 477 Bro
Saskatchewina river and Portage - - - = 35 | Ler
Hare Lake eguinber Dy joel le Lioeiegie Rem een pia
Each-away-man’s brook, in dry seasons no water; Por
ten beaver dams kept in repair - - - = 28 Len
B*- iets and small lakes, 5 Portages - = = 650 Fror
Holy Lake - - = - ewe ew 80 up
Trout river, many rapids, 2 etait ee
Kneelake - - - - - 2 = 47
Jack-tent river, many rapids, 5 portages’ - > 10
Swampy Lake - - - + + +2 4°49 3. D

Hill river, series of shoals; strong rapids, sieininnvibie
sunken rocks, 12 portages, and many discharges 62
Mein river, comes from South or, Nipegon; Steel

river, must be towed up, - 2 oe ue ee QF
Hayes river er ae eee ee eae
845

The above admeasurements were made by David Thomp-
son, Esq. one of the best geographers in the British Do-
minions of North Ametiea, and at present employed on
the boundary line ¢ommiission. They ate extracted from
‘A Narrative of Occurrences in the Indian Countries of
North America, London and Montreal, 1818.”?

2. Distance from. Pembina by the St. Peter to New Or-
Jeans. } 4, Dis

The
this ro

: Mile

From Pembina to the mouth of the Grand Fork of <a
Red river - - - - - - - 130 4 From
Thence to the mouth of the River des Sioux - - 180 Across

Up Wi

Carried over ‘oS ‘ ¢ - 310

Miles.
471
85
4
28
50
30
» 9
- 47
- 10
- 7
e
s 62
|
= 29
- 52
845

omp-
ish Do-
oyed on
ed from
tries. of

ew Or-

“QURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER.

Miles.
Broughtever - - - - - «= «+ $10
Length of the RiverdesSioux - - + - 85
Length of Lake Travers ~ ° . : - 15
Portage tothe St. Peter - - - - + |
Length of the St. Peter - - - - - §00
From the mouth of the St. Peter to New Orleans
upwards of - - - - - 2000
2861

3. Distance from Pembina to New Orleans, by Otter-
tail Lake and thz Riviere de Corbeau.

Miles,
From Pembina tu the mouth of Sioux river - - 310
To the head of Otter-tailriver - - - «+ %§
Two small lakes and portages ae) ae

Thence to the Mississippi by Leaf and de Corbeau
‘Tivers, a distance, as stated by Pike, (App. Part I.

p- 53,) of WP EN ee te > oh BED
Distance to the Falls of St. Anthony - - - 300
Thence to New Orleans, say - - - += 2000

3049

The distance from the Mississippi to Otter-tail Lake, by
this route, appears to us very much overrated.

4, Distance from Pembina to Buffalo by Lakes Win-
nepeek and of the Woods.

Miles.

From Pembina down Red river to Lake Winnepeck 165

Across the lake to the mouth of Winnepeek river 65

Up Winnepeek river to the Lake of the Woods - 175

405

56 EXPEDITION TO THE

Brought forward - = = © ‘a 2+ 408
Across the Lake of the Woods - - - - 1
To Fort William cz Take Superior - - - 453
Along the northern coast of the lake to the Sault de

Ste. Marie - - - - - - - $316
To Macginaw ss - : - - - - - 84
To Detroit - + ££ = = + “= 300

To Buffalo wh ey eee ee gl

On this route there are seventy-two portages.

5. Distance from Pembina to Buffalo by Red Luke.

Miles.
To the mouth of Grand Fork st ee eee
Up Grand Fork to Red Lake Portage - = 200
Thence by a series of lakes and portages to Cassina
BOND. 6 44 ee ew ee
Through Cassina Lake ERO ure he en Siena,
To Sandy Lake et Nae te ee ees 5 |
Through Sandy Lake eee
Up West Savannah river - - - - - 18
Savannah Portage REPRE ee EEL GEE OUT
Down East Savannah river ai SF PORE AN aay
Down river St. Louis to Fond du Lac - - 7%
Along the southern coast of Lake Superior to Sault
de Ste. Marie eee es
Thence to Buffalo mo mots fot oan eosage ss 6 656

1963

The distances from Cassina Lake to the Sault de Ste.

Marie
in his
204, §
but tl
establ.
route
St. Le
and VV
loadec
canno
be use
that at
Facto.
Sev
travel
or by
in vie’
sent s
prove
cation:
Gulf ©
Bay ;.
haps a
tions f
is true
occasit
be no
discov
to adn
elevate
the St.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 57

Marie by this route, are those given by Mr. Schoolcraft
in his Narrative Journal of Travels, &c. ut supra, p. 169,
204, 236, and 253. We might add several other routes;
but the data which we have are not sufficient for us to
establish even estimates of the distances. The shortest
route from Lake Superior to*tide water is not through the
St. Lawrence, but through Michipicotton Bay, Brunswick
and Moose rivers, &c. to Moose Factory on James’ Bay ;
loaded canoes pass through in sixteen days; the distance
cannot exceed eight hundred and fifty miles. It will soon
be used by the Hudson’s Bay Company to the exclusion of
that at present travelled between Fort William and York
Factory.

Several of the routes which we have enumerated can be
travelled at much shorter distances by wheels in summer,
or by sledges in winter. The object which we have had
in view is not to give exact distances, which, in the pre-
sent state of the country, is as unnecessary, as it would
prove impossible, but to show that direct water communi-
cations exist by various routes between the waters of the
Gulf cf Mexico, the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and Hudson’s
Bay ; and that in this respect, North America presents per-
haps an unperalleled instance of direct water communica-
tions for thousands of miles. - Some of these routes are, it
is true, very much obstructed by rapids and falls, which
occasion portages and lightening places. Still there can
be no doubt that, at'a future period, new routes will be
discovered, or the old ones will be so much improved as
to admit of a comparatively easy communication with the
elevated plains which furnish the sources of Nelson’s river,
the St. Lawrence, and the Mississippi.

EXPEDITION TO THE

CHAPTER II.

Fort Douglas, and Lord Selkirk’s colony. Bark canoes.
Lake Winnepeek. Fort Alexander. River Winne-
peek. Rapids. Portages. Fine falls. Lake of the
Woods. North-westernmost point of the boundary
line. Rainy Lake river and lake. Fort. Series of
rapids and lakes. Dividing ridge. Falls of Kamane-
tekwoya. 4rrival at Fort William.

WITH a view to comply with his instructions, Major
Long proposed to travel along the northern boundary of
the United States to Lake Superior; but he was informed .
at Pembina that such an undertaking would be impracti-

cable; the whole of the country from Red Lake to Lake
Winnepeek, Lake of the Woods, and Lake Superior, being
covered with small lagoons and marshes, which rendered
it impenetrable for horses. The only practicable mode was
to follow the principal streams in bark canoes, which be-
ing very light could be carried whenever the navigation
was obstructed by shoals, rapids, &c: _ Several routes were
suggested; that by Lake.Winnepeek appeared the best,
and was adopted. It is the same which was formerly tra-
velled by the partners and clerks of the North-west Coin-
pany, and which is still occasionally used by the Hudson’s
Bay Company. Our horses becoming useless, we had to
dispose of them, and in this transaction we were more for-
tunate than we could have expected. Horses from the
United States are in great repute, and notwithstanding the
hardships which ours had undergone they were sold, with-

eut mu
one ht
This w
goods
eanoes
accusto
several
them,
vantage
by lanc
themse
a barge
of prov
Mr.
their
as we
necessi
homew
on the
Traver:
M‘Pha
whose |
themse
this pai
On t
reachec
the dist
been re
much, :
back, a
velling
to the «
conflue

nne-
" the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 59

eut much difficulty, at a rate which varied from forty to
one hundred dollars, averaging about sixty-six dollars.
This was, however, payable in services, stores, and such
goods as we required. Our mode of travelling in bark
eanoes obliged us to obtain an additional supply of men
accustomed to this kind of navigation. Of these we hired
several at Pembina; and it being chought that the rest of
them, as well as the canoes, &c. could be had on more ad-
vantageous terms at Fort Douglas, Major Long proceeded
by land to that place, while the other gentlemen availed
themselves of Mr. Nolen’s polite offer to take a passage in
a barge which he was sending down the river with a load
of provisions.

Mr. Shelling and Mr. Jeffries having volunteered
their services to this place only, and considering that,
as we had left the Dacota territory, we had no further
necessity for Sioux interpreters, resumed their ‘march
homewards, the former gentleman to his father’s garrison
on the Mississippi, the latter to his residence on Lake
Travers. As an escort they took with them corporal
M‘Phail, and privates Newman and irvine, three men
whose services were no longer required, and who behaved
themselves well while with us. We are happy to add that
this party :eached its destination without accident.

On the 9th of August, Major Long left Pembina, and
reached Fort Douglas the second day after. He estimated
the distance by land at sixty-one miles. It had generally
been reed at seventy-five miles, which is undoubtedly too
much, as. it has often been travelled in one day on horse-
back, and even in a light carriage, on the snow. After tra-
velling about fifty miles on the west side, he crossed over
to the east bank, which he followed until he came to the
confluence of the Assiniboin and Red rivers, when he.

60 EXPEDITION TO THE

again crossed the river and arriv2d at the Hudson’s Bay
Company’s fort, where he was hospitably received by
Donald Mackenzie, Esquire, chief facies. 2nd one of the
counsellors of the company. As soon :. Major Long
had explained to this gentleman the nature and objects: of
his party, and the circumstances which had induced him
to proceed through the Company’s territory, Mr. Macken-
zie made a free and liberal offer of his services and assist-
ance in any thing that depended upon. him. This he
did even before he had seen the recommendatory let-
ter which Major Long had _ received ‘from His.Excel-
lency, the Right Honourable Stratford Canning, En-
voy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary from his
Britannic Majesty ;a letter, which, as it was very obli-
gingly given by Mr. Canning, and as it no doubt contri-
buted much to ensure to the party the very hospitable re-
ception which we experienced while in his Britannic Ma-
jesty’s dominions, we have great pleasure in inserting here.*
It is impossible for us to convey in adequate terms, the
very warm gratitude which we feel for. Mr. Mackenzie’s
kind attentions. Independent of that assistance which his
official situation enabled him to afford, he contributed to

* Washington City, May 1st, 1823.
SIR, ; Sapte

This letter will be exhibited to you by Major Stephen H. Long, of
the United States’ Topographical Engineers, who, for objects purely
scientific, has been ordered to conduct an exploring expedition up the
St. Peter’s river, thence to proceed to the 4%th degree of north lati-
tude, and thence to the lakes on his return home. The American go-
vernment, conceiving it possible that Major Long may have occasion

to pass on his way through some of the British posts or settlements -

along the frontiers, have requested me to state the nature of the ex-
pedition, and to recommend that officer and his party, to the civilities
of his Majesty’s officers and subjects in the North-west Territory. It

all the
part o
his ov

extens
that s
knowi
very

ately o
most i
fond o
which
will fu
to part
and un
he insi:
scarcel;
bing hi
tlemen
in a bai
built in
en canc

is on this
not doub
party wh
with atte
sisting b

To any o
person
or set
Majest
Territe

Vou.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 61

all the comforts which we experienced in the subsequent
part of our journey, by liberal additions to our stores from
his own private stock. One instance will suffice to show how
extensive and how particular was his attention. Observing
that some of the gentlemen were fond of reading, and
knowing from experience that a voyage in bark canoes is
very tedious, unless it be relieved by books, he immedi-
ately offered, and insisted upon their accepting, some of the
most interesting works in his library. Those who are
fond of literature, and who reflect upon the distance at.
which Mr. Mackenzie was from all repositories of books,
will fully appreciate the liberality which could induce him
to part with the works of Milton, Hume, Cowper, &c. &c.
and unless they be aware of the pressing manner in which
he insisted upon the acceptance of these books, they will
scarcely excuse the gentlemen of the party for thus rob-
bing him of treasures very difficult to replace. The gen-
tlemen of the party left Pembina on the 10th of August,
in a barge belonging to Mr. Nolen, and which had been
built in London; the soldiers were divided in three wood-
en canoes. The journey to the lower settlement required

is on this account that I furnish Major Long with the present letter,
not doubting that it will afford you pleasure to treat both him and the
party which he conducts, in case of their approaching your station,
with attention and good offices suitable to the friendly relations sub-
sisting between the two countries.
. Lam, sir, with truth and regard,
Your most obedient humble servant,
STRATFORD CANNING.

To any officer of his Majesty or other
person having authority in the posts
or settlements situated within his
Majesty’s North-western American
Territories.

Vox. I. 9

4%

62 EXPEDITION TO THE

three days. The distance by water has been variously
stated. Mr. Thompson, the able surveyor to whom we
previously alluded, estimated it at ninety miles; we have
seen it laid down at one hundred and eighty; our guide
allowed it to be forty leagues, While descending, Mr.
Colhoun admitted it to be one hundred and seventeen
miles, but as he considered his estimate to be a low one,
we may safely assume it to be at least one hundred and
twenty miles. The general course of the river is north,
but the stream is extremely winding; we never had before
us a reach or view of more than one mile, and this only on
one occasion. The breadth of the river, after leaving Pem-
bina, is very uniform, and is about seventy yards, Its
depth is not great. In many points its navigation was ob-
structed by shoals, and in one or two spots by primitive
rocks apparently out of place; but the river was at that
time unusually low. In an ordinary stage of water, it must
afford a pleasant and safe navigation; its bed as well asthe
banks are muddy; they rise from eight to twenty-two feet.
We saw along the bank trees, which, from the bark being
rubbed by ice,.seemed to indicate that the river at times
rises at least fifteen feet. Our guide told us, but we are
induced to doubt the accuracy of his statement, that some-
times it rises forty feet and inundates the prairies between
Fort Douglas and Pembina, so that canoes are paddled
over the preiries. Without admitting this, we may believe
that in many seasons the river would afford ample scope
for a steamboat navigation. There are no rapids, properly
speaking, in the river; the current averages about one mile
per hour. Sometimes the prairies approach to the edge of
the water, but generally there is a line of woods which
extends along the banks, on a breadth of from fifty yards
to half a mile. This consists, near'the margin of the river,

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 63

of a thick growth of willow, next to which comes cotton-
wood, and higher on the bank, aspen, bass, elm, oak,
&e.

At about seventy miles from Pembina, while we stopped
for breakfast, we were informed that there was a salt
spring in the vicinity; to this we immediately repaired ;
we found it to be in the bed of a brook, called Saline ri- .
ver; the brook was dry at the time; there was a stagnant
pool of water, which contained probably about five per
cent. of salt; the spring which supplies this pool must be
a very large one. We were informed that this spring,
which was worked duriiig one season, had been abandon-
ed, being considered the weakest in the country. We ob-
served, with some surprise, the Salicornia herbacea grow-
ing very abundantly around it. We brought home specimens
of it. Mr. Schweinitz states, on the authority of Mr, Nut-
tall, that this is the only inland locality of this plant, be-
sides the Onondago salt springs in the State of New York,
vide Appendix 1, Botany. At this place Lieut. Scott saw
an antelope, (Antilocapra Americana, Ord,) but did not
succeed in killing it. A singular fact respecting this ante-
lope was that it approached very near to Mr. Say, with-
out evincing the least apprehension; unfortunately he was
at that time so intent upon the collecting of insects, that
he was not even aware of its presence. This animal is not
abundant here; we occasionally saw tracks of it, as well as
of the elk and bear, on the soft mud near the river bank,
but the most frequent tracks were those of the wolf, Mr.
Say killed here a Muscicapa ruticilla and Totanus flavipes.
But the most abundant game we saw were ducks and pi-
geons, of which we might have killed many, nad we been
able to spare the time; our sportsmen, however, occasion-
ally fired at thera and were generally very successful. In

iy | EXPEDITION TO THE

the evening the soldiers caught a great many fish of the
genus Hyodon, called there Doré.

Along the bank there is an abundance of bushes, bearing
a small wild cherry; the Pembina, and several other ber-
ries, some of which are very pleasant to the taste.

‘wo observations for latitude were taken on the river;
one about one mile below the mouth of the Wasdshkwtapé,
or Muskrat river, at noon on the 12th of August, gave for
result, 49° 35' 55"’ north. The other made at the same
hour on the 13t, and within three miles of the confluence
of the Assiniboin with Red river, gave 49° 51' 3".

The first house of the lower settlement is situated about
twenty miles hy water above the fort, but the country is
thickly settied only within three miles of the mouth of the
Assiniboin. At the lower settlement there are two forts,
one called Fort Gerry belonging to the Hudson’s Bay Co1a-
pany; the other, called Fort Douglas, is the property of the
colony ; there are also two houses of worship, one of thein of
the Protestant Episcopal Church, erected aid supported at
the expense of the London Bible Society, who likewise sup-
ply th iunds for a free school. ‘The clergyman, who at-
tendec both tothe church and school, had left there.a short
time before our arrival, on a visit to England. The other
church is the cathedral ofa Roman Catholic Bishop establish-
ad there. His diocese extends north of the United States?
boundary line, from the Rocky Mountains to Upper Cana-
da. He is styied Bishop, (in partibus,) of Julianopolis.
A Catholic school, instituted at this place by the Missiona-
ries, and conducted upon the same plan as Mr. M‘Coy’s on
the =t. Joseph, appears to have been attended with the same
success. The whole of the expenses of this Catholic eccle-
siastical: establishment is, we believe, defrayed by the
Bishop of Quebec.

The
hundr
comfo
Scotcl
becom
of the
large «
adapte
Maize
peated
bushel
Fort 1
banks
tradesr
who a
brougl
hides, |
cessity
made
purpos
which

for the
that co
ingeni
said to
tured i
sent to
ket.
establis
some i
sion t
Londo
»vool,

SOURCE OF ST. ‘PETER’S RIVER. 63

The population of the settlement amounts to about six
hundred. There is an appearance of neatness, and even of
comfort, in many of the cabins belonging to the Swiss and
Scotch settlers. The agricultural improvements are daily
becoming more respectable, and adding to the prosperity
of the colony. The soil is not so good as at Pembina, yet
large crops of grain have been obtained. It appears well
adapted to the growth of wheat, barley, oats, and potatoes.
Maize has not yet had a fair trial. Cf wheat they have re-
peatedly obtained from twenty to forty and even more
bushels to the acre. Perhaps the greatest desideratum at
Fort Pezglas is wood, which, growing only upon the
banks of the rivers, is becoming scarce. They havea few
tradesmen and manufacturers among them. A tanner,
who appears to understand his business well, has been
brought over, and makes very good leather from buffalo
hides, so that they are not all at present reduced to the ne-
cessity of wearing moccassins. An attempt has also been
made to convert the wool of the buffalo to some useful
purpose. An association has been formed for this object,
which has contracted with the Hudson’s Bay Company
for the requisite supply of skins; they pluck out the hair
that covers the wool; and then separate the latter by an
ingenious process into the different qualities, which are
said to. be no.less than nine. The coarse wool is manufac-
tured into a good substantial cloth; the fine qualities are
sent to England, where, it is: said, they find a ready mar-
ket. Mr. Pritchard, who superin.ends this important
establishment, kindly showed it to us, an . communicated
some interesting facts relating to it. It wasin his posses-
sion that we saw a hat, manufactured by his brother in
London, in which the beaver had been replaced by buffalo
nvool, .

66 EXPEDITION TO THE

A number of gentlemen, formerly officers in the colony,
have remained and settled here; some of them are repre-
sented as wealthy ; several of them expect their families
over. These, with the family of the governor, whose ar-
rival was daily looked to, will form a small society, cal-
culated to refine the manners of the colonists. It must be
admitted that the choice of the settlers was in some. re-
spects unfortunate; instead of good agriculturists, a num-
ber of tradesmie. and mechanics were brought over from
Switzerland; some of them were watchmakers, unac-
quainted with the culture of the soil. We could not help
pitying a poor man, who had been an apothecary in
Switzerland ; he was possessed of that pharmaceutical and
chemical knowledge which the Swiss apothecaries gene-
rally have, and hearing of a settlement about to be formed

on a large scale, imagined that one of his profession would.

be much wanted. He accordingly joined.the party, stocked
with aniseed, Palma Christi seed, &c. all which he soon found
would be of no use to the colony or to himself. The place
was healthy, but destitute of grain ; his hopes of a botani-
cal garden dwindled away at the necessity of handling a
plough, and attending to the more important cultivation of
wheat, potatoes, &c.

The history of Red river would, if correctly and im-
partially written, offer many useful lessons. The place
was first visited by the French, and their arrival there
is referred to the visit of the Chevalier de la Veranderie,
who is said to have been the first French officer that tra-
velled to the Rocky Mountains. He built a fort at the
mouth of the Assiniboin, called it the Fort de la Reine,
and garrisoned it with soldiers. The French continued to
trade there alone for many years, but about the year 1767,
the first English traders visited it; and, it appears, that

about fif
for Eng
there w
dwindle
the mos
was eve
ble; in ¢
As an il
may me
noes fro
one ti
containi
ing abot
gave tw
rum, an
by the |
cost fift
wards 0
dealing

The fi
Macedon
Red riv
rels bra
Compar
culars 0
say, tha
for alon
and the
by the |
interest
blishme
mercial
flourish

colony;
| repre-
amilies
ose ar-
‘y, cal-
nust be
me. re-
a num-
sr from

unac-
t help
ary in
val and
3 gene-
formed
would.
tocked
n found
e place
botani-
ling a
ition of

nd im-
> place
| there
nderie,
hat tra-
at. the
Reine,
hued to
1767,
s, that

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 67

about fifty years since, it was a place of great resort both
for English and French traders. At that time, or soon after,
there were six opposition companies, which after’a while
dwindled into the famous North-west Company, one of
the most active and enterprising trading associations that
was ever created. .'The trade was then extremely profita-
ble; in one season, a trader might almost realize a fortune.
As an instance of what it was even eighteen years ago, we
may mention, that Desmarais, the man who guided our ca-
noes from Fort Douglas to Lake Superior, purchased at
one time from an Indian, two packs of beaver skins,
containing about one hundred and twenty skins, and weigh-
ing about one hundred and eighty pounds, for which he
gave two, (three point,) blankets, eight quarts of his best
rum, and a pocket looking-glass. These goods were rated
by the company at thirty dollars, but had: probably not
cost fifteen. The beavers sold in Montreal for up-
wards of four hundred dollars; this was considered fair
dealing with the Indians.

The first colony was planted in the year 1812, when Miles
Macdonell, who was appointed its governor, built a fort on
Red river. The colony throve indifferently well, but quar-
rels broke out between the colonists and the North-west
Company’s servants. We have no wish to enter into parti-
culars on the subject of this unfortunate division ; suffice it to
say, that a disunion, founded upon commercial rivalry, had
for along time previous existed between the Hudson’s Bay
and the North-west Companies ; the colony was considered
by the latter as planted for the purpose of strengthening the
interest of the former, Fears were expressed that the esta-
blishment of the colony would prove ruinous to their com-
mercial transactions, as agriculture and a fur trade cannot
flourish in the same country. Apprehensions were lke-

wae: eb ali li tk casi a laitligs Sa Ra E

it sc aig RS pc ale

—< -canaine testa mate eeetene tinea eee

68 EXPEDITION TO THE

wise entertained that the colony would civilize the In-
dians, and divert them from hunting. From these and
other causes, the new settlers became involved in the quar-
rel. There were probably provocations and wrongs on
both sides ; finally the colony was assaulted by a party of
Bois Brulés, sup posed to be connected with the North-west
Company ; and in 1815, the inhabitants were all dispersed ;
they returned, however, to their homes, and were again
assaulted in 1816, and again driven from their settlements,
after the murder of their governor, and of about twenty of
the colonists. From this moment a real civil war may be
said to have been carried.on between the servants of the
two companies. Both appealed to the government of Ca-
nada, and to the British Ministers. For a while these com-
plaints were unheeded, but finally the evil became so great
that a remedy was sought for, and found in a combina-
tion of the two companies on terms which were not made
public. A general amnesty ensued. The evil which has
been done to this country, twenty years will not obliterate.
The immense sums of money incurred in prosecutions, re-
criminations, &c. may be forgotten, but the lawless spirit
inculcated on the Bois Brulés, who were engaged on either
side, will require years to tame it. Even at this day the
traveller feels that he treads upon dangerous ground if
he alludes to it; for the spirit of party is not €radicated.
We may, however, hope that the instructive lesson, that
commercial rivalry must be kept’ within bounds, will not
be forgotten, and that by the wise and conciliatory steps
whick the company has taken, the seeds of discord will be
completely removed, and that. the country will rise to
that prosperity, to wlich its fine soil and good climate en-
title it. ae

The terms upon which te colonists were brought hither,

varie
lents
all, g
even
great
hestil
sale,
havin,
colon:
canno
not, wv
which
tleme:
vantag
greate
take i
limite
annua
cargoe
the fur
ed tha
aman
done ¢
it has
tions
the tr
vagan
habits
gret. t
can ey
annud
terme
Vo

> In-
> and
quar-
zs on
ty of
-west
sed ;
again
nents,
nty of
ay be
of the
of Ca-
. com-
) great
pbina-
made
ch has
terate.
hs, re-
) spirit
either
ay the
nd if
icated.
» that
ill not
steps
will be
ise to
ate en-

ither,

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 69

varied probably in almost every case, according to the ta-
lents and abilities of the individual. It is probable that to
all, great advantages in the way of land weve offered, and
even assistance in cattle, tools, &c. Within a few years, the
great difficulties being removed, and the apprehensions of
hestilities having ceased, the land has been offered for
sale. The price was at first two dollars per acre ; but this
having been thought too high in the present state of the
colony, it was reduced in 1823 to one dollar per acre. We
cannot fail in wishing this colony success, because it will
not, we think, vitally affect the interests of the fur trade,
which is chiefly carried on to the north-west of the set-
tlement ; and because, even if it did, the benefits, and ad-
vantages, which would result from it. would be much
greater than those arising out of that trade. When we
take into consideration that the whole of the fur trade is
limited to two ships of three hundred tons each, which sail
annually from Hudson’s Bay to England, and whose return
cargoes of British goods are amply sufficient to purchase
the furs, and supply the wants of traders, we will be convinc-
ed that the prosperity of England, either in a commercial or
a manufacturing point of view, cannot be materially affected
by the rise or decline of this trade. The evil which it has
done to Canada has been frequently and justly deplored;
it has allured many of her youths from the steady occupa-
tions of agriculture, to attend to the wandering pursuits of
the traders; it has instilied into their minds a taste for extra-
vagance and dissipation; it has accustomed them to lawless
habits, which have been, fora century back, a subject of re-
gret, to the missionaries and to philanthropists. No doubt
can exist that the conduct of the young men who have been
annually sent out from Canada, and who were formerly
termed the “ Coureurs des Bois,’? has had more influence
Von. IT. 10*

ee

= - —_ -
GEIS WTI RS Be NS RARE EE: WR AIT AE LORRI Sic

vit) EXPEDITION TO THE

in demoralizing the Indians of North America, than any
other cause whatever. They have distributed liquor more
freely, and more extensively, than any other traders; they
have accustomed the Indians to that promiscuous intercourse,
which destroys every virtuous as well as every national feel-
ing; they have made them parties in their quarrels, there-
by exciting them to acts of hostility against white men.

' One of the greatest evils, which the colonists have expe-
rienced, was the abundance of grasshoppers, that almost
ruined the crops for one or two years. This was only, how-
ever, at the lower settlement; none were seen at Pembina.
Cattle appear to be very much wanted, and supplies are
anxiously expected; some were brought over, at first, from
England, they throve very well; after which others were
procured from Mackinaw;andj 11822, a drove was brought
by Mr. Dickson from Clarksvitie, but he lost many on the
way. Another drove was daily expected at the time our
party were there. Lord Selkirk had a fine farm, which he
intended to stock with Merino sheep ; but all, that were
brought over, were destroyed during the dissensions. [logs
have not succeeded so well. Norwegians were brought over
with a view to domesticate the indigenous reindeer and sub-
stitute them for dogs; and an establishment, called Norway
house, was formed at the northern extremity of Lake
Winnepeek, but it does not appear to have met with great
success. Dogs are the most numerous of the domestic ani-
mals. Some care seems to be taken at present to prevent
their roving at large as they formerly did, proving a great
nuisance to the agricultural pursuits of the colonists.

Our camp was situated on a high bluff, about seventy or
eighty feet above the level of Red river, near Fort Gerry,
which is at the junction of the two streams. Fort Douglas
lies about one mile below this on the river. The Assini-
boin is a beautiful romantic stream, whose breadth, at its

mot
rive
was
evid
of t
Hud
(a tr
mile
is sa:
has ¢
spell
the t
late |
ceive
this :
ritor'
will |
ter 1
cut o
as lar
Th
Lord
who |
tende
lonist
His p
count
whicl
guine
of his
tingui
great
the se

) any
more
they
yurse,
l feel-
there-
en.
expe-
ilmost
jhow-
nbina.
es are
, from
3 were
rought
on the
1e our
ich he
were
Ilogs
tover
nd sub-
orway
Lake
great
ic ani-
event

great

ity or
erry;
0 uglas

Lssini-
at its

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 71

mouth, does not exceed fifty yards, yet it is ‘an important
river on account of its length. We were informed that it
was at least five hundred miles long; and it was given in
evidence, during one of the numerous law suits arising out
of the discussion between the two companies, that the
Hudson’s Bay Company’s fort onthe Riviere qui Appelle,
(a tributary of the Assiniboin,) was distant four hundred
miles froza Fort Douglas. A little above the fort, the river
is said to expand considerably. The name of this stream
has of late been written Ossiniboin, but we believe the old
spelling agrees better with the Chippewa etymology of
the term, Assin, sfone. As the district of land, ceded to the
late Lord Selkirk by the Hudson’s Bay Company, has re-
ceived the official name of Ossiniboia, it is probable that
this new orthography will prevail. .The extent of this -ter-
ritory, as stated in Governor ‘Macdonnell’s proclamation,
will be seen in Major Long’s topographical report. (Chap-
ter 13.) The United States’ boundary line will, of course,
cut off much of this province; still it will leave it ncarly
as large as the State of Georgia.

The prospectus of this colony, as published by the late
Lord Selkirk, has béen censured very harshly by many,
who have taxed him with wilful misrepresentations, in-
tended to mislead those, whom he wished to enlist as co-
lonists. This charge does not appear to us to be just.
His prospectus presents the description of a really fine
country, expressed in those terms of warm commendation
which we would naturally expect from a mind of a san-
guine and generous disposition, such as the whole course
of his public and private life indicates that of the dis-
tinguished founder of this colony to haye been. The
great exertions and sacrifices, which he made in behalf. of
the settlers, prove that he was sincere and ardent in the

712 EXPEDITION TO THE

wishes which he manifested for their success; he expend-
ed a large fortune, and, what is a better test of his sin-
cerity, he underwent many personal hardships and dan-
gers, to protect his settlers against. those whom he con-
sidered as the persecutors of the colony. Whatever opi-
nion may therefore be entertained of the expediency of his
measures or of the policy of his colonial system, all must
acquit him of any selfish or interested motives, or of any
abandonment of those whom he had induced to settle on Red
river.- It is not from the success or failure of a measure,
that the motives o. its promoters are to be deduced ; and
in this case »: _ »)+-"s to us by no means improbable, that
if the colonis:. pad wut been involved in the quarrel with
the North-west Compiaiiy, the Red 1iver settlement might
have realized the hopes and wishes of its founder.

One of the principal hardships which the colony had to
undergo was from the severity of the winters. The maxi-
mum of cold, or lowest point to which the thermometer
descended in the winter of 1822-23, was -52°(F.) But this
is amply compensated by the warmth of the summer; and
the rapidity of the vegetation makes up for the shortness
of the season. From the quantity of wild fruit about here,
we are led to believe, that with a’little care, good orchards
might be obtained.’ The fruit consists of apples, plums,
pembina, and several varieties of raspberries, one of
which ‘is deeper coloured, smaller, and more oval than the
domestic raspberry of our gardens; it partakes of the fla-
vour of the strawberry. !

We were detained several days at the settlement, by the
preparations required for our navigation; but the time
spent there was rendered very interesting, by the singu-
lar association of features which the country presented, as
we observed it while seated on the elevated bank upon

whid
Assi
tensi

graz
had
site |
displ
tents
On
from
fore
padd
succe
hyod
front
urgin
angril
with »
possi
away
barke
many
fered
which
of ac!
was st
ing fig
is ofte
blood.
mind,
sion.
long y

pend-
s sin-
| dan-
. con-
r opi-
of his
must
of any
in Red
asure,
|; and
e, that
1 with
might

had to
. maxi-
pmeter
But this
br; and
prtness
t here,
chards
plums,
ne of
ban the

he fla-

by the

time
singu-
ted, as
upon

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 73

which Fort Gerry stands. The beautiful confluence of the
Assiniboin and Red rivers washed the base ofthe bluff. Ex-
tensive prairies, upon which a number of domestic cows were
grazing, lay before us, while a young buffalo bull, which
had been presented to the bishop, was seen on the oppo-
site bank, employed at labour. Both the banks of the river
displayed occasional groups of Indian lodges and European
tents, belonging to the Indians, half-breeds, or to our party.
On the stream, a number of canoes, constructed either
from logs or birch bark, were seen occasionally gliding be-
fore us, under the quick and dexterous management of the
paddlers; while some, filled with Indian boys, engaged in
successfully angling for beautiful little silver fishes, the
hyodon of the naturalist, were moored immediately
front of us. Canadian carters were frequently passing by,
urging on their spare and lazy horses, by the often und
angrily repeated words, “ marche donc.” . Several Indians
with their squaws, and children without number, of every
possible shade of colour between the red and white dled
away their time, upon the bank; numerous dogs played,
barked, or snarled, at the gateway of the fort. These and
many other features, which were peculiar to this spot, of-
fered us food for pleasant contemplation. But an object,
which once observed rivetted our attention, was the sight
of a crazed woman standing alone in a canoe, which she
was steering with apparent ease. 'She had a tall eommand-
ing figures a soft expression of melancholy beauty, such as
is often seen in the women of mixed European and Indian
blood. Her dark eyes had, from the disordered state of her
mind, received a wild and peculiarly interesting expres-
sion. She struck the water at irregular intervals with a
long paddle which she held by the middle, singing at

74

EXPEDITION TO THE

the same time a melancholy air, that struck our ear me-

lodiously and sweetly, as we heard it from a distance. sa
Perhaps, however, it was but the effect of an association of shee in
ideas, which jent a melancholy interest to her voice. We Th
made some inquiries about her, and were told that she Mr. J
was the wife of one of the settlers. She was-a half-breed, of his
whose insanity was supposed to have sprung from a religi- Alexa
ous melancholy. Being one of those whom the mission- Indiar
aries had converted, she had become very pious, but her North
intellect was too frail for the doctrines which had been ty-sec
taught to her; in endeavouring to become familiar with home
them, she had been gradually affected with a malady, which party
at thattime seemed incurable. While we were listening to thews,
this story, the wind heightened, the evening approached; New 1
all the canoes had disappeared from the river except her’s, to the
which she still kept on the stream, notwithstanding the settlen
high breeze which roughened its surface. We expressed kenzie
our apprehensions lest her canoe would be upset, but we the co
were told that she understood the management of it as hundre
well as if possessed of reason ; her only pleasure and occu- t Clarke
pation seemed to be to move about alone in this frail bark ; which,
and her friends, believing that there was but little danger all thes
in it, indulged her in this her only diversion. Meanwhile well as
the canoe was swiftly impelled from us towards the oppo- We.
site bank; the loose wrapper which she wore, acted as 4 leader |
sail that received the wind and wafted her across. We saw he dwe
her land in safety, and felt easier when we observed the met wi
poor maniac alight from her canoe.’ The next. day she

crossed the’ river, came towards us, and with much mo- *Mr. 1
desty presented to usa small parcel of papers, neatly wise imp
folded up and secured by a thread ; she desired that it might the count
be given to her mother in Montreal. There was no su- — =

distinct r

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 7

perscription. We opened it, it contained but a printed
sheet of a religious tract. Having performed her errand,
she made a slight inclination and passed away.

The time of the party was likewise occupied in hearing
Mr. Mackenzie relate some of the interesting adventures
of his life. This gentleman, who is of the family of Sir
Alexander Mackenzie, has spent twenty-four years in the
Indian trade, and has travelled over the greater part of
North America. He wintered as far north as the six-
ty-second degree of latitude, on the river which bears the
name of his distinguished kinsman. He was one of the
party consisting of Messrs. Hunt, Crooks, Stewart, Ma-
thews, &c. who in the employ of Mr. John J. Astor, of
New York, crossed the Rocky Mountains, and penetrated
to the mouth of the Columbia, where they made the first
settlement for the American Fur Company. Mr. Mac-
kenzie spent ten years on that side of the mountains. In
the course of his travels he followed for upwards of six
hundred miles the stream usually called, in Lewis and
Clarke’s travels, the Multnomah, but the true name of
which, according to Mr. Mackenzie, is the Wallamut.* Of
all these he communicated many interesting particulars, as
well as of the animals found in that part of the country.

We had an interview with an old Chippewa chief, the
leader of a party that resides near Red Lake. Although
he dwells in the territory of the United States, yet as we
met with him on British soil, we confined our conversa-

*Mr. Henry, atrader, whom we met at Fort William, and who like-
wise imparted to us some valuable information concerning that part of
the country, did not consider the Wallamut to be the name of the stream
itself, but of a fall of about forty feet, situated in the river, a short dis-
tance above its confluence with the Columbia. ‘The river itself has a
distinct name, which Mr. Henry could not recollect at the time,

76 EXPEDITION TO THE

tion to general topics, avoiding all political subjects. This
man had a peculiar expression in his face, which induced
Mr. Seymour to take a likeness of him; it is the left hand
figure of Plate 3. We have omitted to record his name;
by the French traders he is called the “ Blackman,”
homme noir.

The position of Fort Gerry was determined from a series
of observations to be in latitude 49° 53' 35" north, and
in longitude 97° 00' 50" west.

On Sunday, the 17th of August, our preparations: being
finished, we left this place, at which we had experienced
much kindness, not only on the part of Mr. Mackenzie,
but also of Mr. Kemp, the acting governor,” and of a num-
ber of the inhabitants.

We embarked in our canoes at noon, and proceeded
down the river. Our party, which had been reduced at
Pembina by the departure of six of our fellow travellers,
was reinforced here by the addition of a Chippewa inter-
preter, a pilot, and nine canoe-men, of whom five were Ca-
nadians, and four Bois Brulés.’ Our numbers therefore
amounted to twenty-nine. We were divided into three bark
canoes, known by the name of “ cangs du nord.” Although
these are made nearly on the same model, yet there is
great difference in their speed, burden, soundness, &c. ac-
cording to the skill manifested in their construction. A
canoe of this kind is generally constructed of ribs of cedar
bent so as to impart to it its proper form, the ends being
secured to a band that forms the superior edge of the ves-
sel, and acts as a gunwale ; over these ribs the birch bark is

*Mr. Bulger, the late governor, left Fort Douglas a few days before
our arrival. Anew governor was daily expected; in the interim the
colony was governed by Mr. Mackenzie, as chief factor, and Mr. Kemp
as acting governor.

laid in
shall |
transve
of ced;
ting; :
by spli
nette, ¢
term y
Canadi:
with pi
gum of
canoe v
tained,
ters, as
sand po
is encot
easily ¢:
may be
thirty fe
perhaps
serve to
the padc
stern are
that atte
ing then
to preve
as they
brought
at a distg
the canoy
and left ¢
sionally

Vou. |

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 17

laid in as large pieces as possible, generally so that there
shall be but two longitudinal seams, and two or three
transverse ; between the bark and the ribs very thin splints
of cedar are placed so as to prevent the bark from split-
ting; all the joints are sewed with long threads obtained
by splitting the roots of a tree called by the voyagers epi-
nette, and which is probably a spruce.* To this thread the
term wiita’p, used by the Chippewas, is applied by the
Canadians; the seams as well as the cracks are covered
with pitch, (called by the Chippewas Péke,) made of the
gum of the epinette ; this is applied hot, and renders the
canoe water tight. In this manner a little vessel is ob-
tained, very well calculated for travelling on these wa-
ters, as it will carry a burden of upwards of three thou-
sand pounds ; and when any obstruction in the navigation
is encountered, the cargo may be discharged, and the . »noe
easily carried by two men. A good view of these canoes
may be seen in Plate 11. Those which we used were
thirty feet long, by about four feet wide in the middle, and
perhaps thirty inches deep, A number of transverse bars
serve to keep the canoe in its proper shape. The seats of
the paddlers are suspended to the gunwale. The bow and
stern are sharp and turned upwards, The great objection
that attends the use of bark canoes is the difficulty of keep-
ing them water-tight. It requires the greatest attention
to prevent them from touching a rock, or even the shore,
as they would otherwise break; hence they are never
brought near to the bank ; two men keep the canoe afloat
at a distance, while the rest of the crew load or unload her;
the canoe is unloaded every night, raised out of the water,
and left on the beach, bottom upwards; this is also occa-
sionally done when they stop during the day; it affords an
* Abies alba.
Vou. Ik. 11

18 EXPEDITION TO THE

opportunity of allowing the canoe to dry, otherwise the
bark absorbs much water, and becomes very heavy. All
motion on the part of those on board is to be avoided, as it
causes the pitch to crack, and rendeys the canoe leaky.
This mode of conveyance is the only one in use in ‘he
country, and answers very well; it requires, nowever, skil-
ful men to manage the canoes. Much art is particularly
displayed by the bowsmen and sternsmen to steer them ; the
middle-men have only to paddle fast or slow, forward cr
backward, as they are directed. In steering through rapids
the bowsman has the most difficult post; he is, therefore,
always considered to be the captain of the boat ; his wages,
as well as those of the man in the-stern, are higher than
those of the middle-men. When several canoes go to-
gether, they constitute what is termed on those waters a
brigade, and to these a pilot or guide is appointed, who is
generally an experienced man, responsible for the loss of
the canoes, and to whom all are subordinate; he is not
obliged to paddle himself. We had engaged the ser-
vices of one Baptiste Desmarais, who proved a faith-
ful and active guide, well skilled in his business; he
conducted our brigade with dexterity and success, When
they: carry passengers, the guides are sometimes apt to
assume too much authority and consequence.. The re-
sponsibility which attaches to their station, in case of
the loss or detention of the canoes under their guidance,
requires that they shouid divect the march, and fix upon
the proper places and times to encamp; this gives them an
opportunity of displaying their brief authority in a manner
that is oftentimes unplezsant to those not accustomed to it,
but in tais respect we had but little cause to complain of
Desmarais, for we found him obliging and respectful in his
demeanor to the party.

Our soldiers, who at fist were unacquainted with this

kind

swere
perier
hand
requil
perio
Ou
and a
about
morni
river,
Assini
as abo
marka
than f
which
eease |
and of
At twi
horizo
these |
after v
St. Pe
sioned
imposs
we pas
ganic 1
the on]
tlers, a
used in
for the
which
much 1

the
All
as it
aky.
Ae
skil-
larly
; the
dad er
apids
fore,
ages,
than
0 to-
ters &
tho is
ss of
s not
ser-
faith-
5; he
hen
pt to
e re-
se of
lance,
upon
bm an
anner
to it,
in of
in his

this

SOURCE OF Sf. PETER’S RIVER. 79

kind of navigation, soon became expert paddlers, and an-
swered well in that capacity; but it requires the long ex-
perience of the voyagers to render them as cautious and
handy in the management of these canoes as their frailty
yequires. In this respect we found the Bois Brulés far su-
pericr to the Canadians.

Our journey down Red river was performed in a day
and a half; we encamped the first night on a small island,
about thirty-five miles below the settlement; and the next
morning at an early hour we reached the mouth of Red
river, which is situated forty-three miles below that of the
Assiniboin. The stream retains much the same characters
as above Fort Douglas. There are several rapids, more re-
markable for the shallowness and rocky nature of the bed
than for the swiftness of the water. At the first rapid,
which is abou ‘welye miles below the fort, the banks
eease to be muauy; they become gravelly, the soil is thin
and of a pale hue; the growth was principally small aspen.
At twenty-eight miles, we saw limestone in situ ; it is a
horizontal secondary rock, such as probably underlays
these prairies. It was the first rock which we saw in place
after we had left the primitive islands in the valley of the
St. Peter, unless iadeed the rapids in Red river be occa-
sioned by ledges of primitive rocks in place, which is not
impossible, but which we could not ascertain at the time that
we passed over tuem. We observed in the limestone no or-
ganic remains, although it probably contains some. This is
the only place where limestone has heen found, by the set-
tlers, at the surface; it is therefore resorted to for the lime
used in building at the fort, as well as for the tan yard, and
for the other wants of the colony, &c. At the island upon
which we encamped on the 17th of August, the river was
much wider; the eastern channel was small, but the west-

80 EXPEDITION TO TFHE

ern was about two hundred yards wide. This was the
second island which we had observed on Red river from
its head to this place ; the first island was but a short dis-
tance above. Below this place there are several other
islands ; they are for the most part small and thickly over-
grown with aspen. Amonz the remarkable features of
Red river may be enumerated its total want of islands, ex-
cept near its mouth, and the circumstance that it has no
bottom or valley properly speaking; it runs in a mere
trench in the prairie. Towards the mouth of the river the
country becomes an impenetrable swamp.

Having already enumerated the tributaries of Red river
south of the 49th degree, we shall briefly note those which
occur between Pembina and the mouth of the river. These
consist, on the right bank, of the Reed-grass and Muskrat
rivers; on the leit, of Swampy, Plumb, Gratiats, Saline,
Muddy, Assiniboin and Death rivers.

Reed-grass river is by the Chippewas termed Pékwidnisk ;
at its mouth it is twenty yards wide; it rises near the Lake
ofthe Woods, and, as we were told, within two leagues of it.
The interval which divides its source from the lake being
marshy, the canoes are dragged through it. Desmarais in-
formed us that he would return by that route, and that he
could walk in three days from its source to its mouth.

The Wastshkwat4pé, or Muskrat river is twelve yards
wide at its mouth.

Swampy or Pétdpék river is a mere brook; so is the
Pékasin, or Plumb river, both of which were dry at the
time we saw them. [Below these a small rivulet receives
the name of Kadménakashe, (Gratiats of the French.)

Saline we have already stated was a dry brook. The
Wenagdmd, or Muddy river, is also inconsiderable. The
Assiniboin has been described. It receives, as we were told,

severa
Souris
The
or Oné
gloomy
fifty lo
there, ¢
Red
channe
Lake
sallow ;
népé, w
low ma
north-e
elevatia
spruce,’
white b
Gilead.’
and a bu
form an
flavoure
receiver
was call
two hur
its wide
rection |
dented.
near to :
projecti

* Pinus
+ Junip
I Junip
ae Popt

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 81

several tributaries designated by the names of Cypress, la
Souris, Mushroom, Au Milieu, Qui Appelle, &c.

The last of the tributaries of Red river is Death river,
cr Onépdwé Sépé, a small stream which has received this
gloomy name from the circumstance that two hundred and
fifty lodges of Chippewas are said to have been destroyed
there, about forty-five years since, by the Dacotas.

Red river discharges itself into Lake Winnepeek by four
channels.

Lake Winnepeek receives its name from the muddy or
sallow appearance of its waters; Wé signifies muddy, and
népé, water, in Chippewa. It is a large sheet of water with
low marshy banks to the south and south-west. To the
north-east the shore swells into broad hills, of no great
elevation, which are covered with a thin growth of pine,*
spruce,t juniper,t tamarack§ or tacca-mahac, red cedar,||
white birch,1 and a sort of poplar similar to the balm of
Gilead.** Among the shrubs there are rose bushes, pembina,
and a bush yielding a small dark blue berry, resembling in
form and colour the huckleberry, but sweeter and higher
flavoured; by the French traders it is called poire; it has
received the English name of service-berry ; the Chippe-
was call it O’sAkwakkd mindn.tt Lake Winnepeek is about
two hundred and seventy miles long, by eighty broad in
its widest, and fifieen in its narrowest part. Its general di-
rection is about north-north-west. Its shore is. much in-
dented.. We coasted it for about thirty-five miles, very
near to its south-eastern extremity; proceeding from one
projecting point to another, our course, which was at first a

* Pinus alba, nigra, &c. t Abies Canadensis, Mich.
+ Juniperus communis. § Laryx Americana, Mich.
| Juniperus Virginiana, Mich. 4 Betula papyracea.

** Populus balsamifera. tt Mespilus arborea, Mich.

82 EXPEDITION TO THE

little east of north, soon became due north, (by the con-
pass,) aul continued so until we came near to the entrance
of Winnepeck bay. As we travelled near to the eastcr
shore, we always kept land in sight on our right, but ou
the left, the eye met with nothing but an uniform sheet of
water, limited by no land, diversified by no island. The
wind blew somewhat fresh when we first reached the lake,
so that a long swell upon its surface gave us an opportu-
nity of admiring the buoyancy of our canoes. After tra-
velling eighteen miles on the lake, we landed on a fine
pebbly beach, which we were told was encompassed in
the rear by a deep swamp called the “Grand Marais.”’
This beach was covered with pebbles and boulders of si-
enitic and calcareous rocks, which, from their aspect, show-
ed that we were near the junction of the primitive and se-
condary formations. After having dined and. repaired one
of our canoes, which was leaky, we proceeded on our jour-
ney.

Lake Winnepeck appears to have been the same as was
formerly called by travellers, Lake of the Assinipoils. It
is mentioned under this name by Lahontan and Charle-
voix; Carver gives it its modern appellation. The situation
of this lake, in the centre of the continent of North Amie-
rica, is singular and interesting. “ew. lakes receive so many
and such large streams; by meuns of these, and of the ri-
vers that flow from it, a direct communication is kept up,
not oniy with several distant points of the Eastern or At-
lantic Ocean, but also with the. Pacific or Western. » An
observation for latitude taken on the shores of this lake,
gave 50° 41’ 3" north. Previous to entering the lake, we
passed two small Indian villages, one situated at Death ri-
ver takes its name from that stream, the other receives an
appellation indicative of its situation at the mouth of Red
river.

lies at t
dischar;
ter, so ¢
miles Ic

order t

and: car)
which f
Our can
high wi
the nort
this plac
conside)
reached
led over
without
place w
Bay Cor
those of
ries the
cient Fo
Elk isle
twenty

thirty to
consume
Compan
of goods
at York
to Engl.
The brig
distribut
ceding y
adyanee

CON
‘anee
stcy
it oO
ret of
The
ake,
yortu-
r tra-
a fine
ed in
rais.”’
of si-
show-
ind se-
<d one
pr jour

SOURCE OF “7. PSBR’S RIVER. 83

“in the 19th of August we reached a peninsula, which
lies at the mouth of the bay into which Winnepeek river
discharges its waters. This peninsuia was then under wa-
ter, so as to leave exposed merely an island of about four
miles long and three broad, usually called Elk Island. In

order to avoid passing all round it, it is usual to unload

and carry the canoes and their cargo over this peninsula,
which forms two small portages of about thirty yards long.
Our canoes passed, however, without difficulty, owing to a
high wind which, sweeping the surface of the lake from
the north-west, had raised the water upon this bar. At
this place our canoes were steered nearly east. This was
considered the most distant part of our journcy. We
reached it in one hundred and twelve days, having travel-
led over upwards of two thousand and one hundred miles,
without any accident, and with but littic difficulty. At this
place we left the track usually travelled by the Hudson’s
Bay Company’s canoes, to take that formerly followed by
those of the North-west Company. The brigade that car-
ries the furs from Fort Douglas to York Factory, the an-
cient Fort Bourbon of the French, passes to the west of
Elk island. It performs its voyage in about fifteen or
twenty days. On its return, the voyage requires from
thirty to thirty-five days, on account of the length of time
consumed in ascending the streams. It is usual for the
Company’s ships to leave England together, with supplies
of goods; they gencrally sail about the last of June, arrive
at York Factory about the middle of August, and return
to England with the furs brought down in the spring.
The brigade does not wait their arrival, but carries and
distributes at all the posts, the goods imported the pre-
ceding year, so that there is always one year’s supply in
adyanee at York Factory.

84 EXPEDITION TO THE

On reaching the outlet of Winnepeek river, we observed ¢
great change in the aspect of the water, which was clear and
transparent; this was soon accounted for by meeting with
sienitic rocks in place, and we were informed by our guides
that similar rocks extend all the way up the river. About
a mile beyond this we reached Fort Alexander. The junc-
tion of the primitive and secondary rocks is therefore about
50° 45’ of north latitude and about 96° 30’ of west longi-
tude. It appears probable, from all the information which
we have collected, that the whole of the eastern shore of
Lake Winnepeek, is occupied by a primitive formation,
while the western is composed of secondary, and these pro-
bably limestone, rocks. This accounts for the fact that the
prairies are limited to the erst by that lake, while they ex-
tend as far north as the Saskatchawan and to a considera-
ble distance up that stream. It appears to us by no means
improbable that the excavation of this luke was occasioned
by the easier decomposition of the strata at the junction of
the two formations. No where, perhaps, upon the surface of
the earth, is a difference in the geological characters of the
country attended by a more striking diversity in the su-
perficial or topographical aspect. We observe here, that
wherever the primitive rocks prevail, the country abounds
in lakes, swamps, short streams filled with falls and rapids,
as is the case with the whole country which extends from
Lake Winnepeek to Lake Superior, and which reaches
nearly to the Falls of St. Anthony on the Mississippi,
while thc secondary formation is covered with fine high
and dey preiries. The track which our party followed must
have vcen very near to the eastern limit of the secondary
or prairie corntry, as all the eastern tributaries of Red ri-
ver or the St. eter, are represented as rising in those
small lakes and lagoons. It would be curious to ascertain

whethe

situated
be occa
at that
Fort
viere,”’
west Cc
goods a
well ch
our can
undergo
there a |
with ma
immedi:
ascertait
north. I
with the
young, |
the hand
compa >
years ol
of sixtee
told, thal
the woo
was fou
had beca
A que
lers, is t
do not p
we ma
pearance
taken fo
tents up
VoL.

ed@
and
vith
ides
bout
unc-
bout
ngi-
hich
e of
tion,
pro-
t the
y ex-
dera-
eans
oned
on of
ce of
»f the
e su-
that
unds
pids,
from
ches
sippi,
high
must
dary
d ri-
hose
rtain

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 85

whether the small group of lakes called Devil Lake, &c.
situated between the two Coteaux des Prairies, may not
be occasioned by a reappearance of primitive formations
at that place.

Fort Alexander, usually called “ Fort du Bas de la Ri-
viere,”’ was one of the most important posts of the North-
west Company, being a distributing one, whither all the
goods and furs were sent. Its position was in this respect
well chosen, but it has now lost all its importance. One of
our canoes being very leaky, we determined to make it
undergo a complete repair, and with this view remained
there a day. The situation of Fort Alexander, surrounded
with marshes, restricted our walks and confined us to the
immediate vicinity of the establishment. Its position was
ascertained, by observations, to be in latitude 50° 36' 30”
north. It was at this place that we saw a buffalo bull and cow,
with their calf, associating with domestic cattle. They were
young, but had been so far tamed as to come and lick salt on
the hand, even of strangers. Their size appeared very great
compared with that of the European bull. Although but three
years old, the buffalo bull measured within half an inch
of sixteen hands; this was inclusive of the hump. We were
told, that before the cow calved she ran several miles into
the woods, and remained there some time. When the calf
was found, it was very wild, but at the time we saw it, it
had become at ieast as tame as a domestic calf.

A question, which has been much discussed by travel-
lers, is that of the supposed periodical rises in the lakes ; we
do not propose to take part in this discussion at present, but
we may state that we ohserved at Fort Alexander an ap-
pearance, such as has probably more than once been mis-
taken for an effect of tide. On our arrival, we pitched our
tents upon a sort of wharf projecting into the river, and

Vou. II. 12

86 EXPEDITION TO THY

elevated about two feet above the level of the water. In
the afternoon a high wind blew from the lake, and accu-
mulated the waters into the bay, so as to cause them to
overflow the wharf and oblige us to remove our tents.
The next morning, the waters had subsided to their for-
mer level. Had we not been aware of the accidental cause
which produced this local rise, we might probably have
mistaken it for the effect of a regular or periodical tide,
which it resembled very much.

During our stay at Fort Alexander, we were politely
treated by the superintendant, Mr. Bell, at whose table
we ate of a fish new to us, called in those parts a stur-
geon, but very unlike the sturgeon of our waters. It was
well tasted, with a gon iim flesh, and tolerably rich ; itis the
principal subsistence of the residents upon those waters. Mr.
Bell likewise offered us some Buffalo meat, (the tongue and
hump,) that had been salted ; it was very good, and in our
opinion far superior to the jerked meat. We inquired why
the salting was not usually resorted to instead of the jerking
of the meat. Salt is so abundant on the prairies, that the ex-
pense or trouble would probably be but little greater. We
were informed, however, that the prairie salt did not preserve
fles}: as well as that which was brought from England, with
which the buffalo of which we had eaten had been cured. It
is probable that in the salt of the prairie there are impuri-
ties, perhaps deliquescent salts, which render it unfit for the
preservation of meat unless purified.

In the afternoon of the 20th, we resumed our journey,
and ascended the bay about six miles, with a fine fair wind,
which allowed us to spread a sail. We afterwards enter-
ed Winnepeek river, and found it to be a most majestic
and impressive stream; its width is considerable, but is
very variable, as it runs through a primitive formation in

which
rected
lume o
an incc

passes
appear:
which |
valley «
which |
under t
was dis!
within :
tallizati
the sam
tendenc
&c.; th
we obs
the inte
transitic
distinct
to refer
giganti
of Saxo
immens
mogene
rocks o
grosmas
display
into ma
tween 3
At or
with a
casions

SOURCE OF ST, PETER’S RIVER. 87

which it has excavated basins of irregular dimensions con-
nected by narrow channels, through which the whole vo-
jume of waters, which is very considerable, proceeds with
an inconceivable rapidity. The rocks through which it
passes are decidedly primitive, but assume that chaotic
appearance, (if we may be permitted to apply the term,)
which we had already observed in the primitive rocks of the
valley of the St. Peter. We can account for the features
which they present but by supposing that they were formed
under the influence of a very great crystalline force, which
was disturbed by some extraneous causes. Hence we observe
within a small compass a number of different centres of crys-
tallization at which different rocks were probably forming at
the same time; within a few feet of each other there was a
tendency to form gneiss, or sienite, granite, or mica-shist,
&c.; the consequence of which is that, at those centres,
we observe distinct and well characterized rocks, while
the intermediate space is filled by an irregular and rapid
transition from the one into the other. We observed no
distinct signs of stratification, At first we were inclined
to refer this mode of formation, though on a much more
gigantic scale, to that of the Schnecken-stein or topaz rock
of Saxony. But we soon observed that the difference was
immense, for while this exhibits an union of masses of ho-
mogeneous composition, differing only in position; the
rocks of the Winnepeek do not present the “ platten und
grosmassigen absonderung”’ of the Wernerian school ; they
display no such homogeneous composition, and no division
into masses ; they on the contrary exhibit a connexion be-
tween all the parts, a fusion of the one into the other.

At one spot, (Portage de |’Illet,) we observed a granite
with an excess of feldspar throughout the mass, which oc-
casions in it a fine lamellar structure; this is however in-

}

i

2
Mf
his
L
i
i

way

i |
f
t

sii eam ale Tm

See SES SS * <.
i Re Rep a el

88 EXPEDITION TO THE

terrupted in numberless places by veins of coarse-grained
granite. In some cases we see in these veins apparently
fragments of other rocks imbedded in them. These frag-
ments, however, are always composed of one or more of
the four simple minerals which constitute the whole mass,
viz. quartz, mica, feldspar, and amphibole. Although they
present the appearance of fragments, still we sce no reason
to doubt their being of contemporaneous origin; indeed,
when examined with the microscope, we have frequently
traced a gradual passage of the feldspar of the vein into
that of the imbedded fragment ; it was not a mere impreg-
nation of the rock by the feldspar, as is often observable
in the vicinity of metallic veins, where the rock has re-
ceived a portion of the metal of the vein; but we could
trace an uninterrupted union in the crystallization of the
feldspar of the vein with that of the imbedded mass. In
some cases also, veins posterior in formation to the mass
of the rock were distinctly observed. They were fre-
quently seen intersecting older ones in a gneiss rock, and
exhibiting very beautiful and diversified instances of a
shift or slide of the older vein at its intersection by the
more recent one.

In the afternoon, we passed in the river several rapids
and falls, which occasion what are called by the voyagers
the “ Décharges” and the “ Portages.”? The former term
is applied whenever the obstruction is but a partial one, in
which case the canoe is lightened, and either paddled or
towed over the rapid. In such cases the passengers always
leave the canoe, and as much of the baggage or load is
taken out as the shallowness of the water requires. The
portages are those places where the obstruction being
greater, the whole of the cargo, as well as the canoe itself,
has to be carried over; these vary much in length. We

met w
Superi
longes'
consid
scendil
merate
terms.
numer
to find
are at
and oft
tic trai’
verse
was by
observe
noe-me
than th
to him
nicknai
that of
lour an
wound
acquair

As s
and act
selves |
and co;
stern al
of the |
loss of
not det:
casion,
which ¢

é&
TP. rm
- *. 4
# ——_ =

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 89

met with seventy-two between Lake Winnepeek and Lake
Superior; the shortest was but about five yards, while the
longest was nearly four miles long. Many places are
considered as decharges or lightening places, when de-
scending the stream, which by ascending canoes are enu-
merated as portages. This occasions some confusion in the
terms. The remarkable points in this navigation are so
numerous that it is difficult for the Indians or the voyagers
to find names for them; hence the terms which they apply
are at best insignificant. They are frequently repeated,
and oftentimes quite inapplicable. One of the characteris-
tic traits of the Chippewas is to give names directly the re-
verse of the property which the object presents, as a grove
‘was by the Romans called ducus, (4 non lucendo.) We
observe this practice to prevail with our Bois brulés ca-
noe-men, who had no sooner seen our black man, Andrew,
than they immediately agreed among themselves to apply
to him the term WaApishka, which means white. This
nickname was not given to him, however, in derision, as
that of snowball is frequently applied to those of his co-
lour among civilized men; neither was it with a view to
wound his feelings, for he was never, as we believe, made
acquainted with the signification of this term. °~

As soon as a canoe reaches a portage, a scene of bustle
and activity takes place, which none can picture to them-
selves but such as have seen it. The goods are unloaded,
and conveyed across, while the canoe is carried by the
stern and bowsmen. As soon asthey have reached the end
of the portage, it is launched and reloaded without any
loss of time. An obstruction of one hundred yards does
not detain them more than twenty minutes. We had oc-
casion, however, more than once, to regret their speed,
which caused them to toss our baggage very unceremoni-

1.6
—

14

1.25

5°
=o
<=
= )
am
> O -————4
ly Ge
<a
—_
0.
In
=u

>. Way
4 ‘“

90 EXPEDITION TO THE

ously, using it.as they would packs of furs, which are so
made up as not to be injured by this rough treatment. The
whole care and attention of a voyager seems to centre in
his canoe, which he handles with an astonishing degree of
dexterity and caution.

Voyagers compute distances on the water by pipes,
which are the intervals between the times when they cease
to paddle in order to smoke their pipe. We cannot determine,
however, the length of a pipe, having found it to vary ac-
cording to the hurry of the voyagers, the peculiar disposi-
tion of the guide, the nature of the weather, &c. &c. When
a portage exceeds half a mile in length, it is generally di-
vided into what are termed pauses or distances travelled
without stopping to rest. These also vary much in length
according to the greater or less difficulty of the portage,
its length, &c. A pause averages about a third of a mile.

On the 20th of August, we passed three lightening places
and three portages, none of which were long. We en-
camped immediately above the Portage des Chenes, hav-
ing travelled fourteen miles. The evening being very fa-
vourable for observations, Mr. Colhoun determined the po-
sition of this portage to be in latitude 50° 31' 30", and in
longitude 95° 55’ 5”.

It was at our evening’s encampment that the splendid
scenery of the Winnepeek first. displayed itself to our
view, realiz’ag' all that the mind could have fancied of
wild and sublime beauty, and far surpassing any that we
had ever seen. The characters which we admire in the
scenery of the Winnepeek, are the immense volume of
waters, the extreme rapidity of the current, the great va-
riety of form which the cascades and falls present, and the
incomparable wildness of the rocky scenery which pro-
duces these falls, and which contrasts by its gloom, its im-

move:
zling
smoot
catara
peek,
have s
in vol
horizc
inferic
nite a
at Nis
peek.
The
is, tha
which
sition,
the co
restin;
On
in the
preser
mica-s
colour
veins
stripes
bles o
The
those
indelil
over
(the v
is sud
where

e so
The
e in
ee of

1eS,
cease
nine,
y ac-
posi-
Vhen
y di-
elled
ngth
‘tage,
ile.

laces
e en-
hav-
y fa-
Ve po-
d in

bndid
> our
ed of
t we
n the
e of
t va-
d the
pro-
s im-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 91

moveable and unchangeable features, with the bright, daz-
zling effect of the silvery sheet of water, passing from a
smooth and unruffled expanse, to a broken and foaming
cataract. It is in the effect of the rocky bed of the Winne-
peek, that its numerous falls surpass all others which we
have seen, the cataract of Niagara, which far exceeds them
in volume, is uniform and monotonous in comparison ; the
horizontal ledges of secondary rocks of the latter are as far
inferior in picturesque effect to the dark water-worn gra-
nite and sienite of the former, as the height of the bluffs
at Niagara exceeds that of the rocky banks of the Winne-
peek.

The falls on this river have another advantage, which,
is, that the whole country has a picturesque appearance,
which prepares the mind, and keeps it in a proper dispo-
sition, to appreciate the splendour of its cataracts, while
the country around Niagara is flat, uniform, and uninte-
resting.

On the Winnepeek we have constantly in view changes
in the rocks, which contribute to those of the surface; they
present at times the shistose appearance of a gneiss and
mica-slate, which disappears at the recurrence of the dark-
coloured granite or reddish sienite ; these, being filled with
veins of feldspar, display on a gigantic scale the beautiful
striped appearance, which has given to some of the mar-
bles of Italy their well-deserved celebrity.

The place of our encampment was characterized by one of
those peculiar effects of water, which, once seen, leave an
indelible impression upon the mind. After having passed
over numerous rotks, which form diversified cascades,
(the whole height of which is about thirty feet,) the water
is suddenly received into a basin enclosed by high rocks,
where it is forced to sojourn awhile, by the small size

§2 EXPEDITION UO THE

af the aperture through which it issues; here the waters
present the characters of a troubled ocean, whose waves
rise high and beat against the adjoining shores, and against
the few rocky islands which are seen in the midst of this
basin; it is to this character that the spot owes the name
which it receives from the natives, “the fall of the mov-
ing waters.”? They may be called the lower falls of Win-
nepeek river. We reached them in time to watch the
beautiful effect of the setting sun, whose beams reflected
by the stream imparted to it the appearance of a sea on fire.
This was soon replaced by the moon, which cast a more
placid light upon the waves, and heightened the charm of
the scenery by the melancholy mantle which it spread
over it. One of the most imposing characters of these falls
is the tremendous noise which they produce, and which, in
comparison to their size, is thought to exceed that of Niagara,
Montmorency, Schaffhousen, St. Anthony, the Cohoes, or
other falls which any of our party have ever seen. A
scarcity of vegetation covers these rocks and contributes to
the picturesque effect of the spot. Instead of the heavy fo-
rests which formerly sheltered Niagara, we have here a
spare growth of aspen, birch, spruce, and other evergreens,
whose size, generally small, adds to the wild and barren
appearance of the rocks. ‘The night which we spent near
these falls, was one of the most interesting in the expedi-
tion; our tents were pitched so that we had a view of the
splendid effect arising from the play of the moonbeams
upon the surface of this ocean-like basin, and our eyes
were constantly bent upon it until the noise of the cataract
lulled us to sleep.

The artist could not behold, without rapture, a scene so
worthy of being painted, and accordingly Mr. Seymour
employed all that remained of daylight in sketching its

prince
proje
facto
these
have
found
yequi
rese
ed sm
proba
not di
Th
expan
Lac d
This |
yards
smoot
our pe
up str
three |
about
thougl
The g
same;
they n
served
ing thi
“ Port:
seen, i
observ
feldspa
where
which
Vor

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 03

principal beauties. In this he was well favoured, as a long
projecting rock in the bed of the stream, affords a satis-
factory and comprehensive view of all its features. As
these were the finest falls on Winnepeek river, we should
have wished to represent them in this work, but it was
found impossible to retain their effect when reduced to the
yequired size. We found near this a fragment of a mineral
resembling the phonolite or klingstein shieffer. It contain-
ed small cubic crystals of iron pyrites. It was angular, and
probably broken from a neighbouring rock, but we could
not discover it in its original site.

The next day, being the 21st of August, we reached an
expansion in the river, that forms a small lake called
Lac du Bonnet, at the upper end of which we encamped.
This lake is about fifteen miles long, and from six hundred
yards to four miles in breadth; it presentsa fine glassy and
smooth surface, free from any current; this afforded to
our paddlers a relaxation from the hard task of working
up stream. Previously we had passed one decharge and
three portages ; of these, only one was fatiguing; it was
about one mile long. At these portages, the rapids,
though very fine, are not to be compared to the lower falls.
The general features of wis country still continued the
same; the rocks at times attained a greater height, though
they never rose into hills. At one of the portages we ob-
served small black crystals, probably of tourmaline, shoot
ing through the mass. A little beyond this, at the upper
“Portage du Rocher du Bonnet,” a fine white clay was
seen, in which small fragments of lamellar feldspar were
observed. This was evidently a kaolin, or decomposed
feldspar; it appeared to be very abundant; at the surface
where we saw it, it was much intermixed with the soil
which appeared somewhat deeper and better than usual,
Vou. II. 13

04 EXPEDITION TO HE

but, we doubt not, that with a little exertion the clay might
be obtained perfectly pure, and well suited to the manu-
facture of porcélain. A number of blocks of blue limestone,
which we saw at some of these portages, led us to believe
that we were then at no great distance from the secondary
formations. Our evening encampment was, however, up-
on a very fine mass of granite, projecting into Bonnet
Lake. The rock likewise appeared in insulated masses im
the middle of the lake. These are, for the most part, desti-
tute of vegetation. As we proceeded, we observed that
the trees of deciduous foliage had almost disappeared, and
that their place was supplied by a greater abundance of
evergreens, such as tamarack, juniper, spruce, white pine,
pitch pine, &c. Among the bushes we chiefly remarked
the huckleberry, raspberry, black currant, and a wild
cherry, which was then ripe, and which, notwithstanding
its slightly astringent taste, was palatable. Among the
birds Mr. Say saw the cedar-bird,* fish-hawk,t kingfisher,t
kildeer, the bl4ck-headed tern, and numberless ducks. At
the evening encampment, we observed on the shore my-
riads of dead bodies of a new species of ephemera, Baétes
alba, (Vide Appendix I. Entomology,) cast on it by the
waves, and after sunset a very numerous swarm of the
same insect collected over the surface of the water where
they did not, however, remain long; they totally dis-
appeared before we retired to rest. We saw several fami-
lies of Indians that came up to us in small and very reat
bark canoes. The master of one of these was very desirous
of exchanging with us a handsome wooden bowl for some
pemmican, but as we had none to spare, we declined his

* Bombycivora Carolinensis. t Falco haliztus.

+ Alcedo alcycn.

offer.
moos
anxio
new |
or to
tain i
falo n
On
Bonn
was s
was fe
the ca
yldie
thougl
larger
was ni
which
sents s
the ru:
across
main wu
thoug
line is
takes a
to bea
upon t
the wa
smoot
adjoini
lieved
face, a
giganti
the eyé¢

might
manu-
stones
elieve
mdary
ar, Up-
sonnet
sses in
_ desti-
d that
d, and
nce of
p pine,
narked
a wild
anding
ng the
sher,t
cs. At
2 my-
Baétes
by the
of the
where
y dis-
fami-
y neat
BsirOus
r some
ed his

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 95

offer. Another canoe came up soon after to exchange dried
moose meat for powder and balls; this we agreed to, and
anxiously waited for our next meal in order to taste of this
new food. Whether it was owing to a bad choice of pieces,
or to the nature of the meat itself, we know not, but cer-
tain it is, that it was found very inferior to the jerked buf-
falo meat; we found it dry, tough, and tasteless.

On the 22d, we proceeded through the upper part of
Bonnet Lake, and soon reached the rapids. The current
was so swift, and the obstructions so great, that paddling
was found unavailing, and the voyagers preferred setting
the canoes with poles; in order to diminish the load the
goldiers were landed; they walked along the shore. Al-
though the bed of Winnepeek river displays in many places
larger falls, and bolder features than at this spot, yet there
was no part of the stream which pleased us more than that
which lies immediately a' »ve the lake. The river pre-
sents so many and such varied appearances, produced by
the rush of waters over the rocky barriers which extend
across its bed, that it was impossible for any of us to re-
main uninterested spectators of its wonderful scenery. Al-
though the rocks rise but to a moderate height, their out-
line is very bold; the current at all times swift, often par-
takes of the nature of a torrent, and occasionally gives rise
to beautiful cascades. The corroding effect of the stream
upon the rock has produced many basins or coves in which
the water forms eddies, and, not unfrequently, presents a
smooth expanse, contrasting with the rough billows of the
adjoining torrent. The red colour of the sienite is re-
lieved by streaks of black mica which intersect its sur-
face, and give it the appearance of designs executed on a
gigantic scale. The trees which cover this rock offer to
the eye a pleasing aspect ; the aspen, distinguished by the

96 UXPEDITION TO THE

silvery white of its bark, and by its leaves lightly quiver-
ing at every breath of air, is intermixed with birch, and
occasionally with spruce trees; a dense and almost im-
penetrable undergrowth of firs forms a sort of curtain along
the banks of the river, and is interspersed with bushes
loaded with plums, haws, pembina, &c. One of the ob-
jects which contributed most to enliven the scene was the
great abundance of fish in the river ; they were frequently
observed leaping out of the water; for few streams are so
well stocked with fish as this is; they are principally the
sturgeon, salmon, pike, &c. Over these falls eagles and
hawks soared high in the air, watching for the easy prey,
which they derive from the numbers of fish, that are
wounded or killed by being hurried against the rocks by
the irresistible force of the current. Several canoes of
Indians were also seen on the stream engaged in fish-
ing; Chippewa lodges, constructed of bark, and bleach-
ed by long exposure tc the air, formed small white specks
which reflected the rays of the sun, and were: visible at a
great distance. As we proceeded along these rapids our
canoe-men entertained us with songs more remarkable for
the wildness and originality of their notes than for the
skill and method with which they were sung. It is one
of the delights of these men to sing in unison as they
proceed, and the effect is very fine, though, perhaps, to
those tutored in music “the sounds that thrilled rocks
along”’ might have appeared somewhat harsh. Such were
the features which we admired that morning, and which
received an additional lustre from a bright sun and cloud-
less sky. But when in the afternoon the wind blew high,
and the heavens were darkened with clouds, the scene be-
came almost terrific; the waves arose, and it required
the fullest confidence in the skill and experience of our

guide
for a
feet i
canoe
evide
most
wards
strong
the e
strea
ed aga
canoe
stern
and rg
gaged
the ro
were
conten
the re
such s;
behold
In 1
who ¢:
heard
selves
served
which.
Chippe
cure s¢
the ani
it had
those t
game ¢

iver~
and
| im-
long
ushes
2 ob-
s the
ently
re so
y the
3 and
prey,
it are
cs by
yes of
fish-
leach-
pecks

at a
s our
le for
r the
Ss one

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 97

guide to hush all apprehension, as we observed him make
for a projecting point where a small eddy, varely thirty
feet in length, presented the only landing place for the
canoes, Our paddlers strained every nerve, and it was
evident that all were convinced that nothing short of the ut-
most exertion on their part could urge the light canoe on-
wards against the force of the stream ; at last, having, by
strong and quickly repeated strokes of the paddle, reached
the eddy, one of the men immediately jumped into the
stream to stop the frail bark, and prevent it from being dash-
ed against the shore ; two men were scarcely able to keep the
canoe in its place, as its bow touched the roc’ s while the
stern was still in the rapid. She was quickiy unloaded,
and raised from the waters, aud while the men were en-
gaged in transporting the baggage across, we stopped on
the rock to watch the progress of the other vanoes, which
were conducted with equal skill to the landing place. In
contemplating this scene the interest was heightened by
the recollection that perhaps no other country presents
such splendid and wild features as those that we were ther
beholding.

In the evening we were visited by a few Chippewas,
who came to exchange wild rice for ammunition. They had
heard of our visit to Pembina, and had prepared them-
selves to welcome us. In the course of the day we ob-
served hung up, near the door of a cabin, a beax’s snout,
which, we were told, was put up, according to the
Chippewa custom, 1s a sort of trophy. We stopped to pro-
cure some of the meat, but were informed, that although
the animal had been killed only on the preceding day, still
it had been all consumed, fresh meat being a rare treat to
those that inhabit the banks of this river. Indeed, their
game appears to be restricted almost exclusively to a few

98 EXPEDITION TO THE

bears ; moose are seldom found so far south; beaver has be-
come scarce ; the country is too wet for deer; and the ab-
sence of prairies restricts the buffalo from roving in that
direction. The principal subsistence of these Indians, and
perhaps of the greater part of the Chippewa nation, is
fish and wild rice, of which they collect a great quantity
in their numerous marshes, lakes, &c. In the course of this
day we observed signs of an igneous action upon some of
the rocks ; we had already remarked the phenomenon on
one or more occasion, but the characters were indistinct ;
whereas, at one of the portages passed on the 22d of Au-
gust, the semi-vitrification at the surface of the fragment
of a rock found there, appeared more distinct. The gene-
ral character of the country was still, however, a gneiss and
granite, which offered many instructive views of veins of
the latter rock shooting through the gneiss; they were
judged to be, for the most part, of contemporaneous for-
mation.

The river, as we proceeded, lost altogether the usual cha-
racters of a stream; it appeared to be a series of lakes of
from one hundred yards to three or four miles in diameter,
which were united by rapids. These lakes were encom-
passed by an iron-bound coast, which the current had in-
dented into bays. A difference of level of several feet, se-
parated these lakes, and gave rise to the rapids; in one case
where the portage did not exceed fifteen yards in length,
there was a fall of six feet. In these small lakes nume-
rous islands are seen, all resting upon a rocky foundation.
On the 23d, after proceeding eight miles, we arrived at
the falls, called by the Chippewas Awak‘in's Paw'étik,
which has been translated “ Slave Fall.”’ It is related that
a slave of the Chippewas, having escaped from his master,
was travelling down the rivei with all possible speed in a

canoe
ciden
his ca
ried d
river
in the
feet. .
which
a beau
and is
beauty
It had
and fin
“the n
wise h;
The
fatal ac
we obs
erected
ed voys
_the dan
occasio}
chance
if they
selves i
the edd
were to
breakin;
ficient p
saved,
stream,
some dig
F. ort Ale

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 99

canoe, and that beiny very closely pursued, he, either ac~
cidentally or intentionally, it isnot known which, suffered
his canoe to approach so close to the fall, that it was car-
ried down by the torrent, and never afterwards seen. The
river at this place is about eighty yards wide, and the fall,
in the course of one hundred yards, is computed at twenty
feet. At the upper part of it there is a fine cascade, below
which the rapids continue for a short distance, presenting
a beautiful landscape. This was sketched by Mr. Seymour,
and is represented in plate 9. Notwithstanding the real
beauty of this spot, we experienced some disappointment.
It had been represented to us as the finest on the river,
and finding it inferior in wildness and effect to that of
“the moving waters,” the pleasure which it would other-
wise have afforded was checked.

The navigation of this stream is . sequently attended with
fatal accidents, and the number of wooden crosses which
we observed at some of the rapids, are the brief mementog
erected by the survivors, to the memory of the shipwreck-
ed voyagers; they form, as it were, beacons which point out

_the dangers of the stream. These accidents are generally

occasioned by the breaking of the tow-line. The only
chance of escape which the canoe-men haye, in such cases,
if they be not too close to the rapid, is to throw them-
selves into the stream, and endeavour to swim to one of
the eddies, which fortunately are very numerous. We
were told of a canoe that was lost at Slave falls by the
breaking of the tow-line; the men who were in it had suf-
ficient presence of mind to abandon the canoe; they were
saved, while the bark was shattered in its way down the
stream, and lost in the rapid; its cargo was picked up at
some distance below. This fall is about eighty miles above
Fort Alexander. It is probable that this, as well as the

100 EXPEDITION TO THE

other rapids of the river, is at times much finer than it
was when we saw it, for the stream was considered
Iow. Its depth varied much; in the lakes it was some-
times eight, ten, or twenty feet deep, while at the rapids
the rock was almost bare. From the water-marks observ-
ed on the banks, it appears that, in times of flood, the sur-
face is elevated from five to nine feet, (according to the
breadth of the river,) above the level at which we saw it.
Two and a half miles above this fall we reached another,
which, for beauty, is second only to the lower falls. It is
formed by two chains of rocks stretching across the stream ;
the upper one occasions a cascade of about ten feet, and
the lower one of fifteen; the length of the falls, including
all the rapids, is about two hundred yards; the breadth of
the stream about one hundred and fifty. The lower sheet
of water is divided into three parts vy two islands, and

the effect is quite picturesque; the foam produced by these

two falls, exceeds that observed at any other, and imparts
to the river, for a certain distance, a white, milky aspect.
Mr. Seymour’s view of this fall, which we have called the
Upper Falls of the Winnepeek, was not taken at a favour-
able spot, as the rocky nature of the bank prevented hin
from landing at a place from which an advantageous view
of both the falls could be obtained. The Bois brulés call
this the fall of the “ petite pointe de Bois.’ A short dis-
tance above this, another, called Jack’s fall was seen, which
was also very fine. On the 23d we passed six portages and
one towing place. The distance travelled was thirty-two
miles, and on the first twenty, the fall in the river could
not have been less than one hundred and fifty feet.

After passing Jack’s falls, a great change in the appear-
ance of the river was observed, and was distinctly traced
to a differerice in the nature of the rock. The granite and

gieni
from
ters ¢

are ni
serve
whicl
tinue
pondi
The r
veral
all of |
the rox
hue to
swift, ¢
ples; v
racteriz
in some
form ne
rock t
from te
surface
for the
species
the spru
more ab
soil app¢
parts the
tation, {
pyrites
A lars
which h
as sure i
heard th
Vox.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 101

sienite were replaced by a slate, which appeared to vary
from a mica to a clay-slate, presenting chiefly the charac-
ters of the latter. It is very distinctly stratified. The strata
are nearly vertical. Its junction with the granite was ob-
served in many places; the slate was superposed. The hills
which we had observed above Bonnet Lake, did not con-
tinue after the slate had made its appearance. A corres-
ponding change in the features of the stream is observed.
The river expands considerably, being in some places se-
veral miles wide; it includes a great number of islands,
all of which have a solid, rocky foundation. The colour of
the rock is of a deep blue or black, imparting the same
hue to the water. The river is not deep; its current is
swift, especially near the islands, but it is free from rip-
ples; we observe? none of the foaming rapids which cha-
racterize the lower part of the stream. The islands, which
in some places are countless, are generally small, and of a
form nearly square; from the vertica] stratification of the
rock their banks are perpendicular; they generally rise
from ten to twenty feet above the level of the water. Their
surface is covered with a thick growth of trees, which are,
for the most part, however, small. They consist of a dwarf
species of pitch-pine, called by the Canadians, cypress ; of
the spruce, juniper, tamarack, &c.; the white birch becomes
more abundant; the undergrowth is very luxuriant. The
soil appears much better than that on the granite. In some
parts the rock appears covered with a ferruginous incrus-
tation, produced probably by the decomposition of iron
pyrites which abounds in it.

A large loon flew by in the afternoon; its screamings
which had of late been frequent are, by many, considered
as sure indications of the approach of stormy weather; we .
heard them frequently, but had no opportunity of forming

Vox. II. 14

102 EXPEDITION TO THE

@ conclusive opinion as to the degree of importance to be
attached to this prognostic. As far as one instance of suc-

cessful prediction proves the truth of this sign, the rain,

which fell during the night, confirmed the preconceived

opinion of those who had asserted its universality. The
difference in the rocks did ‘not continue long, for, after hav-

ing travelled about fifteen miles on the 24th of August,

the slate ceased and was replaced by granite, which soon |
passed into a decided sienite, producing a wilder and more
uninhabitable country than any we had as yet seen; the

sienite rises, apparently in great confusion, in steep

masses which are rounded at their summit; they are cover-

ed with moss, and <iipport but a very thin growth of
scrubby pines on their surface. The country cannot be cal-

led beautiful, though it is certainly picturesque; the broad

sheet of water, with its rapid current, is the only fine feature
which it presents. This place affords no means of suste~

nance either to brutes or men. We accordingly observed

few, if any, signs of animals. On the whole of Winnepeek

river we saw but three trophies indicating the capture of

large game; one of these consisted of the horns of a rein-

deer, they were not of full size, the animal having heen

killed while they were in the velvet. We have made no
mention of the tributaries which Winnepeek river receives,

because we consider them as the mere out!'s of small

lakes situated near our route; from the information which

we have received from those experienced in the charac-

ters of this region, and which our own observation fully
confirms, as far as we have had an opportunity of judging,

the whole of the country may be considered as an immense om
lake, interspersed with innumerable barren and rocky isl- xe
ands, which were, probably, at some epocha of compara-

tively recent date, covered with water. This, which was

e to he
_ of suc-
ne rain,
nceived
The
ter hav-
August,
ch soon
nd more
en; the
n steep
re cover=
owth of
yt be cal-
ne broad
e feature
of suste-
observed
nnepeek
pture of
bf a rein-
ng been
made no
receives,
of small
n which
b charac-
on fully
judging,
immense
beky isl-
ompara-
ich was

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 108

kept up to a level far superior to that to which it now attains,
by barriers which we shall not attempt to trace, has broken
its bounds, and the country has been very extensively
drained. Whether this operation is still continued to this
day, can be but a matter of conjeciure; we see, however,
nothing that makes it either impossible or even improbable.
That at one time the Mississippi was one of the great out-
lets, appears to us equally probable; and that the innume-
rable boulders which cover its valley, and which are ana-
logous in character to the rocks which we have observed
én situ on the Winnepeek and elsewhere, have been de-
rived from the great convulsions to which we allude, ap+
pears to us equally apparent. We are not prepared to enter
into any discussion as to the manner in which these boul-
der: have been dispersed; we profess ourselves as little
satisfied as any geologists can be, with the various theories
which have been suggested in Europe to account for the
boulders of the Jura, or for those which cover the north of
Germany, and which are probably analogous to the rocks
observed, in place, in the Scandinavian peninsula. We are
not prepared to admit that the boulders of the state of
Ohio have been projected by a subterraneous explosion, or
have been washed by the mere force of the stream, or
floated down upon masses of ice, &c. &c.; but we can-
not resist the conclusion of our senses, that they have
not always lain where we now find them, that they have
been removed from their original site, that every thing
makes it probable that they were formerly connected with
the primitive formations of the St. Peter, the Winnepeek,

“~~ the Lake of the Woods, &c. Thus far we think ourselves

warranted to proceed from observations. The rest must be
a matter of speculation, and we are not disposed to indulge:
in it. We shall therefore restrict ourselves to the follow-

Se ee eee eee

104 EXPEDITION TO THE

ing conclusions. 1. That the whole of the country be-
tween Lake Superior and Lake Winnepeek was formerly
covered with water to a much greater height than it is at
present. 2. That this inland-sea was bounded by barriers
which were broken, at a time probably posterior to the
deposition of the secondary limestone of Ohio; wherefore
the fragments, which result from this great convulsion of
nature, are found resting upon those secondary formations.
3. That this process of draining was carried on at first,
partly, at least, through the valley of the Mississippi.
4. That it is not improbable that this draining is still con-
tinued. 5. That if this be the case, it is partially through
the valley of the Mississippi, but chiefly through Nelson’s
river.

Most of the streams which are mentioned by the guides
as rivers emptying into the Winnepeek, are upon closer
inquiry found to be mere branches of the same river that
divide off at distances of twenty or thirty miles, and which
again unite with the main stream, or, as we would deem
it more probable, they are parts of the general system of
lakes which cover the whole country. One of these
branches is termed the English river, because it has been
ascended by the Hudson’s Bay Company’s traders to its
sources, which interlock with those of Albany river; it
offers a direct communication between Lake Winnepeek
and Albany Factory, of James’ Bay.

On the 24th, we passed two portages and three lighten-
ing places. Our canoe-men experienced great satisfac-
tion at the sight of a canoe, which passed us in the mid-
dle of the day, from Montreal. There was on board a
gentleman, bearer of despatches, who had left London on
the 23d of May, having passed in the space of three
months from the extreme of civilisation and population te

y hee
rerly
is at
riers
» the
efore
on of
tions.
first,
sippi.
1 con-
rough
son’s

guides
closer
er that
which
deem
em of
these
s been
to: its
er; it

epeek

ghten-
atisfac-
e mid-
oard a
non on

three
tion te

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 105

one of the wildest and most deserted spots on the surface
of the earth. The accidental meeting in such a solitude
with one who belongs to a civilized country, and who
speaks the same language, is delightful; we forget that we
meet with a stranger, with one of a different nation; we
are in such cases almost inclined to greet an utter stran-
ger: as though he were a friend from whom we had
been long separated. The hurry with which both parties
were travelling prevented us, however, from delaying any
time; and with a sincere welcome, and mutual good wishes
for the success of our respective journeys, we passed, and
soon lost sight of each other’s canoes.

On the 25th of August we proceeded and reached the
head of Winnepeek river. Our paddlers had a compara-
tively easy task all day except at one place, where they
attempted to paddle up the stream instead of resorting to
the towing line as is usual. This place, called the “ Grandes
Dalles,” presents the most rapid current against which we
have ever seen a canoe paddled. It is a narrow strait,
not exceeding forty yards in breadth; it is bounded on
both sides by perpendicular precipices of granite; great
exertions are required on the part of the canoe-men in or-
der to ascend this, and one of the canoes, after two unavail-
ing attempts to stem the current with paddles, was towed
up with aline. A short distance above this we passed a
cross at a place called the “ Petites Dalles.”” This spot has
acquired a melancholy celebrity as having been the scene
of the murder of one Owen Keveney, one of the men em-
ployed by the Hudson’s Bay Company or the colony.
His death was almost the only crime committed in the
Indian territories that was punished. After a protracted
trial, his murderer, de Reinhard, was convicted and exe-
cuted. We heard all the particulars of the transaction

Sh RR AA SEER TN ORE ERAT “

z SSronirciabesllii pin nipaticndian alia cnsiiatin

106 EXPEDITION TO THE

with some interest, from the circumstance that Desmarais
had acted as guide to the canoe in which the unfortunate
Keveney was travelling, and that he was one of the prin-
cipal witnesses, and had even been indicted as a party to
the crime. Much stress was laid in the course of the trial
upon the question whether this spot was included in the
province of Upper Canada, and it became necessary to ex-
amine this point; after very full testimony had been re-
ceived from the best geographers in the country, it was
decided that the limits of Canada did not extend that far.

While we were resting upon one of the islands, an In-
dian came up in his canoe with his family and supplied us
with fresh sturgeon and with dried huckleberries. Thes
are said to be cured in a manner which will preserve them
for two or three years; they are first dried in the sun, then
smoked by placing them upon a net over a slow fire until
the skin bursts, and the juice begins to flow; after which
they are again exposed to the sun until they become dry.
The smoky taste which they acquire improves their fla-
vour.

After passing through a small lake, rendered very rough
by a stormy wind, we reached Rat portage, which is about
one hundred yards long, we crossed it and encamped on
the shore of the Lake of the Woods. We are informed
that there is a communication by a fine fall from the lake
into the river, and that it is to avoid this fall that the por-
tage is made across an island. We did not see the fall.
We had scarcely reached the eastern end of the portage
when a heavy rain commenced, to which we remained ex-
posed during the greater part of the afternoon.

Rat portage has become a point of some importance, as
it appears probable that the north-westernmost point of
the boundary line of the United States will be at or near

missio
fix and
the wa
Superi
the Wi
ticular
The
lake w
tions, v
heard f
run to
out. V
there b
be disc
Bigsby
a gentl
mission
which |]
the geo
quent <
geology
Lake of
pleased
with hi:
with th:
country
bled to
tigation
his spec
rapidly
the obs

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 107

its extremity, according to the tenour of the seventh arti-
cle of the treaty of Ghent, which provides that the com-
missioners appointed to regulate the boundary line shall
fix and determine that part of the line which extends from
the water communication between Lake Huron and Lake
Superior to the most north-western. point of the Lake of
the Woods ; and which further enjoins that they shall par-
ticularize the latitude and longitude of that point.

The determination of the north-westernmost point of a
lake which presents a great number of bays and indenta-
tions, will be an object of difficult accomplishment; we had
heard from the Indians that the boundary line had been
run to Rat portage, and were therefore anxious to find it
out. We saw evidences of the commissioners having been
there but a short time previously, but no land marks could
be discovered. We subsequently, however, met John
Bigsby, M. D., surgeon in his Britannic Majesty’s service,
a gentleman. who is attached to the boundary line com-
mission, and who has taken advantage of the situation
which he fills, to investigate very fully and extensively
the geology of British North America. We have had fre-
quent communications with Dr. Bigsby concerning the
geology of that part of the country which lies between the
Lake of the Woods and the Sault de Ste. Marie; and are
pleased to find that our observations correspond well
with his. Our specimens were likewise very concordant;
with this exception, however, that Dr. Bigsby’s stay in the
country having been much longer than ours, he was ena-
bled to visit many more places than we were. His inves-
tigations were therefore more full and more minute, and
his specimens selected with more care. In travelling as
rapidly as we did, we were obliged to confine ourselves to
the observation of the general features of the country,

108 EXPEDITION TO THE

without having time to search for localities of minerals.
In this respect Dr. Bigsby was more fortunate; he has
kindly communicated several to us, and in mentioning
them we shall always state to whom we are indebted for
them. With this acknowledgment we beg leave to offer
to that gentleman our thanks for the liberal access he af-
forded us to his valuable collections, as well as for the in-
formation which he freely and kindly imparted.

From Dr. Bigsby we heard that the line had not yet
been run ; the commissioners having hitherto been engaged
in making separate surveys west of Lake Superior.

It appears that Rat portage is about nine or ten miles
from the northernmost extremity of the lake. The lake is
elevated about ten or twelve feet above Winnepeek river,
at the point vhere we left it. Its latitude, according to
M‘Kenzie is 49° 37' and its longitude 944° west. Dr.
Bigsby set it in latitude 49° 44’ 22", probably from an ob-
servation of Mr. Thompson’s. Previous to our arrival
at Rat portage, we observed that the rocks had again
changed to a slate, of which the stratification was very
distinctly directed from east-north-east to west-south-west.
The inclination was nearly a vertical one; the colour of
the slate is a dark green; it is very decidedly a micaceous
slate, at least on Rat portage. This produces the same fea-
ture which we had observed in Winnepeek river, above
Jack’s fall, but which becomes more distinct in the Lake
of the Woods. The stream expands and includes an im-
mense number of islands, It is to this circumstance that
the lake owes its picturesque appearance and its name, as
every one of these islands is covered with trees. The as-
pect of the lake differs essentially from any other that we
had previously seen. At Rat portage cur view was limit-
ed by an island which nearly closes the bay at which the

portage
we fou
spersed
ity of ¢)
all rest
chiefly
vast qu:
prac ati
conceal
face, an
their de
lake di
ways ba
the flooc
are seen
height o
occurred
The y
portage,
having ¢
with a
while we
scenery
‘The
ing abou
are very
quantity
through
was effe
The nu
time, loa
fifty in s
VoL.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 109

portage terminates; but after we had passed that island
we found ourselves upon a smooth sheet of water, inter-
spersed with numberless islands, which break the uniform-
ity of the water scenery. Few of these islands are large ;
all rest upon solia rock, and are covered with small trees,
chiefly pine, spruce, hazel, willow, cherry, &c. besides
vast quantities of bushes, bearing berries. The prickly
peac abounds in these islands. The rocky shores are partly
concealed by the moss and lichen which cover their sur-
face, and by the grass and bushes which grow out from
their deep crevices. In this respect the rocks in the
lake differ from those in the river, as the latter are al-
ways bare, to a certain elevation, which indicates that of
the floods that occasionally swell it; the dark lines, which
are seen running horizontally along the shore, point out the
height of the various floods which have at different times
occurred.

The weather wa. so unfavourable during our stay at the
portage, as to prevent us from taking any observation. It
having cleared up.at night, we proceeded at two A. M.
with a fine moonlight... At one of the islands, (Cosse’s,)
while we stopped for breakfast, Mr. Seymour sketched the
scenery of the lake, plate 11.

‘The Lake of the Woods has been described to. us as be-
ing about three hundred miles in circumference. Its shores
are very much indented by bays, in which an immense
quantity of wild rice is annually collected. Our passage
through the lake,.which was nearly in a diagonal direction,
was effected in a time very little exceeding two days.
The number of islands which we saw was immense; at one
time, looking merely before us, we could count upwards of
fifty in sight. All are on solid rock, except one, near the
Vou. II. 15

110 EXPEDITION TO THE

mouth of Rainy-lake river, which is a sand-bar, probably
formed by an accuriulation of sand carried down by the
river. This was the more remarkable, as it was the first
sand-bar observed since we entered Winnepeek river. The
Indians had, with their usual attention to the features of the
country, remarked this bar, and they called the lake Pékwa-
énga Osdgiigén, which means “the lake of the island of sand-
mounds,” owing to the mounds formed on this bar by the ac-
cumulation of the sand by the winds. It is true that the lake
is also sometimes called Métékdk& Osagaagan, which sig-
nifies Lake of:the Woods, but this is supposed to be a
modern appellation, translated from the name which the
French traders gave it when they first. saw it. The distance
which we travelled in the lake was about eighty miles,
which probably was its longest diameter. Observations
were made to determine its position; they gave for the
situation of Cosse’s Island, cistant sixteen miles from
Rat Portage, 49° 36' 42" north; for that of Red-rock Isl-
and, passed on the 27th of August, 49° 11' 33"; for Sandy
Island 48° 56’ 4" north; and finally, the entrance of
Rainy-lake river was determined to be in latitude 48° 52’
40" north, and longitude 94° 21' 15” west. The variation
of the compass in the lake was 11° 1' 25” east.

With a view to-avoid a circuitous navigation round a
projecting peninsula, it is usual for voyagers to mak’ a
small portage over this point. It did not sxceed one hun-
dred yards at the time we crossed it. Our guide says that
it is often under water, so that the canoes pass without dif-
ficulty. This requires a rise of about five or six feet above
the level of the waters at that time. We found in great abun-
dance the plant which bears the wild-rice; it was quite rine
at that season. The Endians collect the grain in great plenty,
considering it as one of their best articles of food, and that

upon

been |]
gion i
great.
does n
latitud
Missis

part o

about
from t
the At
Gen. B
state of
above 2
found i
called {
Gen,
oats to
Doubtle
states tl
eth a se
boiled ;
sembles
harvest.
were to)
bays col
and fout
it is pro
parated |
as good
Altho
slaty roc
which o

bably
y the
» first
. The
of the
ékwa-
f sand-
the ac-
e lake
th sig-
o bea
ch the
stance
miles,
vations
or the
; from
ck Isl-
Sandy
ce of
48° 52’
jation

bund a
ak: a
e hun-
s that
but dif-
above
abun-
e rine
plenty,
nd that

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 111

upon which they can place the greatest reliance. We have
been led to make some inquiry as to tl.e extent of the re-
gion in which wild-rice grows, and we find it to be very
great. Mac’: zie says, that wild-rice is hardly seen, or
does not come to maturity, north of the fiftieth degree of
latitude, and, we believe that it does not grow west of the
Mississippi below the mouth of the Missouri, or on any
part of this river. Its western extremities are probably
about the sources of the St. Peter; it ranges in latitude
from the 31st to the 50th degree, and in longitude from
the Atlantic to the 97th deg: ee ; for we were informed, by
Gen. Brown, that it had been observed on Black river in the
state of New York; we know that it exists on the Delaware
above and below Philadelphia; and it appears that it is also
found in the sou‘h-east corner of South Carolina, at a place
called from this circumstance, the “ Wild-cats Marsh.’?
Gen, Macomb, who has seen this marsh, states the wild-
oats to be the same as the wild-rice of our N. W. territory.
Doubtless it is to this plant that Hakluyt alludes when he
states that in “ Virginia there is a kind of reed which bear-
eth a seed almost like unto our rice or wheat and being
boiled is good meal.”? Tis grain, which probably re-
sembles oats more than rice in its appearance, was fit for
harvest when we were in the Lake of the Woods, and we
were told that the Indians. were dispersed in all the small
bays collecting it ; we ate of it frequently on the journey,
and found it palatable, though inferior to domestic rice;
it is probable that the grain which we had was not well se-
parated from the hull; and from this circumstance was not
as good as that which is prepared with more care.
Although most of the islands in ‘he lake are formed of
slaty rock, yet some, as for instance, the Red-rock island, on
which observations were made on the 27th of August, are

112 EXPEDITION TO THE

composed of granite; in this case the feldspar is of a red-
dish appearance, and imparts to the granite the colour from
which the name of the is)-nd was derived. We have fre-
quently observed in the; | 4s which we visited that the
north-eastern extremity wa. vounded with boulders, the
average diameter of which might be about two feet.
Though these sometimes extend all round the island, still
it is more usual to observe them only at the north-eastern
point, seeming to indicate that they were carried down
from that quarter. The direction of the strata of mica-slate
appears to vary from north 60° to north 80° east. The
angle with the horizon varies from 65° or 70° to the per-
pendicular. The rock is penetrated in some places with
iron pyrites; veins of quartz also appear occasionally
through the mass, We saw no limestone, but Dr. Bigsby
informed us that he had observed. some on the shore of the
lake. Itis probable that we had in sight during our course
through the lake, at least 200 islands, whence an idea may
be formed of the immense number which it includes.
Towards the south-east there. is a space without islands,
and this gives rise to what is termed the “ Grand traverse,”’
which is, however, only ten miles long. From the number
of islands, when a slight wind blows upon the lake, it soon
raises a high but short wave, which is very dangerous to
bark canoes; hence the least wind will sometimes occasion a
considerable delay in, the journey. Desmarais was once
encamped eleven days without being able to cross those
ten miles; and he has heard of canoes being detained. on
the adjoining islands for twenty-two days. We were for-
tunate, as the wind which had blown the preceding day had
lulled, and we passed the ¢raverse without difficulty. We
mast in it a canoe with three men who were coming from
Rainy lake; they had been detained twenty-four hours by
the wind.

bar isl
throug
Say,
the H
ber of
exist a
as wel
not be
Catesb
we tra
We
probab
season
observe
by mea
red pai
and a v
We «
of Aug
length ¢
at its m
rower 2
its curr
structio
which ¢
these is
At its

red-
from
e fre-
at the
s, the
feet.
1, still
astern
down
a-slate
The
1e per-
s with
ionally
Bigsby
» of the
course
pa may
cludes.
slands,
verse,”
umber
it soon
ous to
asion a
S once
those
hed. on
re for-
ay had
. We
r from
rs by

SOURCE OF 8T. PETER’S RIVER. 113

As we approached the south-east extremity of the lake,
an arm of considerable extent, running in a southerly di-
rection, appeared on our right; it is through this that the
connection with Red river, by means of Reed-grass river,
is made.

From the observations made on Red-rock and the Sand-
bar islands, it appears that the 49th parallel of latitude passes
through this traverse. Among the animals seen by Mr.
Say, were two kinds of gulls, one of which was probably
the Herring-gull, Larus argenteus, young; also a num-
ber of pelicans, and a few ducks; swans, it is said, do not
exist on this lake; the Testudo geographica was also seen,
as well as a soft-shelled turtle, of which the species could
not be determined, the lower shell alone being visible.
Catesby’s spotted frog was found to be abundant as far as
we travelled.

We saw on the Lake of the Woods but few Indians,
probably not more than twenty altogether, this being the
season when they are dispersed. On one of the islands we
observed a recent grave, over which a pole was supp’ “ted
by means of stones; it was bared of its bark, and rin ss of
red paint had been described upon it; its top was bushy
and a wooden spoon was suspended from it.

We entered Rainy-lake river on the morning of the 28th
of August, and reached its head early on the 31st. The
length of this stream is about one hundred miles. Its breadth
at its mouth is about four hundred yards; it becomes nar-
rower above; its average breadth is three hundred yards;
its current is rapid and uniform; there are very few ob-
structions to the navigation, there bzing but two places at
which canoes are lightened and towed up. The longest of
these is about one mile.

At its mouth the bank. of this stream are low and marshy ;

ee = = 52
= SoS ean 2 a ieee
Ap gre tr ees

sh teri a pr

114 EXPEDITION TO THE

beyond this they rise somewhat, but present few hills; the
river runs in many places over a pebbly bed. The country
assumes a more smiling appearance, which led us to antici-
pate the meeting with limestone rocks ; we saw nonealong
the river, but some precipices, seen at a distance, were sup-
posed from their horizontal stratification to be composed
of limestone. On the river the rocks seldom appear in
place; where we saw them they were principally mica-
slate, sometimes, however, sienite. Dr. Bigsby found stau-
rotide in the slate of this river.

The country is much drier; there-are fine pieces of mea-
dow land ; the grass is of a pleasanter, livelier green; the
vegetation more luxuriant; the white maple is seen; the
birch attains a larger size. We observed here, however, as
we had for a long time past, a total absence of walnut,
hickory, and beach. The poplar is very abundant on Rainy
river.

Among the animals which are occasionally seen here,
are the bear, otter, wolverine, carcajou, moose, squirrel,
wolf, weasel, beaver, muskrat, fox, &c. The martin, and
fisher are very abundant. The principal fish in the river is
the sturgeon.

Among the objects which chiefly attracted our notice,
were the interesting ephemera which we had seen on
Winnepeek river. They became so abundant on Rainy
river towards sunset, that they presented the appearance
of asnow storm. ‘They continued for some time, until
they were driven by the wind into a small tributary val-
ley where they formed white clouds, beautifully relieved
against the dark green of the forest, deepened in its shade
by the approach of night. The ensuing morning their dead
bodies were seen floating on the stream, and drifted by the
wind into small coves near the shore. From their great

abund
insect
ing, ir
fect st
few he
The n
abunde
and no
The
past, as
river ; |
ed to i:
much r
it flows
mate is
they be
cidental
Visiters
ters, w
which ¢
peek riy
Rain
mentio
and the
The f

it prese
take its
miles lo
Pine 1
yards wi
Black
The G
the la rE

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 115

abundance, Mr. Say was led to believe that this short-lived
insect never witnesses a rising sun, but that after perform-
ing, in a short time, all the duties assigned to it in its per-
fect state, it deposits its eggs and expires in the night, a
few hours after it has been evolved from the chrysalis.
The next evening the ephemera were again seen very
abundantly, but it was evident that this was a new swarm,
and not part of that previously observed.

The mosquetoes, which had not been seen for some time
past, again made their appearance while we were on Rainy
river; the weather, which was warm and moist, contribut-
ed to increase their numbers. Although we experienced
much rain while on this river, and on the lake from which
it flows, we have not been able to discover. that the cli-
mate is more damp there than elsewhere; the name which
they bear may have been, therefore, derived from an ac-
cidental fall of rain experienced there by the first white
visiters, or it may be derived from the colour of their wa-
ters, which has much of the appearance of rain water, and
which differs greatly from the limpid character of Winne-
peek river.

Rainy-lake river receives but few tributaries. We shall
mention only the River of Rapids, Pine river, Black river,
and the Grand and Little Fork.

The first of these is so called from the fine rapids which
it presents immediately above its mouth; it is said to
take its rise in lakes and swamps; its course is about eighty
miles long; it enters from the left bank.

Pine river, which flows from the north, is about thirty
yards wide at its mouth.

Black river is a small tributary from the south-east.

The Grand Fork, which enters from the left bank, is
the largest tributary of the river, and probably contains as

¥
CRE

116 EXPEDITION TO THE

much water as the main stream above their confluence. It
rises near a smal] lake cailed by the name of Lake Winne-
peek, and which we have distinguished from that previ-
ously mentioned, by the designation of Little Winnepeek
Lake; it is in the vicinity of Red Lake. Mr. Davenport,
one of the agents of the American Fur Company, repre-
sented this fork as being one hundred leagues long, very
rapid, and not well supplied with water; it has two short
portages; it passes through a small lake called Sachawgan
Lake; from this there is a long portage, (ten pauses, ) to
Little Lake, which has an outlet half a mile long into Lit-
tle Winnepeek Lake. The whole distance may be ascend-
ed in eight or nine days by loaded canoes. A trade has
been carried on by the American Fur Company, between
Rainy Lake and Fond du Lac, by means of the Grand
Fork of Rainy river, Little Lake Winnepeek, the Mis-
sissippi, Sandy Lake, Savannah river, and the river St.
Louis.

The Little Fork which enters above the Grand Fork,
is a wide stream, but it is unimportant, as it does not extend
far into the couatry, and as it furnishes no medium of com-
munication with other lakes or streams.

We saw but few islands in Rainy river, and these were
generally small. We occasionally ~bserved stakes which
had been used by the boundary line commissioners, to de-
termine the breadth of the river in several places.

During this part of our journey our provisions were not
so good’as they had previously been. Until we reached
Lake Travers, we had depended chiefly upon the salt pork,
&c. which we carried along with us, and upon the biscuit
which was prepared for our party at Fort St. Anthony.
From Lake Travers to Pembina, we had much fresh buf-
falo and some dried meat. But after leaving Fort Douglas,

we liy
which
pared,
conditi
Engagi
had ev
stores (
sugar, ¢
should
ed toa
made ai
althoug
the gre:
plants v
the Stac
Nuttall.
Being
were tw
to the
kept up
latter, b
eles req
ing, the
Mr. Day
Mr. M‘€
which v
Hudson’
days, to
pids in
and in bg
repair th
At Ra
adventur
Von.

. It
ne-
evi-
reek
ort,
pre-
very
hort
gan
) to
Lit-
end-
» has
ween
‘rand
Mis-
r St.

ork,
ktend
com-

were
which
o de-

e not
ached
pork,
iscuit
lhony.
n buf-
uglas,

SQURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 117

we lived altogether upon the jerked buffalo and pemmican
which we had purchased. These had not been well pre-
pared, and a large portion was found to be in a very bad
condition. This, and the immense quantity eaten by our
Engagés, whose appetite far exceeded any thing that we
had ever witnessed, soon reduced our stock.’ The private
stores of the officers and gentlemen’s mess, such as tea,
sugar, &c. were so nearly expended as to require that they
should be used in a sparing manner. We therefore resort-
ed to a number of wild plants, of which infusions were
made and tried as substitutes for the imported tea; and
although to some of the party these appeared good, yet by
the greater part the change was not relished. Among the
plants which we used were the Ledum latifolium of Pursh,
the Stachys anisatus, ahd the Gaultheria procumbens of
Nuttall.

Being informed that at the head of Rainy river there
were two settlements, one on the north shore, belonging
to the Hudson’s Bay Company, and the other on the south,
kept up by the American Fur Company, we stupped at the
latter, but found it destitute of provisions, and of ‘the >rti-
cles required for the repair of our canoes. Notwithstand-
ing, therefore, the polite'reception of the superintendant,
Mr. Davenport, we crossed over to the north shoi2, where
Mr. M‘Gillivray gave us the same hospitable treatment
which we had received at the other trading posts of the
Hudson’s Bay Company. We remained at this place two
days, to repair our. canoes, which had suffered from the ra-
pids in Winnepeek river. One of them being very heavy,
and in bad order, was broken up, and its materials used to
repair the others.

At Rainy Lake we met with a man, whose interesting
adventures deserve to be made known to the public; of
Von, Il. 16

118 EXPEDITION TO ‘THE

these we regret that it is not in.our power to give more
than a very brief and imperfect outline. We had heard at
various places of a citizen of the United States, who had
been at an early age taken prisoner by a party of Indians,
and who, having been educated among them, had acquired
their language, habits, and manners, to the exclusion of
those of his country. While at the Red river settlement,
we were informed that he had been assaulted by an In-
dian and severely, some added mortally, wounded. On our
arrival at Rainy Lake Fort, Mr. M‘Gillivray requested
Mr. Say to visit. this man and examine’his wound; Mr.
Say found John Tanner, for such was his name, in a neat
European tent, resting on a good comfortable bed, with his
two daughters beside him. On inspecting the wound it
was found that the ball had passed through the right arm
above the elbow, and thence through the breast. The as-
sault having been ‘made about forty days previous, ‘the
breast had healed, and the bones of the’ arm had united
perfectly and properly; but the wound in the arm was
still open, though ‘apparently in an improving condition ;
the patient was able to walk about. =

At the time-that the shot was fired, Tanner was on his
way. to'the United States with his family ; this had inter-
rupted his voyage. Feeling himself better, but still una-
ble to travel alone, he applied to Major Long for a pas-
sage in our canoes for himself and his. daughters; this re-
quest was granted. .He removed his tent from the en-
closure within the British pickets to our camp ; all his pre-
parations were made, and the poor man’s heart was* light
and happy at the idea of resuming his journey in such
company as secured him against apprehensions of an attack,
when his happiness met with a terrible and unexpected
check. ‘We had appointed to depart on the morning of

the 3d
asked ;
old hal
riencet
fort, bi
in sear
cerning
Mr. M
cumsta
authori
rent.
availin;
that we
of then
ma ;_ he
time b
ters to
ject of
ever a
faint.
withou
conditi
dian. v
in the
tempt ;
portuni
while,
persist
ly ene
M‘Lau

» Dr.

more

rd at

» had

lians,

uired

on of
ment,
n In-
in-our
ested
| Mr.
. neat
th his
ind. it
it arm
he as-
s, the
united
nh was
ition ;

on his
inter-
1 una-
a pas-
is re-
ne en-
is pre-
such
attack,
pe cted
ing of

SOURCE: OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 119

the 3d of September; the preceding evening, his daughters
asked and obtained his consent to go to the fort to'see an
old half-breed Indian woman from whom they had expe-
rienced much kindness. They were seen going into the
fort, but did not return ; the father becoming uneasy went
in search of them, but could obtain no information con-
cerning their fate ; he applied to Major Long, who visited
Mr. M‘Gillivray with Mr. Say, and stated to him the cir-
cumstance, desiring that he would use his influence and
authority to cause the children to be restored to their pa-
rent. ‘The efforts of this gentleman were, however, un-
availing. The children were not found; and at the time
that we left the fort, it was not known. what had become
of them. Tanner was placed in a most distressing dilem-
ma; he had re-entered the Indian country but a short
time before: for the mere’ purpose of taking: his daugh-
ters to Mackinaw; if he returned without them, the ob-
ject of his voyage would be:frustrated, and the hopes of
ever again seeing his: children would be rendered very
faint. On the other hand, if he remained in the country
without any one to attend him in his wounded and infirm
condition, his situation would be very difficult. The In-
dian who had assaulted him was supposed to be lurking
in the neighbourhood, :and would probably renew his at-
tempt; at any rate,.he could scarcely hope to find an op-
portunity of returning tothe United States for a long
while. . Under all these circumstances he determined ta
persist in his former, intention ; and in this he was strong-
ly encouraged by the assurances given to him by Dr
M‘Laughlin,* a gentleman who had proyed himself'a warm

*Dr. John M‘Laughlin was formerly a partner in the North-west
Company,.and after the consolidation of the two societies he obtained

$e SRN EI NSIT: LONER IN HO TEINS
at

tetera fein bn Soe dip

120 EXPEDITION TO THE,

friend of his, and who had just resumed the superintend-
ance of the fort: This gentleman assured him that all his
efforts would be used to. discover the place where his
daughters were, and that he would rescue and protect
them until the ensuing spring, when Tanner expected to
return to Rainy Lake in search of them. After having
travelled with us ‘a few miles on the 3d of September, his
pain was so much aggravated, and his arm swollen, by the
mc.ion of the canoe, that he found himself unable to pro-
ceed; we landed him, and placed him under the care of a
dependant on the fort: whom we saw engaged in Sshing.
It. was evident that Tanner’s grief at being obliged to stop
was much mitigated by the hope of being able personally
to renew his search after his daughters. Those who ap-
peared unfriendly to Tanner at the fort, endeavoured to
impress upon his mind the belief that the girls had eloped
from him with a view to return to their mother who was
on the Lake of the Woods ; but the father replied that the

uniform attachment which they had always manifested to

him, as well as their ready compliance with his wish that
they should proceed with us, must ever prevent his har-
bouring such an idea; he thought, and probably with good
cause, that his daughters had been concealed by some of
the half-breeds or dependants on the fort; their age, which
‘was about fourteen or fifteen, their comely appearance and

a share in the Hudson’s Bay Company. His usual residence was at
Rainy Lake ; on our arrival there he was absent, having gone to the
annual meeting of the partnere at York Factory, He returned on the
ist of September. His attentions to us during the short time that we
saw him were of the most flattering kind, and evinced a generous dis-
position; they could be ccmpared only to those of Mr. Mackenzie.
We have met with no persons who have in a short time acquired so
great a claim to our respect and gratitude as these two gentlemen. |

enge~
sions
doubt
to thei
The
for a f
well as
versati
history
curate
Johr
with hi
the Mi
had be
sions ¥
The ui
time, e:
from t
years o
he had
had jus
bouring
dians,
carried
by an
had la
ther ay
husban
to who
borne
had ari
the set
turned

e and

was at
to the
on the
that we
ous dis-
kenzie.
ired so
nen. .

SOURCE OF ST, PETER’S RIVER. 121

enge~ing manners, were such as to warrant the apprehen-
sions of their anxious parent. If this was the case, we
doubt not that Dr. M‘Laughlin’s exertions will have led
to their discovery.

The hope which we had entertained of having Tanner
for a fellow traveller during the rest of the journey, as
well as the fear of increasing his pain by too much con-
versation, prevented Mr. Say from securing a complete
history of his life, but the following is believed to be ac-
curate :—

John Tanner was the son of a clergyman, who removed
with his family to the banks of the Ohio, near the mouth of
the Miami river, some time previous to the-year 1790. He
had been settled there but about ten days when apprehen-
sions were entertained of an attack from a party of Indians.
The unsettled state of that pari of the country, at the
time, exposed its scattered inhabitants to frequent incursions
from their savage neighbours, Tanner was then about nine
years of age ; notwithstanding the prohibition of his father,
he had wandered to a short distance from the house, and
had just filled his hat w.t!. walnuts, picked from a neigh-
bouring tree, when he was seized upon by a party of In-
dians, who by their threats forced him to silence: they
carried him off. This party was commanded, it is. said,
by an Indian who resided near Saganaw; and ‘whose wife
had lately lost her son. Bereft of her only child, the mo-
ther appeared inconsolable, and finally begged that her
husband would makea prisoner of one, about the same age,
to whom she might transfer all the affection which she had
borne to her own offspring. With this view the Indian
had armed a party of his friends, proceeded down towards
the settlements, found this child, carried him off, and re-
turned with him to his wife, who was delighted on be-

: me : ee |
— — a Roast :

RSA IIE MD Si we EES aS gem Fe me

— aeatieins POSE i = siondiime

422 EXPEDITION TO THE

holding a boy so nearly of the age of that which she had
lost.

By these Indians. young: Tanner’ was treated with
kindness; he rose to manhood, became distinguished as a
brave man and a hunter. From circumstances which we
have not ascertained, his adopted parents, who belonged
to the Saganaw tribe of the Ottawa nation, removed toa
more western country ; the man died ; his wife became the
leader of a small ‘party that resided occasionally on the
Lake of the. Woods, or on Red river, or the Assiniboin.
Tanner was offered the situation of chief, which he wise-
ly declined, judging that his white origin would make him
an object of suspicion. He appeared satisfied with his suc-

cess.as a hunter, and had no further ambition. We were |

told by those who had long known him, that although he
had acquired many of the characteristics of Indians, still
he had some peculiarities which marked him as one of a
different origin. He had never been seen to taste of ardent
spirits, or to smoke a pipe. Instead of purchasing trifles
and gewgaws as is customary with Indians, he devoted the
produce of his hunts, which were always successful, to.the
acquisition of articles of: clothing useful:to himself, to his
adopted mother, or to her relations. In this state he ap-
pears to have lived perfectly happy, respected and esteem-
ed by all his fellow hunters. In the year 1816,°he ren-
dered an important service to Lord Selkirk’s settlement,
by guiding a party of new settlers, who were under the
direction of Governor M‘Donnell and Captain D’Orson-
nen from Rainy Lake to Fort Douglas; this reinforce-
ment arrived at so timely a moment as to make Tanner a
great favourite at the settlement, He was pointed out to

Lord Selkirk during that nobleman’s visit to his colony. .

His Lordship took great interest in his situation, and by

his ex
lectior
first, g
name,
with t
this w:
Tan
by Lo:
1817.

Taylor
statem:
some 5
might |
of a ch
tranger
somew
langua;
conside
The fol
sent in
tended.
- 6 Th

3 family |

particu!
sisters 1
that his
scribed
Taylor
who wa
be you
through
Mrs. T.
Kentucl

as 5 iis

SOURCE: OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 123

had his exertions, Tanner’s family was discovered. His recol-
lections of. the scenes of his early youth, though faint at

vith first, gradually brightened. He had forgotten his father’s
aS a name, or rather it had become confused in his recollection
we with that of a friend of his family called Taylor, so that
ged. this was at first thought to be his name.
toa Tanner placed in our hands a letter which was written
the by Lord Selkirk, and which is dated Lexington, Nov. 25,
the 1817. It was written after a personal interview with Mrs.
ina ? Taylor, whose account of the family corroborated Tanner’s
Guess statement in the most important particulars. There were
him some slight discrepancies, but these were no other than
suc- might haye been’ expected from the imperfect recollections
were of a child of nine years of age, after twenty-six years of es-
h he trangement from his country and friends. It is perhaps
still | somewhat singular that he should have totally forgotten a
of a language which he must have undoubtedly spoken with
dent considerable fluency at the time that he was taken prisoner.
ifles The following extract. from Lord Selkirk’s letter, at pre-
the sent in our possession, shows how far his recollections ex-
othe tended. nS he
o his . “The. circumstances that Mrs. Taylor mentioned of his
Bape family coincide with those which he told me in the north,
bem particularly that-he had a brother called Ned, aud twe
ren-

sisters married previously to. his being carried off. Also
that his father was a big lusty man, as the young man de-
scribed him. The only point of difference is, that Mrs.
Taylor said that Ned Tanner was older than the boy John,
who was carried away; whereas I had understood: him. to
be younger ; but as I could converse with John only
through an interpreter, such a mistake might easily arise.
Mrs. T. also said that old John Tanner had been settled in
Kentucky several years before 1790, but that’ possibly he

pate
i

124 EXPEDITION TO THE

might have removed at that date, by the river, from some
other part of the siate. The young mau told me that his
father had changed his residence a very short time before
he was‘carried off, and. had deen settled on the banks of
the Ohio only about ten days, when the attack of the In-
dians took place. He mentioned particularly his having
come down the river in a large boat or flat with horses and
cattle. He also mentioned, that, at the place waere his
father lived previous to his removal; there was a brook
running in a cavern under ground; where they used to go
with a candle to take water,” &c.

Through the benevolent and active interference of Lord
Selkirk, Tanner was restored to his family; who recogniz-
ed him and received him well. He had already brought
several of his children into the United States, and had
three of them at Mackinaw, when, in 1823, he determined
to return to the Lake of the Woods for the others, The
Indians, it appears, manifested great unwillingness to allow
the two young girls to be taken out of the country, and they
opposed his ‘endeavours, until finally, with the assistance
of Dr. M‘Laughlin, he succeeded in removing the children.
_ He appears to have felt but little affection for thie mother of

_ his daughters, and wished her to remain ‘in the country;

but she, finding her efforts to keep her daughters unavail-
ing, resolved to go with them. ‘They had ‘passed Rainy
Lake and were at the Portage de l’Isle, in Bad, (Maligne,)
river, when the wife induced an Indian, who was travel-
ling with them, to shoot: Tanner.- She, it appears, bribed
him with the promise of her elder daughter.

The poor man was near falling a victim to the plot; his
wife ran away with the Indian, took her daughters with
her, and left him alone and wounded; fortunately he was
picked up by a canoe going to Rainy Lake; they convey-

ed hin
treated
ed doy
have h
this cit
We
the cha
sions 1
men an
vowed
heedles
from ar
ing to ]
strengtl
observa
of his fe
did he :
to kill
cold, de
of a co
which
with tr
this ref
time, w
frequen
which 3
attested
was Wri
did not
used to
parties |
occasio
west Co
Vor.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 125

ed him there; his daughters joined him, and, as he said,
treated him with the utmost kindness. His wife proceed-
ed down the river with her accomplice, who was said to
have had a bad name, even among the Indians, previous to
this circumstance.

We have endeavoured to acquire some knowledge of
the character and principles of a man, whose early impres-
sions must have been completely extirpated by those of the
men among whom he spent the greater part of his life. He
vowed to be revenged on the Indian who had shot him;
heedless of the personal danger which he must incur
from another visit to the country, he resolved upon returns
ing to Rainy Lake as soon as he should have regained his
strength, in order to pursue and punish his enemy. Any
observations which were made to him, on the impropriety
of his feelings, only drew from him this answer; “ Why
did he shoot me? If he wished to kill me, it is my duty
to kill him,-for he is a bad man.”’ This was uttered in a
cold, decisive manm:r ; it was not the result of passion, but
of a conviction founded upon a process of reasoning, to
which he had been long accustomed. In: his intercourse
with traders he appears to have been honourable, and
this reflects the more credit upon him, as it was at a
time, when an active competition between rival ‘traders
frequently induced them to stimulate the Indians to frauds
which affected their opponents. One instance appears well
attested. In a letter, dated Montreal, Nov. 1818, and which
was written by Mr. John Allan, it.is stated, that “Tanner
did not choose to traffic exclusively with any trader, but
used to take goods on credit, at the same time, from
parties trading in opposition to one another, ana ~n one
occasion, brought two parcels of furs to a post of the North-
west Company, at the fork of Red river; he empicved the
Vou. II. 17

ms = a ars
Ti AE IE OE: ; ae OLE

126 EXPEDITION TO THE

contents of one parcel to pay a debt which he had con-
tracted there, and, having done so, was about to go with
his other parcel of furs, to discharge, in like manner, a
debt which he had contracted with a neighbouring trader
of the Hudson’s Bay Company; some opposition to the
taking away of his furs was made, by the person in charge
of the North-west Company’s fort, who endeavoured to
prevail on Tanner to sell the whole to him. When per-
suasion failed, threats were resorted to by the trader, and
as Tanner still persisted in doing as he pleased with his
own property, a pistol was presented to his breast; on
which, pointing to his bare bosom, he undauntedly told
the trader to fire, declaring that, although but a stranger
and a slave in that country, he would not be so much of a
woman as to raise 4 weapon xgainst. any man, and after-
wards, through fear, desist ivom killing him. By this bold
conduct he maintained his right to the disposal of his furs,
which he immediately applied to the payment of a just
debt.”

Of his attachment. to his children, he gave a strong proof
by the long and perilous journey which he undertook to
visit his daughters ; and the distress which he felt, when they
had disappeared, was among the most heart-rending scenes
which we have ever witnessed. His language was the na-
tural expression of grief deeply felt: Ifthe abandonment,
which he had meditated of. his wife, presents him to our
consideration in a less deserving light as a husband, it
must be borne in mind, in extenuation, that the woman
who could, under any circumstances, be induced to plan,
and instigate another person) to so atrocious a crime as
that in which she afterwards shared, could not be an amia-
ble companion, and. could probably have no claim upon his
affections.

Wi
Us Vet
ever |
forts c
wande
imbibe
the set
at one
ment f
doubt :
viction
make {
appear
imbibe
make |
of faith
Tant
mode o
but ine
seen to
he wep
was ev
the tin
overpo
he atte
Ther
alluded
loath (
those v
him.
mnily,
with
eerely

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 127

on- What will be the future destiny of Tanner appears to if
ith us very uncertain. We much question whether he can |
r, a ever be satisfied with sharing in the occupaiions and com- h|
der forts of civilized life. We think it more probable that the iz,
the wandering and irregular habits which he seems to have 4
rge imbibed from the Indians will soon drive him back from ie
| to the settlements to his usual haunts in the woods. He was |
per- at one time considered, by zealous persons, as a fit instru- \
and ment for the conversion of Indians to Christianity, but we if
his doubt whether he can ever be brought to feel that deep con- i
. on -Viction in the truths of Revelation, which is required to , |
told make fit ministers of the gospel. While his strong mind 7
nger appears to have rejected the superstitions of Indians, it-has i
of a imbibed a sort. of philosophic incredulity, which would i
fter- make him but a slow and unwilling convert ta the purest }
bold of faiths. i
furs, Tanner was of a disposition naturally stern, which his ie
just mode of life and the sentiments of his companions have |
but increased. He was said, by many, never to have been f

proof seen to'shed a tear; when he was bereft of his daughters, i
k to he wept not; his grief was of too.stern a character. But it fy
they was evident that the conflict of emotions in his mind, at | |
penes the time that he was compelled to land from our canoes, i
e na- overpowered him, and his eyes glistened with a tear which i
nent, he attempted in’ vain to shake off. }
p our There is a feature in his character which we have not i
nd, it alluded to, and, as it is honourable tu him, we should be ul
pman loath to omit it. We allude to his warm gratitude for all
plan, those who have at various times maniJested kindness to a

e as him. His affection for his Indian mother, and for her fa- §
amia- mily, was great. Of the late Lord Selkirk he always spoxe i

n his with much feeling. To Dr. M‘Laugbklin he appeared sin-

eerely attached. He frequently mentioned the kind sym-

it
-
|
A
ni
‘
4
bd
i

128 EXPEDITION TO THE

pathy manifested to him by Major Delafield, of th~ boun-
dary line commission, who would have taken him in his
canoe, but that at that time his wounds did not admit of
his removal.

Such is the sketch of the life and character of this inte-
resting man, as far as we have been able to collect them
from personal interviews with him, from the account of
Dr. M‘Laughlin and others, who had known him for many
years, and especially from the perusal of the documents
which he had in his possession, and which fully establish
him to be the son of the Rev. John Tanne:, late of the
neighbourhood of Frankfort, in Kentucky. These docu-
ments consist of letters from Lord Selkirk, from Mr. Ed-
ward Tanner, and from other persons who interested them-
selves in his behalf. Tanner had promised to supply us
with the particulars of his life and adventures, and with a
full account of the manners and habits of the Ottawas and
Chippewas, among whom he had resided. His well esta-
blished character for candour make it an object of much
regret that the state of his wounds prevented him from
continuing with us. His language, though broken, was in-
telligible ; he had in his intercourse with white men, since
1817, acquired enough of the English language to converse
in it, though always with much difficulty.

At Rainy lake fort there is a very’ fine water fall, sur-
passed by two or three only of those on Winnepeek river.
The whole of the waters of the.lake discharge themselves
into the river by these falls, the height of which is about
twenty-five feet. The beauty of the spot depende much
upon the wildness of the rocky scenery, occasioning a foam-
ing or dashing of. waves that is very striking. The rock
is chiefly sienite, in which we thought we.could distinguish
a tendency to a stratification directed about north-east, and

inclining al
ever, may |
about the |:
The soil is
the fort it is
gether with
melons, &c.
abundant th
busy, while
fresh-water
and excelle
found there
throated hu
ated wood-}
near to the:
a favourite
hunted out

We proc
fifty miles,
resemble i
tains many
most part is
70 degrees
places seen
and consta
cal strata, s
of the lake
undergo ve
Rainy lake
or narrow ¢
rivers they

* Pa

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 129

inclining about 65 degrees to the south-east. This, how-
ever, may have been a local feature. The principal growth
about the lake is the pitch pine, white pine, and spruce.
The soil is rather light, but in the immediate vicinity of
the fort it is excellent ; potatoes and wheat are cultivated, to-
gether with maize, pease, beans, pumpkins, water and musk
melons, &c. &c. ‘The wild strawberry seemed to be more
abundant there than elsewhere. Our soldiers were kept
busy, while encamped at the fort, in fishing for the pike and
fresh-water salmon, which are found in great abundance
and excellence at the falls. The Testudo geographica is
found there. Among the birds Mr. Say killed the ruby-
throated humming bird, black-headed titmouse,” and pile-
ated wood-pecker.t There are remains of beaver dams
near to the fort ; and it is probable that this was formerly
a favourite haunt of this animal, which has been entirely
hunted out by the residents on the lake.

We proceeded through Rainy lake, for a distance of about
fifty miles, on a general easterly course. We found it to
resemble in its characters the Lake of the Woods; it con-
tains many islands, all resting upon a rock which for the
most part is a mica-slate, whose strata are directed north
70 degrees east, and nearly vertical; we have in a few
places seen granite, sienite, &c. The islands betray a rapid
and constant decomposition’ by the crumbling of the verti-
cal strata, so that we doubt not that the physical characters
of the lake, as well as the size and form of the islands, must
undergo very striking changes in the lapse of ages. From
Rainy lake the voyagers pass into a number of small rivers
or narrow channels, separated by portages. Among these
rivers they distinguish that of the “ New Portage,’’ de la

* Parus atricapillus, + Picus pileatus.

130 EXPEDITION TO THE

Croix, Maligne or Bad river, &c. Among the lakes are Ver-
milion, Namak4n. or Sturgeon lake, and de la Croix. There
can be’no doubt that the level of the water changes much,
even at this elevated summit, for we find that the routes
followed by canoes vary frequently. We are informed
that that which we pursued is. often so dry as to ad-
mit of an easy portage of a’ mile in the, bed of a river
which at that time contained sufficient water to float our
canoes, even with their heavy loads. As these routes are
not all equally long, the shortest and easiest are selected
whenever the level of the water admits of their being tra-
velled. In determining the boundary line the commis-
sioners will doubtless take this point into consideration, so
as to establish it along those streams which afford an un-
interrupted navigation at all seasons. We observed as we
advanced that the country became more broken, the hills
were higher, the islands rose to a greater height, and the
region assumed characters indicating a dividing ridge. A
journey of a few days more brought us to the “ Portage de
la Prairie,’ one end of which communicates with the wa-
ters of Lake Winnepeek, while the stream at the other
end flows towards Lake Superior. This was the noint to
which we had been long anxiously looking, and we experi-
enced much real satisfaction on reaching it. The difficulties
which we had experienced within the last days were in-
creased by the badness of the weather. The features of
the country became more dreary than ever, and were in no
manner relieved by the picturesque effect of the rocks,
One afternoon, that of the 6th, we had, it is true, enjoyed
great delight from the stillness and soft beauties of Deep
river. This stream has a narrow and smooth channel which
winds through an alluvial region. Its course is so mean-
dering that our compass frequently ranged through up-

wards
half ar
selecte:
of thes
contrib
in wate
its ban!
the be
little er
it was a
romant
duals tl
in sight
limits o

Beyc
which 1
scented
greater
into se
the col
very ut
mornin;
The Peo
very di
long, a
Toward
more ¢
pany ca
tages v
the pa
ground
the littl
to be n¢

Ver-
here
uch,
utes
med
y ad-
river
. our
$ are
scted
tra-
mis-
nN, sO
) un-
is we
hills
| the
» A
ye de
: Wa-
other
nt to
neri-
iities
B in-
bs of
nno
bcks,

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 131

wards of two-thirds of its circumference in the space of
half a mile. The scene was such as a painter might have
selected to depict a perfect calm of nature ; the great depth
of the stream, as well as its narrow bed and crooked channel,
contribute to impart to it a darker hue than is usually observed
in water; and its reflection of the trees and other objects on
its banks. exceeded in intensity all that we had as yet seen;
the beautiful pembina bushes, loaded with their neat
little crimson berry, were reflected as though by a mirror ;
it was about sunset when we ascended this short but highly
romantic stream. With the exception of the few indivi-
duals that composed.our party, not an animated being was
in sight; it really seemed as if we had passed beyond the
limits of the inhabited world.

Beycnd this, we found a small lake, at the upper end of
which we encamped ; the air was perfumed by the sweet-
scented grass, (Holcus odoratus,) which we found here in
greater abundance than elsewhere, it had already grown
into seed, of which we collected some. At this place,
the cold, which had been gradually increasing, became
very unpleasant; the dews were still heavy, and on the
morning of the 7th we found ice about our encampment.
The Portage des Frangais which we then passed, was a
very difficult one; it was about two miles and a quarter
long, and was so swampy that it offered great difficulties.
‘Towards the summit level, the portages become longer and
more difficult. At the time when the North-west Com-
pany carried on an extensive trade by this route, the por-
tages were kept in good repair; the bushes being cut off,
the paths well traced, and causeways erected wherever the
ground was swampy. The case is otherwise at present;
the little travelling along this route has occasioned them
to be neglected, and they are in a worse state than if they

ro

Fe pe ss = ai ar pea ie
a a a a Se ae ot
P,

mere
or ae

132 EXPEDITION TO THE

had never been attended to, for the decayed timber, arising
from the broken causeways which were formerly remov-
ed, now produces many dangerous holes. Many accidents
occur in the portages, especially to such as carry heavy
loads. Not unfrecjcsatly one of those that carry the ca-
noes slips, in which case the whole weight falls upon him,
and crushes him. An accident of this kind gave rise to the
name of Deadman’s Lake and portage which we passed on
the 6th. Next to this was a lake, called Doré, which we
have named Hyodon, from the beautiful fish of that genus,
(Hyodon tergissus, Lesueur,) which abounds in it. Be-
yond this we entered the Thousand lakes, so called from
the apparent division of a sheet of water into numberless
small lakes, by thousands of small rocky islands. A more
gloomy name is that of Cannibal or Wandigd Lake, which
is derived from the unnatural deed which was perpetrated
in its vicinity. It is said that a party of Indians, belonging
to the Oschékkaméga Weénénéwak, or band of the cross-
ridge, were once encamped near this lake in the year 1811,
and were quite destitute of provisions; they amounted to
about forty; their numbers gradually diminished through
famine, the survivors feeding upon the bodies: of their de-
ceased relations; finally there remained but one woman,
who had subsisted upon the corpses of her own husband
and children, whom she had killed for this purpose. She was
afterwards met by another party of Indians, who, sharing
in the common belief, that those who have once fed upon
this flesh, always hunger for it, put an end to her existence.
The Oschekkamega band, inhabiting a very barren coun-
try, are’ often reduced to cannibalism from necessity, and
the frequent recurrence of it has almost deprived them of the
abhorrence which men naturally feel for anthropophagy.
It was not therefore from ‘horror, but rather from a fecling

of self
away.
Whi
bank a
be a foo
the Cro
unfortui
trace of
he coulk
thick, o
Amor
notice fi
the rasp
dance ar
sented b
a mica-s.
probably
and have
name of
garnet v
culty the
which w
forms th
These w
at both e
blasting,
execute.
able, as
tages, as
colouring
was of 2
lourless,
Vou. I

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 133

of self-preservation,' that this woman’s life was taken
away. ;

While ascending Bad river, Mr. Say observed on the
bank a beautiful little animal, which was soon made out to
be a fox, probably of the rare and valuable species called
the Cross Fox. The animal was shot at, and wounded, but
unfortunately he succeeded in making his escape. From the
trace of blowd which was left on the rocks, it was judged that
he could nov have run far, but as the woods were very
thick, our hunters failed in discovering him.

Among the plants, none appeared to call for particular
notice from Lake de la Croix to the height of land, except
the raspberry, which yielded fruit in the greatest abun-
dance and of a’ very superior quality. The minerals pre-
sented but little diversity; in one place, the rock, which is
a mica-slate, contains many small nodules of quartz, and
probably of garnet, which impart to ita rough appearance,
and have caused it to be noted by the voyagers under the
name of the “ Rocher Grenuilleux.” But the crystals of
garnet were so small and ill-defined, that it-was with diffi-
culty they could be made out. The only good crystals
which we saw were of tourmaline, in a granitic rock which
forms the Island of the Straits, in Little Sturgeon Lake.
These were beautiful, about an inch long, and terminated
at both ends, but they could not be detached except by
blasting, which we had neither the time nor the means to
execute. They were of an intense black, the more remark-
able, as most of the rocks which we observed in the por-
tages, as we advanced in our journey, were almost free from
colouring uzatter. We frequently found granite, whose mica
was of a silvery white, the quartz transparent and co-
lourless, and the feldspar resembling the adularia or moon-
Vox. IT. 18

i

mee

———— — aaa 2ENihanaae a ieaaapeecaesal scans cecaaute aN as i es a ame
Fil s ige Ci RRceth ES ee GT an ns — NE aT ~ va . ae ; ss

134 EXPEDITION TO THE

stone. Near to the dividing ridge, many of the portages
were extremely swampy.

Although the country is hilly near the summit level, yet
the highest ground, between the waters of the Winnepeek
and St. Lawrencé, is not more than one hundred and fifty
feet above the level of the two lakes in which these waters
are supposed to take their source. We are induced to consi-
der the country as inclining towards Lake Superior, from
which circumstance the water at the north-east extremity of
the Portage, is less elevated than that at iis south-west
end. The length of the portage is but very little more than
two and a half miles. We had been told that there is a
water communication at this place between the two streams,
but we believe that this is not the case. The highest 'wa-
ter of the St. Lawrence, which we saw, was in a small
pool called Cold Water Lake. This is a basin which is
only one hundred and fifty yards long and about twenty
wide. Its name is very appropriate, the temperature of its
water being much lower than that of the surrounding lakes
and streams. It is supplied by a spring issuing from the
side ef the hill, and which is not more than two hundred
yards from the lake. This is one of the finest springs we
have ever seen; its temperature, which was only 41° of
Fahrenheit’s thermometer; is lower than that of any spring
which we have examined. The temperature of the lake is
about 42°, That of the atmosphere at the time we made
the observation was 63°. We saw no rocks in place about
the spring, but entertain no doubt that the whole country
is granitic.

We reached Cold Water Lake on the morning of the
10th of September, and commenced our journey down the
streams which fall into Lake Superior, near Fort William,

which |
height
Muddy
and lak
this par
long an
several
about fi
ficulty 1
very ci
wide, w
hundrec
characte
runs tht
level. ‘I
nitics at
saw a bi
a mile.
of strati
naviga
much sf
tage, wl
or rive
be cons
which
place, -v
lar fo t
in this
and wh
uninter
lakes,
than th
this be

ges

yet
eek
ifty
ters
nsi-
rom
y of
vest
than
is a
AMS,
‘wa-
mall
h is
enty
if its
akes
the
dred
; we
° of
ring
ke is
nade
bout
ntry

' the
1 the
liam,

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 135

which place we reached: on the 13th. Our course from the
height of land to Lake Superior was through Cold Water,
Muddy, and White-fish Lakes, Cats-tail river, Dog river
and lake, and the Kamanatekwoyariver, There were alo”
this part of the route many portages, and these were both
long and difficult The first day we passed through the
several lakes, descended Cats-tail river, and proceeded
about fifteen miles down Dog’s river, where we with dif-
ficulty found an encamping ground. Cats-tail river has a
very circuitous course through a valley about three miles
wide, which is embanked by hills rising to »°* teast one
hundred and fifty feet. The valley partakes of an alluvial
character, and consists principally of sand. The stream
runs through it, being incased but a small depth below its
level. The hills which bound ‘the valley are chiefly gra-
nitic; at‘one place where we passed near to their base, we
saw a beautiful pink granite, which extended for about half
a mile. It was divided into large masses, showing no signs
of stratification.. There are no material obstructions to the
navigation of the two rivers, so that we proceeded with
much speed, until we reeched on the 11th the Dog Por-
tage, which divides Dog Lake from the Kamanatekwoya
or river of Fort William. In-the lake, which may perhaps
be considered as a mere expansion of the same stream,
which receives two different names above and below that
place, we observed a recurrence of granitic islands, simi-
lar fo those west of the height of land. We were shown,
in this lake, an arm of it which extends to the-south-west,
and which, as we were informed, connects the lake by an
uninterrupted water communication with the Thousand
lakes, west of the Prairie Portage. This route is shorter
than that which we travelled, but is filled with rapids. If
this be really the case, and we have reason to believe that

e
Fh ay ean EEE Shei
ered IT Pree are

:
4
—_——-—- — ia BIRT Se 5 “ 6 ' bes
. ce.
{a

reeset aa

=

Pe

136 EXPEDITION TO THE

it is so, we draw from it three very interesting conclu-
sions, Ist, That there is an interlockage betwee . une wa-
ters of Lakes Superior and Winnepeek. 2d. That the wa-
ters at the west end of the Prairie Portage are much more
elevated than those at the east end,'since there is: all the
difference of level between Dog Lake and the Thousand
lakes, which is represented as considerable, and also all that
observed in the western waters, from the Thousand lakes
up to the west end of Prairie Portage. There being but an
inconsiderable rapid between Cold Water Lake and Dog
Lake, we may assume the level of the water in both these
lakes to be very nearly the same. The third conclusion is
drawn from the fact, that a height of land or,dividing hill
was observed on the route which we travelled, and that it
is known to exist on the Grand Portage route, which con-
nects the De la Croix Lake with Lake Superior, some dis-
tance south of Fort William; while in the intermediate
route between Dog Lake and the Thousand lakes, no such
dividing hill occurs; whence we observe that this.does not
constitute a dividing ridge, properly speaking, but merely
separated and disconnected hills, between which there are
probably water communications, We find a confirmation of
this opinion in the fact that. an uninterrupted water commu-
nication exists likewise between Dog Lake and the English
river which we have previously noted as entering: Winne-
peek river above the Slave Falls. A connection also exists
between Dog Lake and Nipegon Lake at the head of Ni-
pegon river. From all these. facts we are led to the be-
lief, that at the place where a dividing ridge is generally
indicated upon maps, there are many uninterrupted water
communications between the waters of Lakes Superior and
Winnepeek, and James’ Bay.

Dog portage receives its name from the figure of a dog

carved
nearly
semble:
itis suy
who hg
shows
their e
On di
on the
distinct
the sla
have
age.
place, y
ana gre
whose s
to the n
pear to
dency t
one tim:
after th
the forn
find pat
former,
part.of t
could n
perposit
We obs
mica-sla
The ¢
rapid, a
On the
and the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 157

carved upon the hill over which it passes. This figure is
nearly obliterated, but from the description probably. re-
sembles representations of otters, &c. near Lake Travers;
it is supposed to have been executed by a party of Sioux,
who had advanced thus far on a warlike excursion; this
shows how tar they sometimes carry their inroads into
their enemies’ territory.

On descending Dog portage we found mica-slate in situ
on the east side of the hill, and this we observed still more
distinctly at the next portage, where the sharp lamina of
the slate, resembling the biades of cutting instruments,
have caused it. to receive the name of Knife or Devil port-
age. Although it was late when our party reached this
place, yet we had occasion to observe a junction of the slaty
and. greenstone rocks. The greenstone underlays the slate,
whose strata are directed north fifty degrees west, and incline
to the north-east about seventy degrees, There does not ap-
pear to be a passage from the one into the other; but a ten-
dency to the formation of both rocks probably existed at
one time, whence the mica-slate was deposited immediately
after the greenstone, no interval of time occurring between
the formativn of the two, as appears from the fact that we
find patches of the latter enclosed in the inferior strata of the
former, and also some portions of mica-slate in the superior
part of the greenstone mass ; as the latter is not stratified, we
could not. determine whether the slate lay in parallel su-
perposition, though we have reason to believe that it does.
We observed that the masses of greenstone enclosed in the
mica-slate lay in-a direction parallel to the stratification.

The descent on the east side of the height of land is very
rapid, as can easily be observed in passing the portages.
On the 12th of September, we travelled thirty-five miles,
and the difference of level which we observed in the wa-

138 . EXPEDITION TO THE

ter during that day exceeded two hundred and seventy
feet. The splendid water falls which we observed we will
not attempt to describe. One of them, however, we cannot
pass over without particular mention, as it may probably rank
among the finest that. are known; from the Indians it has
received ‘the beautiful appellation of Falls of Kakabikka,
and as no attempt has as yet been made to give it an Euro-
pean name, we hope that its original appellation will be re-
tained as that of Niagara has been. In the Chippewa lan-
guage Kakabikka signifies the “cleft rock.” This fall
is remarkable on account of the volume of water which
it presents, the great height from which it falls, the
picturesque appearance of the rocks which surround it,
the wildness: of the vegetation that accompanies it, and
finally, on account of the very great noise which it
produces, and which we believe to be far greater than
that of Niagara. It yields to the latter in one respect,
however, which is in point of breadth, but in this perhaps
it acquires an additional beauty ; for the immense breadth
of Niagara certainly takes away from the effect which its
great height would otherwise produce; while: the falls of
Kakabikka, restricted by the rocks to. a breadth of fifty
yards, present a height apparently more imposing. The
rock was measured by Lieutenants Scott and Denny, who
found the perpendicular pitch to- be about one hundred and
thirty feet. Tlie edge of the rock is placed obliquely to
the bed of the river ; its surface is entirely covered, but is
probably rough, so that the water is broken before it leaves
the rock, and forms.an uniformly white and nearly verti-
cal sheet of water descending into the abyss below, where
it meets with a rocky bed which produces a considerable
spray ; the stream continues foaming for a long distance.
The hand of art has as yet done nothing to modify the

appear:
its wil
tate the
were tl
of it wl
pect is
the sam
Seymor
sents bt
in the r
catch +t!
such a 1
should |
ing the
obtain :
in the r
we wer
stream
and fift
made, a
canoes,
zarded.
for seve
of upwa
dark co
of the v
Direc
plated. th
supersti
sidence
scarcely
mile bel
it is abo

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 139

appearance of this beautiful spot, so that we saw it in all
its wild beauties ; no ladders have been erected to facili-
tate the descent ; no trees felled to clear the prospects. we
were therefore obliged to satisfy ourselves with that. view
of it which the 1ock naturally presents. -The finest: pros-
pect is one taken at a short distance below, but nearly on
the same level.with the upper channel of the river. Mr.
Seymour’s view, Plate 12, is taken from that spot ; it pre-
sents but a small portion of the fall. The observer situated
in the manner of the figure in the plate, can at one glance
catch the whole sheet of water; but in order to convey
such a view on paper, it would require that the painter
should place himself on the lower level of the river, hav-
ing the whole fall before him. Mr. Seymour could not
obtain such a view, as the vertica) nature of the cleft
in the rock prevents a descent to the bed of the river;
we were informed that canoes had sometimes ascended the
stream to a small rocky island, situated about two hundred
and fifty yards below the fall, but this attempt was not
made, as it would have been attended with danger to our
eanoes, which in-our situation were too valuable to be ha-
zarded. ‘The chasm, into which the, water falls, is bounded
for several miles by bluffs of rocks which rise to a height
of upwards of one hundred and fifty feet. They are of a
dark colour, that contrasts strongly with the white foam
of the waters.

Directly opposite to the place from which we contem-
plated. the ‘fall; there isin the rock a cavity, which, in the
superstitious legends of the Indians, is regarded as the re-
sidence of the evil spirit. The entrance to this cavity is
scarcely large enough to admit a man. Abouta quarter of a
mile below the fall there isa sort of cove in the right bank ;
it is about three hundred yards in diameter, and bounded

ee

a cette oop ae ee seme

an 5 aN meee in a1

Fs

SceaphvatSemeatias- gamete ten Ce

=

pe aa 3 ‘
Sinao eee ccass atone
ee a ee

Nene iP

tae itn me

i
————
os

— ——

ee orea
es

140 EXPEDITION TO THE

by the steep blutis on all sides, except in front, where the
river passes. The portage road, which is about three quar-
ters of a mile long, terminates at this place; a descent to
the level of the. water haviny seen made by the North-
west Company. After having visited the falls, we stopped
in this cove for dinner; we attempted to walk along the
edge of the river up to the foot of the fall, but our pro-
gress was obstructed by the bluff, whose base is washed by
the stream. We were not a little gratified, on being in-
formed by our guides that we had passed all the difficult
spots. The portages were all over except a short one. The
navigation of the river, below this spot, is easy for boats
going down stream; the current being very rapid, in many
places as much as eight miles per hour.

We observed, on the 12th, a very important change in
the geological features of the country. “In the morning,
the rock was a very decided mica-slate, which gradually

passed into a clay-slate, whose primitive characters were

inferred from a vertical: stratification observed: in: several
places, and. especially at a portage called the “ Portage du
Raccourci,”’ or of the short cut; in one place the rock
abounds in iron pyrites. At the Mountain Portage, or that
made at the Falls of Kakabikka, the rock -was found to be
in very distinct horizontal stratification. The connexion of
this with the former rocks could not be observed, but we
are induced to believe that there is a distinct passage of the
one into the other. At the descent of this portage we could
study the characters of the rock. We. observed that the
whole mountain is.composed of an alternation of strata;
some are formed of a clay-slate, and others of a grauwacke
or sandstone, formed by the union of grains of quartz and
feldspar united together by an argillo-calcareous cement.
There are a number of small specks of calcareous spar.

The ro
ries fre
some ¢;
We ob:
pyrites
seen.
spar an
transitic
ganic re
that a n
small nc
bably of
they dic
lined w
latter ap
composi
river in
compass
east; thi
believe
influence
The 4
bly also
porting ¢
pitch pir
observed
aspen ha
Portage.
&e. besid
&. T
and its
while co
Vou.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 141

The rock contains nodules of silex of a colour which va-
ries from an ash-gray to a light black; it is pellucid. In
some cases it assumes the characters of a Lydian stone.
We observed throughout the mountain many points of iron
pyrites; in some cases also, a little copper pyrites was
seen. The sandstone is formed of rounded grains of feld-
spar and quartz. We incline to the opinion that this is a
transition rock, from the absence or great scarcity of or-
ganic remains; we sought in vain for them; it is probable
that a more minute search would disclose some. We saw
small nodules which, at first sight, were considered as pro-
bably of an organic nature, but upon closer investigation
they did not justify this belief. The seams of the slate are
lined with calcareous and ferruginous incrustations; the
latter appear to be in great measure derived from the de-
composition of the iron pyrites. While descending the
river in our canoes, near Bad Portage, we observed the
compass vary much ; the north pole pointed to the south-
east; this continued for a few moments, and induced us to
believe that we were then near to a bed of iron ore, which
influenced our instruments.

The great mist which arises about the falls, and proba-
bly also the nature of the rock, produce a fertile soil, sup-
porting a fine forest of large hazel, spruce, tamarack, red or
pitch pine, white pine, larch, &c. The cottonwood was
observed on the 12th, for the first time on our return. The
aspen had been seen on the 7th, while crossing Frenchman’s
Portage. The bushes consisted of pembina, raspberry,
&c. besides which there was an abundance of whortleberries,
&c. The scented grass grew very thickly near the place,
and its perfume added to the pleasure we experienced
while contemplating the falls. As we passed the portage
Vox. II. 19

142 EXPEDITION TO THE

we could feel in many places the earth quaking under us
from the great concussion produced by the fall of water.
Proceeding down the river, about ten miles below .the
falls of Kakabikka, we encamped at a portage, occasioned
by a considerable bed of flint or silex in every respect
similar to that observed at the Mountain portage. It is
probable that this flint was in like manner enclosed in the
slaty rock, and that being of a more durable nature it has
resisted decomposition, while all the surrounding slate was
washed away. At this place we found large plums, appa-
rently of a good quality, but they were not yet ripe. The
next day, we proceeded on our journey, and were over-
taken by a canoe in which one of the partners of the Hud-
son’s Bay Company, Mr. Henry, was travelling. We had
the pleasure of witnessing a spirited competition between
his canoe-men and ours, in which the former had the ad-
vantage. The country improved as we advanced; the
banks of the river were generally low, and covered with a
fine vegetation, indicating a strong soil. We passed at the
foot of a hill called Thunder Mountain; it is supposed to
be about five hundred feet high. We passed the ruins of
the old fort de Meuron, erected by Lord Selkirk, We
were likewise shown the remains of a winter road opened
by him from this river to the Grand Portage; it extends
in a southerly direction, and is about thirty-six miles long.
As we descended the river, divided into three channels,
we took the northernmost, and at about ten o’clock on the
morning of the 13th, we reached Fort Williara, having per-
formed a journey of about eight hundred and twenty miles
in twenty-seven days, and without accident. The usual pas-
sage is about twenty days, and in some cases the distance
has been travelled in fifteen, yet considering the nature of

our 7
expe
Wweat
of th
the ti
party
siders
age ir
the fa
bits, a
greeal
their
greate
excite.
ing a
of gan
fat. 7
in wat
melted
pemm
live fo
variet
meal g
We ha
althoug
in the
handle
Sir Ale
present
travell
that we
Croix,
place y

r us
er.
r the
oned
spect
It is
n the
it has
le was
appa-
The
over-
. Hud-
Ve had
tween
he ad-
1; the
with a
l at the
bsed to
uins of
. We
opened
>xtends
bs long.
annels,
on the
ng per-
v miles
al pas-
listance
ature of

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER, 14%

eur party and our mode of travelling, this was sufficiently
expeditious, as we were detained three days by rainy
weather, &c. Instead of an experienced crew, one-half
of them b.d never been in a bark canoe before; and
the time necessarily consumed by the gentlemen of the
party in making observations, delayed the canoes a con-
siderable while. On reaching the termination of our voy-
age in canoes, we could not help feeling some interest in
the fate of our Engagés, for although their irregular ha-
bits, and their wild pursuits, render them at times disa-
greeable companions, yet their independant disposition,
their endurance of all hardships and fatigues with the
greatest equanimity, and their light and buoyant spirits,
excited our astonishment, and won our admiration. Lead-
ing a laborious and hazardous life, in a country destitute
of game, they generally subsist upon maize boiled with
fat. The maize is first cleared of its husk and then boiled
in water. One quart of prepared grain, and two ounces of
melted suet, form the usual ration of an Engagé, unless
pemmican can be procured. We were likewise obliged to
live for a long while upon this unpalatable food; the only
variety we had was a sort of hasty pudding, made with
cneal and buffalo grease, and seasoned with service berry.
We have not dwelt much upon the details of a canoe life,
although they are extremely interesting to those who share
in them for a short time, because this subject has been ably
handled by other travellers, and by none better than by
Sir Alexander Mackenzie, whose account of the fur trade
presents a lively and correct delineation of this mode of
travelling. On reference to that work, it will be cbserved
that we followed from Lake Winnepeek to Lake de la
Croix, the same course which he had travelled. At this
place we had the option of continuing by the course which

&

144 EXPEDITION TO THE.

we pursued, or of following the boundary line to the Grand We
Portage, which is about forty miles south-west of the mouth Mudd
of the Kamanatekwoya. We preferred the former route as it was

it appeared to be the shortest and in best repair, and as
the Grand Portage route had been fully explored by the
boundary line commission; another motive was, the ap-
prehension that our canoes might, at that season of the year,
be detaine:: some time on Lake Superior, in coasting from
the Grand Portage to Fort William. In the annexed note,
will be found an estimate of the distances from Fort Doug-
jas to Lake Superior, as well as a recapitulation of the
Portages and Deckarges on that route, together with the
length of several of the Portayes.*

* E-rimate of distances from Fort Douglas to Fort William.

Miles.
Froin Fort Douglas to the mouth of Redriver + - = 43
Through Lake Winnepeek - - + + © = = 64
Up Winnepeek river - *% © + © © + «= 175
Through the Lake ofthe Woods - - + + - = 80
Up Rainy Lake river - - - - ° e s F 104
Through Rainy Lake - - + + © + = = 45
Up smeil stress and iakes to the height ofland - - - 194
Through small lakes, Dog and Kamanatekwoya rivers, to Fort
Wiliam. - & oe om ee eh eee sw

.

These distances agree tolerably well with those given by Mackenzie.

LIST OF PORTAGES AND DECHARGES. 34. ‘De
Winnepeek and Rainy Rivers, &c. 35, Pa

1. No name. 36. G
2. Portage des Eaux mouvantes. 37. Pe
3. Decharge de I’Mlet. 38. Pd
4, Decharge du défunt Minet. 39. De
5. Portage des Grandes Eaux qui remuent,

Ailes.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER.

145

We heard, while on our journey, that the water of
Muddy Lake, near the height of land, was so viscid, that
it was with the greatest difficulty that the canoes could be

19,

21.

34,

36.

Portage des Chapes.
Portage de la Terre blanche.

. Portage du Rocher du Bonnet.
. Portage du Bonnet - - - = =

: ; Portage du Rocher du Bonnet d’en haut.

Decharge de la Riviere blanche.

. Portage, (1st,) de la Riviere blanche.

Portage, (2d,) de la Riviere blanche.
Decharge de la Chute a Bas rond.

- Portage de PAgacé.

Portage du Grand Galet.
Decharge du Grand Galet.
Portage du Cantara.

. Portage, dernier, de la Riviere blanche.

Decharge des Petites Dalles.

- Decharge de la Batiure des petites Dalles.
. Portage du Grand rapide; this is the shortest on the route 15
. Portage de la Bartiere.

. Portage de la Chute de l’Esclave -
. Portage du Bois brulé.

- Portage de la Petite Pointe de Bois -_—_—-
. Portage de Ja Grande Pointe de Bois :
- Decharge de Jacob.

. Portage de Jacob.

- Portage de l’Isle.

- Decharge de la Cave.

-Portage de laTerreblanche - - .-

Decharge du Petit rocher de Charette.

. Portage de la Terre Jaune - os

Grande Decharge.
Portage du Rat GR gigas eet

. Portage dulacdes Bois - - - -
- Decharge du long Sault. —

Decharge du Manito.

: Length.

400

100
350

100

89

100
100

146 EXPEDITION TO THE

paddled through it. We observed no such character in this seen a
lake ; it appeared to us that the canoes moved as freely Grand
there as elsewhere. Mackenzie mentions having himself tion or

canoe ¢

41. Portage du lac de la Pluie - + @- difficul
42. Decharge du petit Rapide du lac de la Pluie. men an

oe Portage Neuf eae ee he power.
De Fron

la Croix River. :
45. Portage, (1st.) de la Riviere de la Croix. with a
46. Portage, (2d,) de la Riviere de la Croix. about {

47. Portage, (3d,) de la Riviere de la Croix.

Bad River. 67. De
48. Portage de l’Isle. 68. D
49. Portage du Rocher Grenuilleux. 69. D
50. Decharge de I’Islette. 70. Ds
51. Decharge du Defunt Courchin. 71. D

52. Portage du Petit rocher. 72. De
73. De

Lakes, &c. near the height of land. 74. ‘

53. Portage des Grosses Roches sg

77. Pc
78. De
79. Pe
80. Px
81. De
82. Px
83. Pe
84, De
Bad as
tempting
Dog River. lation, w

64. Decharge de la Riviere des Chiens. Those
65. PortageduChien - - -~ -s without
“ lightenec

On the Kamanatekwoya. *Voya

66. Portage des Couteaux ou du Diable. der Mac!

54. Portage des Deux Rivieres

55. Portage des Morts -~ -

56. Portage des Frangais -

57. Portage de laPente -

58. Portage du Buril -

59. Portage de la Savanne

60. Portage du Milieu -

61. Portage de la Prairie

62. Portage da petit lac de 1’Eau froide.
63. Portage de Jourdain.

500
320
550
960
550
550
960
1080
620

168

7 ea Ae ae
.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 147

seen a lake of this kind near the height of land on the
Grand Portage route. He states that “it has a peculiar suc-
tion or attractive power, so that it is difficult to paddle a
canoe over it,’”’ and further, that he himself “ found it very
difficult to get away from this attractive power, with six
men and great exertion.””* We observed no such attractive
power.

From Rainy Lake to Lake Superior we did not meet
with a single quadruped. The only animals we saw were
about thirty or forty birds, chiefly ducks. Among the

67. Decharge des Roses.

68. Decharge des Grandes Dalles.t

69. Decharge des Epinettes.¢

70. Decharge des Fossilles.t

71. Decharge des Bouleaux.t

72. Decharge Mauvaise.

73. Decharge du Défunt Bellanger.t ve

75. Q bectage du Plainchant.

77. Portage de Plainchant.
78. Decharge du Raccourci.
79. Portage du Raccourci.
80. Portage de I’Isle.

81. Decharge du Recollect. Yards.
82. Portage Ecarté - - - = = - - 880
83. Portage dela Montagne - - - - = =. 1408

84. Decharge du Paresseux.

Bad as these names are, we have preferred retaining them, than at-
tempting a new nomenclature. We have not even attempted a trans-
lation, which, in most cases, would be unnecessary.

Those rapids marked with a ¢ were passed over by our canoes
without unloading. When ascending the stream the canoes are always
lightened and towed up.

* Voyages through the continent of North America, by Sir Alexan-
der Mackenzie. Philadelphia, 1802, vol. 1, p, xlviii.

caer RT : a ar es ane
as Ly aE r ” et eh ae i

‘
———— —_—
~= r = =i = s ——— =
a
Sen ae tee re ay > Tats ik Kieu "

=

~

148 EXPEDITION TO THE

birds observed were the Canada jay,* blue jay,t hairy
wood-pecker, Indian hen, golden plover, ard woodeock.
We killed five pheasants§ on the 7th of September ; on the
4th, we heard, near Rainy Lake, the notes of the whip-
poor-will. A rail was also seen, but it disappeared too soon
to enable Mr. Say to determine the species.

The mosquitoes, which troubled us but little after we
left Red river, were replaced near the height of land, by
some dipterous insects belonging to two distinct species of
the genus Simulium.|| Their punctures we equally severe
with those of the mosquitoes, but they were not so nume-
rous; they principally attacked the face and neck, some-
times, however, they crept under our clothes; they seem-
ed to prefer warm and dry weather, differing in this re-
spec. from the mosquitoes, which prefer a humid atmos-
phere.

A number of aquatic plants were observed in Cats-tail
river; among these was one resembling our splatterdock,1
but smaller ; its leaf always floats, but never projects above
the water; its flower and seed-vessel are smaller than those
which we have generally seen. Besides these there is a
small plant, the leaf-stalks of which are elongated; its
leaf, which is small, floats upon the water. We saw
another plant with small yellow flowers, and leaves very
much divided ; its stalk projected six or eight inches above
the surface of the water.**

The Kamanatekwoya receives no tributary of any im-

* Garrulus Canadensis. + Garrulus cristatus.

+ Vanellus Helveticus of authors, according to Ord’s reprint of Wil-
son’s Ornithology. § Tetrao umbellus.

One of these is the S. venustum, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol.
3, p. 28,

4 Nuphaz lutea. ** Ranunculus delphinefolius, Torrey.

portanc
Thousa:
betwee
natekwi
clusions
former ;
White-f
below t!
tion wit
From
except c
river; tl
of a su
found o1
of the ft
in more
1820, M
extensiv
Peter w
impresse
from thi
streams.
weighing
five skin
St. Pete
and in if
winter, i
sliding
almost a
otters so
well acq
courses.
known
Vou.

pl * os ‘ . ‘ . J 7 acs - 4 fe
Oe a gg tah i ag iy dtd A i a A Dah ali

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 149

iry portance.’ There is a communication between it .and. the
ck. Thousand lakes, similar to thxt which we noted as existing
the between those lakes and Dog lake. That from the Kama-
‘ip- natekwoya passes more te the south, and,confirms the con-
on clusions which we had drawn from the existence of the
former ; it is said. to offer'a more easy navigation. The
we . White-fish river, which unites with the Kamanatekwoya
by | below the Great Falls, affords, as it’ is said, a communica-
s of tion with the waters of the Grand Portage route.
ere From Rainy lake to Fort. William we saw. no Indians
me- except one Chippewa and his wife, whom we met.on Dog
me- river; they were near an otter’s hole, and were in hopes
em- of a successful bunt.. We are informed that the. otters
re- , found or. “ese steams ave very good ; indeed, the quality
10S- of the furs generally improves as the animals are obtained
in more northern latitudes. While on the Missouri in
tail 1820, Mr. Say was told by Manuel Lisa, one of the most
k,1 extensive fur-traders in Louisiana, that the otters of the St.
ove Peter were preferable to those of the Missouri. . Lisa was
Lose impressed with the belief that he could distinguish the one
is a from the other, even when obtained from interlocking
its streams. He had made up at one time a pack of otter
saw weighing one hundred lbs. although it contained.but forty-
ery > five skins; they were all, however, from a tributary of the
ove St. Peter. The Missouri skins are inferior both in size
and in intensity of colour. When the otter is pursued in ;
im- winter, it attempts to escape by alternately springing and

sliding upon the ice. It subsists upon fish, and meat of

almost any kind ; it eats frogs, muscles, muskrats, &c. The
Wil- otters sometimes emigrate in numbers; they seem to be
well acquainted with the neighbouring lakes and water-
courses. We were told by Mr. Jeffries that they had been
known to winter with the beaver, as had been ascertained
Vox. II. 20

150 EXPEDITION TO THE

by opening beaver lodges, in which sometimes, but not
often, one or two otters were found. Hunters usually
catch them by means of steel traps, or dead falls, some-
times they smoke them out of their holes; at other times
they shoot them.

The fisher inhabits thick woods, holes in trees, ‘and fis-
sures in rocks. It resorts to the shores of lakes, and banks
of rivers, in pursuit of mice, frogs, and other animal food.
It crosses rivers, but can no more be considered as a water
animal than the fox. It is taken in steel and wooden
traps; sometimes it is shot by means of spring guns, some-
times also it is chased anc fired at.

Mr. Say observed in the small lakes.a indian of leeches,
among which four new species have been established.—
Vide Appendix I, D.

Account

HAV

‘habits o

observat
have der
tems anc
guages 0
ries, (seé
while all
Dacotas.

The te
nation, i:

« strict to

nifics ph
of pucke
themsely
languag
and that
Neenaw
same lan
names of
tawak, I
least suc
was cons
ners: anc
Long, as

not
ally
me-
mes

| fis-
anks
ood.
rater
oden
yme-

shes,
d.—

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER.

CHAPTER III.

Account of the Chippewa Indians. Their usages, man-
ners, and customs.

HAVING described with some detail the manners and

habits _of the Potawatomis and Sauks, we shall curtail our

observations and notes upon the Chippewas, because they
have derived from their common Algonquin origin, cus-
tems and usages, in many respects very similar. The lan-
guages of these nations will, on reference to the vocabula-
ries, (see Appendix,) he found to have a great’ analogy,
while all will be observed to differ much from that of the
Dacotas.

The term Chippewa, which is generally applied to this
nation, is derived from that of O'chépé’wag, which they re-

. strict to the Indians who reside near Fond:du Lac, it sig-

nifics plaited shoes, from the fashion. among those Indians
of puckering their moccassins: ‘The whole nation are by
themselves. styled N'éénawé’s‘k, which signifies: natural
language, implying that they speak an original tongue,.
and that other nations have an:acquired one. The term
Neenawesik: includes, however, all those that speak the
same language, and that are’ usually designated under the
names of Algonquin, Nypsins, (living near Montreal,) Ot-
tawak, Meskigouk, Menomones, and even the Sauks. At
least such-was the statement of Charlies Bruce, a man who
was considered as well acquainted with the Indian man-
ners: and habits; and who was recommended to Major
Jong, as one on whose assertions implicit reliance might

eee

= = Se SS —
a = =

ee ee

a I

a oe

eet aaa eel
Pa ae as Sareea

ee Ree

ae

a

sara na aN
= =

152 EXPEDITION TO THE

be placed. He accompanied the party as interpreter, from
Fort Douglas to Fort William. Much of the information
contained in this chapter was obtained from him. We are
induced to believe that he never wilfully misrepresented a
fact; but we didnot find him to be as intelligent as he had
been stated to be, and we have therefore omitted such parts
of his narrative as savoured of ignorance or credulity. He
is a half-breed Chippewa; his information chiefly relates
to the Chippewas, properly speaking, who may be includ-
ed: within the following limits: From the Sault de: St.
Marie by a slightly curved line running’ somewhat south
of west, to the Chippewa river of Lake Pepin; thence, ina
direction west of north, to Spirit Lake, and thence to the
head of the river Aile de Corbeau; thence to Red river
near the Red Fork; thence to the confluence of Mouse,
(or la Souris,) and Assiniboin rivers; thence to.a point on
the Saskatchawan, about one hundred and twenty miles
above its mouth; thence to the Riviere des Brochets;
thence to the Riviere de Sang; and thence to the Sault de
St; Marie. This immense tract of land in¢ludes a vast pro-
portion of water, since it embraces the whole of Lakes Su-
perior, Winnepeek, of the Woods, &c. From: this :cir-
cumstance, the population of this nation certainly bears'no
comparison to the extent of country which they claim, They
are reported by old'travellers to have been very numerous.
Mackenzie attributes the diminution of their numbers to the
inroads of the Dacotas, and to the ravages of the small pox;
he considered their population as being on the in¢rease, at
the time that he passed through their country. From what
we have seen and heard on the subject, we are induced to
believe that.it has diminished since that time, and that it
is probably rapidly wasting away. The country which
they inhabit is almost destitute of large game; it was, at

one tin
animal:
ed a tc
almost
improv
left : the
corresp
We dor
it has c
pewas :
appellat
These 1
whose |

1.M
ple that

2. 01

3. S82
of Red

4.
reside
stition.

5.
out of
Lake o:
prairies

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 153

one time, well stocked with beaver, otter, and other small
animals, which, when sparingly used, may have support-
ed a tolerably large population, but which having been
almost hunted out ofthe country, in consequence of the
improvident destruction growing out of the fur trade, have
left the land totally destitute, and must have caused a
corresponding diminution in the number of inhabitants.
We doubt whether the population ever was large ; but if so,
it has certainly diminished very considerably. The Chip-
pewas are divided into small bands, designated: by local
appellations, which indicate the.spots near which they rove.
These bands consist of but'few families each, Those near
whose residence we passed, are as follows :—

1. Miskwa-ka Méwé Sagaapaén Wenénéwak, or the peo-
ple that inhabit the. lake of Red waters. :

2. Onépowe Sépé Wenenewak, people of Death river.

3. Sage Wenenewak, the people at the entrance or mouth
of Red river.

4; Wabisémd Wenenewak, or. White Dog tribe. They
reside near a white rock, which is an object of great super-
stition.

5. Wanimiké wajénénik, or the people that eat of meat
out of skin bags, (pemmican:) These inhabit near the
Lake of the Woods, but hunt the buffalo sented on the
prairies ta the south-west of the lake.

6. Kéchéché. Wenenewak, those that ose at the mouth
of Rainy river.

7. Oschekkamega SMicstiaweni, or those of the cross or
transverse ridge.

8. Kéchékamé Wenenewak, those near the great water's;
they reside i in the vicinity of Fort William.

9, Omaschkasé Wenenewak, those of the white firestone

154 EXPEDITION TO THE

rock; they reside on the north shore of Lake Superior,
near a rock:from which they supply themselves with flint.

10, Pawéték Wenenewak, or ~eople of the rapid ; these
inhabit near the Sault de St. Mar -

We can form no. idea of the puy.iation of each of these
bands, or of that of the whole nation; but, although we tra-
velled over about fourteen hundred miles of country claim-
ed by the Chippewas, from the main fork of Red river
to the Sault de St. Marie, the whole amount of Indians
whom we fell in with did not exceed one hundred.

We heard of no traditions respecting their origin upon
which any confidence might be placed... The tales we
heard were so much intermixed with childish details, and
contained so many coincidences with the Mosaic doctrines,
evidently derived from ‘their intercourse with white men,

that they do not deserve to be noted. The Chippewas ap- ~

pear at present to be in the lowest. state. of advancement.
They have no national councils; their dispersed condition
and their excessive indulgence in spirituous liquors have
destroyed their national character. 7
They entertain, as all the Indians whom we saw. did, a
belief in a Supremé being, author of all good; and ina sub-
ordinate one, who has both the power. and the inclination
to-do all mischief. They also people the sun, moon, stars,
&c. with spirits. Their form of sacrifices differs from that
of the Sioux in this, that he who offers the sacrifice fre-
quently partakes of it. It is usual that he who makes the
sacrifice should appoint one of the magicians or speakers
of the nation, to manage the feast. This man disposes of
all, invites the guests ; among whom he may include, if he
pleases, the person who. provides the feast, in which case
alone the latter is allowed to eat of the meats prepared ; their

_hame u

sacrifice
do not «
that the
mies ; b
In fa:
them as
lue aboy
eacy if
Poly;
Spirit, «
mation ;
In th
taken.
well gif
him to |
for the |
requirec
parent
hunt, he
soon as
ace plac
and oth
guests.
offers th
proceed
gious m
rally pr
of a cer
divulges
great re
his: drez
relates

_hame upon the child. It is immediately repeated by all

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 155

sacrifices are unaccompanied by dances. Human sacrifices
do not exist at present, but there seems to be a tradition
that they formerly existed, and were not confined to ene-
mies ; but “he subject is obscure.

In fasts they place their principal reliance, considering
them as instrumental in producing dreams, which they va-
lue above all things; these are supposed to lose their effi-
eacy if they be divulged.

Polygamy is held to be agreeable in the eyes of the Great
Spirit, as he that has most children is held in hig; :est esti-
mation ; one of their chiefs had ‘nine wives.

In the assigning of a name to a child, much interest is
taken. The father applies to one whom he considers as
well gifted or favoured by the spirits above, and entreats
him to bestow a name upon his offspring. A day is fixed
for the ceremony ; the friend settles what objects will be
required on the occasion, and whatéver they may be,. the
parent never fails in providing them; if not from his own
hunt, he obtains them from others. Guests are invited ; as
soon as the manager appears, the whole of the provisions
ace placed before him; he takes for himself the head, heart,
and other choice parts.. The residue he divides among the
guests. The tobacco being laid before him, he fills a pipe,
offers the stem to the spirits,smokes of it himself, and then
proceeds to relate his own adventures, his experience in reli-
gious matters, his intercourse with spirits, &c.° He gene-
rally premises by observing, that when young, he dreamt’
of a certain object, and valuing his dream much, had never
divulged the subject of it, but that, in consideration of his
great regard for his friend, he will mention the objects of
his:dream, and name‘his young friend after it.. He then
relates the circumstances attending it, and bestows the

156 EXPEDITION TO THE

present. The feasting then commences, and is continued un-
til all the provisions are eaten up; if there be more pre-
pared than the guests can eat, other invitations are sent
out, for none ean leave the feast-until all isconsumed. The
manager becomes a second parent to the child, who is held
to be under great obligations to him. The duty never de-
volves upon women.

A feast to which still greater importance is attached is
that which is given by a parent on the occasion of the
first animal killed by his child. This ceremony. is allud-
ed to by Harmon,* but he does not mention that this ex-
tends, as we were told, to the very smallest animal, and is
not restricted to the first success in the chase. Weare in-
formed that if an infant should kill a bird, mosquitoe, or
even a flea, this is hoarded with care by the parent; it is
dried, and as soon as he has killed game enough to give a
feast, he invites his friends to share in the repast, in which
his son’s first trophy is included. The most distinguished
friend is, as usual, invited to preside, and ‘it is his exclu-
sive privilege to eat the whole of the animal killed by the
child. The future success of the individual is considered
to depend upon the age at which this feast was given; the
younger the child is, the ‘greater the peoenise which he
gives of future distinction.

The number of children; which a man eek varies salah
the average is four; they seldom have as many as seven,
unless they have many wives. The pride and honour
of parents. depend upon the extent of their family.
This causes them to. attach a high price to them. In
some cases this affection is displayed’ in a barbarous and
unfeeling manner, as in an instance which Bruce. wit-

. *Ut supra, p. 346.

nessed.
pregnan
ther’s, ai
turned t
claimed |
upon it a
posed his
broken a
General;
their wiv
ners they
duce seri
they freq
Frequent
produces
The CI
ness of pr
relations,
woman.
tween th
When the
sents exch
lodge of
disap pears
she receiv
She is the
nerally do
a female al
near his;
stand. If
moment
case, one ¢
strangers t
Vox. II.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 157

nessed. A Chippewa having ill-treated his wife during
pregnancy, she abandoned him, withdrew to her fa-
ther’s, and was delivered’ of a child. She soon after re-
turned to the vicinity of her former residence; the father
claimed the infant; she refused to deliver it; he seized
upon it and attempted to take it, while she strongly op-
posed his eff rt; in this conflict the poor infant’s arm was
broken and torn off. Such instances are probably very rare.
Generally speakir g, the Chippewas become attached to
their wives and seldom repudiate them. But in their man-
ners they are rough, even when they do not wish to pro-
duce serious injury. Thus, in punishing their children,
they frequently strike them so rudely as to stun them.
Frequently, likewise, their brutal conduct to their wives
produces abortions.

The Chippewas have no marriage ceremony. The busi-
ness of promoting unions rests principally with the female
relations, and originates with those either of the man or
woman. In such cases the preliminaries are settled be-
tween the mothers without consulting their children.
When the terms are agreed upon, and the customary pre-
sents exchanged, the property of the girl isremoved to the
lodge of the man, whom the mother has sslected. The
disappearance of her property is the first intimation which
she receives of the contemplated change in her condition.
She is then accompanied to the man’s cabin; this is ge-
nerally done during his absence. On his return he finds
a female at his usual resting place, and her baggage placed
near his; the purport of this change }.¢ cannot misunder-
stand. If the parties give consent they are from that
moment considered as man.and wife. If, as is often the
case, one or both of them be unwilling, they remain as
strangers to each other, avoiding ail conversation; but the
Vou. II. 21

158

EXPEDITION TO THE

parents who have a great influence, and considzrable per-
severance, generally succeed in bringing them to second
their views. Sometimes, however, when the antipathy is
great, one or the other elopes from the lodge. An union
is sometimes brought on by an inclination between the
parties themselves, in which case they apply to their pa-
rents to induce them to promote the match ; if these object,
and the inclination be a strong one, the parental opposition
is overlooked ; and the union takes place. We are not dis-
pose? to believe that there is frequently ameng the Chip-
pewas an inclination entirely destitute of sensual conside-
rations, and partaking of the nature of a sertiment; such
may exist in a few instances, but in their state of society it
appears almost impossible that it should be a common oc-
currence. :

The Chippewas believe that there is in. min an essence,
entirely distinct from the body ; they call. it ‘’chéch4g, and
appear to apply to .it the qualities which we refer to the
soul. They believe that it quit: the body at the time of
death, and repairs to what they term Chéké Chékchékdmé.
‘This region is-supposed to be situated to the south, and on
the shores of the Great ocean. . Previous to arriving there
they moet with a stream, which they are obliged to cross
upon a large snake that answers the purpose of a bridge.
Those who die from drowning never succeed in crossing
the «ream; they are thrown into it, and remain there for
ever. Some souls‘come to the edge of the stream, but are
prevented from passing by the snake that threatens to de-
vour them; these ave the souls of persons.in a lethargy or
trance: Being refused a passage, these souls return to their
bodies and reanimate them. They believe that animals
have souls, and even that inorganic substances, such as ket-
tles, &c. have in them a similar essence. In this land of

souls al
have br
ties to
and the
The sor
persons
has des
of this |
he has |
him aft
time he
juries.
stream :
parition
departe
in orde!
them of
The
interrin
graves
feet ;
Great
their di
blanket
very d
forty y§
Charlo
pany.
depot
Fort
becomi
near a
Willia

SOURCE OF ST. PHTER’S RIVER. 159

souls all are treated according to their merits. ‘Those who
have been good men are free from pain; they have no du-
ties to perform; their time is spent in dancing and singing,
and they feed upon mushrooms which are very abundant.
The souls of bad men are haunted by the phantoms of the
persons or things that they have injured; thus, if a man
has destroyed much property, the phantoms of the wrecks
of this property obstruct his passage wherever he: goes; if
he has been cruel to his d gs or horses, they also torment
him after death; the ghosts of those, whom during his life-
time he wronged, are there permitted to avenge their in-
juries. They think that when a soul has ercssed the
stream it cannot return to its body, yet they believe in ap-
paritions, and entertain the opinion that the spirits of the
departed will frequently revisit the abodes of their friends,
in order to invite them tc the other world, and to forewarn
them of their approaching dissolution.

The usual mode of disposing of their dead consists in
interring them. It has-been observed that the Chippewa
graves are always dug very deep, at least six or eight
feet; whereas the Dacotas make but. shallow graves.
Great respect is paid by the Chippewas to the corpses of
their distinguished men; they are wrapped up in cloths,
blankets, or bark, and raised on scaffolds. We heard of a
very distinguished chief of theirs, who died upwards of
forty years since, and was deposited on a scaffold near Fort
Charlotte, the former grand depct of the North-west Com-
pany. When the company were induced to remove their
depot to the mouth of the Kam uatekwoya, and construct
Fort William, the Indians imagined that it would be un-
becoming the dignity of their friend to rest any where but
near a fort; they therefore conveyed his remains to Fort
William, erected a scaffold near it, and upon it they placed

160 EXPEDITION TO THE

the body of their revered chief; whenever there is occasion
for it they renew its shroud. As a mark of respect to the
deceased, who was very friendly to white men, the com-
pany have planted a British flag over his remains, which
attention was extremely gratifying to the Indians.

The Chippewas obtain the wild rice, upon wh'ch they
chiefly subsist, by going in canoes, (two men in each ca-
noe,) into the rivers or lakes in which it grows. Both men
are arined with long poles. When they have reached a
field of rice, one of the men with his pole turns down into
the canoe the plant from one side, and the other thrashes
it until all the grain is separated from the stem. The same
operation. is performed with that on the other side; after
which they move their canoe to another place, and couti-
nue until they have obtained a sufficient supply. They can,
in this manner, often. collect with ease from twenty to thirty
bushels per day. The grain is subsequently dried over a
small fire by placing it in a fine sieve made of. reeds, se-
cured in a square frame. It is then. collected into a smalt
hole, and trampled. under feet in order to separate the hull
without crushing the grain, which is: afterwards separated
from the chaff by stirring it in wooden platters, exposed
to a gentle wind.

Although the fields of this. plant appear to be Leaahiurasis
ble, yet from improvidence, or otherwise, the inhabitants
are frequently in great want. We have already illustrated,
by: one instance, the cruel necessity. to which they are fre-
quently reduced. We might have obtained a number of
well authenticated stories on this subject... Bruce knew a
man, who in a journey with his wife and two children,
aged six and eight years, from the Manitoba Lake to Fort
Douglas, had. been induced by famine to kill his children ;

both he and his wife supported themselves upon this food.

But the
not be
fall upe
account
low his
prompt
men fle:
stition ;
but it ig
enemy
But inst
a battle,
spot, cai
been jer
taken or
a festiva
would h
the char
stances t
volting ]
of provi
tions ;:n
springin
lasting r
liation, o
the perp
Amon
exists as
tiriguishi
Dacotas.
The p1
is a const
tigues ar

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 161

But there are instances in which the excuse of famine can-
not be pleaded. Frequently after a battle, a warrior will
fall upon the body of an enemy, cut off his head, which is
accounted the choicest piece, and invite his friends to fol-
low his example, which they are always prone to do; thus,
prompted by no necessity or scarcity, they feast upon hu-
man flesh. In such cases they are actuated by no super-
stition ; it is not the hope of becoming braver or stouter,
but it is merely the desire to satiate their rage upon their
enemy which leads them to perpetrate this unnatural deed.
But instances are even known, when neither the heat of
a battle, nor the desire of venting their revenge on the
spot, can be adduced in extenuation; when this meat has
been jerked, laid aside, and kept for years, and afterwards
taken out and cooked up with other meat in order to make
a festival to which guests were invited, and in which none
would have withheld from sharing, without being liable to
the charze of faintheartedness. _It is from these circum-
stances that we are'led to ascribe to the Chippewas the re-
volting practice of cannibalism, not founded upon scarcity
of provisions alone; not stimulated by superstitious no-
tions ;: not perpetrated merely in‘the heat of passion; but
springing from the worst: of motives, a concentrated and
lasting revenge, motives which, far from offering any pal-
liation, only add to the abhorrence which we must feel for
the perpetrators of this abominable practice.

Among the Chippewas the institution of the Totem
exists as among the Sauks, and serves as an important dis-
tiriguishing feature between these two nations and the
Dacotas.

The principal disease to which the Chippewas are liable
is aconsumption of the. lungs, induced by the great fa-
tigues and exposures which they undergo; it generally

162 EXPEDITION TO THE

affects them between the ages of thirty and forty; they
litiger under its influence for a year or two, but always fall
victims to it. Having no remedy of any efficacy against it,
they resort to a number of plants, in which, however, they
place but little reliance, unless accompanied by charms and
incantations. Many of them die of a bowel complaint,
which prevails every year, and which is produced by an
excessive use of berries and unripe vegetables, This dis-
ease does not partake,’ however, of the nature of a dy-
sentery.

It is about thirty or forty years since the small-pox over-
ran the country, and the terror which it inspired is mr to
be traced among them.

All the Chippewas attend more or reed to medicine, and
are acquainted with some plants which afford salutary re-
medies; but there are some men who make a particular
study. of the subject, and who are supposed to excel in it;
these are consulted in all dangerous cases, and are paid for
their attendance: the fees are very high. Harmon informs
us that among the Carriers, the physicians receive high
fees, but that it is usual for them to return the amount paid
when the patient dies. The Chippewa physician resembles
that of civilized nations more, in this respect that whenever
the patient dies, his death is ascribed, not to the impotency
of the physician’s prescription, but to the fault of. nature,
so the fee is kept. Their mode of treatment depends more
upon the adoption of proper spells than the prescription of
_ remedies, Every dose which is administered, is accompa-
nied by certain songs, in which the efficacy of the remedy
is supposed to reside. The medicines are always ‘pulveriz-
ed and compt unded, to prevent their nature from being
detected. Thos wh% are skilled in medicine, will instruct
others in their secrets, whenever a sufficiently large fee

is offere
ing beer
the pati

civility
the pati
other pé
To effe
wooden
image i
red, bla
cantatio:
reliance
there ar
pewas, 1
love in |
generall
sert the:
images |
the ima;
to repre

" pied wai

they ru
order to

Sooth
but the.
men. T
impositi
never ci
seen the
threw c
though |
Dr. Ric!
ene inst

SOURCE ©F ST. PETER’S RIVER. 163

is offered them. Diseases are generally considered as hay-
ing been cast by some person who was ill-disposed towards
the patient, either on account of an offence offered, or a
civility withheld, When the sorcerer or physician comes,
the patient begs that he will transfer the disease to some
other person, to whom he may chance to bear a grudge.
To. effect this, the sorcerer frames to himself a-small
wooden image of his patient’s enemy ; he pierces this
image in the heart and introduces into it small powders,
red, black, &c. which, being accompanied by the proper in-
cantation, are supposed to achieve the desired object. Great
reliance is placed in the virtue of these compositions, and
there are but few young men or women among the Chip-
pewas, who have not composituns of this kind, to promote
love in those in whom they feel an interest. These are
generally powders of different colours; sometimes they in-
sert them into. punctures made in the heart of the little
images which they procure for this purpose. They address
the images by the names of those whom they suppose them
to represent, bid..ing them to requite their affection. Mar-
ried women are likewise provided with powders, which
they rub over the heart of their husbands while asleep, in
order to secure themselves against any infidelity.
Soothsayers exist among them, both male and female,
but the great medicines or charms are only practised by
men. Their jugglers appear to be well skilled in the art of
imposition: Bruce witnessed their powers frequently, but
never could discover their secrets. Thus he has frequently
seen the trick alluded to by Carver, of the Killisteno who
threw off all the ropes with which he had been fastened,
though he was bound hand and foot. It is well known that
Dr. Richardson witnessed the failure of the experiment in
ene instance; and probably the result would be the same

164 EXPEDITION TO THE

with all, who would us? the same precautions which were
applied in that case.

Bruce states that a magician once chewed certain roots
in his presence, and that his breath appeared to be on fire;
it seemed as if he exhaled flames. Another one smoked
through a pipe, the stem of whic.i was made luminous every
time he drew his breath, and instead of smoke, it was
flame which issued from his mouth. Others take up red
hot stones with their hands, apparently without any. in-
jury; they introduce ignited coals into their: mouth like-
wise without any pain; in such cases they protect their
mouth and hands with certain compositions, which. they
keep secret, As we witnessed no exhibition of this kind,
we shall attempt no explanation of their tricks, but merely
add, that the number of persons whom we met with, some
of whom were well informed, and who all attest having
seen these tricks, prove that the Chippewas have, among
them, some men well skilled in jugglery.

Poisons are frequently administered by Chippewas to
those whom they consider as enemies; these are all of a
vegetable nature, and are introduced into their meat or
drink.

Insanity is not common among them; it is sometimes
affected with a view to succeed in obtaining objects which
are at first refused. We heard of two instances, which may
serve to show how far an Indian will maintain a deception,
if he thinks he may carry his point by it. A Chippewa,
named Ogémaiis, who resided near Dog Lake, was mar-
ried to a woman called Démédya, but had conceived an af-
fection for her sister named Ondj, who lived in the same
cabin ; the latter having refused his offer to take her as a
second wife, he affected insanity. His ravings were’ ter-
rible; nothing could appease him but her presence; the

¢ him,

moment
gentle
winter’s
the frail
woods, |
wife and
and rin
powers ¢
moment
tractable
convinci
sessed _b
could
she at la
was he
in his ‘ca
ed that:t

Anotk
ed in the
nadian h
Nisette,
ed by th
sisted ‘th
man. N
led to. ar
Two Me
while th
they rea
girl. D
sicken, |
disorder
The onl
Vos.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 165

moment he touched her hand or. came near her, he wes as
gentle as they could wish. At one time in the middle of a
winter’s night, he sprang from his couch, broke- through
the frail bark which formed his cabin, and escaped into the
woods, howling and screaming in the wildest manner; his
wife and hersister followed him, endeavouring to calm him
and ring him. home, but he seemed to have set all their
powers at defiance. At last Okoj came near him, and the
moment she laid her hand upon him, he became quite
tractable. In this manner he continued for a long while,
convincing all the Indians who saw him that he was pos-
sessed by a spirit, which nothing but the approach of Okoj
could reduce. So deep was their conviction and her’s that
she at last. consented to become his wife, and never after
was ‘he troubled by: a return of madness, Bruce lived
in his :cabin for part of that time, and although he suspect-
ed that: 0 ay was wabartonne ae henever could detect

, him.

Another initio, ofa somewhat similar nature, sina
ed in the»presence of the same. interpreter; a young Ca-
nadian had secured the affections of an Indian girl called
Nisette, whose mother was a. squaw that had been convert-
ed bythe missionaries; being very pious, the mother in-
sisted that: the young folks should be united by a clergy-
man. None being in the country at the time, they travel-
led to-an Algonquin village, situated on the Lake of the
Two Mountains, where there was a missionary. Mean-
while the Canadian’s love cooled. away, and by the time
they reached the village he cared no more for the poor
girl. Disappointed in her affections, she was observed to
sicken, she became subject to fits, her intellect appeared
disordered, and she was finally considered as quite insane,
The only lucid intervals which she had were in the pre-
Vos. II. 22

Se a eS

————
2 SR TART EA RNS TS LIANE SI
eee Se ee a eee TT oe. <->

166 EXPEDITION TO THE

sence of her inconstant lover. Whenever he came near her,
her reason would return, and she would appear the same
as before. Flattered by what he deemed so strong an evi-
dénce of his influence over her, the Canadian felt a return
‘af kindness towards her, and was finally induced to renew
his attentions, which, being well received, they were soon
united by the clergyman. ‘Her reason appeared to be re-
stored, and her improving health showed that her happiness
was complete. Although she never was charged with having
resorted to a stratugem, our guide who had been with her
along whiic, and who represented her as a modest, virtu-
ous, .. in'>vesting girl, had ‘always considered: her insa-
nity a. .ssum.d; with a view to work upon the feelings of
her inconstant. ::.end. ‘This woman, though a: half-breed,
had been educated: altogether among the Indians, spoke
but the Chippewa, ‘language, and might be considered as

‘being in point of manners, thoughts, and principles, :alto-

gether an Indian. We were informed that her father had
given her the French name of Lisette, which’: was, by. the
Chippewas, called Nisette, as the Z appears:to he wanting
in their language. Among the several hundreds:of Chip-
pewa words with which we have become ‘acquainted, not
one presents an Z, This is: the more curious: as. we. be-
lieve ‘this letter occurs in other dryer of rape
origin.

‘The Chippewas are not sintually very since, an they
are active; they will walk, swim, paddle, &c. for a length
of time without any apparent fatigue; they are inured. to
exercise and: heedless of exposures of all kinds; they make
good hunters and skilful-fishers. They are generally tall and
thin, and are easily distinguished from the Missouri Indians
by the absence of the aquiline nose,‘which may be consi-
dered characteristic of the latter; their bodies and shoul-

ders ar

very ¢
and an

small a
wrist 5
sing, a
we can
air in |
scalp d
half-bre
gamé k:
Sauk, 1
have be
the Da
the Chi
cape.
Thei
they a
posed t
flectio
the sno
Many «
natural
excesse
They ¢
do not
are gi
other
prices.
to a sli
to prev
Host
tion tha

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 167

ders are well set and well proportioned; their legs are not
very good, generally destitute of calf, with thick knees
and ankles; their feet are large; their arms and hands
small and well-shaped; they possess great sirength in the
wrist; their voice is strong and harmonious, many of them
sing, and their ear appears good. Of their musical talent
we cannot, however, form a high estimation. The second
air in Plate 5 is the Chippewa song which accompanies the
scalp dance. The words of it as furnished by one of our
half-breed canoe-men were Wagdn‘dn n‘andéw'andank dta-
gamé kédshémét, which was translated, “ What does he, the
Sauk, mean, that he runs off thus.”? The song is said to
have been written on the occasion of a Sauk having joined
the Dacotas, and guided a party of their warriors against
the Chippewas; on being discovered the Sauk mi xe ‘is es-

cape.
Their sight is keen, it becomes weak at an early age ;

they are frequently afflicted with sore eyes, wh'h is sup-
posed: to be caused by their constant exporre to the re-
flection of the sun by the water during the su.snmer, and by
the snow in the winter season. Blindness is not common.
Many of them become deaf at an early age ; their stomach is
naturally very strong, but is impaired by the inordinate
excesses in which they indulge when provided with food.
They appear to be deficient in mechanical ingenuity, and
do not cultivate the few natural talents with which they
are gifted. Their ornaments consist of beads, paints, and
other trifles which they obtain from traders at very high
prices. Their cabins are constructed of birch bark, secured
to a slight frame by means of heavy poles placed upon it
to prevent the wind from blowing it away.

. Hospitality is one of their chief virtues. Their disposi-
tion though cheerful is taciturn; the women are more lo-

168 EXPEDITION TO THE

quacious; in conversation the Chippewas use but little ce-
tion ; their features seldom indicate the emotions which
agitate their breasts; but their eyes are very expressive.
Smoking is their favourite pursuit, and the pipe is the first
object offered to a stranger. The Chippewas are consider-
ed to be very ambitious of the situation of chiefs; the in-
trigues in which they will engage to obtain this post are
sometimes very unjustifiable. Their envy of each other’s
acquisitions is very great, and would probably rise into
party spirit if they were not so much dispersed. A few of
them are addicted to lying and thieving; these are, how-
ever, held in disrepute. The Chippewas cannot be consi-
dered as of a very irascible temperament; but when once
injured they never forget or neglect to avenge the insult
offered them. They are great boasters, and have a high
opinion of themselves. Some Indians are represented as
supposing themselves to hold a rank in creation inferior to
that of the white man, but this is certainly not the case
with the Chippewas, who have a common expression which
they use when any thing awkward or foolish is done,
Wametégdgin® gégdkepates¢, which signifies “ as stupid as
a white man.’’, They consider themselves as created for the
noblest purposes. The Great Spirit made them that they
should live, hunt, and prepare medicines and charms, in
which they fancy that they excel. White men, on the
other hand, were doomed to the drudgeries of manufac-
turing cloths, guns, &c. for the use of the Indians.

We found much difficulty in ascertaining the division of
time among, the Chippewas. Our interpreter at first assert-
ed that there were thirteen moons, then made out but

* Wametegogin does not properly mean a white man, but one who
suspends logs in the air, probably from the beams or eaves used in the
«onstruction of white men’s cabins.

twelve.
stateme:

moons 1
tioned v
subject.
commun
Kisis |

12, Kachd
Kands

Chastit

* Nanab
to be a ve
not unravel
histories of
blended wit

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 169

twelve. We are induced to doubt the accuracy of his
statement. It is probable, that disconnected as the Chip-
pewas are, and scattered as we find them over an immense
tract of country, the terms by which they designate their
moons vary much among themselves. It may be ques-
tioned whether they have any well defined ideas on that
subject. The following are the designations which Bruce
communicated.
Kisis signifies Moon in Chippewa.

Names of Moons, Signification. Concordance.
1. MékissAwé kisls, § Eagle,

Namapinné kisis, Carp, ; March.
2. Népénésa kisis, Summer birds,

Onapiméd kisis, © Freezing, April.

Nékég kisis, Wild goose,
8. Sagipdkawé kisis, Opening leaves, May.
4. Otaéméne kisis, Ripe strawberries, June.

5. Méniné kisis, Huckleberry, July.
6. Apittanénépén¢ kisis, Midsummer, August.
7. AmAndsé. kisis, Rutting, September.

8. Penakwe kisis, Falling leaves, October.
9. Oshéképippon kisis, Approach of winter,
Takwahké kisis, | Hardening earth, , November.

10. Pippon kisis, Winter, December.

11. Nanabishé kisis, Name of a man,* January.

12. Kacha kisis, Great moon, R Februar
Kandsis kisis, Long moon, J

Chastity is a virtue in high repute among the Chippe-

* Nanabush is the name of a fabulous character, whose story appears
to be a very long and perplexed one, which we. regret that we could
not unravel. In the account which we obtained, it appeared that the
histories of Adam, Noah, &c. had all been referred to one man, and
blended with the original Chippewa traditions.

170 EXPEDITION TO THE

was, and without which no woman could expect to be
taken as a wife by a warrior. Many of the young females
are, however, seduced into intrigues which they are oblig-
ed to keep secret, if they have any respect for their cha-
racter ; to conceal their crime they do not hesitate to have
recourse to abortions. It is not true of the Chippewas that
men visit the cabins of those whom they wish to marry,
and commence their intercourse by nocturnal assignations ;
the young men will frequently resort to this, but never
when they wish to take a woman as a wife; they know
that such a step would injure her reputation. When a mere
passing intrigue is their object, they usually carry it on at
night. Incest is not unknown to them, but it is held in
great abhorrence. Barrenness is held disreputable in wo-
men, as it is considered as being brought on by inconti-
nence or wilful abortions. Chippewa women do not bathe
in cold water after parturition ; in this they differ from the
Dacotas, and we are induced to believe that bathing in that
situation has never been practised by any of the Algon-
quin nations. The character of a good woman rests mere-
ly in the observance of chastity, of obedience to her hus-
band, and of affection to her children. In case she becomes
a widow she ought to exhibit her grief by remaining un-
married for the space of a year, abstaining from all inter-
course with men during that time, partaking in no plea-
sures, wearing no ornaments or bright colours, but cloth-
ing herself in ragged dress. It is considcred an essential
duty of a good man to supply his wife with the best dresses
that he can afford. The respect for father and mother is
greater than that entertained for grandfathers, &c.; in this
particular the opinion of the Chippewas differs from that
of the Sauks. The relation of fraternity is strongly mark-
ed; a man is held to be bound to marry the widow of his

deceased

of widow
vide for h
ly devolv
sidered ir
the same

Persons :
has conce
him of th
ders him

whom he
character

accepted,

the same’
instead of
defend, ar
they have
nature the
vivoris 0
vide for tl
was seldo
men’s live
twenty to
age are fo

faculties v

One of th
memory, |
distinguis|

Suicide
some men
times ai so
been creat
who had r

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 171

deceased brother, yet he ought not to do it until after a year
of widowhood. He is likewise considered as obliged to pro-
vide for his brother’s offspring, but this care not unfrequent-
ly devolves upon the grandfather. Cousins german are con-
sidered in the sam light as brothers and held to be bound by
the same rules; relationship is not felt beyond this degree.
Persons are often adopted as relations; thus when a man
has conceived a strong friendship for another, he informs
him of the fact; stating, at the same time, that he consi-
ders him as resembling a brother, father, or other relation
whom he may have lost, and requesting him to assume that
character ; if the proposition be agreeable to the other, it is
accepted, and they ever after stand bound to each other in
the same manner as if their relationship was one of blood
instead of adoption. They are then required to aid, assist,
defend, and avenge each other. If the relatio..chip which
they have assumed as existing between them be not of a
nature that precludes the marrying of the widow, the sur-
vivor is obliged to take her for his wife, as well as to pro-
vide for the maintenance of her children. The Chippe-
was seldom attain to an old age; the average length of
men’s lives varies from thirty to forty, that of women from
twenty to thirty: years.. Those who live to an advanced
age are found to experience the same impairment of their
faculties which attends a protracted life among white men.
One of the faculties which they retain longest is that of
memory, the excellency of which appears to be one of the
distinguishing traits of the Chippewas.

Suicide is not of common occurrence, among them;
some men are impelled to it by disappointments; some-
times aiso by a high sense of shame. An Indian who had
been created a chief by the Hudson’s Bay Company, and
who had received presents from them, subsequently traded

172 EXPEDITION TO THE

with the North-west Company. Having returned some
time after to the Hudson’s Bay Company’s fort, he was
upbraided by the superintendant as a fait. ‘ess and ungrate-
ful man; he immediately went out of the fort ana hung
himself. Among women suicide is far mor« fr2quent, and
is the result of jealousy, or of disappointme=ts in love ; some-
times extreme grief at the loss of a child will lead to it. The
Chippewas hold it to:be a foolish, not a reprehensible ac-
tion. They do not consider it as entailing any punishment
in the other wovld. The souls of those who perish in this
manner meet, as they think, with a treatment correspond-
ing with the general tenour of their lives, and not affected
by this last act of theirs.

Duelling is not practised among them ; we heard of but
one instance of a combat between two individuals, which,
from the attending circumstances, approaches to the nature
of the duels of civilized men. Two warriors of distinction
who had been noted for their mutual attachment, ceased to
be friends ; the cause of their disunion remained a secret ;
no apparent motive could be ascribed to it; it did not
spring from any: quarrel about their mistresses, or from
gambling. After the coldness had subsisted for some time,
they were again seen together, and hopes were entertain-
ed that the breach had been made up. Qne evening both
were known to be in search of each other; they met, and
welcomed with their icf hands, uttering an expression
corresponding to our word wedi; one of them then passed
his right hand behind him and drew his knife; the other
immediately did the seme, and before the bystanders were
aware of thoir object, each had plunged his knife twice in
the bosom of his adversary. Both fell severely wounded ;
one died, the other survived his wounds. He was observed
ever after to be melancholy ; but he never could be induced

to expla
of the m
consider
some tin
When
are met
take awa
have, gi
change ,
in high «
to their |
dance ; t
use them
to their ¢
be taken
men; th
and are tr

some
} was
rrate-
hung
t, and
ome-

The
le ac-
ment
n this
pond-
fected

of but
vhich,
nature
action
sed to
ot;

id not
from
time,
prtain-
ry both
and
pssion
passed
other
8 were
ice in
nded ;
perved

duced

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 173

to explain the motives of the quarrel, or the circumstances
of the meeting. There were not a few among them who
considered the encounter as premeditated. The man died
some time after, and his secret was buried with him.
When warriors return from a successful excursion, they
are met and welcon.cd by such as staid at home; these
take away from them every article of property which they
have, giving them others of at least equal value in ex-
change , the articles thus taken from the warriors are held
in high estimation, being considered as relics ; this extends
to their horses, guns, &c. The women dance the scalp-
dance ; those, whose husbands have brought home scalps,
use them exultingly, and relate the adventures which led
to their capture. Warricrs are never made slaves of ; if any
be taken prisoners they are soon killed, so are the old wo-
men; the ~arriageable women are reduced to servitude,
and are trewed with great cruelty by the squaws, the chil-
dren are generally spared and incorporated into families,
where they frequently meet with tolerably good treatment.

Vou. II. 23

EXPEDITION TO THE

CHAPTER IV.

Departure from Fort William. Trap formations on
Lake Superior. Michipicotton house. Arrival at the
Sault de St: Marie. Conclusion of the Journey.

THE route which we travelled from Lake de la Croix to
Lake Superior was first explored and laid out by Messrs.
M'Gillivray, M‘Leod, and M‘Kay, and is very creditable to
them ; it being probably one of the best and most eligible
means of communication between these two points. Fort
William was erected in 1803, on a scale commensurate
with the importance, which was justly attached to the prin-
cipal depot of a company remarkable for its active and am-
bitious views. It covers an area of two’ hundred yards
square, enclosed by a strong picketting, fortified by three
block-houses. The accommodations which it affords were
sufficient in the days of the prosperity of the North-west
Company, to receive forty partners, and at least as many
clerks, who, being all attended by their families, were pro-
vided with separate quarters. In the large mess-room,
where we were handsomely and kindly entertained by the
superintendant, Roderick Mackenzie, Esq. much mirth and
hilarity formerly prevailed, but from the immense size and
deserted appearance of this elegant apartment it had ac-
quired a gloomy character. We regretted to find that this
establishment, which had cost a great deal of money, and
which had been embellished with many of the luxuries of
civilized countries, is about to be suffered to fall to ruin ;

the cha
a place |
The |
on the |
of choic
net, wh:
sisting
Ohio, st
fish dese
have ev
firmness
strong o
of fish.
largest |
to weigh
The |
very lar
not com
not atter
The fi
vations,
river, at
the cou
rising g:
the high
the lake.
snow w
long; th
The 0
unadvisa
by the
craft of t
very old

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S NIVER. 175

the change in the direction of the trade having made this
a place of but very little importance. }
The residents of the fort chiefly support themselves up-
on the produce of their fisheries, which yield abundance
of choice food. We were present at the hauling in of the
net, which contained upwards of three hundred fish, con-

is on sisting principally of white-fish, trout, the salmon of the
1t the Ohio, sturgeon, suckers, perch, &c. Of these the white-
, fish deservedly ranks first; it is, we think, the best fish we
have ever eaten, and is remarkable for the whiteness and
oix to firmness of its flesh, as weli as for the total absence of the
lessrs. strong or fishy taste, which characterize almost every kind
ble to of fish. Its weight varies from three to six pounds. The
igible largest known are said to be caught in the Athabasca, and
Fort to weigh twenty-two pounds.
surate The garden near the fort is in good order, and yields
e prin- very large potatoes, turnips, &c.; but maize and wheat do
dam- not come to maturity, so that the tilling of the ground is
yards not attended to.
three The fort is situated, according to Mr. Colhoun’s obser-
3 were | vations, in latitude 48° 23' 33’ north. It stands on the
h-west river, at about a mile from its discharge into Lake Superior ;
many the country around it, to a considerable distance, is level,
@ pro- rising gradually from the lake shore till it mingles with
room, the highlands, at a distance of from four to five miles from
by the the lake. ‘The situation is very cold, and the quantity of
and | snow which falls annually is considerable. The winters are
ze and long; they last about seven months,
ad ac- The proceeding through the lake in canoes being judged
at this unadvisable, we refitted an old boat which had been left
y, and by the Boundary-line Commissioners; it was the only
ries of craft of the kind which we could obtain, and although it was

D ruin ; very old and crazy, yet, our soldiers, who were better ac-

176 EXPEDITION TO THE a

customed to rowing than paddling, hailed wiih p.cusure a ig out
change in our mode of travelling. This host was about our cot
thirty feet long, and barely sufficient for the aceommoda- Hav
tion of our party, which was then reduced to tweaty-two wide, \
persons, of whom four were Engagés. elevatir
Our provisions which were nearly exhausted, were re- This, a
placed by a supply of a few bags of maize prepared in the ! outline
usual manner for voyagers. As no meal could be procured, islands
we were obliged to satisfy ourselves with the maize and the ‘we
suet allowed to Engagés. loured
On the aiternoon of the 15th of September, we took The w
leave of Messrs. Mackenzie, and Henry, and commenced sided,
our voyage along the north coast of Lake Superior. The pass a
weather was fair, the wind favourable and not too strong, islands,
we hoisted a sail, descended the river, entered the lake, and Having
soon lost sight of the fort. The river discharges its wa- age by
ters into a bay which is separated from the lake hy a bar- beautif
rier of small islands, one of which has received the name and ¢

of Paté, or pye, from its form. ‘This is a high turreted abrupt
rock, elevated several hundred feet. We passed at ¢ dis- lake,
tance from it, but it appeared to be formed of nearly ver- In the
tical cliffs, and the upper part presented the appearance of the lal
a columnar division, while the lower seemed as though it naught
was formed of the sai. 4 rizontally stratified slate, which seemed
we had seen at the Fa.iy of Kakabikka. Our course gave At abd
us an opportunity of observing about three-fourths of its islands

circumference, on all which sides it appeared to be inac- nued @
cessible. We were told, however, that it had been ascend- . left us
ed, and that there is, on its summit, a small lake, stocked | danger
with excellent fish. As we entered this bay, Isle Royal place,
could be distinguished as a faint blue streak, pencilled we sp¢
along the horizon; and after we had cleared the cluster of served

small islands which enclose the bay, it was seen stretch- with

Te 4
bout
Oc a~
-two

B re-
the
cred,
and

took
bnced

The
rong,
p, and
$ Wa-
a bar-
name
rreted
&@ dis-
y ver-
nee of
igh it
which
- gave
of its
inac-
scend-
ocked
Royal
cilled
ster of
retch-

sov@ey OP ST: PETER’S RIVER. 177

ing out far before us, its extremity bearing south-east of
our course.

Having crossed the bay, which is about fifteen miies
wide, we passed a promontory called Thunder Point, the
elevation of which was estimated at eight hundred feet.
This, as well as the rest of the shores, has a bold and fine
outline. It is doubtless formed of the same rock as the
islands; its dark-red colour, deepened by the effects of
the weather, is picturesquely relieved by an orange-co-
loured lichen which in many places conceals the rock.
The weather being very fair, and the wind having sub-
sided, we determined to continue our. route in order to
pass a part of the lake, which, being unsheltered by
islands, is very rough when the least wind raises a swell.
Having merely stopped for suppe” we resumed our voy-
age by moonlight. The effect of that evening scene was
beautiful beyond description; tall cliffs filled with caverns,
and curiously indented by numerous little coves, rose
abruptly from the smooth and undisturbed surface of the
lake, whose unbounded expanse lay then open to view.
In the midst of such a scenery, where both the rock and
the lake had an appearance of immensity, and where
naught else could be detected by the-eye, our small boat
seemed a mere speck upon the surface of the waters,
At about midnight, we had again reached a shelter of
islands, which were very numerous and small; we conti-
nued along them until two o’ciock, when the moon setting
left us in total darkness; as it became both difficult and
dangerous to continue our course, we sought for a landing
place, which we had some difficulty in finding. There
we spent the rest of the night; the next morning we ob-
served that the place where we had landed was covered
with an immense number of small waterworn stones.

178 EXPEDITION TO THE

which were found to consist of an amygdaloidal rock.
There were a number of cavities and druses in these,
which were lined with minerals of the zeolite family.
These. stones, which had been seen at the evening encamp-
ment near Thunder Point, had given the first intimation of
our approach to a formation of a different nature from
those which we had previously seen; subsequent observa-
tions fully confirmed the fact. On the 16th.we continued
our voyage, but under the disadvantages arising from a
high und adverse wind, which prevented ys from making
much headway ; as. long es we could keep under the lee of
the islands our progress was satisfactory, but the moment we
were exposed to the lake wind our boat moved but slowly.
After many arduous exertions on the part of our soldiers
to cross one of the. short channels that separate some of
the islands, we were obliged to retrace our course, and
seek a night’s shelter on the last island which we had
passed. The geologist met here with a very interesting
rock, it was the amygdaloid in place. This appeared to
be a reddish wacke filled with geodes of quartz. hyaline,
agate, cornelian, jasper, onyx, &c. besides mesotype and
stilbite. The latter mineral is found very generally disse-
minated; it lines small fissures or cracks in the rock which
are generally not more than from one-sixteenth to one-
twelith of an inch in thickness. It is of a fine red colour.
In the geodes we observed all those varieties of quartz,
which have given so much celebrity to the rocks of
Cberstein on the Rhine. It is impossible on beholding
this spot on Lake Superior, not to admit it to be a secondary
trey) formation, similar to those of Germany, Scotland,
&c. We find here also, probably, the original site from
which have been derived all the specimens of jasper, cor-
nelian, &c. previously mentioned as existing on the

banks «
long be
positio:
we car
loose ai
daloid |
it prese
ed to ai
we ha
rocks a
islands
interest
period
formed
the noi
discuss
rocks.
no ne
transie
servati
cover i
tunian
we mig
the evi
of the
perha
great s,
as havi
great b
lake
such c
The
tinent

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 179

banks of the Mississippi, and for which Lake Pepin has
long been celebrated. When we consider the easy decom-
position of the wacke in which these geodes are imbedded,
we cannot be surprised that the latter are always found
loose ahd separated from the imbedding rock. The amyg-
daloid was not observed to be stratified, but in some places,
it presented a columnar division. We are therefore induc-
ed to attribute the columnar appearance which we thought
we had seen in the Paté island to the presence of trap
rocks at its surface; it appears to us probable that all the
islands which we saw are more or less covered with this
interesting formation, which was probably deposited at a
period subsequent to that at which the horizontal slate was
formed. The examination of the geological structure of
the north coast of Lake Superior will probably renew the
discussion of the aqueous or igneous formation of the trap
rocks. Upon this point we will not dwell, because we have
no new facts to offer. Our visit to this coast was of too
transient and hasty a nature to permit us to extend our ob-
servations. We, however, confess ourselves unable to dis-
cover in secondary trap rocks in general any signs of a Nep-
tunian origin. If we were disposed to launch into theory,
we might connect the existence of these trap rocks with
the evident signs of the action of heat observed upon some
of the rocks which we met in Winnepeek river. We might
perhaps also attempt to refer to volcanic phenomena on a
great scale, the changes to which we have already hinted
as having taken place in that country. The rupture of the
great barrier which confined the waters of the immense
lake might be shown to have been probably produced by
such causes,

The physical revolutions, of which this part of our con-
tinent was the theatre, were too great to attempt to assign

180 EXPEDITION TO THE

to them any but an immense cause. By those who object
to the igneous or volcanic theory of the formation of trap
rocks it will perhaps be argued, that the immense extent
of country, on the shores of Lake Superior, which is co-
vered with these rocks, opposes the belief of their being the
product of volcanoes ; but the same, has been said of the se-
condary trap formation of Bohemia, Auvergne, &c. While
the igneous origin of these is supported by the respectable
names of Desmai‘ais, Humboldt, Von Buch, D’Aubuisson,
&c. we may, arguing from the sound principle, that like
effects may in both hemispheres be traced to similar causes,
be permitted to consider the trap rocks, which we observ-
ed, as being probably of a volcanic origin.

We are n-t aware that the spot which we visited has
ever been examined by any geologists, except by Dr. Bigsby
and Major Delafield. With the former of these gentlemen
we met at the Sault de St. Marie, after our observations on
these rocks had been completed; if he has published his
views on the subject we have not yet seen them. We have
not seen Major. Delafield, nor do we know of any publica-
tion of his upon this subject, so that the above observations
are offered rather with a view to call the attention of future
travellers to this interesting question, than from any wish
on our part to express a decided opinion upon a subject
which, in the present state of our acquaintance with that
country, we freely confess to be beyond our reach.

These amygdaloidal rocks, interspersed with other va-
rieties of trap rocks, were frequently seen on the coast of
the lake. We, however, often saw also sienite, but never
had an opportunity of examining the junction of the two
rocks. On the morning of the 17th, we observed a beau-
tiful red porphyry, which on inspection we found to be
formed by fine crystals of feldspar, united by a cement of

the san
hyalin
lar cry
is not :
into du
fording
evince:
lumnar
the ea:
where
der the
bluish ¢
of lime
ate of 1
ed sma
ment
beach *
among
green ¢
ed fron
caused

The
learned
der the
in mak
difficul}
coast is
several
from t
transla
accordi
names
tion to
Vo

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 181

the same mineral in the compact state; there was also some
hyaline quartz throughout the mass, but whether in regu-
lar crystals or not we could not determine. This porphyry
is not stratified ; it very readily decomposes and crumbles
into dust, forming a fine gravel of a-brick-red colour, af-
fording good beaches for the landing of boats. This rock
evinces a disposition to break in vertical and probably co-
lumnar fragments, which are, however, soon destroyed by
the easy decomposition of the mass. Beyond the place
where we saw the porphyry, the amygdaloid recurred un-
der the same appearance, except that its colour was of a
bluish cast. It contains a considerable quantity of carbonate
of lime, presenting a fine lamellar structure; the carbon-
ate of lime lines fissures in which it has sometimes form-
ed small but distinct crystals: At the evening encamp-
ment of the 17th, there were no rocks in place; the
beacn was strewed with numerous water-worn. boulders,
among which we observed many fragments of an impure
green carbonate of copper, which could not have proceed-
ed from.a great distance, as its softness would have soon
caused it to break, ,

The next morning we passed two barges, which we
learned were attached to a schooner that is employed un-
der the command of Lieut. Bayfield, of the British navy,
in making a survey of the coast; this is a task of some
difficulty, but of considerable interest. ‘This part of the
coast is termed the Flat countries, and is marked so upon
several maps; to prevent the mistakes which might arise
from this name, it may be well to state that the term is a
translation of the Chippewa word’ Payégua schinkg, which,
according to the antithesis frequently introduced in the
names given to particular objects, is here used in opposi-
tion to the mountainous and rugged features of the country.
Vox. II. 24

= : . “
cine htivionain -omeronetibinti tes ret treet nt co eafnnen i om = ae

182 EXPEDITION TO THD

We passed onthe 18th a river called Rapid river, from themse
a fine fall which. interrupts its course very. near ‘to its green t
mouth. We did not see the fall, but the spray rising in.a one bot
white cloud was very visible, and indicated a considerable ously te
cascade. The wind increased so much towards night, that occasio!
we were highly pleased on reaching a fine bay, in which was see!
a sandy beach offered us a safe harbour for our boat; this Ther
place is called Bottle Bay. The breeze heightened into a 20th, bi
storm, which was accompanied by a heavy rain, that con: and con
tinued all night; the weather was very cold, and our tent- ed a ba
flies had become so thin as to offer no protection against saw at
either rainy or cold weather. We had fortunately a plen- Compar
tiful supply of wood near us, and we endeavoured to make thither,
ourselves as comfortabie as our situavion admitted of. The This ‘est
waves in the lake were so high that we were prevented ' -viation’
from proceeding the next day. The bay in which we had camped
landed was surrounded by projecting points of land on all formed
sides but one, and this was sheltered by an island which formatic
stretched across its entrance. In order to enjoy the splen- rare, an

did spectacle of the lake during a storm, several of white, a
the party crossed the point of land which separated On t
our harbour from the main body of water. The large start, o
waves which were impelled against the shore were of a name w
more delicate green than those of the sea. It was a noble strayed
sight to observe each wave as it approached the high and bring h
rugged rock upon which we stood, and as it broke at the ness wai
base of the cliff, throwing up a foaming spray to a height unwell
of at least twenty-five feet. The trees that grow in’ the day-ligh
vicinity of this bay consist of two kinds of spruce, of the were ob
tamarack, larch, white cedar, blister balsam,* white and that an
yellow birch, and mountain-ash. Some of the party amused public s
some of

* Abies balsamifera. had bee

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 183

themselves at our encampments in setting fire to the ever-
green trees; the long and thick moss which hangs from
one bough to another, communicated the fire instantane-
ously to the top of the tree, and the brisk blaze which it
occasioned produced a fine but awful spectacle. The gum
was seen exuding plentifully through every pore of the tree.

There was a heavy fall of snow on the morning of the
20th; but the wind having lulled, we resumed our journey,
and continued all day with a fine sailing breeze; we pass-
ed a bay, into which a small river discharges itself, and
saw at a distance a trading house of the Hudson’s Bay
Company; but as it would have detained us much to go
thither, we proceeded on the journey without stopping.
This establishment is called the Peek, which is an abbre-
viation of the term Pékaték, used by the Indians. We en-
camped beyond this bay on a rock, which appeared to be
formed of a talcose-slate, subordinate to the great sienitic
formation. As we advanced the evergreens became more
rare, and were replaced by large birch, both yellow and
white, and by the aspen.

On the morning of the 21st, as we were preparing to
start, one of the: men was reported to be missing. His
name was Daniel Brown; he was at first supposed to have
strayed a little from camp, and afew guns were fired to
bring him ‘back; these failing in their object, some uneasi-
ness was felt on his account, as he had expressed himself
unwell the evening before, and had been seen up. before
day-light ; but on loading the canoes a few of the articles
were observed to be.missing; a closer inspection proved
that a number of things had been removed ; not only the
public stores had been pilfer:.1, but even the baggage of
some of the gentlemen, and the knapsacks of the soldiers
had been opened and robbed. The disappearance of all

CUES eS Ss ee

SSeS Se Ls

a a Rc ee Sn

paar Sater se
merce

< - we
cae eg et an a em eS a ty Ce Lt I
= =
7 <

14

1.25

lg
0°
=
a=
3

_
qu
> O
a oe
wii
che
: ==
=u

=

he
ae ie

NN

,

184 EXPEDITION TO THE

this property at one time placed the point of Brown’s de~
sertion beyond a doubt; yet if ever 'a man had cause to ad-
here strictly to his engagement it was he; for his term of
service was nearly completed, and on his starting with the
expedition he had been promised his discharge on reach-
ing Mackinaw ; a considerable sum was due to him as ar-
rears of pay and ration; he knew that we were fast ap-
proaching the settlements. Another motive to restrain
him might have been the improbability, not to say impos-
sibility, of his being able to subsist in the country; the
only settlement within one hundred miles was the Peek
house, which was then closed. The country where he’re-
mained has been described to us as covered with such im-
penetrable swamps, that we very much question whether
he ever made his way out of it. Brown had engaged vo-
luntarily in our service, had shown himself active and well
disposed. We therefore regretted his desertion, more how-
ever on his account than on our own.

After waiting a suitable time for him, we proceeded on-
wards with a head wind and a high sea, which retarded our
progress so much as to induce us ‘to stop in a small cove,
which received the name of Sunday harbour. In the even-
ing we proceeded some distance, and made our encamp-
ment in a small and dangerous bay, where, for want of bet-
ter accommodation, we spread our blankets upon a beach
evered with large boulders.

On the morning of the 22d we resumed our journey with
a high south-easterly wind. We observed, as we advanc-
ed, that the country being all sienitic, presented a wilder
and more barren appearance than where the trap rocks
prevailed; i did not rise to such a height, the shores pro-
bably seldom exceeding two hundred feet; but good har-
hours became more scarce, owing doubtless to the greater

resistar
the des
wise le
face. '
lar; we
th-ugh
ally wh
divisio1
where |
In plate
ation o!
west of
most bi
vided

feature:
a dista
is by ni
exceed
Peek.

called ¢
mon si
forms ¢
amphik
name ¢
which
plied t
lieve I
feldspe
amphil
protog
amphi
tale.
a more

Ps de»
0 ad-
rm of
th the
each-

as ar-
st ap-
strain
mpos-
; the
Peek
he’ re-
h im-
ether
bd vo-
d well
> how-

led on-
ed our
| cove,
. even-
icamp-
of bet-
, beach

y with
dvanc-
wilder
rocks
es pro-
d har-
preater

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 185

resistance which the sienite offers than the trap rocks, to
the destructive action of the waves. The rocks are like-
wise less ragged; they are steep and rounded at their sur-
face. The divisions which they present are very irregu-
lar; we question much whether the rock be stratified,
th ugh in some places it assumes that appearance, especi-
ally when seen from a distance; for on approaching, the
divisions are found to be irregular, at least in all places
where we had an opportunity of studying them closely.
In plate 13, Mr. Seymour has given a very correct deline-
ation of the appearance of the coast, at_a point somewhat
west of the “ Otter’s head.’’? From a distance, we had al-
most been induced to consider the rock at that place as di-
vided by vertical fisstres, but on drawing closer, the
features were such as are represented in the plate. At
a distance inland, the mountains appear higher, and it
is by no means improbable, that they equal, if they do not
exceed, in elevation the height of the coast west of the
Peek. The mass which constitutes these rocks, we have
called a sienite, though it differs materially from the com-
mon sienite by the presence of quartz, which in some places
forms at least one-third of the mass; perhaps the term of
amphibolic granite would be more correct; we think a new
name ought to be introduced in science, todesignate a rock
which constitutes such extensive formations. We have ap-
plied the term sienite instead of greenstone, which we be-
lieve Dr. Bigsby generally uses, because the proportion of
feldspar has appeared to us to predominate over that of
amphibole. _ It bears to granite the same analogy that the
protogine of Jurine does; for in it, the mica is replaced by
amphibole, while in the protogine its place is supplied by
tale. In some spots the protogine is also found, as well as
amore compound rock, formed of quartz, feldspar, am-

186 EXPEDITION TO THE

phibole, and tale; but these cannot be said to constitute
important features ; they are, at best, formations subordinate
to the general sienitic mass. The colour of the rock is in-
fluenced by that of the feldspar which is in great excess,
and iso1 a flesh colour; the amphibole is green. The quartz
sometimes penetrates the rock in the manner of veins, but
this accident is considered of contemporaneous origin with
the formation of the mass itself, because, in detached frag-
ments of the same, the quartz of the vein, and that in the
body of the rock itself, were found to run one into the
other. We were detained in this harbour forty-eight hours
by the prevalence of the storm. At midnight we were
awakened by one of the party, with the unpleasant infor-
mation, that the boat was in danger of being dashed to
pieces against the large stones or small rocks on the shore.
The wind was blowing a gale from the south-south-west.
A heavy swell was rolling into the harbour, breaking, with
a loud noise and high spray, against the immoveable rock
on each side, and expending its violence in a dangerous
surf upon the stony shore on which our boat was fastened.
All our force was immediately summoned, and with much
difficulty we succeeded in raising the boat upon logs. Be-
ing old and very leaky, itrequired great care. Had it been
unfortunately broken, our situation on that deserted coast
would have been very precarious. Few persons have ever
attempted to travel by land along the lake shore, and this only
in winter, when the swamps, rivers, and smalllakesare frozen
up. But at other times of the year, itis thought that all tra-
velling, except in boats or canoes, would be impracticable.
What aggravated our situation was the state of our provi-
sions, at all times very scanty, but which had lately been
much reduced by the pilfering of the deserter. . The small
store of maize obtained at Fort William was nearly ex-

hausted
only an
and hal
tom oul
come 01
sions,
the ie
de roch
Indians
are also
clerks a
he had :
Sea, wl
much re
been ob
without
bones a
old cam
Captain
tripe, ar
most ur
moss is
tender,
skilled
ing the |
ing pro
casione
jelly, bi
parting
disagree
render |
those n
vere pr

stitute
dinate
- is in-
Xcess,
quartz
is, but
n with
1 frag-
in the
to the
hours
. were
infor-
1ed to
shore.
\-west.
5, with
e rock
yerous
tened.
much
. Be-
t been

coast
e ever
is only
frozen
ll tra-
icable.
provi-
y been
: small
ly ex-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 187

hausted; no game of any consequence could be seen; the
only animals we obtained were & small hare, a pheasant,
and half a dozen of red squirrels. With a view to accus-
tom ourselves to the food which must probably soon be-
come our sole dependance, as well as to spare our provi-
sions, we collected some of the lichen which grows upon
the rocks, and which is designated by the name of “tripe
de'roche ;”? when absolutely destitute of provisions, the
Indians sometimes resort to this for food, and the voyagers
are also compelled to use it in some cases. One of the
clerks at Rainy Lake Fort, Mr. Weeks, informed us that
he had seen Captain Franklin, on his return from the Polar
Sea, when that enterprising officer and his party, very
much reduced in number by privations of all kinds, had
been obliged to support themselves for thirty-one days,
without meat, merely upon the ¢ripe de roche, and the
bones and pieces of leather which they could pick up at
old camps. Although we were not quite so destitute as
Captain Franklin, yet we made two meals upon the rock
tripe, and they stand recorded in our recollections as the
most unpalatable of which we have ever partaken. The
moss is collected, and boiled in water, when, if young and
tender, it resolve. elf into a thin jelly ; we were not well
skilled in the selection of the moss, so that, instead of tak-
ing the tender and delicate, we took large pieces which, hav-
ing probebly undergone a change in their properties oc-
casioned by age, did not resolve themselves completely in
jelly, but left a black matter floating in the liquid, and im-
parting to it.as unsightly an appearance as its taste was
disagreeable ; we endeavoured by red and black pepper to
render it tolerable, but all in vain. When all travellers, in
those northern regions, have been exposed to the most se-
vere privations, we would find but little grace in complain-

188

EXPEDITION TO THE

ing of a couple of meals made upon this food. We will
therefore merely add, that we have never tasted a more
nauseating food; and that our short experience of it has
enabled us to sympathize sincerely in the sufferings which
Captain Franklin’s party underwent.

A heavy rain, which fell in the evening of the 23d,
abated the force of the wind, and the next morning we
again ventured in our boat; the waves were high and re-
tarded our progress, but our anxiety to proceed impelled
us on. We doubled a high promontory called the Otter’s-
head, from a fancied resemblance between that object and
a large block of stone which appears to be formed in the
shape of a truncated pyramid, and to be at lecst ten feet
square, and thirty feet high. It forms a distinct land-mark,
which, being very elevated, can be seen from a distance.
It is considered half way from Fort William to the Sault
de St. Marie. In the afternoon we saw a very fine water-
fall, at least thirty feet high; the stream which gives rise
to it is considerable, and the fall is close to the lake shore.
This was so picturesque that we stopped awhile, to allow
Mr. Seymour to take a sketch of it. Proceeding onwards
we reached in the evening the western extremity of an
island, known by the name of Michipicotton island ; oppo-
site to this the rock becomes a talcose-slate, directed north
and south, and inclined about sixty degrees to the west.
On the 25th, our course was in the strait between the
island and main land; this channel is about fifteen miles
wide, and the recurrence of the sienitic rock. convinced us
that the talcose-slate was only a subordinate formation.
We entered on that day the deeply indented bay of Mi-
chipicotton, which is so wide that voyagers never dare
trust themselves across it in open boats, but always coast
it. In this case we were particularly anxious to enter it

as our p
time pa
head of
ney late
shore, v
we lay «
which h
portunit
noted in

“T ca
out, one
instrum«
hesion is
to the we
other en
varies ac
the lowe
needle
as if the
During t
ance, but
it to an
evolved
cause of
to exist
be opere
which tl
mine.
virtue is
some pr
pears to
to the d
followin

Vou.

Te will
1 more
it has
which

ne 23d,
ing we
and re-
npelled
Itter’s-
ct and
in the
en feet
l-mark,
istance.
e Sauit
water-
yes rise
2 shore.
» allow
nwards
r of an
3 Oppo-
d north
e west.
en the
n miles
need us
mation.
of Mi-
er dare
rs coast
snter it

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 189

as our party had been on very short allowance for some
time past, and as a fishing establishment exists at the
head of the bay. With this view we continued our jour-
ney late, and stopped at a very ineligible situation on the
shore, where, there being no means of pitching our flies,
we lay exposed all night in a snow storm. The weather,
which had become very cold, afforded Mr. Colhoun an op-
portunity of making a curious observation, which he has
noted in the following words :—

“T carry my pocket compass in a fob. When it is taken
out, one end of the needle is found adhering to the face of the
instrument, which is enamelled like that of a watch. The ad-
hesion is not overcome by the approach of steel, but it yields
to the weight of the needle, for if it be sufficiently inclined the
other endadheresin turn. The duration of this phenomenon
varies according to the temperature of the atmosphere ; at
the lowest temperat”e, which we have experienced, the
needle was unable to traverse for the space of fifteen minutes,
as if the cold rendered the operating principle slow to retire.
During the warm weather, I frequently remarked a disturb-
ance, but it so quickly subsided, that I was content to attribute
it to an accidental agitation of the compass. Electricity,
evolved from the body, will be at once looked to, as the
cause of this phenomenon, from the connexion long known
to exist between it and magnetism. Whether the needle
be operated upon immediately, or through the substance of
which the face is composed, future observation must deter-
mine. Perhaps the Chinese would say that the magnetic
virtue is not suspended, but only beneficially modified by
some property or concomitant of vital heat, and there ap-
pears to be sufficient ground to establish for them a claim
to the discovery of its influence, in the last sentence of the
following quotation :—

Vou. IY. 25

190 EXPEDITION TO THE

“It has been related on the authority of some Chinese
books, that these needles do not receive their virtue from
the loadstone, though the Chinese possess that mineral in
abundance, but from a curious mixture of orpiment, cin-
nabar, sandrak, and filings of steel, which, being reduced
into a fine powder, are made into a kind of paste by a suf:
ficient quantity of blood drawn from the comb of a white
cock. In this paste the needles were said to be put, being
previously rolled in paper, and there kept seven days and
seven nights, over a clear charcoal fire. After this opera-
tion, being taken out, and worn three days longer next to
the skin of a man, they are found fit for use, pointing di-
rectly to the north, and wnliable to the frequent varia-
tions which affect those that are touched by the load-
stone.”’—History of Marine Architecture, by John Char-
nock, London, 1802, vol. 3, p. 299.’*

Sleep being out of the question during this war of the
elements, we resumed our journey long before day-light,
and proceeded until about nine o’clock, when we reached
the head of the bay. The preceding evening we had stop-
ped at the mouth of a river called “la Chienne”’ which is
renowned for the excellent white-fish caught near it. We
met there a few Chippewas who had arrived the preceding
day, but who had not yet succeeded in obtaining a supply
of fish.

We saw a boat adrift in the bay, and would have approach-
ed it, if the waves had not been so high. At the mouth of
Michipicotton river there is an extensive sandbar; on the
opposite side of which we observed a person in a canoe,
who, after having made signs to us which we did not un-
derstand, disappeared among the rocks. We entered the

* Mr. Colhoun’s MS.

river W
Michip
Mac In
son, a ¢
who ha
follow

was ab:
his way
the fish
as yet '
&c. wh
light te
which

fish, an
Mr. Sa
presery
spots it
and mi
delicat
of the

had ne
comme
from 1
its mui
one of
fish is
vidual:
dred, :
caught
arrival
cotton
this di
stance

hinese
he from
eral in
pnt, cin-
educed
y a suf-
a white
t, being
ay3 and
Ss opera:
next to
ting di-

varia-
e load-
n Char-

of the
y-light,
reached
ad. stop-
vhich is
it. We
eceding

supply

proach-
outh of
on the
| canoe,
not un-
red the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 19]

river with considerable difficulty, and lauded in safety at
Michipicotton house, which we found under the care of Mr.
Mac Intosh, the son of the superintendant, and Mr. Robin-
son, a clerk of the Company’s. It was the latter gentleman
who had seen us from his canoe, and made signs to us to
follow him through an easier pass. The superintendant
was absent, having left that place a few days previous on
his way to the Sault de St. Marie. At this house we saw
the fishery followed on a scale far superior to any we had
as yet witnessed. The abundance of fine white-fish, trout,
&c. which we saw on the shores, was a great source of de-
light to such as like us were nearly famished. The trouts
which we ate there appeared to us disi ct fron: any other
fish, and we regret that they had all been cut up before
Mr. Say was enabled to obtain specimen; for study and
preservation. This trout is of a dusky colour, with light
spots irregularly scattered upon its surface; it is a richer
and moie substantial food than the white-fish, but not so
delicate ; its flesh is of a reddish tinge which approaches that
of the European salmon. The season for catching the trout
had nearly expired, while that of the white-fish was just
commencing ; at that time the latter fish ascends the river
from the lake in order to cast its spawn; the time of
its migration is perhaps moré regular than the analogous
one of the shad and herring on the Atlantic coast. This
fish is caught in small seines or nets; the number of indi-
viduals hauled up at one time varies from fifty to five hun-
dred, and, in some cases, even twelve hundred have been
caught at one time. For two seasons previous to our
arrival, it was observed that the migrations up Michipi-
cotton river had been much less considerable than usual, but
this diminution is probably the result of accidental circum-
stances which will not, it is believed, affect the general pro-

maton ae

=

eee

tt
i
i
Hf

|
if
es
i
th
it

ot eemetengen tremens

a

192 EXPEDITION TO THE

duce of the river. The white-fish usually returns to the
lake abcut the middle of November. The residents at this
post cure a large quantity of the white-fish for winter; this
is, however, an expensive preparation, as their salt costs
them about two dollars per bushel; they formerly obtained
English salt at Montreal at one dollar per barrel. They
object to the salt made in the United States; the impuri-
ties which it contains render it unfit for the preservation
of the white-fish, at least such is the opinion of those with
whom we conversed. We mentioned to them the success-
ful experiments made in England on the substitution of
sugar to salt in the preservation of fish, and they pro-
mised to repeat them; if the maple sugar should answer as
well as the cane sugar, there would probably be economy
in using it in place of salt. A circumstance which was
ascertained here, and which may interest the agriculturist, is
that cattle will feed upon fish. We saw cows that have
little if any other food, and that thrive well, yielding
abundance of good milk, the taste of which is not in the
least affected by that of the fish.

In the immediate vicinity of the post we saw but sand;
and there is an extent of at least one mile square which ap-
pears to be formed entirely by the sand brought down by
Michipicotton river. Thi stream is there about one
hundred and forty yards wide; it affords an easy commu-
nication with Moose river. We were told that the coun-
try north of this bay resembles that near Winnepeek river,
being entirely formed of small lakes, rivers, rapids, and
enclosing large rocky islands. The country is quite im-
passable during the summer season except with a bark ca-
noe, which the traveller carries over the portages, and
which he again launches after arriving at a navigable stream
or lake, In winter the whole country being frozen and co-

vere
those
these
ton
drag
visio
to fi
ed se
meas
rated
is ve
alcoh
kno
this
potat
T
resor
vidin
of La
applic
north
prese
hands
brane
is rep
arisin
very |
and ti
wher
descr
river
he di
try.

‘o the
at this
r; this
- costs
tained
They
ypuri-
vation
e with
1¢cess-
ion of
y pro-
wer as
onomy
th was
1rist, is
at have
ielding
in the

sand ;
ich ap-
wn by
ut one
ommu-
b coun-
k river,
is, and
te im-
bark ca-
bs, and
stream
nd co-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 193

vered wit’ snow affords an easy mode of travelling to
those who are accustomed to the use of snow-shoes. On
these, travellers have frequently walked from Michipicot-
ton to Hudson’s Bay in twenty-one days; they usually
drag after them a small train or sledge, in which their pro-
visions are packed ; they travel in this manner from forty
to fifty miles per day; it is said, that they have even walk-
ed seventy-five miles, but as these are estimated, and not
measured, miles, it is probable that the distances were over-
rated. The degree of cold experienced at Michipicotton
is very great; the winter before our visit to the fort, an
alcoholic thermometer fell to—35° (F.) It has been often
known to descend to— 37°, and it was not ascertained that
this was the maximum of cold. From these circumstances
potatoes and turnips are the only produce raised near the fort.

This place is acquiring more importance, being much
resorted to by canoes going to Moose Factory. ‘The di-
viding ridge between the waters of Hudson’s Bay and those
of Lake Superior, if indeed the term dividing ridge can be
applied to such a country, is said to be about thirty miles
north of the lake. Every river in this part of the country
presents more or less beautiful cascades. ‘There is a very
handsome one about two miles above the fort on a small
branch of the Michipicotton ; and one at a greater distance
is represented as being very beautiful; we saw the cloud
arising above it, and from its size suppose the cataract to be
very great. Mr. Mac Intosh showed us very fine foliated
and transparent gypsum which came from Moose river,
where he represents it as being very abundant. From his
description it would appear that the country on Moose
river is of a different nature from that on Lake Superior ;
he did not represent it, however, as being a prairie coun-
try. A walk up the river offered us the largest whortle-

194 EXPEDITION TO THE

berries which we have ever seen; they were highly fla-
voured and very abundant,.even more so than those in the
vicinity of the Falls of Kakabikka. Other berries also grew
abundantly.

Notwithstanding our desire to get under weigh, we were
compelled by stress of weather to remain at Michipicotton
one day, during which time we experienced a heavy south-
westerly gale accompanied by rain, hail, snow, -and sleet.
The next morning, the wind having apparently abated a
little, we resumed our journey, but as soon as we left the
river and entered the lake, we found ourselves exposed to
a storm so violent that we were obliged again to resort to
land. We had travelled but about five miles during near
three hours of hard rowing. With considerable difficulty
we got our boat round a promontory, and hauled it up, on
the shore, in a small cove which appeared tolerably safe.
On looking back to the various difficulties which we have
experienced on the route, we are induced to believe that
we were at no period of the journey exposed to so immi-
nent « danger as on that morning when we were sailing
in a crazy boat, on a very rough sea, near an ivon bound
coast, in which there were but few harbours. ‘We landed,
however, in safety, and lay by till the next morning.
With a view to keep ourselves as warm as possible, we
used our flies and sail in the manner that the Sioux con-
struct their skin lodges, winding them round, in a conical
form, upon a frame of light poles, which had been left there
by some Indians. In this manner we sheltered ourselves
partially against the effects of the snow and wind.

We had on the west coast of Michipicotton bay observed
slaty rock, of a dark colour, sometimes almost black ; it was
well stratified; the direction of the strata was North 40°
west, their inclination was vertical. It is found in some

parts
rises
cliff,
tion;
formi
water
rises |
aboun
the ji
forcec
chipic
saw tl
we stc
served
of wh.
forms
tale, a
which
which
charac
quartz
ties ar
mass, ¢
are all
which
pyriteg
meeti
same n
unsucc
on the
they a
subject

> were
cotton
south-
sleet.
ated a
ft the
sed to
sort to
g near
ficulty
up, on
y safe.
e have
e that
immi-
sailing
bound
anded,
prning.
ble, we
hk con-
conical
t there
rselyes

hserved
s it was
rth 40°

some

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 165

parts to contain much quartz and iron pyrites. This rock
rises higher than the coast usually does; it forms a vertical
cliff, which appears to be undergoing a very rapid destruc-
tion; but the fragments, instead of collecting at the base and
forming an inclined plane, are washed away, so that the
waters of the lake come up to this vertical bank, which
rises like a wall, enclosing the lake. Pyrites appears to
abound throughout the mass. It is probable that, at
the junction of this rock with the sienite, the river has
forced its way into the lake, and that the wide bay of Mi-
chipicotton has been opened, for on the east side we again
saw the sienitic rocks predominating. At the bay in which
we stopped, five miles east of the. trading house, we ob-
served the sienite to be intermixed with other rocks, one
of which contains a greater abundance of hornblende, and
forms a real greenstone; another portion is mixed with
talc, and a third portion contains hard nodules of quartz,
which would at first convey the idea of a conglomerate, but
which, being examined more closely, appear to present no
characters but such as are entirely compatible with a pri-
mitive and highly crystalline formation; these nodules of
quartz are connected by a talcose cement. All these varie-
ties are found .together, and belong to the same general
mass, of which they form but local or partial features. They .
are all penetrated by iron pyrites, in great abundance,
which in some points were evidently mixed with copper
pyrites; all these were examined with care, in hopes of
meeting with the native copper, and with other ores of the
same metal besides the pyrites; our search was, however,
unsuccessful. The great interest which generally prevails
on the subject of the copper mines of Lake Superior, as
they are called, will perhaps justify us in offering, on this
subject, a few observations, which we hazard with some

196 EXPEDITION TO THE

diffidence. We have seen native copper strewed in many
directions, over the great valley drained by the Mississippi
and its tributaries, and we know from the reports of all tra-
vellers that it exists in many places. It has also been found
in several spots on Lake Superior, where it was long since
looked to as an object of great promise. The largest mass
of it that is known exists on the Ontonagon river, and for
a correct account of the characters of this interesting block
we are indebted to Mr. Schoolcraft. Our journey having
been conducted on the north shore of the lake, we of course
had. no opportunity:of seeing this interesting mass; but all
that we know of the native copper of that country leads us
to the belief that it has not yet been found in situ, and that
therefore these loose masses ought not to be looked to as in-
dicative of mines in their immediate vicinity. The great
weight and size of the mass on the Ontonagon might, it
is true, induce us to believe that it has not been transported
from a great distance, if the much greater size and weight
of the boulders which are dispersed along the vallies of
the Mississippi did not attest, that, whatever may have
been the cause which produced these revolutions, the force
with which it operated must have been immense. It is
not, therefore, to these masses of native copper, but to the
ores of this metal found in rocks im st¢w that our attention
ought principally to be directed with a view to discover
copper mines. We have ourselves seen a number of locali-
ties of copper pyrites throughout the primitive rocks of
the north coast of Lake Superior, but these were always in
small specks, A more minute examination might probably
lead to more successful results. We believe that there is a
site of copper mines somewhere near this lake, and we
think it in no manner improbable that the masses of na-
tive copper which occur, from the south shore of Lake

Super
scatte!
of sier
north-
place,
fore ci
sugges
be fou
collect
coppe
Mr. S
some |
by an
Kewe
the va
the qu
is not
if it sk
other
to con
new |
in the
the ur
could
know.
try, al
pulati
resout
mote ;
vestig
be tur
first o
stead.

Yo!

n many
sissippi
"all tra-
n found
ig since
st mass
and for
x block
having
course
but all

eads us
nd that
O as in-
e great
ight, it
sported
weight
llies of
y have
1e force
It is

, to the
tention
iscover
locali-
ocks of
ays in
obably
re is a
nd we
of na-

Lake

SOURCE OF 8ST. PETER’S RIVER. 197

Superior down the valley of the Mississippi, have been
scattered by the same cause which dispersed the boulders
of sienitic rock. Whether the native copper found to the
north-west‘on Copper Mine river comes from the same
place, is a subject upon wh'’h we have no data, and there-
fore can form no opinion. Perhaps, as Mr. Schoolcraft
suggests, the Porcupine Mountains, if well explored, would
be found to contain copper ores. We do not at present re-
collect any places where the pyrites or any other ore of
copper has been found in any quantity on Lake Superior.
Mr. Schoolcraft, it is true, handed to’ one of our party
some fragments of ores of copper, brought to him in 1823
by an Indian, who said he had found them on Kewezna or
Kewewenon point, on the south shore of the lake. Upon
the vague'reports of an Indian we shall build no theory;
the question which appears to us of far greater importance
is not where the copper lies, but what shall we do with it
if it should be found. We are very doubtful whether any
other advantage would result from it, at least for a century
to come, than the mere addition in books of science of a '
new. locality of this metal. It does not appear to us, that
in the present state of that section of our country,.and with
the unpromising prospects which it now offers, these mines
could be worked for a great length of time. Copper, we
know, exists in many other parts of our extensive coun-
try, and much nearer to the centres of civilization and po-
pulation. Instead, therefore, of wasting our endeavours and
resources, ina futile-attempt to discover mines in. so re-
mote and dreary a country, let us apply them to the in-
vestigation of those sections, where mines could, it found,
be turned to immediate advantage. Had the French, who
first overran our country, considered this point, and in-
stead of wasting their resources:in idle searches, instead of
Vou. II. | 26

198 EXPEDITION TO THE

fitting out an expedition to ascend the Mississippi two
thousand miles, for the sole purpose of collecting green
earth on the St. Peter, had they spent the same amount in
France, in working the mines that have since been opened
there, they would have rendered an essential service to
their country and-benefited their fortunes. Whereas, by
the course which they were led to pursue, they added but
little to science, at the same time that they ruined them-
selves.

These observations are offered with the more hesitation,
as they are not founded on an extensive acquaintance with
the localities of native copper, &c. but rather upon a gene-
ral, perhaps some may think a hasty and superficial, in-
spection of the features and resources of that section of
country, which many have considered as destined to be-
come the seat of future mining operations on a great scale.

After remaining twenty-four hours encamped, we re-
sumed our voyage, though with the disadvantage’ of a high
sea, and cold and snowy weather; but the wind being fa-
vourable we proceeded with facility, coasting along the
eastern shore of Michipicotton Bay ; after travelling twenty-
seven miles; we reached Cape Gargantua which we doubled,
and which may be considered as the entrance of the bay.
We stopped for a-meal at what appeared to be a very safe
harbour near to the point. ‘The name of this place is sup-
posed to be derived from a high rock, which rises in a dis-
connected manner at the entrance of the harbour. To:a
fanciful imagination it might appear a Colossus. The spot
has in truth a very beautiful and characteristic appearance ;
the rock, which is an amygdaloid, having but little solidity,
appears to be fast wasting away under the destructive in-
fluence of the waves, producing a number of picturesque
and irregularly shaped masses, projecting to a small height

above
vity, \
volcan
merel}
spot is
ever t
other
expect

Thi
and w
of gre
a viev
of the
times,
we ar

Pre
by th
and s'
inden
ment.
soil v
and tl
treal |
count
howe
sprea
of she
occur
rocks
forme
a ver
a mic
form:

bpi two
ye green
ount in
opened
vice to
eas, by
ded but
1 them-

Bitation,
ce with
a gene-
cial, in-
ption of
to be-
at scale.
we re-
fa high
sing fa-
ong the
twenty-
loubled,
he bay.
ry safe
is sup-
in a dis-
Toa
he spot
arance ;
olidity,
tive in-
iresque
height

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 199

above the level of the lake. In one of these there is a ca-
vity, which by some might be taken for the crater of a
volcano, though it probably owes its present appearance
merely to the action of the waves upon the rock. This
spot is held in great veneration by the Indians, who, when-
ever they pass.it, deposit near it presents of tobacco and
other valuable articles, which, in their simple faith, they
expect will propitiate the spirit that dwells there.

This place offers one of the best localities for zeolites,
and will probably, when better explored, yield specimens
of great beauty. We collected some fragments, rather with
a view to mark the locality than on account of the merit
of the specimens; but Dr. Bigsby, who was there several
times, has obtained some very good pieces, for one of which
we are indebted to his liberality.

Proceeding onwards we passed ‘several islands, known
by the name of Fox and Montreal Islands, and after along
and swift sail, at a distance from the shore, to avoid all its
indentations, we reached the place of our evening encamp-
ment. While on the trap rocks, we observed that the

‘soil was not deep, but that what there was of it was good,

and that it supported a fine growth of cedar. The Mon-
treal Islands were observed to present sandy beaches; the
country became lower and less dreary. In the evening we
however found no suitable place to pitch our tents, but
spread our blankets on the stony beach, having no means
of sheltering ourselves from a heavy fall of snow which
occurred during the night. At this place we observed two
rocks in immediate contact, one of which was a granite
formed by a fine pink-coloured feldspar, intermixed with
a very small proportion of quartz and mica. Near it was
a mica-slate, which we judged to constitute a subordinate
formation.

os

}
iH]
in
|
ih
it \
| ji
f nea
i}
it cH
i}
1
1} iG
| ‘
} 3)
' + ae
Aa bi
11 ee
| x
|
rie
{ A
} | 4
|
i \ f
H hin.
i
na
j
i
yo
teih 2) da
i AA
|
itt i
i
t i
|
4

Se

200 EXPEDITION TO THE

On the 29th we reached at an early hour a projecting
point, called the Pointe de Memens, a corruption of the
Indian word Marmoaze, which signifies an assemblage of
rocks. We there met with a trap rock in place, but the
beach is strewed with water-worn fragments of conglome-
rates or sandstone; these were the first conglomerates which
we observed on the lake shore. After leaving this point we
proceeded on a long stretch, thirty-one miles long, to what
is termed the Grand Cape, which we reached late at
night. Our course led us near tc a group of small islands,
called Maple Islands, and there we first observed the sugar
tree in abundance. Being during part of this day at a con-
siderable distance from the north shore, we with great sa-
tisfaction discovered the south coast of the lake to be in
sight; this afforded us a sure indication of the approaching
close of our navigation on this lake. The part of the south
shore which first disclosed itself to our view is termed
White-fish point. The land appeared to be very low, and
nearly overflowed by the waters of the lake. The next
point of land which is disclosed on the south shore is Iro-
quois point, differing but little from the former in its ge-
neral character.

We had reached the Grand Point at too late an hour to
judge of its real situation; it was only, therefore, on the
next morning, that we became aware that we had arrived
at the eastern extremity of the lake, and that on doubling
that cape we would enter a bay from which the river St.
Mary issues. We left the Grand Point on the morning of
the 30th of September, the weather was fair and pleasant ;
after travelling a short distance, the rocks were observed
to recede gradually from the lake, the shores of which
were lined with sandy beaches; but the hills at a distance
decreased rapidly in height, and from the change in their

vegetati
ological
The
as the ¢
Pointe
miles
The wi
time re
Sault d
along tl
to the °
post oc
lakes.
to the
closes t
horizo
we obs
ed us t
casiona
Mr. Se
extend:
shore ¢
garriso
much |
been e
taking
be enl:
the lar
Our
the S:
consid
can ‘be
cumst

139 bat

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 201

ecting vegetation, appeared to indicate a difference in their ge-
of the ological character.
ge of The Pointe aux chénes, or Oak point, may be considered
ut the as the commencement of St. Mary’s river, which at the
plome- . Pointe aux Pins, one mile lower down, is about three
which miles wide, and has a rapid current and a devious bed.
int we The wind being fair, we spread a sail, and in two hours’
D what time reached the head of the rapid which is termed the
ate at Sault de St. Marie. We landed, left our boat, and walked
lands, along the Portage road, on the south bank of the river,
sugar to the “ Cantonment Brady,” which is the highest military
ja con- post oceupied by the United States’ troops on the chain of
at sa- lakes. A mill-race has been dug from the head cf the rapid
be in to the fort; it is somewhat less than a mile long; it dis-
ching closes the nature of the rocks, which consist of red sandstone
south horizontally stratified. This was the first spot at which
ermed we observed this rock in place, but Dr. Bigsby has inform-
v, and ed us that he found it in many of the spots at which he oc-
| next casionaily encamped on the north shore of the Jake. In
s Iro- Mr. Schoolcraft’s narrative we are informed that this rock
Is ge- extends to a very considerable distance along the south
shore of Lake Superior. The canal or mill-race, which the
our to garrison has opened at the Sault, has been made with
n the much less difficulty and expense than would at first have
‘rived been expected, from the apparent magnitude of the under-
bling 7 taking; at a very slight additional expense the canal might
ar St. be enlarged so as to render it navigable for bark canoes of
ng of the largest size.
sant ; Our party travelled the distance from Fort William to
erved the Sault de St. Marie in fifteen days; this passage was
vhich considered very short considering the season. An idea
tance can ‘be formed of our success in this respect from the cii-

cumstance that the superintendent of Michipicotton house,

|
Vi
}
ait

|

1}
}}
}
|
} ii
|
{ i
} f
pte |
{ { ny
{ f
)) GS
f i
\ |
i
| ne |
f
4
|

202 EXPEDITION TO THE

Mr. Mac Intosh, who left his post cight days before we did,
arrived at the Sault three hours after we had lardod; yet
this gentleman was travelling with a crew of experienced
voyagers, but being in a canoe he was frequentiy obliged
to lay by. Our boat though flat-bottomed, and in a bad
condition, answered our purpose very well. The north
coast of the lake, along which we travelled, is considered
somewhat safer at that time of the year than the southern ;
it is said to afford many good harbours, the entrances to
most of these are, however, concealed ; hence none bui ex-
perienced pilots can find them out. Our Engagés not be-
ing well acquainted with the coast, we were frequently at
a loss for harbours when we needed them most. The route
which we travelled on the lake was estimated by Major
Long at three hundred and eighty-three miles ; no doubt.a
considerable saving in the distance could be effected in
fine weather by keeping further off from the coast, ana
by cutting across Michipico:ton bay. The season dur-
ing which we travelled on the Jake was unusually boister-
ous and severe; we had snow, hail, or rain, for nearly the
whole of the time.

The country along the lake is one of the most dreary
imaginable, considering its latitude, and the facility with
which it may be approached. Its surface is every where
rocky, broken, and unproductive, even in the natural
growth of trees common to rugged regions; its climate is
cold and inhospitable ; the means of subsistence are so cir-
cumscribed that man finds no possibility of residing on it
in a savage state. Game is extremely scarce. Few, if
any, esculent plants grow spontaneously. Fish, it is
true, abound in its waters, but only such as can be plen-
tifully caught by means of nets; the total absence of
sandy beaches on the greater part of its extent prevents

the use
xaode oO
we saw
If a fev
they w
gerous
civilize
this se
a highl
ant for
wildnes
we wot
The hi,
with th
rency 2
are ofte
a depth
appears
upon w
long in
giddy;

At C
pitably
at that
regt. U
enjoyes
was sta
tleman
vations
as also
within
to this
format

we did,
2d; yet
rienced
obliged
1 a bad
e north
sidered
uthern ;
neces to
bui ex-
not be-
sntly at
e route
Major
doubt.a
cted in
st, ana
yn dur-
boister-
rly the

dreary
y with
where
natural
nate is
sO ¢Cir-
5 On it
‘ew, if
» it is
> plen-
nce of
‘events

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 203

the use of nets, and of course precludes even this last
yaode of subsistence. Accordingly all the Chippewas that
we saw on the lake did not exceed half a.dozen of families.
If a few fertile vallies should ever be found in the country
they wil be so closely surrounded by rocky hills and dan-
gerous swamps a: to render them no desirable abode for
civilized men. Indeed to estimate the future population of
this section of country from its present aspect, it would be
a highly exaggerated allowance to admit 4 single inhabit-
ant for every thousand acres of land. But from its very
wildness and dreariness this coast draws a charm which
we would vainly hope to find in more favoured regions.
The high hills, the rugged precipices, the rocky shores,
with their spare vegetation, are relieved by the transpa-
rency and purity of the waters that wash their base; these
are often so great that the pebbles can be distinctly seen at
a depth of more than twenty feet. The canoe frequently
appears “s if suspended in air, so transparent is the liquid
upon which it floats; ‘the spectator, who keeps his eyes too
jong intent upon gazing at the bottom, feels his head grow
giddy, as though he were looking down a deep abyss.

At Cantonment Brady, the party were kindly and hos-
pitably reccived by the officers of the garrison, which was
at that time under the command of Major Cutler of the 2d
regt. United States’ Infantry. The gentlemen of the party
enjoyed a few interviews with Mr. H. R. Schoolcraft, who
was stationed there as Indian agent; they found this gen-
tleman very obliging in communicating to them his obser-
vations on the topography and mineralogy of the country,
as also upon the character and dispositions of the Indians
within hisagency. Mr. Schoolcraft has devoted much time
to this latter subject, and has collected much valuable in-
formation, which he kindly offered to impart to our gen-

204 EXPEDITION TO THE

tlemen; they however declined this kind offer, having as-
certained that Mr. Schoolcraft had previously intended the
information for Governoy Cass, who, as they were pleased to
hear, is collecting materials towards « general account of
the Indians within the district of Michigan. From the in-
dustry with which these materials are collected, no doubt
cau be entertained that whenever Governor Cass will pub-
lish his account of these interesting nations, it will contri-
bute much towards the history of the aboriginal trives
of America. Indeed the certainty that this work will offer
a much more complete and satisfactory account of the
Chippewas than we could have done was one of the mo-
tives which induced us to curtail our observations on this
subject.

Having brought the history of our voyage to the Sault
de St. Marie, we deem it proper to conclude it there, ‘be-
ing persuaded that the observations which we made after
that time, having been of a hasty and superficial nature,
could contribute but little tothe history ofa country. which
has been so long known, upon which so much has been
written, and which, by becoming the seat of miliary ope-
rations, during the war of 1812, has: acquired so greut a de-
gree of celebrity.

It will be sufficient for us to state that the party left the
Sault in their open boat, ‘on the 3d of October, «~d reached
the island of Mackinaw on the next'day. There they di-
vided. . Lieuts. Scott and Denny proceeded with the ten
soldiers to Green Bay, thence to ascend the Fox river to
the portage, and descend the Wisconsan to the Mississippi.
We have heard with satisfaction, by a letter from Lieut.
Scott, that he reached Fort St. Anthony with his command
without any accident, though after having suffered much
from cold weather. At Mackinaw Major Long embarked

with
board
as far ¢

St. Cle
ceived
eutter,
the use
they p
plies u
velled
canal ;
tance ¢
of Octe
about §
upwar
party |
of any
far les:
to und
courag

Vor

ing as-
hded the
eased to
ount of
the in-
o doubt
ill pub-
contri-
1 trives
ill offer
of the
he mo-
on this

e Sault
re, be-
le after
nature,
7 which
as been
ry ope-
at a de-

left the
reached
hey di-
the ten
iver’ to
issippi.
Lieut.
mmand
1 much
parked

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 205

with Messrs. Say, Keating, Colhoun, and Seymour, on
board the revenue cutter, the Dallas, which carried them
as far as Detroit. On this voyage across Lake Huron and
St. Clair, they were three days, during which they re-
ceived the kindest atttentions from the commander of the
eutter, Captain Knapp, who very politely gave up to them
the use of his cabin. After remaining three days at Detroit
they proceeded to buffalo, on board of the steam boat that
plies upon Lake Erie. They then visited Niagara, and tra-
velled by land to Rochester, where they struck the Erie
canal; they proceeded down the canal to Albany, a dis-
tance of two hundreu and fifty eight miles. On the 26th
of October they reached Philadelphia, having been absent
about six months, during which time they travelled over
upwards of four thousand five hundred miles, the whole
party being blessed with health, meeting with no accident
of any account, and undergoing hardships and privations,
far less considerable than those which they had ‘ expected
to undergo, and which have tried the perseverance and
courage of other explorers.

Vee RE wn canlincilt

206 EXPEDITION TO THE

CHAPTER V.

General descrip. ‘f the country traversed by the Ea-
pedition, designed as a topographical report to the
War, Depariment, by S. H. LONG, Major United
States’ Topographical Engineers.

THE region, whose description is intended in the pre-
_sent essay, as embracing the route of the Expedition, is
limited, on the N. W. by the intersection of the 51st de-
gree of N. latitude with the 97th of W. longitude, and, on
the S. B. by that of the 40th degree of latitude with the
74th degree of longitude west of Greenwich. Its figure is
rhomboidal, about thirteen hundred miles long, from E.
S. E.. to W. N. W. and has an average width of between
four and five hundred miles, Its boundaries may be traced
on the accompanying map, being coincident with the route
of the Expedition.

The researches of the Expedition were more immediate-
ly limited to the region above specified, but our attention
has been nevertheless directed to the attainment of new in-
formation relative to other parts of the country, whenever
a favourable opportunity presented. The substance of the
whole is briefly embodied in the following remarks, with
the view of giving a geographical outline as complete and
satisfactory as circumstances will permit.

In order to render the description as plain and perspi-
euous as practicable, we shall arrange our remarks under
separate heads, corresponding to particular divisions of the
route.of the Expedition, and conclude with a few observa-
tions of a more general nature and application. The follow-

ing div
applica
Ist.

ziver.
2d. ¢
Michig
3d: ¢
tween
4th.
of the ¢
5th.
6th.
Superi¢
7th.
the top

1. Of

Afte
of the «

_ aspect ¢

of the
ably di
the veg
suited.
On ap
the ele
irregul
nected
mate i

Xs} pre-
ion, is
Ist de-

nd, on
ith the
Bure is
om E,
otween
traced

2 route

ediate-
ention
ew in-
snever
of the
» with
te and

erspi-
under
of the
serva-
llow-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 207

ing division of the subject may Gunton be regarded as
applicable, viz. :—

Ist. Of the country between seroma teien and the Ohio
river.

2d. Of the country between the Ohio river and Lake
Michigan.

3d. Of the country and navigable communications be
tween Lake Michigan and the Mississippi.

4th. Of St. Peter’s river and the adjacent meer Also
of the Coteau des Prairies.

5th. Of Red river and the adjacent country.

6th. Of the country between Lakes Winnepeek and
Superior.

7th. Remarks on a variety of subjects connected with
the topography of the country.

I. Of the country between Philadelphia and the Ohio
river.

After all that has been written in descript' on of this part
of the country, a very few remarks relative to its general

_aspect and character will suffice, on this occasion. Eastward

of the Alleghany Mountains, the country is most agree-
ably diversified with hills and valleys, and is prolific in all
the vegetable products common to a temperate climate, and
suited.to the convenience and welfare of man and beast.
On approaching the ranze of. mountains just mentioned,
the elevation above tide wiiter gradually increases, and the
irregularities of the surface become more apparent. Con-
nected with these appearances some slight change of cli-
mate is percentible, and is evineed by a more frequent oc-

208 EXPEDITION TO THE

currence and longer continuance of frosts and snows upon
the surface. On entering upon the mountainous range, a
difference both of aspect and character is readily perceiv-
ed, A multiplicity of ridges, stretching in a north-easterly

various widths and depths, is here presented; the ridges
rise to the height of from twelve hundred to three thou-
sand feet above tide water. A change of climate, corres-
ponding to the difference of altitude, is also observable ;
and it is remarked that frosts occur on some of the ridges,
more or less frequently in every month of the year. Such
is the change of climate occasioned by a difference of ele-
vation in these ridges, that maize, which grows in
great perfection in the vallies, cannot be raised upon the
mountains, where the altitude is greater than about fifteen
hundred feet. It is remarkable also that wheat grown up-
on the mountains, at a considerable elevation above their
base, is heavier by a few pounds in the bushel, and is said
to be of a better quality in other respects, than that of the
vallies and other adjacent grounds.

The surface of the ridges is often broken and rugged,
and generally covered with a profusion of rocks and stones,
of the older sandstone formation. The mountain growth
consists principally of pitch pines, scrub oaks, chesnut,
hemlock, aspen, laurel, bramble, &c.

North-westwardly of the Alleghany Mietidins the
country presents a surface exceedingly diversified with
hills and vallies, yet more generally susceptible of. culti-
vation, and not less fertile than to the eastward. Its gene-
ral elevation above tide water may be estimated at about
one thousand feet, and its climate in most respects is very
similar to that of the country adjacent to the mountains,
on the other side, in the same latitudes, In this respect,

and south-westerly direction, alternating with vallies of

count
that be
the ot
with o
clivity.
mence:
north-¢
the M
thence
Beave
of Lak
burgh
gion si
as_ bef
hills a
mits;
secon¢
below
the nu
region
thous:
the m
face d

v9 upon
range, 2
yerceiv-
pasterly
lies of
ridges
e thou-
corres-
rvable ;
ridges,
» Such
of ele-
ws in
yon the
fifteen
wn up-
e their
is said
t of the

rugged,
stones,
growth
hesnut,

ns, the
d with
of culti-
S gene-

about
is very
nntains,
espect,

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 209

however, as also in its productiveness, some slight differ-
ence may be occasioned by the natural condition of the
two tracts, in a geological point of view, the country east-
ward of the range being of a primitive, and that westward
of a secondary character, limestone being common to both.

II, Of the country between the Ohio river and Lake
Michigan.

On this part of the route are presented two varieties of
country, distinctly marked ; the one exceedingly hilly, like
that between the Alleghanies and Obio, before noticed, and
the other of a waving aspect, presenting extensive flats,
with occasional hills and swells of moderate height and de-
clivity. The line of division between these two tracts com-
mences on the Mississippi, near Cape Girardeau, and runs
north-eastwardly to the Miami river, thence eastwurdly to:
the Muskingum, which it crosses near Zanesville, and
thence north-eastwardly, passing along the sources of Big-
Beaver river, and terminating near the eastern extremity
of Lake Erie. (See Account of the Expedition from Pitts-
burgh to the Rocky Mountains, vol. 2, p. 333.) The re-
gion situated between this line and the Ohio river exhibits,
as before hinted, a surface exceedingly diversified with
hills and vallies; the hills uniformly present rounded sum-
mits; rocks are seldom abundant upon the surface, though
secondary lime and sandstones prevail at a moderate depth
below; precipices no where occur except as boundaries to
the numerous water-courses. The gencral elevation of this
region may be estimated at between six hundred and one
thousand feet above tide water, gradually increasing from
the mouth of the Ohio upwards. The inequalities of sur-
face do not render it unfit for cultivation. The vallies, es-

£0 EXPEDITION TO THE

pecially of the principal streams, are exceedingly fertile,
and the hills, though less productive, afford the means of
subsistence in abundance. The soil of both is almost uni-
formly an argillaceous loam; that of the former is deep,
and contains much lime and vegetable movld, that of the
latter is less prolific, though deeper than is usually to be
met with in hilly regions, and much more easily cultivated,
owing to its being light and free from stone.

North-westwardly of the limit above-mentioned, the
country wears a very different aspect, palpably. manifest
in travelling in the direction of the assumed line. The
river vallies are broader and more regularly defined, being
separated from the high lands by parallel ranges of bluffs
or mural banks. No hills of any considerable height or
magnitude, if we except numerous swells, some of which
are broad and extensive, are here to be seen. Extensive
tracts of flat country, with scarcely an undulation upon
their surface are presented; also many large swamps and
morasses, some of which are deep and miry. The country
on the Sandusky and St. Mary’s rivers, as also upon many
other streams in this quarter, abounds in blemishes of the
nature last mentioned, for which, remedies no doubt will
be provided, as'soon as the population and wealth of the
country are sufficiently advanced to admit of the various
improvements that are practicable.

In the northerly parts of Illinois and Indiana, as also in
the west corner of the state of Ohio, are extensive cham-
paigns, flat and marshy, of a soil apparently very rich, but
too wet for cultivation. A large proportion of the flat
lands of Ohio and Indiana, however, is heavily wooded,
and is for the most part denominated the Beech lands,
the red beech being the prevailing growth upon it. The
soil of these lands is thin, but remarkably black, rest-

ing upc
the tree
ash, eln
liriodet
ton-wor
The
estimat
water.
in whic
those o
ceed fr
region |
zone ab
taries, f
tion the
to the «
to the ;
theless
the sum
routes ¢
westwa
the surf
lake, tl
tide wa
In re
cations,
this dis
to the s
season.
already
route tl
the twa
explore

fertile,
eans of
ost uni-
is deep,
t of the
y to be
tivated,

ed, the
nanifest
» The
d, being
of bluffs
ight or
f which
xtensive
mn upon
nps and
country
n many
s of the
ubt will

of the
various

5 also in
e cham-
ich, but
he flat
wooded,
lands,
The

Ik, rest-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 211

ing upon a bed of sand, gravel, or pebbles. In addition to
the tree just mentioned, the woodlands comprise the oak,
ash, elm, hickory, sugar-tree, wild cherry, black walnut,
liriodendron, poplar, hop-horn-beam, and in some places cot-
ton-wood and sycamore, most of which attain a gigantic size.

The general elevation of this portion of country may be
estimated, as before, at about one thousand feet above tide
water. It is remarkable, that the strip or zone of country,
in which numerous tributaries of the Ohio interlock with
those of Lake Erie, should decrease in altitude as we pro-
ceed from the Miami river, eastward; also, that a hilly
region should intervene between the Ohio river and the
zone above mentioned, or the country in which its tribu-
taries, from the north, have their origin, of greater eleva-
tion than that of the zone itself. Yet. however repugnant
to the doctrines of the geologist, and however discordant
to the general principles of hydrogzaphy, such is never-
theless: the case, as has been satisfactorily ascertained by
the surveys recently made in Qhio, on the several canal
routes that have been explored. From the Miami north-
westward to Lake Michigan, a very gradual declension of
the surface takes place, in so much, that in the vicinity of the
lake, the general level is about seven hundred feet above
tide water. :

In regard to the facilities for artificial water communi-
cations, between the lakes and the Mississippi, through
this district of country, no doubts can“exist, but in relation
to the supply of water on the several summits in a dry
season. Of the routes across the state of Ohio, notice has
already been taken in a former part of this work. The
route through the Maumee and Wabash, and that through
the two St. Joseph’s and Kankakee rivers, remain to be
explored. . Of the practicability of these routes there can

212 EXPEDITION TO THE

be no question, except as to the quantity of water that can
be brought to their summits, as before intimated.

A water communication connecting the west end of
Lake Erie with the southern extremity of Lake Michigan
will ere long become a subject of great interest, inasmuch
as it must be regarded as an important link in the grand
chain of internal navigation connecting New York with
the country of the Mississippi. The route ‘by which this
is to be effected remains also to be explored, but the abun-
dance and size of the water-courses intervening between
these two places, leave but little room to doubt of its prac-
- ticability,

HI. Of the Country and navigable Communications
between Lake Michigan and the Mississippi river.

No part of the region traversed by the Expedition can
be considered more interesting than that now under con-
sideration. ‘The surface, whichis generally prairie, is
agreeably. diversified by gentle swells and: vallies,' and
checkered with: skirts of woodland fringing its numerous
water-courses. . The soil in many places is:exuberant in a
high degree, and is no where. infested with rocks or stones.
The bottoms especially exhibit proofs of. the greatest: fe-
cundity, in the rankness of their vegetable products; to
these valuable traits must be added the abundance of lead
ore, which prevails in many places; all of ‘which conspire
to render this country quite as valuable as.ary other tract
of equal extent within the basin of the Mississippi. In this
brief recital of the natural advantages and resources of the
country, it should not be forgotten, that the ‘cilities for
water communications between the lake and. the Missis-
sippi are numerous; there being no less than three differ-

ent rou
one to
ventioi

The
particu
and Fo
gan, an
countri
rivers |
cago, N
note, tr
Fox,
Makab
size th:
river h
Pektan
respect
graphy
general
bounde
gentle

The
Michig
lake, p
bound
tensive
with e
Plaines
parent
blow f
with th
gies ab
tract, 3
Vo

hat can

end of
ichigan
asmuch
e grand
rk with
ich this
be abun-
between
its prac-

ications
river.

tion can
Jer con-
airie, is
es, ' and
1merous
ant in a
* stones.
itest « fe-
cts; to
of lead
yonspire
er tract
In ‘this
s'of the
ities for
Missis-

e differ-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 213

ent routes through which loaded canoes have passed from
one to the other in times of inundation, without the inter-
vention of portages.

The foregoing remarks are intended as applicable more
particularly to the tract bounded, north by the Wisconsan
and Fox rivers, south by the Illinois, east by Lake Michi-
gan, and west by the Mississippi river, than which few
countries of equal extent can boast of a finer aspect. The
rivers included within the limits just assigned, are the Chi-
cago, Milwacke, Manitowacke, and several others of less
note, tributary to Lake Michigan, the Des Plaines, De Page,
Fox, Mequin, &c. tributary to the Illinois, the Rock and
Makabea or Small Fox river, and several others of smaller
size that mingle their waters with the Mississippi. Rock
river has many tributaries, among which are the Kishwake,
Pektannon, Little Pektannon, and. Wassemon rivers, all
respectable streams, never before recognised in the geo-
graphy of the.country. The vallies of the water-courses
generally, and particularly of those just mentioned, are
bounded by parallel ranges of hills, of moderate height and
gentle declivity.

The country embracing the southern extremity of Lake
Michigan, and extending inland many miles from the
lake, presents no hills, except the elevated sand-drifts that
bound that extremity of the lake. On the contrary, an ex-
tensive flat embracing woodlands and meadows alternating
with each other, spreads from the St. Joseph to the Des
Plaines, and from the lake to the Kankakee. Its soil is ap-
parently good, but the chilling northerly winds, which
blow from the lake, charged with vapour, seem to carry
with them blast and mildew, and render its prolific ener-
gies abortive, At Chicago, which is situated within this
tract, attempts have been made to cultivate maize, wheat,
Vou. I. 28

= ——s

DPE RAE SINR MAR AOE WE

214 EXPEDITION TO THE

oats, and other products, but they ave often proved f-uit-
less.

In the vicinity of the Mississippi, the high lands on both
sides of the river are intersected by numerous decp ra-
vines and water-courses, which, together with the bluffs
and precipices by which the river valley is bounded, give
to that part of the country a hilly and broken aspect. At
the mouth of the Illinois the high lands are elevated from
one‘hundred to ons hundred and fifty feet above the river.
At Prairie du Chien their elevation is four or five hun-
dred feet. About one hundred miles above this place, the
high lands are said to be more elevated than on any other
part of the Mississippi, rising to seven or eight hundred
fect. At the mouth of the St. Peter, their height varies
from one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet.

On the Wisconsan river, at the distance of fifty or sixty
miles eastward of the Mississippi, commences a region of
hilly country, which extends northwardly to Lake Superior,
and embraces the head waters of the Wisconsan, Fox, Me-
nomone, Ontonagon, Bois Brulé, St. Croix, Chippewa,
Black, and Prairie de la Croix rivers. To this region the
name of the Wisconsan Hills has been given, which are
terminated on the south by the Ocooch and Smoky Moun-
tains, whose altitude is about twelve hundted feet above the
common level, or two thousand feet above tide water. Its
aspect is exceedingly diversified by hills and vallies, the
former of which are high and rugged, supporting a heavy
growth of pine, &c. while the latter often present exten-
sive flats, abounding in lakes, swamps, and ponds, yielding
wild rice in great abundance and perfection. The rocks of the
southern portior: of this region may be regarded as of a se-
eondary character, while those of the northern, according
to Mr. Schoolcraft, are primitive. In the former of these

localiti
abunda
tensive
the we

an aspe
mer pa
a rank
sandy |
trees ai

On t
upland
selves.
and co:
red mi
ever, Cc
the De
of abo
cludes
groves

The
follow!
hickor
white,
sassafr
coffee-
simmo

plum,
count
nut, o
occasi
of an ¢
White
appea

f-uit-

bn both
‘cp ra-
> bluffs
d, give
t. At
d from
B river.
e hun-
hce, the
y other
undred
varies

or sixty
ion of
iperior,
x, Me-
ppewa,
ion the
ich are
Moun-
ove the
r. Its
as, the
heavy
exten-
ielding
s of the
of a se-
ording
’ these

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 815

localities lead has been found, and no doubt exists in great
abundance, and in the latter it is believed that rich and ex-
tensive beds of copper ore are of frequent occurrence. To
the westward of the Wisconsan Hills, the country assumes
an aspect somewhat similar to that mentioned in the for-
mer part of this article, though it does not deserve so high
a rank in an agricultural point of view. The soil is more
sandy and bibulous, the surface more broken, the forest
trees are less stately, and vegetation less luxuriant.

On the west of the Mississippi above Prairie du Chien,
upland forests of considerable magnitude present them-
selves at the distance of six or eight miles from the river,
and continue in view for the distance of nearly one hund-
red miles above that place. Their extent westward, how-
ever, cannot be very great, for the prairie region, in which
the De Moyen has its sources, commences at the distance
of above one hundred miles from the Mississippi, and ex-
cludes all appearance of woodlands except in insulated
groves and narrow skirts bordering upon the water-courses.

The growth of this section of the country comprises the
following trees, viz. the white, black, red and post oak, .
hickory, walnut, sugar-tree, maple, linden, cotton-wood,
white, blue, and black ash, elm, hop-hern-b2am, red cedar,
sassafras, willow, aspen, &c. in addition to which sycamore,
coffee-tree, mulberry, pecan, Spanish and willow oak, per-
simmon, honey-locusts, black and red -haw, crab-apple,
plum, pawpaw, dog-wood, spice-wood, &c. are found in the
country below rock river. Gum, cherry, red birch, butter-
nut, or white walnut, red hickory, and slippery elm, are
occasionally to be met with. Yellow, pitch and white pine
of an excellent quality abound upon the Wisconsan Hills.
White birch, white cedar, spruce, juniper, &c. sometimes
appear in the woodlands above Prairie du Chien, The un-

cht

ca AAR REN. GNC AR ARR

216 EXPEDITION TO THE

dergrowth of the country consists principally of hazle, su-
mac, elder, prickly ash, alder, thorn, bramble bush, laurel,
gooseberry, black currant, chokeberry, sand cherry, grape-
vine, hop-vine, bitter-sweet, night-shade, honeysuckle,
wild gourd, poison-vine, spikenard, sarsaparilla, grasses,
ferns, and a variety of other herbage, conspicuous in many
instances for the beauty of its flowers. The islands, which
are exceedingly numerous in this part of the Mississippi
and its principal tributaries, sustain a dense growth of cot-
ton-wood and willows, surmounting thickets of shrubbery
and vines, rendered almost impenetrable by the luxuriance
of their growth.

Under this division of our subject, we shall particularly
notice a portion of the Upper Mississippi, (by which is
meant that portion of this noble river, situated above the
confluence of the Missouri,) the Illinois, and the Wiscon-
san rivers, referring to the accompanying map for the
names and localities of the rest.

The valley of the Upper Mississippi, below the Falls of
St. Anthony, varies from three to ten or twelve miles in
width, except at. the De Moyen and Rock Island rapids,
where its breadth is so contracted that it affords sufficient
room only for the bed of ‘the river, which at the former
place is about twelve hundred yards wide, and at the lat-
ter from eight hundred to one thousand. It is uniformly
bounded by high bluffs, which are generally abrupt, and
often precipitous. Within the valley, especially in the vi-
einity of Lake Pepin, insulated knobs and _ hills: of consi-
derable magnitude, based upon horizontal strata of rocks,
and towering to various heights, from one hundred to five
hundred feet, are frequently to be met with. These must
be regarded.as the remains of the high country, through
which the river in process of time has scooped out its

broa
the
chan
agen
T
widt
soms
or si
islan
nels.
Pepin
sideral
very
long a
affordi
becom
merou:
The
alterna
ally ele
peted v
dense a
and shr
dation 3
Duri
the mor
sissippi
boats of
above m
gation, 1
numerot
is infeste
ascend, |

4, SU-
rel,
rape-
ickle,
asses,
many
which
ssippi
of cot-
ibbery
riance

cularly
hich is
ve the
Viscon-
for the

alls of
iles in
rapids,
ficient
former
he lat-
formly
pt, and
the vi-
consi-
rocks,
to five
fe must
hrough
out its

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 217

broad and deep valley. They serve not only to beautify
the landscape, but to remind the traveller of the great
changes \.rought upen the surface of the globe by the
ageney of water.

The upper Mississippi is also remarkable for the great
width of its bed, and the multiplicity of islands it embo-
soms. It spreads in many places to the width of five
or six miles, and seems to lose itself among countless
islands through which it flows in numberless small chan-
nels. Between the mouth of the Missouri and Lake
Pepin, no less than six hundred and forty islands of con-
siderable size have been enumerated. Lake Pepin is a
very beautiful enlargement of the river, twenty-two miles
long and from one to three broad, destitute of islands, and
affording a great depth of water. Above the lake the river
becomes narrower, and the islands smaller and less nu-
merous.

The valley country is made up of prairies and woodlands
alternating with each other; the former of which are usu-
ally elevated above the reach of floods, and are richly car-
peted with herbage and flowers, while the latter sustain a
dense and heavy growth of trees, intermixed with vines
and shrubbery, and are, for the most part, subject to inun-
dation in flood time.

During the spring floods, which ‘usually prevail during
the months of April, May, and June, this part of the Mis-
sissippi is navigable to the mouth of the St. Peter for
boats of great burden. In a low stage of water the rapids
above meniioned oppose serious obstructions to the navi-
gation, which is also rendered still more precarious by the
numerous shoals and bars with which the bed of the river
is infested. The rapidity of the current decreases:'as we
ascend, being about three miles per hour at the mouth of

218 EXPEDITION TO THE

the Illinois, and one mile and a half near that of the St.
Peter. At the de Moyen rapids, the river is hurried down a
descent of about thirty feet in the distance of eleven miles,
and at the rapids of Rock Island, which are about fifteen
miles long, the aggregate descent is about forty-five feet.

A description of the Falls of St. Anthony has been al-
ready given in the preceding narrative. For a descrip-
tion of the Mississippi above this point, we beg leave to
refer to the “ Account of Pike’s Expedition to the source’
of that river, as also to the narrative published by Mr.
Schoolcraft, and to that which Captain Douglas is prepar-
ing for the press.

The Illinois river is to be ranked among the most im-
portant of the western rivers, inasmuch as it affords greater
facilities as. a water communication between the lakes and
the Mississippi than any other stream. Its length from its
mouth to its source, at.the junction of the Kankakee and
Des Plaines, is three hundred miles. For a distance of
fifty miles on the upper part of the river shoals abound,
which are serious impediments to its navigation in a low
stage of water. The most formidable obstructions of this
nature are the rapids situated at the confluence of Vermi-
lion river, which are utterly impassible for boats except in
times of flood. Below this, the navigation is exceedingly
easy, for boats of moderate draft and burden, to the mouth
of the river, a distance of two hundred and fifty miles.
The current'throughout the distance last’ mentioned is ex-
ceedingly gentle, often quite imperceptible; indeed, this
part of the river may with much propriety be denominated
an extended pool of stagnant water. Its valley is broad and
bounded by parallel ranges of bluffs, presenting, in most
places along the margin of the river, low bottoms covered
with a dense growth of timber trees, surmounting thickets

of we
wood
the pr
eonsid
of a re
ascent
dual, |
The
tinued
viz. to
and a
tioned
Lake
Kank:
lockin
Throu
from
The r
quent)
tremel
is seld
The
serves
sippi.
gation
of mo:
is rapi
ble isl
structe
from i
mile.a
subjec
Bay, t

the St.
lown a
miles,
fifteen
feet.

2en al-
escrip-
ave to
ource”’
'y Mr.
yrepar-

st im-
yreater
es and
rom its
ee and
nce of
bound,
a low
of this
ermi-
ept in
mouth
miles.
is ex-
Hy this
inated
nd and

most.
bvered
ickets

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. £19

of weeds, vires, and bushes almost impenetrable. The
woodlands thus situated are subject to inundations, during
the prevalence of a moderate freshet, but in their rear, at a
eonsiderable distance from the river, are extensive prairies
of a rolling aspect, and richly adorned with herbage. The
ascent to the highlands across the bluffs, is generally gra-
dual, but in some instances abrupt.

The navigable communication above mentioned is con-
tinued from the head of the Illinois by two different routes,
viz. to Chicago fifty miles through the river Des Plaines
and a small water-course connecting the stream just men-
tioned with Chicago river; and to the St. Joseph of the
Lake about one hundred. and twenty miles, through the
Kankakee, and a small tributary of the St. Joseph inter-
locking with that river in a tract of marshy: country.
Through both of these routes loaded boats have passed
from the lakes to the Illinois during the vernal floods.
The route first mentioned is very direct, and is now fre-
quently traversed with boats of burden; the other is ex-
tremely tortuous along the windings of the Kankakee, and
is seldom practicable.

The Wisconsan, from its magnitude and importance, de-
serves a high rank among the tributaries of the Missis-
sippi. When swollen by a freshet it affords an easy navi-
gation for boats of considerable burden through a distance
of more than one hundred and eighty miles. Its current
is rapid, and, like the Mississippi, it embosoms innumera-
ble islands. In a low stage of water its navigation is ob-
structed by numerous shoals and sand banks. At the distance
from its mouth above mentioned, there is a portage of one
mile and a half, across a flat meadow, which is occasionally
subject to inundation, to a branch of Fox river of Green
Bay, thus affording another navigable communication be-

220 EXPEDITION TO THE

tween the lakes and the Mississippi, through which boats
have been known to pass. The valley of the Wisconsan
is somewhat narrower than those of most other rivers of
this region, but in other respects it is very similar to them.
The high country here assumes a more hilly and broken
aspect, and the soil becomes more sandy and meagre.

While on the subject of water communications it is pro-
per to remark, that a third route, viz. by way of the Rock
and Milwacke rivers, has been found practicable for ca-
noes.

IV. Of the St. Peter river and adjacent country. /lso
of the Coteau des Prairies.

The St. Peter, called in the Sioux language Menesota
Watapan, or River of turbid water, receives most of its
waters from a remarkable ridge distinguished by the name
of Coteau des Prairies, hereafter to be noticed. Its most
remote source is a small lake, called Pole-cat Lake, about
three miles in circumference, situated at the base of the
ridge just mentioned, in latitude about 45° 40' N. and lon-
gitude 96° 36' W. It enters the Mississippi nine miles
below the Falls of St. Anthony, in N, latitude 44° 53'
49" and W. longitude 93° 8' 7". Its length, following its
meanders, is about five hundred miles, but in the “irection
of its immediate valley, does not exceed two hundred and
seventy-five miles. Its course is exceedingly serpentine,
varying from side to side ofits valley, and is interrupted
by several rocky ridges extending across the bed of the
river, and occasioning falls of considerable descent. About
fifteen miles from its source it passes into Big Stone Lake,
which is about twenty-five miles long, and from four hun-
dred yards to one, mile and a half wide, lying in a.direc-

tion cc
lower
size, i
Twen
which
length
receive
consid
Cotton
Mount
des P
any ro
eastwa
from. i
spectal
the lat
de Co
qui ‘pai
Dur

ch boats
isconsan
ivers of
o them.
broken
Pre.
t is pro-
e Rock
for ca-

y. /tlso

fenesota
it of its
le name
ts most
e, about
of the
nd lon-
e miles
44° §3'
ving its
rection
ed and
entine,
‘rupted
of the
About
» Lake,
ir hun-
.direc-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 221

tion corresponding with the course of the river, Near the
lower extremity of the lake is an island of considerable
size, inhabited by a pretty numerous band of the Sioux.
Twenty-five miles lower down it enters Lac qui parle,
which ‘is a handsome little lake seven and a half miles in
length, and whose breadth does not exceed one mile. It
receives from the west several small tributaries, the most
considerable of which are the Blue Earth, the Liard, or
Cotton-wood, the Yellow Medicine rivers, and the Spirit
Mountain rivulet, all of which take their rise in the Coteau
des Prairies. Its proximity to the. Mississippi precludes
any room for tributaries of any considerable size from the
eastward, for a distance of more than two hundred miles
from. its mouth, above which it receives two streams of re-
spectable size, viz. the Epervier and the Medicine Bark,
the latter of which rises near Otter-tail lake and the river
de Corbeau, and enters about sixteen miles below the Lac
qui parle.

During the spring freshets, and at other times when
floods prevail, the St. Peter is navigable for Mackinaw
boats and pirogues, from its mouth to the head of Big
Stone Lake, there being but two obstructions that are im-
passable on such occasions, viz. at Patterson’s Fall and the
Grand Portage, at which are carrying places or portages of
moderate length. For a distance of about forty. miles on
the lower part of the river it is from sixty to eighty yards
wide only, and navigable fe~ pirogues and canoes, in all
stages of the water; higher up, its navigation is obstructed
in low water by numerous shoals and rapids.

The only tributaries worthy of notice are the Blue
Earth, the Liard, improperly called Whitewood, the
Red-wood, or more properly Red-tree, the Yellow Medi-
eine, the Beaver, and the Spirit Mountain rivers, all head-
Voz. II. 29

222 EXPEDITION TO THE

ing in the Coteau des Prairies, entering from the west, also
the Epervier and Miawahkan or Medicine Bark, from the
north-east ; the latter of which rises in the vicinity of Otter-
tail Lake, to which it is said to be navigable for canoes ina
wet season, and is the same that has often been denominated
Chippewa river... Of these streams the Blue Earth is the
most considerable, its sources interlocking with waters tri-
butary to the Missouri, in a district of country, where the
Coteau des Prairies is said to have: its southerly termina-
tion. The others are all’of inconsiderable magnitude, as
may be readily inferred from the description already given
of the principal.

The country of the St. Peter possesses many features
highly interesting» both in a geological and agricultural
point of view. Its physical character and structure, as
also those of the other regions treated of in this paper,
have been discussed in the course of the preceding nar-
rative. In regard to its soil and aspect, much may be
said in its praise. ‘The immediate valley of the river has
_an average width of about one mile and a half, and is con-
nected by bluffs or parallel ranges of hills, which attain
an elevation of about.one hundred feet. The lower: por-
tion of the valley, embracing nearly one-half the length of
the river, is low and marshy, subject to inundation, and
abounding in lakes, swamps, and lagoons. Nevertheless,
it sustains in many places a dense and heavy growth of
trees, consisting principally of oak, elm, white maple, ash,
linden, white-walnut, wild-cherry, &c. together with a
luxuriant undergrowth of shrubbery, vines, grasses, and
. weeds. The neighbouring highlands present. numerous
eopses and groves of considerable magnitude, containing
several of the trees before enumerated. Prairies are fre-
quent, and some of them spacious, on this part of the river,

both |
forest

On
ferent
two a
ing 01
seldot

aspect
ally a
The
of set
place:
of pri
the v
of the

consid
that o1
lation |

pst, also
om the
f Otter-
bes ina

inated

is the

prs tri-
ere the
prmina-
ude, as
y given

features
pultural
lure, ag
paper,
ng nar-
ray be
ver has
is con-
n attain
er’ por-
ngth of
on, and
theless,
wth of
le, ash,
with a
es, and
merous
taining
are fre-
e river,

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 223

both in the valley and upon the adjacent highlands, so that
forests of any considerable extent are entirely excluded.

On the upper part of the river the valley assumes a dif-
ferent character, expanding in some cases to the width of
two or three miles, and embracing extensive tracts of roll-
ing or level prairies. The bottoms are more elevated, and
seldom give place to swamps or ponds, The woodlands
become less frequent, and the prairies more extensive, till
at length all that appears of the former are mere skirts
fringing the water-courses.

The uplands on both sides of the valley are of a rolling
aspect, in some instances inclining to hilly ; rocks occasion
ally appear upon the surface, but are no where abundant.
The stratifications, on which the country is based, consis!
of secondary sand and limestone, perforated in several
places, towards the head of the river, by peaks and ridges
of primitive rock, which rise twenty or thirty feet above
the water-table of the country. The aggregate descent
of the St. Peter may be estimated at about one hundred
and fifty feet,* the general level of the country at its source
having an elevation of about eighty feet above the river.

On retiring from the river in either direction the coun-
try becomes undulatory, but no hills remarkable for their
magnitude occur, till we arrive at the Coteau des Prairies,
on the west, and at the Pine ridges, &c. which are repre-
sented as the birth place of the waters of the Mississippi,
on the east. The height to which these last attain is said
to be inconsiderable ; they do not probably rise more than
a few feet above the general level above mentioned.

*In vol. 1. p. 364, the descent of the St. Peter was from general
considerations .estimated at sixty feet, but Major Long is.of opinion
that one hundred and fifty fect accords better with known facts in re-
lation to the descent of water-courses.

224 EXPEDITION TO. THE

The Coteau des Prairies is a very remarkable feature in
the aspect of this region, situated between the waters of the
Mississ:ppi anu those of the Missouri. It may be regarded
as the.dividing ridge between those waters, and is doubt-
less the grand dike which has obstructed the latter in its
progress eastward, and caused it to flow southwardly
through a distance of many hundred miles, before it could
again resume a direct course to the former. This huge
swell has an elevation of about one thousand feet above the
common level of the country just: described, and extends
from the 44th degree of latitude, in a direction north-north-
west to the sources of Pembina_river, in latitude 49° north.
It presents a rounded summit, with but few irregularities
of surface, and is for the most part destitute of a woody
growth. Its easterly slope exhibits a gradual declivity, in-
tersected at intervals, by ravines which serve as channels
to numerous streams, that pay tribute to the St. Peter and
Red rivers. The distance from Lake Travers 'to the base
of the Coteau, is about twenty-five ‘miles in a westerly di-
rection, while that to its summit is said te be more than
double that distance. Its width, character of its western
slope, &c. could not be satisfactorily ascertained. ' It: is said,
however, that this ridge is succeeded by another, parallel
to it and of a similar appearance, at the distance of thirty
or forty miles, between which and the first is a river of
moderate size, probably Jacque or James river of the Mis-
souri, It is further stated also, that the western declivity
of these ridges is considerably less than the eastern, which
is in accordance with the deductions to which the hydro-
graphy of the country give rise. At both extremities the
Coteau loses itself in a multiplicity of hills and swells,
which give to the country an aspect highly varied.

Th
ters
sour
three
nicat
whic
dista
fiftee:
ing fi
at the
ated
founc
the n
pool
catin
are
corre
the t
wate
men
nortl
sour
twer
the |
one
Tra’
stitu
nort
‘tort
thar
ley
nun

ature in
rs of the
egarded
s doubt-
rr in its
hwardly
it could
is huge
bove the
extends
h-north-
9° north.
rularities
woody
vity, in-
hannels
eter and
the base
terly di-
ore than
western
t is said,
parallel
of thirty
river of
the Mis-
leclivity
ny which
> hydro-
ities the
| swells,
ls

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER.

V. Of Red river and the adjacent country.

This stream is tributary to. Lake Winnepeek, whose wa-
ters have their estuary in Hudson’s Bay. Its immediate
source is Lake Travers, situated northwardly, and within
three miles of Big Stone Lake, and in flood time, commu-
nicating at its upper extremity with the St. Peter’s river,
whichis here ‘a mere brook, and passes the lake at the
distance of a few hundred yards only. This lake is about
fifteen miles long and between one and two wide, stretch-
ing from south-west to north-east. By observations taken
at the establishment of the Columbia Fur Company, situ-
ated two miles from the head of the lake, its latitude was
found to be 45° 39' 52"' and its longitude 96° 34' 30." At
the north-eastern extremity of Lake Travers, is situated a
pool of considerable size called Buffalo Lake, communi-
cating with the former. The channel through which these
are drained is denominated Riviere des Sioux, or more
correctly Swan rivulet, and is about thirty miles long.. At
the time of our passing it, (Aug. 1823,). it.contained no—
water except in stagnant pools. At the distance above-
mentioned it unites with a considerable stream from the
north-east, called. Grand or Otter-tail river, which has its
source ina lake of the same name. The lake is about
twenty-four miles long and five broad, and is situated near
the head waters of the Mississippi, at the distance of about
one hundred and fifty miles north-eastwardly from Lake
Travers. These two streams may be regarded as the con-
stituents of Red river. The general course of the river is
northward, inclining a little to the west; it is exceedingly
tortuous; its length, following its meanders, being more
than five hundred miles, while in the direction of its val-
ley it does not exceed three hundred and sixty. It receives
numerous tributaries, of which the following are the prin-

226 EXPEDITION TO THE '

cipal, and enter it in the order here mentioned, commenc-
ing with the uppermost, viz.

The Pse or Rice river, the Shienne, the Buffalo, Elm,
Wild-rice, the Plum and Sandhill rivulets. The Goose
river, the Red Fork, the Turtle, Big Saline and Park ri-
vers, tic Swamp brook, the “ ‘Two rivers,’” and Pembina
river, all within the territory of the United States.. The
Reed Grass, Scotchman, Rat, Muddy, Assiniboin, and
Death rivers, entering northwardly of the 49th degree of
north latitude. The localities of ‘their heads, their con-
nexion with other waters, their relative extents and con-
sequently their magnitudes, will be more readily understood
by a reference to our narrative.

Red river is navigable for canoes, and even pirogues of
two tons burden, from its mouth to its source, as also to
the sources of several of’ its tributaries when ‘swollen by
freshets. On such occasions canoes have been known to
pass from Lake Travers, its source, into the St. Peter, and
back again, without inconvenience. The voyage down the
river is now seldom. performed, owing to the limited na-
ture of the trade in this direction. Formerly the Hudson’s
Bay company had a trading establishment on Lake Travers,
(the same that is now occupied by the Columbia Fur Com-
pany,) between which and their establishments lower down
the river, considerable intercourse existed.’ It abounds
in rapids, which, together with its numerous and extensive
windings, render the passage by water very tedious.

The aggregate descent from Lake Travers to Lake
Winnepeek, or from the source to the debouchure of Red
river, a distance of about six hundred miles, following the
meanders of that stream, amounts probably to two hun-
dred feet.

Otter-tail river is navigable as above to its source, through
which a water communication is continued forming a con-

nexion
and the
river al

ner wi
gable c
respect
Reed G
ters, se
ver and
the tri
comm
Woods
ble in
mits in
or less
derable
The
rise in
lake it
small |
extent
The
of Rec
even '
north
Its sot
north-
progre
conve
diarie:
Mous
a poir
sinibo
distan

mmenc-

o, Elm,
p Goose
Park ri-
Pembina

The
bin, and
egree of
Bir con-
ind con-
erstood

gues of
also to
llen by
own to
ter, and
own the
ited na-
udson’s
"ravers,
ir Com-
1 down
bounds
tensive
3.
» Lake
of Red
ing the
o ‘hun-

hrough
"a con-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 227
o

nexion with the Riviere de Corbeau of the Mississippi,
and the Medicine-Bark .of the St. Peter. The: Wild-rice
river and the Red Fork are connected in the same. man-
ner with other sources of the Mississippi, affording navi-
gable communications between the subsidiary lakes at their
respective heads, and others tributary to that great river.
Reed Grass river has a two-fold connexion with other wa-
ters, serving as a channel of intercourse between. Red ri-

ver and the source of the Mississippi, as also that of oneof .

the tributaries of Rainy river. Rat river also affords a
communication between Red river and the Lake of the
Woods. These several. communications are only practica-
ble in very'wet seasons, and tke transition from their sum-
mits into other waters, is interrupted by portages of greater
or less extent, but in no instances by ridges of any. consi-
derable height.

The Goose and Turtle rivers, both of which take their
rise in Devil Lake, are navigable to that place, and the
lake itself, which is ‘said to be made up of a multiplicity of
small pools, connected by navigable channels, affords an
extent of navigation of about one hundred miles.

The Assiniboin river is the largest of all the tributaries
of Red river, and in point. of magnitude and extent, vies
even with the principal. Their point of junction is in
north latitude 49° 53' 35" and west longitude 97° 00’ 50".
Its sources mingle with the waters of the Saskatchawan,
north-westwardly. from the point just mentioned. In its
progress downward, it forms an extensive curve with a
convexity to the south-west, and receives numerous subsi-
diaries, among which is a stream of respectable size, called
Mouse river, that is said to receive some of its waters from
a puint within one mile of. the Missouri river. The As-
siniboin is navigable at all stages of the water to a great
distance, and is the channel of continual intercourse be-

rite

228 EXPEDITION TO THE

tween several British trading establishments located on its
waters, and one of their principal depots situated at. the
mouth of the river.

The immediate valley of Red river is not bounded by
parallel ranges of bluffs or banks like that of the St. Peter
and other tributaries of the Mississippi, but expands to a
great width, terminated on the west by highlands connect-
ed with the Coteau des Prairies, and on the east. by the
ridges and swamps in which the waters of the Mississippi,
St. Lawrence, and Nelson’s rivers find a common origin. A
broad expanse of verdant prairie, spreading beyond the ut-
most extent of vision, is here presented to the view. If we
except the margin of the river and those of its tributary
streams, which are fringed with trees and shrubbery, there
is very little to interrupt the simplicity and. uniformity. of
the scenery; scarcely is'there an undulation to variegate
the prospect, save what is afforded by an optical illusion
that makes the traveller fancy himself in the centre of a
basin, and surrounded by an amphitheatre. of rising ground
atno great distance, which constantly eludes his approach.

The soil is generally thin, of ‘a light: complexion, and
argillaceous structure. ‘The dwarfish appearance of the
herbage which it supports, especially on the upper portion
of the valley, indicates either a want of fecundity or’ the
admixture of salts or other ingredients not’ congenial
to vegetation. In. many places, ‘however, the soil ap-
pears rich, supporting a dense’ and luxuriant. growth of
grass, weeds, &c. As we descend along the river,, the in-
dications of fertility multiply, the soil becomes deeper and
the vegetation more thrifty, woodlands become more fre-
quent, and the trees attain a larger size.

The flatness of surface that a’most uniformly prevails

throughout the valley of Red river, may be.regarded as a
~ defect in its natural character that cannot easily be remedied.

The
position
of the -
other a
amount
the imr
does no
whom, |
reside a
This vil
tance of
The set
mention
country
the ban!
Forts G
Bay Co:
remains
chapel,
more pa
precedi:

Agric
and is a
together
cultivate
quantiti
affords |
have be
they ha’
the latte
may cou
which i:
vices 0!

Vou.

on its
at. the

ded by
. Peter
is to a
onnect-
by the
sissippi,
igin. A
the ut-
. If we
ibutary
i there
ity. of
ariegate
illusion
re of a
ground
proach.
yn, and
of the
portion
or’ the
ngenial
oil ap-
wth of
the in-
per and
ore fre-

revails
od as a
nedied.

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 229

The colony planted by the Ear] of Selkirk occupies two
positions on the banks of this river, one at the confluence
of the Assiniboin, usually called Fort Douglas, and the
other about sixty miles above, called Pembina. The
amount of population at both places, exclusive of hose in
the immediate employ of the Hudson’s Bay Company,
does not exceed one thousand souls, about three hundred of
whom, principally metifs of French and Indian extraction,
reside at Pembina, within the limits of the United States.
This village is situated on both sides of the river, at the dis-
tance of about two miles below the mouth of Pembina river.
The settlements at the confluence of the two rivers above
mentioned, are scattered through a considerable tract of
country embracing an extent of about twenty miles along
the bank of Red river ; here are two stockade works, viz.
Forts Gerry and Dousias; the former called the Hudson’s
Bay Company’s fort, and the latter the Colony’s; also the
remains of two others of a similar character, one Catholic
chapel, and one church for Protestant Episcopalians; a
more particular account of which has been given in the
preceding narrative.

Agriculture has been commenced at both these places,
and is attended with success. Wheat, barley, millet, pulse,
together with potatoes and other culinary roots, have been
cultivated to great advantage. Maize is cultivated in small
quantities, but, at best, it is of a very stinted growth, and
affords a very scanty and uncertain crop. Black cattle
have been lately introduced, and succeed well. As yet
they have no sheep, and but few swine; of the success of
the latter thére can be little doubt, however the climate
may counteract that of the former. Their horses are hardy,
which is almost the only excellence they possess; the ser-
vices of this animal in the sledge are superceded by the

Vou. II. 30

eM Sse. Sec.

hapless ti eae:
i ee STL ois =
= r igi tees

SIE cia Ran St is ae acalg stsan trg 8 a ba
we eee —

230 EXPEDITION TO THE

use of dogs, which are here among the most useful of
domestic animals.

The region granted to the late Lord Selkirk, and called
Ossiniboia, has the following limits, viz. “ Beginning on
the western shore of the Lake Winipie, at a point in 52°
30' N. latitude, and thence running due west to the Lake
Winipigashish, otherwise called Little Winipie, thence in
a southerly direction through the said lake, so as to strike
its western shore, in latitude 52°, thence due west to the
place where the parallel 52° intersects the western branch
of Red river,otherwise called Assiniboin river, thence due
south from that point of intersection to the height of land
which separates the waters running into Hudson’s Bay from
those of the Missouri and Mississippi.rivers, thence in an
easte~ly direction along the height of land to the source of
the river Winipie, (meaning by such last named river the
principal branch of the waters which unite in the lake
Saginagas,) thence along the main stream of those waters
and the middle of the several lakes through which they
pass to the mouth of the Winipie river, and thence in a
northerly direction through the middle of the Lake Wini-
pie to the place of beginning, which--territory is’ called
Ossiniboia,’’ or Assiniboia.

The 49th parallel of north latitude, which is the nor-
thern boundary of the United States, crosses Red river at
a point so far down, as to include within the limits of our
territory all the village of Pembina, with the exception of
two or three cabins. The boundary is designated at this
place by an oaken post, erected by the exploring party,
which stands on the west upland bank of the*river within
a few paces of the brow of the bank, with the letters U.S.
inscribed on the south, and G. B. on the north sides of the

post.

eful of

called
ing on
in 52°
e Lake
bnee in
D strike
to the
branch
nce due
of land
ay from
e in an
purce of
ver the
he lake
> waters
ch they
ce in a
e Wini-
3 called

he nor-
river at
; of our
ption of
at this
| party,
within
rs U.S,
s of the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 231

VI. Of the country between Lakes Winnepeek and Su-
perior.

The hydrography of this region is as yet very defective,
and although it may be traversed in a thousand directions,
must forever remain so, if the shape, magnitude, and posi-
tion of innumerable lakes embosoming myriads of islands,
and the courses, sinuosities, and declivities of countless
channels by which they are united, are deemed essential as
rudiments of that science. The country is literally a wil-
derness of lakes, islands, and peninsulas; a mazy waste,
so inhospitable and irreclaimable, as to mock the art and
enterprize of man, and bid defiance to his industry.

The water route most frequented between the Lake of
the Woods and Lake Winnepeek, is denominated Winne-
peek river, which enters the lake last mentioned in lati-
tude 50° 36' 30", and has an extent of about one hundred
and seventy miles. It is composed of a series of deep and
broad basins rising one above another, and serving as the
channel of a huge volume of water, which is. precipitated
from one basin to another in tumultuous cataracts of the
most romantic character. Of these water falls, there are no
less than thirty-one in the route above mentioned, which
interrupt the passage of canoes, and at all of which are car-
rying places. The aggregate descent of water in Winne-
peek river may be estimated at four hundred and ten feet,
which may be considered as the elevation of the Lake of
the Woods above Lake Winnepeek. The route by Covert
and Sturgeon Dam rivers is probably the most direct, (the
lower portion of which is the same with that above men-
tioned,) but the obstructions are said to be more numerous
and formidable, especially in a low stage of water. Besides
these there are numerous other deviations from the main

peaefacemensoatwanrmer

ene see

ae OR er er ones

;
a
at
it ‘
iii
1
Le
e
i
i
ta
AG
ny
tt
i!
ie)
ae
'
‘
hf
nea
uf
wa
i
a
4)
Hit
ee
Wt
Ate
We
i
‘i
He
Te
e
1
y
f
i
f
1
i
i

(

i

}

j

{ «<

I.

4
i

Y
i

{

i
if
H

i

232 EXPEDITION TO THE

route, some of which have been traversed, but the number
that remains to be explored is doubtless far greater.

At the distance of about sixty miles below the Lake of
the Woods, Winnepeek river receives a large tributary
from the north, called English river, which is of a charac-
ter similar to that of the principal, and nearly as large as
the latter above their junction. Its head waters interlock
with those of Albany river, which empties into James’
Bay, and is the principal channel of intercourse between
Lake Winnepeek and the trading establishments on that
river.

The Lake of the Woods is about seventy-five miles long,
and of irregular widths, from ten. to thirty-five or forty
miles. Compared with other lakes, it deserves a high rank
on the scale of beauty. The scenery is wild and romantic
in a high degree, its shores being faced with precipices and
crowned with hills and knobs of variable heights, clad with
a dense foliage of shrubbery and evergreens. Its surface is
beautifuliy studded with countless islands of various sizes
and forms, disclosing between them the continued sheet of
its wide-spreading waters, the extent of which enlarges
upon the vision as the traveller advances upon the lake,
till the main land is shut out from the view by the islands
that multiply around him.

The 49th parallel of north latitude crosses the lake with-
in the distance of about twelve miles from its southerly
extremity. .

The region bordering upon the waters above described,
is one of the most dreary imaginable.. Its climate is rigor-
ous, its surface exceedingly rugged’ and broken, and its
products so limited and meager, that it seems never to have
been claimed as a residence either by man or beast. A so-
litary moose, caraboo, or bear, is occasionally to be found ;

and a

porary
subsis'
eompe
The
elusiv
while
coarse
gratio
tally *
the dv
throu;
The i
cums
prese!
Th
only
oak, 1
we a]
make
white
monl
gum
their
cies ¢
furni
liard
Baln
TI
of st
berr
briai

umber

ake of
butary
harac-
rge as
erlock
James’
etween
bn. that

bs long,
forty
h rank
mantic
es and
ad with
rface is
Is sizes
heet of
ilarges
» lake,
islands

} with-
therly

ribed,
rigor-
nd its
») have
A so-
ound ;

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 233

and a half-starved family uf savages sometimes fix a tem-
porary residence upon some of the water-courses, and
subsist miserably upon fish, but it seems as if comfort and
eompetency were denied to both.

The prevailing rocks are primitive, and are almost ex-
elusively the ingredients of which the hills are composed,
while the earthy portions of the vallies are made up of th2
coarse and unproductive detritus afforded by their disinte-
gration. The soil is uniformly thin, and in many places to-
tally wanting. The stinted growth of the woodlands, and
the dwarfish character of vegetation which prevail generally
throughout this region, are attributable to these causes.
The islands of the lakes and river are similar to the cir-
cumjacent highlands, being uniformly based upon. rock and
presenting rugged and broken surfaces.

The growth found on the lower part of the river, comprises
only the aspen, white birch, spruce, tamarack, aad scrub-
oak, none of which attain any considerable magnitude. As
we approach the Lake of the Woods, the following trees
make their appearance, viz. two species of pine, called the
white and red epinette, the former of which is more com-
monly called the larch. From the latter is extracted the
gum employed for pitching canoes, which usually have
their ribs and lining constructed of its timber ; a small spe-
cies of pitch pine called by the Canadians cypress, which also
furnishes a gum inferior to that above mentioned; and the
liard, a variety. of the poplar, more commonly called the
Balm of Gilead.

The undergrowth is dense in many places, and consists
of stinted oak, chokecherry, hazle, pembina or bush cran.
berry, service-berry, arrow-wood, wild plum, raspberry,
briar-bush, whortleberry, sumac, wild rose, sweet briar,

|
My
|

ar

isnt shi SaA CRAIGS NETL WBS AE SAAR ETE:
~ ~ Se ee area

234 EXPEDITION TO THE

sand cherry, red and black cherry, pea-vine, gooseberry,
curran., bear-berry, &c. &c.

Above the Lake of the Woods, Rainy river becomes the
channel of commun’ vation, and extends one hundred miles
to the lake o/ the same name. It has an average breadth
of about three hundred yards, is deep and gentle, and has no
obstructions to its navigation, within forty-eight miles of its
mouth ; at this distance are situated the rapids of Rainy river,
which are about one mile long, and have an aggregate des-
cent of about ten feet. About ten miles further up is an-
other inconsiderable rapid, with a fall of three feet. At
the outlet of Rainy Lake is a rapid of about five feet des-
cent, and. two miles and a half below are the Falls of Rainy
river, down which the torrent pours with terrific grandeur
through an aggregate descent of twenty-five feet in the
distance of but afew yards, At this place are situated an es-
tablishment of the Hudson’s Bay Company, »n the north
side of the river, and one belonging to the American Fur
Company on the south. Twenty miles below the falls is
the entrance of a considerable tributary from the south-
west called the Grand Fork, which affords a channel of
communication between the principal and Little: Winne-
peek Lake of the Mississippi, navigable in wet seasons. It
receives several other streams of less note. Between the
Lake of the Woods and Rainy Lake there is another water
route which is sometimes travelled ; it is delineated on the
mep as the back route.

The contrast between the country of Rainy river and
that before described is no less striking than that between
the two water-courses themselves. Here bottoms and table
lands of considerable extent are often to be met with,
wearing the aspect of a secondary region; these are, how-
ever, generally terminated, at no great distance, by tracts

of a rt
be fou
forests
trees 1
ash, h
The p
tain a

Fre
ance f
that tl
above
seven

Pu
Sturg
Thou
Size,
whicl
rivers
vidin
Supe
ef th
most
Ports

few

pberry,

es the
d miles
breadth

has no
les of its
y river,
ate des-

is an-
pt. At
et des-

Rainy
andeur

in the
d an es-
e north
san Fur
falls is
> south-
nnel of
W inne-
sons. It
een the
r water
1 on the

er and
etween
id table
t with,
3, how-
r tracts

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 235

of arugged and broken character. Rocks are seldom to
be found in the immediate valley or bed of theriver. The
forests are more dense and heavy, and contain several
trees not enumcrated in the foregoing list, viz. white-oak,
ash, hickory, water-maple, white-wa)ut, linden, elm, &c.
The pine and white-birch become more abundant, and at-
tain a more stately size.

From the estimates above’ given, making some allow-
ance for the general descent of the river, it will appear
that the surface of Rainy Lake is elevated about sixty feet
above that of the Lake of the Woods, or four hundred and
seventy feet above that of Lake Winnepeek.

Pursuing our course upwards we passed through Rainy,
Sturgeon, La Croix, Upper Sturgeon, Doré, Cannibal, and
Thousand Lakes, besides numerous others of less note and
size, and also the channels by which they are connected,
which, in the language of the voyagers, are denominated
rivers, and known by various names, before we reach the di-
viding ridge between the waters.of Lakes Winnepeek and
Superior. Several routes are practicable through this part
of the country, but the one we pursued is said to be the
most frequented. The route connected with the Grand
Portage, which was the only route frequented till within a
few years, is united to the new route by two channels, one
branching off at Lac de la Croix, and the other at Upper
Sturgeon Lake, both of which unite in Lake Saganaga, and
enter Lake Superior at F ‘geon river.

The country along these routes is very similar to that
on Winnepeek river, though of an aspect somewhat: more
inviting. Patches of ground susceptible of cultivation, here
and there present theinselves. The trees of the forest ex-
hibit a greater variety, and attain a larger size; as we ap-
proach the dividing ridge between the waters of Lake Su-

SS

2

236 EXPEDITION TO THE

perior and those of Hudson’s Bay, tracts of flat and marshy
lands become more numerous and extensive, and in the im-
mediate vicinity of that limit the country appears to be
formed almost exclusively of swamps, quagmires, and stag-
nant pools, The swamps sustain a growth of spruce, epi-
nette or larch, and some pine, exceedingly dense, and in
many places rendered almost impenetrable by a profusion
of furze and bushes.

The lakes of this region are of all possible shapes, ex-
ceedingly numerous, and thronged with islands. As on the
route before described, the lakes here rise one above an-
other in continual gradations, but less abruptly, giving an
altitude to the uppermost on the route at least equal to
one hundred and thirty feet, making the entire elevation
above Winnepeek about six hundred feet.

The altitude of the dividing ridge, above the water-table
of the adjacent country, is no where greater than about one
hundred and fifty feet, the head waters of the streams tri-
butary to Hudson’s Bay being somewhat more elevated
than those of Lake Superior.

The channel of communication thence to Lake Superior,
is through Dog river, the lower portion of which is more
commonly called the Kamanatekwoya. This river is ex-
ceedingly serpentine in its course, has a regular hed, anda,
rapid current. About forty miles below the point where
we entered it, is a lake of the same name, about twelve
miles long:and from one to five broad. The river receives
several tributaries, the most considerable of which is the
Cypress, entering from the west above Dog Lake. Two
others, (names unknown,) one of which enters Dog Lake
from the north-east, and is said to communicate with the
English river before noticed, and the other into the south-
west part of the same lake, affording a communication with

the T
these
one ¢
conr «
and t
route
route,

On
more
dimer
amon
to be
India
ated 3
whic
and si
that v
preci]
cipice
chas
ment
one-
rising
their
wide
whic
rapi
in g
In be
the 7
into
of fo
its r

arshy
the im-
sto be
d stag-
ce, epi-
and in
ofusion

€S, @X-
s on the
ove an-
ing an
qual to
levation

er-table
bout one
ams tri-
elevated

uperior,
is more
er is ex-
id, anda.
t where
_ twelve
receives
+h is the
. Two
og Lake
vith the
e south-
ion with

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 237

the Thousand Lakes, which is sometimes travelled ; besides
these there are two others of considerable size from the west,
one called Mataway sha-boon-da-wan or Long lodge river,
conr zeting, like the last mentioned, with the same lake
and the other White-fish river, through which there is a
route for canoes, communicating with the Grand Portage
route, it is however seldom travelled.

On this route the portages are equally as numerous, and
more extensive than on the other, nor are its other impe-
diments less formidable. Rapids and cataracts abound;
among the latter is one of the most magnificent cascades
to be witnessed in any country, it is denominated by the
Indians, the Falls of Kakabikka or Cleft rock, and is situ-
ated about thirty miles upward from'the mouth of the river,
which is here contracted to the width of about fifty yards,
and supplied with a volume of water unusually large for
that width. Thus confined, the whole body of the river is
precipitated, in a dense sheet, down a perpendicular pre-
cipice more than one hundred and thirty feet into a deep
chasm, bounded by perpendicular cliffs of the height just
mentioned ; the banks of the river, for a distance of nearly
one-half of a mile below, are completely insurmountable,
rising perpendicularly, and in many places overhanging
their bases. The chasm throughout this distance, is no
wider than is necessary to give free passage to the water,
which is mantled with foam and hurried down with great
rapidity. This scenery, although it is less extensive, yet vies
in grandeur and sublimity with that of the Falls of Niagara.
In beholding it, the spectator is inspired with equal awe,
the principal features are equally terrific, while the deep
intonation, which is not only heard but felt at the distance
of four or five hundred yards, is more sensible than that of
its rival, and has a nearer resemblance to the roar of dis-
Vox. Il. 31

236 EXPEDITION TO THE

tant thunder and the rumblings of an earthquake. Below
the Falls of Kakabikka, the river presents a continued ra-
pid for the distance of about twenty miles, below which it
quietly passes through serpentine folds to its mouth, which
is in an arm of the lake called Kamana Bay. The whole
descent of the water from Coldwater Lake, (the first water
eastward of the dividing ridge on our route,) to Lake Su-
pe:ior, may be estimated at about six hundred feet.

The country on this part of the route is somewhat more
inviting than any other part of the region now under con-
sideration. Bottoms of considerable extent frequently oc-
cur, but in the upper portion of the river they are low and
subject to inundation. The high lands are less broken,
xising to the height of one hundred and fifty or two hun-
ared feet. As we descend, the country becomes still more
interesting, exhibiting many indications of an exuberant
soil, The growth is similar to that before mentioned, with
the addition of the fir and white pine, which occasionally
present themselves. The liard becomes more stately and
plentiful, and the trees generally attain a much larger size.
A dense undergrowth of shrubbery, vines, and bramble,
prevails. These, together with other indications which
mizht be enumerated, seem to distinguish the valley of
this river as the future residence of civilized man.

Near the mouth of Dog river is situated Fort William,
formerly the principal depot of the North-west Company.
This site was selected as being more eligible on some ac-
counts, than that of Fort Charlotte at the mouth of Pigeon
river on the Grand Portage route, which was consequently
abandoned. The circumstance of the latter site being con-
tiguous to the line of demarkation between the territories
of Great Britain and the United States, no doubt had con-
siderable influence in bringing about this measure.

eb BSH

Below
ued ra-
hich it
» Which
» whole
st water
ake Su-

at more
der con-
ntly oc-
ow and
broken,
o hun-
ill more
uberant
ed, with
sionally
tely and
ger size.
ramble,
3 which
‘alley of

Villiam,
ympany.
ome ac-
‘Pigeon
quently
ing con-
‘ritories
ad con-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 239

The country on the north of Lake Superior, both in re-
gard to aspect and character, bears a strong similitude to
that of Winnepeek river, The growth is generally stinted,
and consists principally of cedar, spruce, white and yellow
birch, liard, aspen, scrub oaks, alder, &c. The lake coast is
indented with numerous bays and inlets, and presents an
uninterrupted succession of hills, based upon rocks, and
faced with precipices. The hills are generally from one
hundred and fifty to four hundred feet high; there are se-
veral, however, in the vicinity of Fort William, consider-
ably higher, among the largest of which are Fort William
Mountain and Thunder Point, rising five or six hundred
feet above the lake. These appear to be the remains of a
slaty formation which once covered the neighbouring
country, and which still appears at the Falls of Kakabikka,
forming the precipices of that interesting spot, and at va-
rious other places. _

Isle Royale; which is the largest island of Lake Supe-
rior, is about fitty miles long and from two to six brvad,
and is surrounded by a multiplicity of small grassy islands.
It is situated off Kamana bay, between which and the isl-
and is a cluster of small islands, called the Paté or Pie isl-
ands, based upon rock, of a turretted form, flat. upon their
summits, and elevated between two and three hundréd
feet.. Between Kamana and Michipicotton bays, the mar-
gin of the lake is thickly studded with islands and penin-
sulas, the shores of which are invariably rocky-bound and
precipitous. Michipicotton Island, situated at the entrance
of the bay of the same name, is second in magnitude to
Isle Royale. The other islands of the lake are inconsider-
able in point of size. Eastward of Michipicotton bay, sand-
bars occasionally present themselves, connected with small
islands and tracts of flat land, interposed between the hills

240 EXPEDITION TO THE

and margin of the lake. Westward of the same point no some
sand banks are to be met with, except occasionally at the are ¢

debouchures of the larger streams. Small parcels of tilla- limite
ble ground are occasionally to be found along the coast, but more
they occupy but a very inconsiderable portion of the sur- and s¢
face. Agreeably to the best intelligence that could be had, | the la!
the country back of the lake, to the distance of fifty or in de
sixty miles, is very similar in aspect and character to that States
in the vicinity of the lake. fore 1

On the southerly coast, we have no information more out t
authentic than that furnished by Mr. Schoolcraft in his Greet
narrative of Governor Cass’ expedition, from which we necte
should infer, that a region equally as unproductive and in- navig
hospitable is there presented. bours

In concluding our observations relative to this part of The
our route, we would remark generally, that no part of the by a
country can ever admit of a dense population, if we except whic
perhaps the valley of Rainy river, which is of no very tance

considerable extent. The most favourable estimate of its whic
future population, founded upon present appearances, would can b
not admit of more than a single soul to every thousand | ble c
acres of country. Yet, notwithstanding the rudeness of its of ar
aspect, the severity of its climate, and the sterility of its may
surface, it is possessed of some features grateful and_inte- Supe
resting in a high degree. No country can boast of a greater dred

variety, beauty, and grandeur of water scenery. Inthe few
places where agriculture has been attempted and found

practicable, wheat succeeds well. Potatoes grow to great on
perfection. Turnips, beets, and other culinary roots. are |

raised to great advantage, and onions, notwithstanding the 1h
shortness of the summer, attain their full size in a single poir
season. if

It may be thought that this chapter ought to contain

oint no
at the
of tilla-
ast, but
he sur-
be had,
fifty or
to that

more
in his
ch we
and in-

part of
of the
except
10 very
of its
would
Ousand
s of its
7 of its
1 inte-
rreater
he few
found
great
ts. are
ng the
single

ontain

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVE®. 241

some general account of the great northern lakes, but we
are constrained to evade this subject, on account of. the
limited nature of our intelligence in relation thereto, and
more especially, because a description far more complete
and satisfactory may shortly be expected, as the result of
the labours and researches of the Commissioners employed
in determining the boundary. line between the United
States, and the territory of Great Britain. We shall there-
fore merely remark on the present occasion, that through-
out the Lakes Erie, Huron, St. Clair, Michigan, and
Green Bay, and the several straits by which they are con-
nected, there exist no impediments to steam-boat and sloop
navigation, unless the want of safe and commodious har-
bours,, which generally prevails, be. considered as such.
The passage into. Lake Superior is effectually obstructed
by a rapid, denominated the Sault of St. Mary, down
which there is a descent of nearly twenty feet, in the dis-
tance of four or five hundred yards. But the facility with
which a canal or side-cut of any appropriate dimensions
can be formed, seems to divest this strait. of every formida-
ble character, and place it completely under the control
of art. The surface of the ground through which a canal
may ‘be cut rises no more than five or six feet above Lake
Superior, and the distance does not exceed thirteen hun-
dred yards.

VII. Remarks on a variety of subjects connected with
the topography of the country.

lst. Of the natural features of the country in.a military
point of view.

In this view it is proper to comprehend not only the ex-
treme northerly frontier of the United States, but to con-

a ge th aT Tt hee ee

———
ES eg A

242 EXPEDITION TO THE

sider it in connexion with the boundary which nature
seems-to have fixed as the western iimit of our population,
viz. the Great American Desert. From what has been
stated in relation to the country surrounding Lake Supe-
rior and extending north-westwardly to Lake Winnepeek,
it may be inferred that we shall always remain secure from
the inroads of any regular hostile force in that direction.
Indeed the nature of the country is such as affords a
more formidable barrier to the invasions of an enemy than
any cordon of posts that art co: d devise. This barrier is
intercepted by a space of considerable extent, including
the valley of Red river, and extending westward to the
Great Desert, through which there are two considerable
passes, the one by way of the Red and St. Peter rivers, and
the other by that of the Assiniboin and Missouri, through
which an enemy from the north might gain access to the
heart of the western country. But when we consider that
the policy of the Hudson’s Bay Company, in whom is
vested the right of soil to all that part of the British pos-
sessions drained by the tributaries of Hudson’s Bay, is op-
posed to the colonization of their territory, their interest
prompting. them to foster the fur trade, the products of
which must.diminish in proportion to the increase of po-
pulation, we have very little to apprehend from the attaek
of a powerful enemy in that quarter. Added to this the
utter impracticability of transporting by ordinary means
heavy ordnance, and other munitions of war, up Nelson’s
river, or by any other route, to the valley of Red river, must
for a long time to come place an enterprize of this nature
beyond the reach of‘any hostile power. Accordingly, un-
der present prospects, no hostilities are to be apprehended
in that part of our frontier, except such as may be inflict-
ed through the medium of the savages.. A large portion

of the
or fou
ern ve
south
fourte
the lit
tier, €
so we
tures
regul;
exten
tect t
poses
Se
the s
self a
terio
ern
Alles
whol
more
pred
wage
into
guar
strai
ger
obvi
garr
lake
sec
bili
con

nature
ulation,
as been
e Supe-
nepeek,
ire from
rection.
fords a
y than
arrier is
cluding
d to the
iderable
ers, and
through
s to the
der that
vhom is
ish pos-
Y; is op-
interest
ducts of
2 of po-
e attack
this the
y means
Velson’s
er, must
- Nature
gly, un-
+hended
: inflict-
portion

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 243

of the Great American Desert, a sterile dreary waste, three
or four hundred mile~ in width, stretching along the east-
ern verge of the Rocky Mountains, from Red- river of the
south to Athabasca in the north, a distance of more than
fourteen hundred miles, may be added asa continuation of
the line of our natural defence. Thus a portion of our fron-
tier, embracing an extent of nearly two thousand miles, is
so well fortified by nature as to require no artificial struc-
tures but such as are appropriate in Indian warfare.. No
regular military works will of course be required on that
extent of frontier, except such as may be required to pro-
tect the American fur trade, and counteract the hostile pur-
poses of the Indians.

Sefore we dismiss this subject, we would remark, that
the strait of Mackinaw, (Michilimachinack,) presents it-
self as one of the most important passes to an extensive in-
terior coast, and indirectly to the very vitals of the west-
ern country that is any where to be found westward of the
Alleghany Mountains. By means of this channel the
whole coast of Lake Michigan, embracing an extent of
more than six hundred miles, is open to the attack and de-
predations of any regular force that might be disposed to
wage hostilities in that direction. Whereas if the entrance
into Lake Michigan through this pass, were effectually
guarded by a chain of military works stretching across the
straits, at or near the island of Mackinaw, any future dan-
ger to be apprehended in that quarter, would be effectually
obviated, and it would no longer be necessary to maintain
garrisons at Green Bay, Chicago, and other points on the
lake, except for the purpose of restraining the Indians and
securing the frontier against their attacks. The practica-
bility of establishing a line of works that would effectually
command the passage of the straits, has not yet been

aes sore

aes

oad

SPENCE RT,

ee en

244 EXPEDITION TO THE

proved ; no doubts are entertained, however, that such an
object is attainable.

The importance of this pass appears the more striking,
when viewed in connexion with the easterly arm of Lake
Huron, which extends far into the interior of Upper Ca-
nada, and to which munitions of war and naval stores of
every description may be easily conveyed from the depots
of both Canadas. An enemy designing to attack the west-
ern country might here prepare an armament in complete
security, and operate to great advantage through the straits.
Not only the practicability, but the efficacy of an attack in
this direction, has been fully demonstrated in some of the
events of the late war.

2d. Of the Indians inhabiting the country traversed by
the Expedition.

A few remarks on this subject, in addition to those here-
tofore made in the narrative, will here suffice.

The march of civilization, which has been carried itri-
umphantly nearly to the sources of the Scioto, Miami, and
Wabash, has been almost uniformly attended by the retreat
of the nations formerly inhabiting in that quarter. The
Shawnees, Delawares,Miainis, Potawatomis, and Kickapoos,
who once overran the extensive region that now embraces
the states of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, are now nearly
extirpated ; small remaants of these once powerful nations
are seattered through the northerly and westerly parts of
this region, ‘all of whom begin to be convinced, that the
lapse of a few years more must bring about their utter ex-
termination, unless they resort to agriculture as a means of
prolonging their existence. |

A similar destiny awaits the Otawas, Menomones, Win-
nebagoes, Sauks, Foxes, and Iawas, who now inhabit the

countr:
ward]
bands
their i
comin;
incesss
tween
place t
thougl
at the
by av
viewe
The
these |
able tc
Unitec
to thei
upon
and :
terco
reside
groun
ever,
subjec
interc
the I
the fo
hatre
forth

such an

triking,
of Lake
pper Ca-
stores of
e depots
e€ west-
omplete
p straits.
ttack in
e of the

prsed by

yse here-

ried iri-
ami, and
e retreat
r. The
‘-kapoos,
mbraces
’ nearly
nations
parts of
hat the
itter ex-
reans of

Sy Win-
abit the

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 245

countries of the Mississippi and Lake Michigan, north-
wardly of the 42nd parallel of north latitude. The numerous
bands of the Dacota or Sioux nation, together with those of
their irreconcileable enemies the Chippewas, are daily be-
coming less numerous and powerful, in consequence of an
incessant warfare which has for a long time existed be-
tween those nations, and of the frequent hostilities that take
place between them and other neighbouring Indians; and al-
though they have at present but little occasion to be alarmed
at the prospect of having their country wrested from them
by a white population, yet their final extirpation cannot be
viewed as an event very remote.

There can exist but little doubt; that most if not all of
these Indians would, in any emergency decidedly favour-
able to their views, take up arms against the people of the
United States. They have no calamity to dread so fatal
to their repose, as that of the inroads’ of our population
upon their territory, and no evil so much to be deprecated,
and so pernicious to their welfare, as that of a free in-
tercourse between them and a semi-barbarian race, often
resident. among them, and always ready to occupy the
ground from which they have retreated. There is, how-
ever, no new occasion to enlarge upon this part of the
subject, and we shall conclude with briefly stating, that the
intercourse, between the citizens of the United States and
the Indians, is of a nature calculated to vitiate and deprave
the former, while it engenders ‘distrust, malevolerice, and
hatred in the minds of the latter. In fine, the language held
forth by the Indian in relation to the Americans is, that
they have claim to no other feeling but that of abhor-
rence, and that it is from principles of policy, and not of
esteem and reverence, that he treats them with deference,

Vox. II. 32

246 EXPEDITION TO THE

professes friendship for them, and allows them to share in
his confidence.

It may here be remarked, that the Indians westward of
the Mississippi are, for the most part, addicted to an erratic
life, migrating from place to place in quest of game on
which they principally subsist. They are divided into nu-
merous bands, each of which has its appropriate leader, and
in all their movements they: are prepared for any event
whether of the chase or warfare.

The Chippewas, from the nature of the country they in-
habit, are distributed into families rather than tribes, the
general scarcity of game, and other necessaries of life, ren-
dering it impracticable for them to dwell in large num-
bers at any one point. In the event of a war, several fami-
lies unite in forming a martial force suitable for the occa-
sion. They subsist principally upon fish and wild rice, the
latter of which is very abundant in the region, they inha-
bit, and would afford them a competent supply of food,
were they sufficiently industrious in collecting it, and fru-
gal in its expenditure.

However gloomy the prospect of the Titian. as it re-
lates to the means in their own power of ameliorating their
condition, we cannot forbear to entertain the hope, that
the humane exertions made in their behalf by our govern-
ment, and especially by charitable missionary institutions,
will prove efficacious in promoting their welfare. The ef-
forts of the Baptist Missionary Society, which have been
particularly noticed in the preceding narrative, have been
bestowed in a manner that promises great advantage to the
unfortunate savage, and nothing seems wanting to secure
unbounded success, but perseverance in the same benevo-
lent course. In witnessing the striking change that has

hare in

yard of
h erratic
ame on
nto nu-
der, and
y event

they in-
bes, the
ife, ren-
re; num-
al fami-
€ occa-
ice, the
py inha-
of food,
and fru-

s it re-
ng their
pe, that
govern-
tutions,
The ef-
re been
e been
2 to the
secure
enevo-
hat has

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 247

beén effected in the character and habits of Indian youths,
during a short period of instruction in agriculture and the
rudiments of an English education, we are irresistibly led
to the belief that a brighter day may dawn upon our
savage brethren, and that the shades of barbarism in which
they have been so long enveloped will, ere long, give
place to the cheering light and benign influence of civili-
zation.

$d. Statements relative to the elevation of different parts
of the country.

With the exception of those items of intelligence drawn
immediately from the canal-surveys in New York and
Ohio, all that can be said on this subject is of a speculative
nature, and may be styled conjectures rather than state-
ments. Under the article Mississippi, in the Edinburgh
Encyclopedia, American edition, it is stated by the writer
of that article, that the Ohio, at Pittsburg, has a greater
elevation than Lake Erie by two hundred and sixty-five
feet, which no doubt exceeds the true elevation by at least
one hundred, if not one hundred and fifty feet, and we
would rather assume the difference, viz. one hundred and
fifteen feet, as a nearer approximation to the truth. From
the surveys recently made in the state of Ohio, it would
appear that the point at which the Ohio passes the plane
coincident with the surface of Lake Erie, which has an
elevation of five hundred and sixty-five feet above tide-
water, is situated at no great distance below Wheeling in
Virginia. Hence we must infer, that the descent of the
Ohio, between Pittsburg and the point alluded to, is one
hundred and fifteen feet, which is as great a descent as
can fairly be attributed to that portion of the river, espe-
cially when we are assured by the documents relative to

248 EXPEDITION TO THE

the surveys in Ohio, that the descent between the mouth
of the Muskingum and Cincinnati, a distance nearly double
that of the portion just mentioned, is no more than one
hundred and twenty-s: «-n feet.. Hence also we may assume
six hundred and eight; “set as the elevation of the Ohio,
at Pittsburg, above tide-water; and that the aggregate fall
of the Ohio, below that place, is about three hundred and
eighty feet, while that of the Mississippi, below the mouth
of the former, is about three hundred feet. If we suppose
the plane of Lake Erie extended westwardly, its coinci-
dence with the bed of the Illinois or rather of the Des
Plaines, will probably take place at a point about twenty
miles above the entrance of the Kankakee.* The same
plane extended would intersect the Mississippi in or near
the De Moyen rapids, probably at their head. The surfaces
of Lakes Huron and Michigan may be regarded as hav-
‘ing an elevation of six feet, and that of Lake Superior of
thirty feet, above the plane above mentioned.
The writer above alluded to advances a doctrine, to the
. correctness of, which we feel considerable reluctance in
yielding our assent, viz. that the surface of the Gulf of
Mexico is elevated one hundred and twenty-five feet
above that of Chesapeake Bay, or in other words, that the
gulf stream is occasioned in a great measure, if not,exclu-
sively, by a declivity in the Atlantic Ocean, correspond-
ing to the velocity and direction of its current. Until the
truth of this proposition be satisfactorily established, we
shaii content ourselves with the assumption that the level

*In Vol. II. page 382, of the Account of an Expedition from Pitts-
burg to the Rocky Mountains, a mistake has been committed, which
we here take occasion to rectify. Instead of fou. hundred and fifty
feet, which is there stated as the altitude of the head of the Illinois
above tide-water, it should have been five hundred and fifty feet,

of mear
Mississ
Agre
the Mi
thirty
we are
nearer
In o
hibit
severa
of this
ducing
points
made.

A tab
wa
aoo

Moutl
Ohio |
Do.
Do.
Surfa
abc
ray
lov
Lake
Lake
The
of
th
Sour

P mouth
ly double
Man one
y assume
e Ohio,
gate fall
red and
2 mouth
suppose
coinci-
he Des
twenty
e same
or near
surfaces
as hay-
erior of

my to the
ance in
Gulf of
ve feet
that the
t-exclu-
espond-
ntil the
ed, we
e level

m Pitts.
l, which
and fifty
> Illinois
eet,

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 249

of mean tide is the same at the respective estuaries of the
Mississippi, Hudson, and St. Lawrence rivers.

Agreeably to the authority above cited, the source of
the Mississippi has an elevation of thirteen hundred and
thirty feet, which may not greatly exceed the truth, yet
we are inclined to think that twelve hundred would be a
nearer approximation.

In order to simplify our ideas upon this subject, and ex-
hibit them in a manner less prolix, we shall embody the
several statements, made in this and the preceding articles
of this paper, in a tabular form, with the view of intro-
ducing at the same time, the probable altitudes of other
points relative to which no remarks have herein been
made.

A table showing the probable. altitudes, in feet, of the
water level, at a variety of points therein specified,
above tide-water.

Points indicated. Elevation.
Mouth of the Ohio river - - - - 300
Ohio river, at Cincinnati* - - - 414

Do. at the mouth of Scioto river* - 464
Do. at‘the mouth of Muskingum river* 541

Surface of Lake Erie,* River des Plaines, 20 miles
above its. mouth; Mississippi, at the head of the
rapids De Moyen; and the Ohio a few miles be-

low Wheeling, Virginia - - - 565
Lakes Huron and ae - - - 571
Lake Superior - - - - 595

The Ohio at Pittsburg ; the Mississippi at the mouth

of the St. Peter; and the Missouri at the mouth of

the River Platte - - - - 680
Sources of the St. Peter and Red rivers - 830

250 EXPEDITION TO THE

Source of the Muskingum* - - - - 902
Source of Big Beaver* - - - 907
Source of the Scioto* - - - - 919
Source of the Miami* - - - - 964
Lake of the Woods - - - - 1040
Rainy Lake’ - - - - - 1100

Sources of the streams on the route of the Expedi-
tion, tributary to Lakes Winnepeek and Superior,

and head waters of the Mississippi - - 1200
Dog Lake - . - - - 1000
Lake Winnepeck - - - - 630

4th. Of the accompanying Map.

This document has been compiled principally from ele-
ments obtained during the progress of the Expedition.
The astronomical observations and calculations, fixing the
latitude and longitude of the several points, were made by
Mr. Colhoun, astronomer, &c. for the Expedition, as re-
corded in the Appendix.

To the gentlemen of the Hudson’s Bay Company we
feel much indebted for the geographical information they
gave us, as well as for the generosity and hospitality we
uniformly experienced at their hands, The kind letter of
the Right Hon. Stratford Canning, Plenipotentiary of his
Britannic Majesty, at Washington, ensured us a most
friendly and cordial reception among the officers and gen-
tlemen of that company.

It will be ‘perceived that the locality assigned to the
southern extremity of Green Bay, and the direction of
Fox river, one of its tributaries, also,the shape of Lake

* The altitudes annexed to the several plans distinguished by an as-
terisk, are deduced'from the measurements actually made in connec-
tion with the canal-surveys of New York'and Ohio,

Michig
giverm™
differer
much
inform
ing onl
buted |
The
above
map of
perior,
chette’
For
from \
along
Huron
Tanne
nia, O
forma’
versec
To
Britis
the
indeb
lative
terve

rom ele-
pedition.
ixing the
made by
nN, as re-

pany we
ion they
ality we
letter of
'y of his
a most
and gen-

d to the
ction of
of Lake

| by an as-
n connec-

SOURCE OF ST. PETER’S RIVER. 251

Michigan, are different from the representations usually
giverMfgthem in other maps, which uniformly make the
difference of latitude between Mackinaw and Fort Howard
much too great; the actual difference, agreeably to the best
information we could obtain in relation to the subject, be-
ing only about one degree. The alteration is to be attri-
buted principally to this circumstance.

T).e delineations of that part of the Mississippi, situated
above the Falls of St. Anthony, are copied from Pike’s
map of th :t river; those of the western part of Lake Su-
perior, and the eastern part of Lake Huron, from Bou-
chette’s Map of Upper and Lower Canada.

For a sketch of the surveys made in Michigan territory,
from which we have made our delineations of the country
along the west side of the straits between Lakes Erie and
Huron, we are indebted to the politeness of Mr. H. S.
Tanner, whose excellent maps of New York, Pennsylva-
nia, Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, we have consulted for in-
formation relative to the older parts of the country tra-
versed by the Expeditiou.

.To Dr. Bigsby, an English gentleman attached to the
British commission for determining the boundary between
the United States and the British possessions, we are much
indebted for various items of geographical intelligence, re-
lative to Lake Superi~r, Lake of the Woods, and the in-
tervening country.

The southern coast of Lake Superior, together with the
rivers, lakes, &c. situated between that lake and the Mis-
sissippi, has been delineated almost entirely from informa-
tion kindly imparted by H. R. Schoolcraft, Esq.

The route of the Expedition is designated on the map
by dotted lines and asterisks, the iatter of which represent
our places of encampment, and have the date annexed.

eee ae

POL
reg
contain
constit
oscula

a) ila
|
We
| :
}

i

id

ty

.

unlike
funnels
their .s
being
thus i
Vo

APPENDIX.
PART. I.—NATURAL. HISTORY.
§1. ZOOLOGY, By Tuomas Say,

A. CLASS POLYPI—ORDER VAGINATL

CHONEMBLEMA.

Generic Characters.

POLYPIFER simple, lapideous, forming a somewhat
irregular mass, and composed of parallel tubes. Each tube
contains a series of inserted, infundibuliform diaphragms, —
constituting a continued siphuncle, which occasionally. in-
osculates, through the parietes of the tube, with the si- .
phuncles of the primate tubes.”

Observations.

By the general character cf this interesting fossil, it
might seem to be, ‘in some degree at least, allied ‘to the
genus Favosrrss of Lamarck, but it.is.widely distinguish-
ed by the extraordinary cenformation of the interior of the
numerous tubes’ of which i: is composed. The diaphragme,
unlike those of Favosrre~ may be compared to a series of
funnels inserted into eacl. other and connected together by
their siphuncular terminations, their superior peripheries
heirig so expanded as to join the inner walls of the tube,
thus interrupting the caliber of the latter into numerous
Vou. Ii. 33

22 SONPEETES EAGT ARES RETR EY

- = — =
ST EI TE RELL RDA ADIL EEE LE LEAR IIA EEE LIE LL DEE OO ETI LLL EE
= = es = — ——

SRE A TEE Le REIRSON TAS TOI 1 a ha a =

254 APPENDIX.

cells. ‘This arrangement of the interior of the tubes is not
unlike, in principle, to that of some of the multilocular
shells, such as Spirvza for instance, but the diaphragms
are less symmetrical and of a more acute concavity. The
communication between the neighbouring tubes is another
remarkable character of this fossil genus, which, however,
it possesses in common with Favosrres and afew other
genera, but these lateral openings are few in number, and
do not seem to exhibit any regularity in their distribution.
Linné would probably have placed this fossil in his genus
MI.Erora, but its proper situation in the modern system
is probably next in order to Favosrrzs.

Specific Character.

C. intricata. Tubes cylindric, small, separated in the
mass by nearly the distance of their’ diameters; siphuncle
very obvious at the opening of the tubes on’ the surface,
and placed on one side., Pl. '14, fig. 1; nat. size, @. magnified.

—_—— aS
B; OLASS: PISCES.
PLATIROSTRA EDENTULA, Lesueur.

In addition to the detailed description by Mr. Lesueur,
in the first volume of the Journal of the Academy of Na-
tural Sciences of Philadelphia, the following charactets may
serve to complete the descriptive representation of this sin-

‘gular fish, as it appears in the living state.

Colour above livid-brown, immaculate on the body, but
with small blackish spots placed in’circles or ovals’ on the
head as far back as the:gill opening, on the upper part and
sides of the rostrum, about the eyes and on the unwrinkled

!

part of
wrinkle
small b
middle:
behind
each si
which 1
the ver
cover, ¢
the hea
tation c
‘roughn
jaws w
gill ope
yellow
the ter
Tota
Rost
tiv, fou
In th
such ¢
dried :
wantin
In tl
tromyz
ly seer
geon.
sure ak
not se¢

in the
huncle

rface,
nified.

sueur,
of Na-
fs may
Lis sin-

ly, but
on. the
rt and
nkled

APPENDIX. | 255

part of the gill cover; over the upper jaw and on the
wrinkled part of the gill cover, with abbreviated lines of
small blackish ‘spots; be//y white, with a few spots on the |
middle; fins dusky, pectorals and ventrals white before and
behind ; gi// covers capacious, broadly united beneath, and
each side tapering gradually to a somewhat obtuse point
which nearly attains to the line of the anterior origin of
the ventral fins; on the upper basal portion: of the gill
cover, and extending for a short distance along the side of
the head, the surface is wrinkled to permit the great dila-
tation of the part; mouth entirely destitute of teeth, or of
roughness to the touch ; tongue with large dusky spots ;
jaws within margined with dusky ; posterior bone of the
gill opening covered with papille pointing backwards; a
yellow oblong-oval cartilaginous bone on the tail beneath

the termination of the caudal fin. :

Total length four feet eight inches.

Rostrum, from the anterior canthus of the eye to the
tix, fourteen and a half inches,

In the above description we have endeavoured to state
such ‘characters chiefly, as could not be drawn from the:
dried specimens, and that have therefore been hitherto
wanting. | ‘

In the gills’ of this fish were several Lisnprey Eels, (Pe-
tromyzon,) of a small species. The Paddle-fish is frequent-
ly seen to leap out of the water in the manner of the Stur-
geon. They grow to a somewhat larger size than the mea-
sure above recorded. The Polyodon of Lacepede we have
not'seen,

5. SAAN ?p
— == ————
meee eae . ~

APPENDIX.

0. CLASS MOLLUSCA.

- The shells described in the following pages constitute

but a small portion of the collection obtained during the
expedition, Those collected on St. Peter’s river were
packed in a box, and intrusted to.the men who returned in
canoes to Fort St, Anthony ; this box. has.not yet been re-
ceived, and is supposed to be lost. On the subsequent part
of the route I put all the univalves collected, iu a canteen
which I constantly. carried, but ‘which. was finally lost at
Mackinaw. Another parcel of shells sent from Chicago has
not since been heard of.. To this statement of our losses
I may, add a still more important one, consisting of a box
which contained skins of quadrupeds, birds, reptiles, and
fishes. a

Rast soe
HELIX.

1, H. harpa. Shell conic, reddish-brown; whorls four,
convex, with numerous elevated, subequidistant, equal,
lameliform, acute lines across, the interstitial spaces flat and
wrinkled ; aperture syborb.vular, truncated by the penul-
timate whorl, and very little oblique; Jadrum simple;
umbilicus small, nearly concealed by the base of the la-
brum. Site :

Length rather more.than one-tenth of an inch.

Inhabits the North-west Territory.

The elevated lines on this shell give it a very handsome
appearance, and readily distinguish it from any of our na-
tive species that I have seen. The European analogue is
the culedta of Muller, but our shell is destitute of re-
curved poin‘s'on the lameliform lines. Pl. 15, fig. -1.

2, H.
dermis
whorls r
rounded
centre of
found ;

Brea

Inhab

3. H.
miautely
tialiy or
region a
ed by t
outer ed

its infer
shell; . 2
pressed,

Brea

Inhal

I obt
but sup
I laid it
ever, N
specim:

found i

conside

don of
in the
sented
not ex
specie:

4. ]
vex, V

} four,
equal,
at and
penul-
mple ;
he la-

1some
ir na-
ue is
of re-

APPENDIX. 257

2..H. porcina. Shell depressed, yellowish-brown; epi-
dermis rugose, with minute, very numerous bristles;
whorls rather more than four, depressed above, beneath
rounded, forming a very obtuse angle rather above the
centre of the whorl; wmbilicus open, rather small, pro-
found ; Jabrum simple.

Breadth rather more than three-tenths-of an inch.

Inhabits North-west Territory. Pl. 15, fig. 2.

3. H. fraterna, Shell convex, brownish-horn colour,
miautely hirsute; whorls five, rounded; wmbilicus par-
tialiy or entirely closed by the termination of the labrum;
region of the umbilicus indented; aperture much contract-
ed by the labrum ; /abrum reflected, white, unarmed ; its.
outer edge not projecting beyond the curve of the whorl;
its inferior angle extenas to the centre of the base of the
shell; Zabiwm with a strong, prominent; oblique, com-
pressed, white tooth.

Breadth one-third of an inch.

Inhabits Pennsylvania..

I obtained a specimen of this ‘shell several years ago,
but suppusing it to be an accidental variety of the hirsuta,
I laid it aside without further notice. Since then, how-
ever, Messrs. Hyde and Mason have presented numerous
specimens of the same species to the Academy, having
found it rather common; I therefore no longer hesitate to
consider it asa distinct species. It resembles Hatrx mono-
don of Mr, Racket, (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. 13, pl. 5,)

in the conformation of the aperture, but that shell is repre-
sented as being largely umbilicated, and its labrum does
not extend near to the centre of the base, as it does in our
species. Pl. 15, fig, 3.

4. H. diodonta. Shell somewhat depressed; spire con-

vex, very little elevated; ewhor/s five, rounded, regularly

258 APPENDIX.

but not prominently wrinkled, and grooved transversely ;
aperture moderate; labrum reflected, with a slightly pro-
jecting dentiform callus near the base on ‘the inner edge;
labium with an oblique tooth on the middle; umbilicus
rather large, profound, exhibiting all the volutions.

Breadth rather more than seven-tenths of an inch. |

This shell inhabits the state of New York. It is closely
allied to H. profunda nob. but may be distinguished by its
smaller size and armed labium. Its aperture also:is much
less dilated than that of the profunda. Pl. 15, fig. 4.

H. perspectiva nob. is common in the North-west Ter-
ritory, it varies in being smaller, and. in the circumstance
of the labrum embracing a somewhat smaller pvapoation
of the penultimate volution.

H. arborea nob. common in this‘territory.

H. chersina nob. A variety of this species is ‘not un-
common in the North-west Territory. It differs in the
greater rotundity of the upper part of each whorl, and in
the somewhat less rounded or more flattened figure of the
labrum. It may, however, prove to be a distinct species,
when many specimens of chersina can be had to compare
with it. |

H.. alternata and albolabris nob. On our return home-
ward these two species were not found until we arrived in
the secondary country Wwinande the. eastern : casas of
Lake Superior,

H. thyroidus nob. Falls of Niagara.

H. igera nob. North-west Territory.

VITRINA, Draparn.

V. pellucida of authors. This shell was first found near
Coldwater Lake in latitude 482° north, under stones, fallen

timber,
tuations.

no more
large to
body is
genus h
very of
specime
any res}

B. ha
stones,
and Lal
Europe:
bium is

P. 2
apex 0
oblique
semiov
brum, ¢
of the-«
ceding
tate, lo
labium

Len:

wantin

much

Ter-
stance
ortion

ot un-
n the
nd. in
of the
yecies,
mpare

home-
ved in

ity of

| near
fallen

APPENDIX. 259

timber, &c. It afterwards frequently occurred in similar si-
tuations, until we approached Lake Superior, when it was
nomore seen. Like its congeners the inhabitant is much too
large to retract within the shell, and a great portion of the
body is therefore constantly exposed. No species of this
genus has been hitherto found in this country ; the disco-
very of this shell is therefore the more‘interesting. The
specimens which we’ collected do not appear to differ in
any respect from those of Europe. —

BULIMUS, Brug.

B. lubricus of authors. This species occurred under
stones, &c. on the shores and islands of Lake Winnepeek
and Lake of the Woods. It is altogether similar to the
European. specimens of this species, excepting that ar la-
bium is somewhat more transverse.

PUPA.

P. modesta. Shell dextral, suboval, minutely wrinkled ;
apex obtuse; whorls six; wmbilicus distinct; aperture
obliquely subovate ; Jadtum with a prominent compressed
semioval tooth equidistant from the extremities of the la-
brum, and a somewhat conic oné rather below the middle
of the’columella; labrum not reflected, joining the pre-
ceding whorl at its upper extremity with a curve ; biden-
tate, lower tooth placed opposite to that of the middle of the
labium, the others smaller and placed a little above.

Length less than one-tenth of an inch.

Inhabits the North-west Territory. Pl. 15, fig. 5.

Var. «. The smaller tooth of the labrum obsolete or
wanting.

PSC, NTN AITO Ta

APPENDIX.

SUCCINEA.

1. S. avara. Shell suboval, pale reddish-yellow, subdia-
phanous, fragile, covered with an earthy crust; whorls three,
minutely wrinkled; body whorl very large; spire small ;
aperture large, subovate, about two-thirds of the whole
length of the shell.

Length three-twentieths of an inch.

Inhabits the North-west Territory.

This small species of Succinea occurs in humid places,
very frequently under stones and near the water. The
i .-Mis always com dletely incrusted with a coating of earth.
Tc nv9" at once be ilistinguished from either the ovalis or
campestris by its very small size. Pl. 15, fig. 6.

2. S. obliqua. Shell oblong-oval, nearly pellucid, pale
amber-coloured ; whorls three, very obliquely revolving,
distinctly wrinkled; spire a little preminent; aperture
suboval, somewhat oblique.

Length seven-tenths of an inch; length of the aperture
less than half an inch.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Of this fine species, found in the vicinity of Philadel-
phia, many specimens were some time since presented
to the Academy Nat. Sc. by, Messrs. Hyde and Mason,
and we obtained a specimen near the Falls of Niagara.

It may be at once distinguished from either the ovalis
or campestris by the much greater obliquity of the revo-
lutions of its whorls. It is very like the Hexix putris of
Linn. but it is more than double the size of that species. It
may, however, be a variety of that shell. Pl. 15, fig. 7.

1. P.
five, m
long, v
ing to ¢
impres:
a little
volutio
apertu
tion of
portion
ferior |
the inf

Territ

It r
not em
tion, a
are CO)
slightl
not. e3
declin
also at
tion t
clines
volvir
lution
which
apertu
their

Vo

subdia-
ts three,
2 small ;
B whole

l places,
r. The
of earth.
alis or

id, pale
olving,
verture

iperture

hiladel-
esented
Mason,
ara.

ovalis
e revo-
tris of
ies. It
g. 7.

APPENDIX.

PLANORBIS.

1. P. deflectus. Shell dextral, depressed ; whorls nearly
five, minutely and regularly wrinkled across, wider than
long, with a much depressed rotundity above, descend-
ing to an acute lateral edge below the middle; spire not
impressed ; suture indented, but not profoundly ; beneath
a little concave in the middle, exhibiting one-half of each
volution to the apex; whorls flattened, slightly rounded ;
aperture declining very much, suboval, the superior por-
tion of the labrum considerably ‘surpassing the inferior
portion and taking its origin a little above the carina; in-
ferior portion of the labrum terminating on the middle of
the infer:or surface of the penultimate whorl.

Greatest breadth two-fifths of an inch

This shell was presented to me by Dr. B:. sby, who col-
lected many specimens in the waters of the North-west
Territory.

It resembles the exacuous nob. but the aperture does
not embrace so large a proportion « the preceding volu-
tion, and the volutions on the inferior portion of the shell
are consequently more obvious, and the umbilicus is but
slightly indented; the upper portion of the labrum does
not extend so far beyond the lower portion, the aperture
declines much more,.and the carina is less acute. It has
also an affinity for the carinatus of Europe,, but in addi-
tion to other differences the aperture of that species de-
clines but little, if at all, and the carina is an elevated re-
volving line. The aperture embraces the penultimate vo-
lution about as much as in the rofundatus of Europe, to
which our shell is also allied, but differs in its declining
aperture, and the less degree of rotundity of its whorls on
their upper surface. Pl. 15, fig. 8.

Von. IT. 34

*

SRA nwt a a,

bid
" 4
|
aie
|
a
LI
fi! i

Na ASB A RGR SLEDS LDL RIIOT

GA AREAS MS

262 % APPENDIX.

2. P. corgentus. Shell dextral; whorls more than
three, rather rugged with coarse wrinkles, much higher
than wide; superior surface much flattened, and edged by
an abrupt acute line, which is distinct to the aperture;
sides hardly rounded, and terminated below by another
abrupt edge, which is not quite so definite and acute as the
superior one; spire slightly concave; wmbilicus exhibit-
ing a portion of each of the rapidly retiring whorls to the
apex; aperture longer than wide, the superior part ex-
tending higher than the preceding volution and the inferior
portion declining much lower than the inferior line of the

, same volution.

Greatest breadth three-fourths of an inch. —

Length of the aperture nearly half an inch.

Length of the penultimate whorl near the aperture
rather more than three-tenths of an inch.

Inhabits Winnepeek river, Winnepeek lake; Lake of the
Woods, and Rainy lake; common, PI. 15, fig. 9.

Of this species I collected numerous specimens, but had
the misfortune to lose them all, as’ well as a great number
of interesting terrestrial and fluviatile shells, on our return
to the settlements, and I am indebted to the liberality of
Dr. Bigsby for the individual above described. It is close-
ly allied to ¢rivolvis, nobis, but is:much less rounded on
the sides of the whorls, the carine are more prominent,
the upper side is much more horizontally flattened, the 1a-
brum is less rounded, and. the whole shell ‘is larger and
higher ‘in proportion to its width, and the aperture ex-
tends both above and below the penultimate whorl.

P. campanulatus, nob. Falls of Niagara.

_ P. trivolvis, nob. North-west Territory and’ Falls of
Niagara.
P. parvus, nob. is common in the waters of the North-

west Te!
upon the
those fou
large.

P. ar
mon.

P. dice

mon.

L. me
pidly din
tusely v
very ob
ovate, m
columel

Leng!

Leng!

Great

This
Bois bla
whom I
ish, som
greenis|
lour of |
dimensi
covered

e than
higher
ged by
erture ;
another
p as the
pxhibit-
8 to the
4 ex-
inferior
P of the

perture
e of the

but had
number
r return
ality of
3 close-
ided on
minent,
, the la-
per and
ure ex-

“alls of

North-

APPENDIX. 263

west Territory, and may be found in plenty crawling
upon the rocks near the shores. They vary in size from
those found in the eastern states, being less than half as
large.

P. armigerus, nob. St. Peter and Red rivers, com-
mon.

P. bicarinatus, nob. North-west Territory, rather com-
mon.

LYMNEWUS.

L. megasomus. Large, dilated suboval ; spire short, ra-
pidly diminishing, acute; whorls about. five, rounded, ob-
tusely wrinkled across; body-whorl Jarge,,the wrinkles
very obvious; suture deeply impressed; aperture sub-
ovate, much longer than the spire, within, chesnut-brown ;
columella . white.

Length more than one and itmation of an inch.

Length of the aperture more than one. inch.

Greatest diameter one inch.

This remarkably large and fine species was found in
Bois blanc Lake, North-west Territo.-y, by Dr. Bigsby, to
whom I am indebted for specimens. The colour is brown-
ish, sometimes lineated acrogs the body whorl with dull
greenish and pale ochraceous; and the chesnut-brown co-
lour of the interior of the shell, combined with its large
dimensions, distinguish this species from all others yet dis-
covered in this country. Pl. 15, fig. 10.

L. emarginatus, nob. from Lake Namakan, north of
Lake Superior, collected by Dr. Bigsby.

L.: elongatus, nob. Rainy Lake and Seine river, Dr.
Bigsby.

L. desidiosus, nob. Falls of Niagara.

APPENDIX.

PHYSA.
P. heterostropha, nob. North-west Territory.

VALVATA.

V. sincera. Shell subglobose-conic ; whorls nearly four,
accurately rounded, finely and regularly wrinkled across;
aperture not interrupted by the penultimate whorl nor
appressed to it, but merely in contact with it, the labrum
not diminished in thickness at the point of contact; um-
bilicus large, exhibiting the volutions.

Breadth less than one-fifth of an inch.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

For this species I am indebted to Dr. Bigsby. It is very
similar to the ¢ricarinata, nobis, but is destitute of cari-
nated lines, and the umbilicus is rather larger; it differs
from the obtusa of Europe, also, in the much greater mag-
nitude of the umbilicus. Pl. 15, fig. 11:

. PALUDINA.,
P. limosa, nob. North-west Territory,

AMPULARIA.

A. depressa. Shell ventricoze, subglobular, obsoletely
banded with obscure green ; whorls four, slightly wrinkled ;
body whorl more prominent above, somewhat flattened to-
wards the suture, of a pale olivaceous colour, which is al-
most concealed by numerous, ‘unequal, longitudinal. and
‘transverse greenish and brownish lines; spire very much
depressed ; aperture suboval, within somewhat glaucous,

on the 1
simple, ¢
nearly ¢

Great

Total

Lengt

Inhab

Darin
Messrs.
dead an
occurrec
on the ;
Topogr
perfect |
them in
a dilatat
shells v
and tha
animal.
globosa

bletely
nkled;
1ed to-
1 is al-
al. and

APPENDIX. 265

on the margin exhibiting the bands distinctly; labrum
simple, as much rounded above as below; umbilicus small,
nearly closed.

Greatest width one inch and nine-twentieths.

Total Jength one inch and a half.

Length of the aperture one and one-fifth ofan inch nearly.

Inhabits East Florida.

Daring an excursion to East Florida, in company with
Messrs. Maclure, Ord, and T. Peale, I obtained a single
dead and imperfect specimen of this interesting shell. It
occurred in a small creek, tributary to St. John’s river, and
on the plantation of Mr. Fatio. Captain Le Conte of the
Topographical Engineers, has since presented me with a
perfect specimen, with the information that he observed
them in very great numbers on the shores of Lake George,
a dilatation of St. John’s river ; that in some places the dead
shells were piled up confusedly to a considerable height,
and that the Numentvus longirostra feeds upon the living
animal. The spire is still.less elevated than that of the
globosa of Swainson. Pl. 14, fig. 2.

MELANIA.
M. virginica, nob. Falls of Niagara.

ANODONTA.

A. gibbosa. Shell thin and very fragile; much inflated;
anterior and posterior hinge-margins compressed, the for-
mer alated; surface pale-yellowish testaceous, finely radi-
ate with green, and having somewhat regular concentric
minute undulations; within somewhat iridescent.

266 APPENDIX.

Length about one and nine-tenths, breadth two and nine-
tenths of an inch.

This shell exhibits a remarkable appearance, in the un-
usually great convexity of the disks and umbones, It is
strikingly distinct, and was presente1 to me by Captain
Le Conte of the Topogranhicai Engineers, ~ informs me

_ that it is an inhabitant of Soath Carolina, P!. 14, fig. 3, 4.

—— Ee

D. CLASS VERMES.

ORDER CRYPTOBRANCHIA.
HIRUDO.

sarah HS a AS RS ne RE SN

° 5
Ne ALES ERRNO Ti OAD

1. H. parasitica. A yellow vitta before; quadrate mar-
ginal spots each. side; beneath with about eleven Se A
dinal lines; ocular points two.

Descr. Body dilated when at rest, narrowed before;
above varied with dull-yellowish and. blackish-brown ; a

-yellow vitta commences at the anterior extremity and is
more or less elongated, in some specimens less than one-
fourth the length of the body, and in others extending
nearly or quite to the posterior disk; lateral margin with
eighteen or twenty symmetrical equal and equidistant
quadrate ye'llowish spots; posterior disk above radiate
with yellowish; ocular points two, approximate, sometimes
apparently confluent; beneath very flat, whitish, with about
eleven longitudinal lies; lateral edges very acute.

Length in a state of repose two inches, greatest breadth
seven-tenths of an inch.

This leech is frequent in the lakes of the north-western
region, adhering to the sternum or inferior shell of Tor-

toises,
Lesuet
in con
surface
arrang
prevai
points
the fo
other
more
vitta,
ventr:
of thi:
Bose,
and tl
surfac
ta
foreis
2.
ocula
* De
ing, ¢
form
each
ther
supe)
the ¢

heig
3.

“f

d nine-

he un-
. It is
Captain
rms me
ag. 3, 4.

ate mar-
ongitu-

before ;
‘OWN ; a
and is
an one-
tending
‘in with
‘idistant
radiate
netimes
th about

breadth

western
of Tor-

APPENDIX. 267

toises, (Emys,) particularly to that’ of E. geographica of
Lesueur. Their young are often ‘found with them, attached
in considerable numbers‘to the abdomen. The superior.
surface of the body is-subject to vary considerably in the
arrangement of its colours. In one specimen the fuscous colour
prevails and is interrupted only by dull-yellowish distant —
points, which, in their disposition exhibit an approach to
the formation of three longitudinal irregular series; in an-
other individual an arrangement into three series is still
more obvious; the lateral quadrate spots, the yellowish
vitta, at least on the anterior portion of the body, and the
ventral lines, appear to be permanent characters. The form
of this species is similar to that of the H. swampina of
Bose, but it cannot be the same ‘from its number of eyes
and the lineation of its inferior surface.. The flat inferior
surface and the acute lateral edges seem formed to exclude
t+ air and assist the disks in their office of adhering to a
foreign body.

2. H. lateralis. Dull livid with a rufous line each side;
ocular points six.
* Deser. This species is more elongated than the preced-
ing, and far less depressed ; the colour of the body is uni-
form dull livid, not at all paler beneath, but the rufous line
each side extending the whole length of the body, is ra-
ther broad, and although dull, is yet very distinct; on the
superior surface are a few very remote minute black points:
the ocular points are placed in a regularly curved line.

Length when at rest two inches and three-fourths.

This species occurred in most of the small lakes on the
height of land, between Rainy Lake and Lake Superior.

3. H. marmorata. Blackish varied with dirty whitish ;
oe points six.

escr. Body slightly broadest in the middle, from

268 APPENDIX.

whence it diminishes very slightly and gradually towards
the extremities, near the anterior extremity it ismore ra-
pidly attenuated; colour black or fuscous with irregular
whitish or light coloured spots ; beneath pale, generally im-
maculate, but sometimes with confluent black spots; the
ocular points are placed in a regularly curved line.

Length when at rest about two inches and a half.

This, and the preceding, are both large species, but the
present is- by far more abundant in the same situations,
where they may be observed, many at a view, adhering to
rocks, or swimming in their undulating manner.

4. H. decora. Body livid with a dorsal series of twenty-
two small red dots, and a lateral series of the same number
of black dots of a similar size; a transverse line of ocular
points in close order before; on each side of which, and at
a short distance from them and from each other, are two
points of the same kind; beneath fulvous with a few black
spots.

This species is much smaller than either of the preced-
ing and is comparatively rare. It occurred in Vermilion
Lake.

i

E. CLASS INSECTA.
ORDER COLEOPTERA.
CICINDELA, Linn. Latr.

1. C. longilabris. Blackish; elytra spotted and banded
with white ; labrum long.

Inhabits North-west Territory.
Head and thoraz slightly tinged with greenish fan-

tenne, |
Jong as
ly trider
mandib
palpi di
dense pt
dle on t
the mid
white 3.1
Leng!
Var. |
This
nob. (Tr
sufficien
brum is
more th
green.
2. C.
elytra.
Inhal
Bod
more
ate toot
mandi
hairy 5
are obl
toward

Owards
pre ra-
egular
lly im-
s; the

but the
ations,
ring to

wenty-
umber
ocular
, and at
p two
v black

preced-
rmilion

panded

Pan.

APPENDIX. 269

tennze, basal joints, blue-black; /abrum white, nearly as
long as broad, obtusely longitudinally carinated, obscure-
ly tridentate at tip, and a little dilated at the la‘eral base ;
mandibles white on the exterior edge near the base;
palp: dark blue, or’ cupreous ; elytra with rather large,
dense punctures; a humeral spot, another before the mid-
dle on the margin, a reclivate nearly transverse band on
the middle, and a spot at the posterior curve of the-elytra,
white ; vénter black, with'a purplish reflection.

Length less than three-fifths of an inch.

Var. «, The spots of the elytra obsolete.

This ‘insect seems to approach nearest to C. vulgaris,
nob. (Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. vol. 1. new series,) but it is
sufficiently distinct by the following characters. The la-
brum is twice as long, and the punctures of the elytra are
more than double the size. The venter is sometimes dark
green.

2. C. terricola. Black; a white line at the tip of the
elytra.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body destitute of metallic lustre ; Jabrum white; breadth
more than twice the length; tip three-too:hed, intermedi-
ate tooth conic acute, the lateral teeth angulated obtuse;
mandibles white on the exterior base; ¢horaz a little
hairy ; elytra with scattered very minute punctures, which
are oblique, as if formed by a pointed instrument directed
towards the anterior part of the insect, so that the surface
before each puncture is a little elevated ; a white line mar-
gins the extremity ; venter blackish-testaceous ; ¢ibia dull
testaceous. ~~

Length rather more than two-fifths of an inch.

This species is closely allied to C. pusi//a, nob. but the
marking of the elytra differs, and the thorax is not so much
Vor. II. 35

270 APPEND) x.

contracted at base and is more closely affixed to the ab
domen.

POECILUS,. Bonei/'.

P. fraternus. Dark green; elytra dark greenigh-cupre-
ous; palpi and feet piceous-black.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antennz fuscous ; three basal joints yel!swish, and ca-
rinated, carina dusky; thorax slightly margined; dorsal
impressed line extending entirely to the basal edge ; lateral
edge regularly arcuated; basal angles slightly more than
right angles; e/ytra dark coppery, with a dark green ex-
terior margin ;. strie impunctured ; interstitial spaces a lit-
tle vounded ; beneath piceous-black.

Length two-fifths of an inch.

Although the thorax of this insect is uot broadly mar-
gined, yet the margin is much wider i‘an that of the chal-
cites, Helwig, (in Melsh. Catal.) and it may be distinguish-
ed from the /ucublandus, Knoch, (in the saine work,) by
the colour of the palpi, &c.

DYTISCUS, Linn. Latr.

D. fasciv:nis's. 9 -Dark ‘olivaceous-brown ; thorax and
exterior elytral margin margined with yellow.

Inhabits Lake Superior.

Head darker than the elytra, greenish-back, with a ru-
fous transverse frontal spot ; antennex rufous, joints dusky
at their tips; labrum and nasus yellowish; palpi co-
lour of the antenne; ¢horaa colour of the head, mar-
gined all round with yellowish ; a longitudinal impress-
ed line, and extr2mely minute scattered punctures; scute/

the ab

h-cupre-

, and ca-
; dorsal
p; lateral
ore than
preen e€x-
aces a lit-

dly mar-
the chal-
stinguish-
rork,) by

orax and

ith a ru-
its dusky
jalpi co-
ad, mar-
impress-
s; scutel

APPENDIX. 271

yellowish; elytra each with ten grooves extending near-
ly two-thirds the whole length from near the base; ex-
terior margin yellowish, becunang obsorete ai tip; an
obsolete spot towards the extremity resembliag the com-
mencement of a branch from the colour of the margin;
Jeet pale rufous ; postpectus black, yellowish each side be-
hind and at the anterior angies; venter black, with yellow
bands, terminating each side in triangles of the same co-
lour. se

Length one and one-tenth of an inch.

This species is most closely ailied to D. marginalis of
Europe ; the appearance of the superior surface of the body
is altogether the same, even to the fourm and appearance of
the frontal spot, nevertheless our insect is much’ smaller,
and the arrangement of colours beneath, on the postpectus
and venter, is altogether different.

LACCOPHILUS, Leach.

L. punctatus. Dusky testaceous ; very regularly and pro-
foundly punctured.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body suboval, short, dull testaceous ; head with two di-
lated slightly impressed spaces on the front; clypeus . b-
tusely rounded at tip; punctures numerous, rather sn.:. .¢
on the vertex ; ¢horaz blackish on the anterior and »:osie-
rior margins; punctures subequidistant; e/ytra darker (ian
the head and thorax, very regularly and beautifully puve-
tured ; punctures rather larger than those of the thorax,
subequidistant ; beneath, excepting the feet, also punctured.

Length more than one-tenth of an inch.

This is a very prvtty species, readily distinguished from
others.

' APPENDIX.

‘BUPRESTIS, Linn. Latr.
/

B, maculativentris. Violaceous with a cur Yeous inhen
tion; anterior thoracic angles with a spot and a series on
each side of the venter, yellow.

Inhabits North-west. Territory.

Head confluently punctured; a yellow pa before the
eye, almost confluent with another beneath the eye; tho-
raz, with a very distinct. margining spot at the anterior
angles; punctured, but with a glabrous dorsal line and one
or two lateral glabrous spots; elytra violaceous, with cu-
preous reflections; base violaceous; punctured-striate; tip
with a small tooth at the sutural angle, and about four very
minute teeth; beneath cupreous, polished; venter with a
series of three yellow quadrate spots on each side, and a
larger oblique oval one on the anal segment approaching
at the middle of the segment and. extending by a branch
for a short distance on the edge, |

Length thirteen-twentieths of an inch.

This is a very pretty insect, readily distinguished by the
subocular, thoracic, and ventral spots.

SCYDMENUS, Latr.

1. S. cdavipes. Blackish; elytra bright rufous, blackish
at tip; antenne longer than the thorax.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body hairy; head piceous; antennz rather longer than
the thorax, and with the palpi, dull rufous ; thoraz blackish
with an impressed transverse line at base and the appear-
ance of a longitudinal one before; hairs numerous; e/ytra
smooth, polished, impunctured, and without strie; bright
rufous; hairs long; humeral angles longitudinally elevated ;

a slight
rufous;
Lens
2. §.
ish at t
Inha
Bod
the th
elytra
bright
elevate
black 5
Len
Stro
much
real o1
are mi

fore the
ye; tho-
anterior
and.one
with cu-
ate; tip
our very

with a
Py and a
roaching
» branch

ad by the

blackish

rer than
blackish
appear-
- elytra
; bright
evated ;

APPENDIX. 273

a slight groove at the base of each elytrum, tip black ‘5 feet
rufous; thighs clavate; venter dull rufous.

Length more than ‘one-twentieth of an inch.

2. S. brevicornis: Blackish; elytra bright rufous, black-
ish at tip; antenne shorter than the thorax.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body hairy ; head black; antennz vidthiei shorter than
the thorax, hairy, dull rufous; ¢horaz polished, black ;
elytra smooth, polished, impunctured, and. without striz,
bright rufous; hairs long; humeral angles longitudinally
elevated ; a slight groove at the base of each elytrum, tip
black; feet rufous ; thighs clavate, dusky at tip.

Length rather more than one-twentieth ofan inch.

Strongly resembles the preceding, but the antennz are
much shorter and more robust, the thorax is destitute of
real or.apparent impressed lines, and the clave of the thighs
are more dilated.

DORCATOMA, Herbst.

D. ocudata. Rounded-oval, blackish-brown, a little hairy ;
antennez yellowish-piceous.

Inhabits Pennsylvania..

Head very obscure piceous; a few short hairs ; antennz
yellowish-piceous, first joint large, arcuated ; second joint
much smaller, rounded; third, fourth, fifth, still smaller
and not very distinctly articulated ; sixth transverse, very
short; seventh much enlarged, on the inner side extending
into aconic process, which is nearly as long as the preceding
part of the antennz, and when at rest is applied closely to
the inner side of the eighth joint and «tends quite to its
tip ; eighth joint elongate-obtriangular ; ninth joint as long as
the preceding joint, a little arcuated; eyes with an indented,

274 APPENDIX. |

somewhat dilated line, extending from: near the base : of
the antennz to the middle; ¢horaz punctured, with short
hairs, and slightly tinged with piceous; anterior angles
very much decurved and acute; posterior angles hardly
acute; posterior margin lobed at the scutel; scuée/ small,
rounded ; e/yéra punctured and with short hair; exterior
submargin with three impressed strie; beneath. ens

hairy ; feet dull piceous.

Length one-tenth of an inch.

Tne form of. the penultimate joint of the antenne dif-
fers considerably from that of the dresdensis in being much
less dilated on the inner side, the seventh joint has the in-
ner process more slender and the terminal joint is a little
arcuated.

NOSODENDRON, Zaz?r.

N. wnicolor. Black, immaculate, antenne piceous, cla-
vum yellowish.

Inhabits. Missouri.

Head with dense, dilated, shallow siatttinpis thorax
short, length less than half the breadth; punctures less
dense than those of the head; posterior edge regularly ar-
euated 5 lateral edge hardly arcuated, nearly rectilinear ;
angles acute ; elytra irregularly punctured; humerus a lit-
tle elevated; humeral angles subacute; beneath and feet
punctured; anterior tibia widely and deeply emarginated
on the exterior edge near the tip and serrated ; intermedi-
ate tibia with four or five serratures on the outer edge, and
a prominent tooth near the tip; posterior teeth with about
five small subspinous teeth, and a robust tooth near the tip.
Length one-fifth of an inch:

BE. ¢

elytrum
Inhal
Parr
Bod
longitu
ran wil
termed
more d
tra wi
ed line
anothe
humer
elevate
becom
long r
tarsi |
Ler

P base : of
rith short
br angles
Ps hardly
fel small,
exterior
netured,

penne dif-
ing much
las the in-
s a little

eous, cla-

; thorax
ures less
larly ar-
tilinear ;
rus a lit-
and feet
rginated
lermedi-
dge, and

th about

the tip.

APPENDIX. 275

ELMIS, Latr.

E. crenatus. Thorax with four elevated lines; each
elytrum with two dull rufous spots.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Parnus crenatus? Knoch in: Melsh. Catal.

Body blackish-brown ; front with two dilated, cinereous,
longitudinal lines; antennz and mandibles rufous; tho-
rax with four, obtuse, elevated, longitudinal lines ; two in-
termediate ones nearly confluent at each end; lateral ones
more distant, slightly interrupted behind the middle ; e/y-
tra with strie of dilated impressed punctures; an elevat-
ed line from the humerus terminates rather before the tip;
another elevated line nearer the margin also originates at the
humerus. and becomes obsolete before'the middle; a third
elevated line originates at the middle of the base and also
becomes obsolete before the middle of the elytrum; an ob-
long rufous spot on:the humerus and another near the tip ;
tarsi dull rufous. ‘

Length less than three-twentieths of an inch.

PARNUS, Fabdr. —
| “"\ €Dryops, Oliv. Latr.)

P. fastigiatus. Blackish-brown, with very short dense
hair ; elytra with strie’of rather large punctures.

Inhabits Pennsylvania:

P. fastigiatus. Knoch in Melsh. Catal.

Anienne fuscous, terminal joints yellow; palpi dull
yellow-testaceous ; thorax highest rather behind the mid-
dle, and with an obsolete indentation each side behind ;
anterior angles prominent, acute; posterior angles obtuse ;
scutel quadrate, acute behind ; e/yéra with short hairs over

276 APPENDIX.

the whole surface, and three series of fasciculated, more fer-
ruginous hairs on the sutural half; on this half the pune-
tures are larger and the striz more deeply impressed than
on the exterior half where the surface has a minutely gra-
nulated appearance; tip acute; feet blackish-piceous
tarsi piceous; anterior tibia with a line of dense yellow-
ish hairs before.

Length one-fourth of an inch.

HYDROPHILUS, Fubv.

1. H. cinctus. Black, surrounded with a yellowish
margin.

Inhabits United States.

H. cinctus, Knock, in Melsh. Catal. «

Body black; polished ; with very numerous, minute, re-
gular punctures; Aead with a large, triangular, yellowish
spot before the eye; palpi yellowish ; antennz fuscous ;
thorax margined with yellowish ; this colour is sometimes
obsolete on the anterior margin, and generally obsolete on
the posterior margin; e/yéra without any appearance of
strie ; the exterior margin from the humerus to the suture,
yellowish ; beneath blackish-piceous ; tarsi dull yellowish.

Length more than one-fifth of an inch.

We obtained specimens on Red river of Lake Winne-
peek; it is.also found in Pennsylvania.

2. H. globosus. Very convex, oval ; elytra with stric of
punctures.

Inhabits United States.

H. globosus. Knoch. in Melsh. Catal.

Body very convex, black, immaculate, punctured ; head
with very regular minute punctures, and three or four
somewhat larger ones before the eye; palpi yellowish;

antenna
puncture
with ob

! puncture

with nit
irregulai
piceous-
Leng
This
than an:
3. H.
line on
Inhal
H. n
HR, i
Bod
sometit
thorax
ed ling
deeply
blackis
Len
Lob

gin re
ginate
equal

Vo

more fer-
e punc-
ssed than
tely gra-
piceous ;
B yellow-

ellowish

inute, ‘re-
yellowish
fuscous ;
ometimes
solete on
arance of
ie suture,
ellowish.

» Winne-

| strive of

id; head
or four
llowish ;

APPENDIX. 277

antennz yellowish, clava fuscous; ¢horax with minute
punctures but slightly impressed; angles rounded; scutel
with obsolete punctures; elytra with minute, numerous

punctures, which are very slightly impressed, obsolete ;

with nine regular strie of distinct larger punctures, and an
irregular series on each alternate interstitial space ; beneath
piceous-black ; ¢arsi colour of the palpi.

Length three-tenths of an inch.

This species is oval, not elongated, and is more convex
than any other species of this.country yet discovered.

3. H. nebulosus. Pale. whitish-testaceous; a subsutural
line on the elytra obsolete before the middle.

Inhabits United States.

H. nebulosus, Melsh.

H. dabiatus, Knoch. : "agora age

Body very finely but irregularly punctured; punctures
sometimes obsolete; head ‘black or varied with black;
thorax, angles rounded ; elytra with a subsutural impress-
ed ling which disappears before the middle, and is more
deeply impressed behind; beneath, excepting the feet,
blackish.

Length less than three-twentieths of an inch.

I obtained a specimen in the Lake of the Woods.

APHODIUS, Mig. Fabr.

1. A. hamatus. Thorax impunctured on the disk; claw of
the anterior tibia dilated, incurved.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body dark piceous; clypeus minutely punctured; mar-
gin reflected, partic larly at tip; tip truncated, subemar-
ginate; thorax punctured each side .and at base; large,
equalling at least.two-thirds the length of the elytra; e/y-

Vou. II. 36

rv
IF 3
I,79, &
%9,.99

wv, ».
7,
ood

16

14

1.25

Zz
O
_
<
a |
onl
<
>
ae)
RAS
0)
5
=

TEST TARGET (MT-3)
l

WN
NN
fn lied

4. ry ‘
S
(s)

1
HN: 4

Mi
ie
i

of the tibia.

2. A. clypeatus. Black; elytra testaceous; clypeus,

covered with small tubercles.

-Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head black, convex, covered with very small obtuse tu-
bercles ;: edge a little elevated, piceous; tip hardly trun-
cated ; thorax with irregular small obtuse ruge; anterior
angles rectangular ; posterior edge regularly arcuated, not
dilated in the middle; e/ytra rufo-testaceous, dusky at
base; with deep, punctured striz; interstitial lines con-
vex; thighs dull-yellowish ; posterior ones much dilated.

Length more than three-twentieths of an inch.

Readily distinguished by the rough appearance of the

clypeus.

TROX, Fabr.

T. canaliculatus. ‘Thorax with an entire. groove; «ly-
peal edge not reflected : elytra with alternate series of large
and small elevated bisly dots.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body blackish-brown; head with numerous irregular
discoidal punctures; clypeus obtusely rounded at tip; the
edge not reflected; surface flat, excepting two little ele-
vated protuberances on the upper part of the front; anten-
nz yellow; thorax with a strongly impressed obvious de-

278 APPENDIX.

tra paler than the head and thorax; striate; striz punc-
tured ; /ee¢ rufous ; the claw at tip of the anterior tibia is
dilated and curved inwards like a hook.

Length less than one-fourth of an. inch.

An insect remarkable for its short robust stature and the
proportional length of its thorax, as well as for the dilata-
tion and crooked form of the appendages at the extremity

striz punc-
rior tibia is

ture and the
the dilata-
e extremity

s; clypeus,

] obtuse tu-
ardly trun-
2; anterior
cuated, not
dusky at
lines con-
uch dilated.
his
ince of the

oove; cly-
ies of large

3 irregular
at tip; the
‘little ele-
nt; anten-
bvious de-

APPENDIX. 279

finite groove, the bounding lines of which are uninterrupt-
ed, and are equally elevated in every part; an obtuse
slightly elevated line passes across the groove ‘near its
middle; between the elevated line of the groove and the
lateral edge is a slightly elevated very obtuse space; basal
edge sinusted, over the scutel obtusely rounded; basal an-
gles extended a little backwards and rounded at tip; elytra
with four elevated lines on which are oval fascicles of yel-
lowish short bristles; interstitial spaces each with a series
of small rounded points, also furnished with’ bristles.

Length seven-twentieths of an inch.

It is about equal in size to the T. capillaris, nobis, but is
altogether destitute of the fine capillary lines which orna-
ment the elytra of that insect.

TENEBRIO, Zinn. Latr.

T. reticulatus. Black; elytra rugose with impressed
spots which ‘have elevated centres.

Inhabits St. Peter’s river.

Body deep black; head with numerous small and regu-
lar punctures, more dense before and on the labrum; an-
tenn, third joint but little longer than the fourth ; thoraz
with numerous regular punctures; narrow, a little con-
tracted before and very slightly contracted behind; late-
ral edge longitudinally a little arcuated, and: vertically
rounded, with a slightly impressed line bordered by a
slightly elevated one, both so small as not to be visible to
the eye; elytra irregularly reticulated with elevated lines ;
the intervening spaces with slightly elevated centres;
thighs clavate; anterior and intermediate tibiz a little
curved; ¢arst beneath, and inferior portion of the tip of
the tibia with yellowish hair.

280 APPENDIXs:
+

Length nearly seven-tenths of an inch.
This species is very distinct from any other that I have
seen and very readily recognized.

PHALERIA, Laztr.

1. P. testacea. Pale testaceous, beneath black; thorax
impunctured; elytra striate, and with a blackish spot on
each near the tip.

Inhabits United States.

Body oblong-oval, polished; head hardly perceptibly
punctured; a transverse indented line before the eyes; an-

tennx sensibly dilated towards the tip; joints from the E
sixth to the tenth inclusive, transverse, hemispheric-com- edge
pressed, perfoliate ; eleventh nearly globose; ¢horaz trans- Ir
verse-quadrate, impunctured, rather wider behind ; an im- 4%
pressed puncture each side or the basal margin, anterior ver)
angles rounded; scuted blackish; elytra striated, strie hine
slightly punctured, more deeply impressed. behind, abbre- acut
viated at the humeral angle; a blackish-brown spot on each rupt
near the tip; éergum blackish;. beneath black; feet pale cor,
testaceous; anterior tibia serrate with shcrt. spines, tip por
rather abruptly dilated, forming almost a lobe on the ex- slig
terior side; intermediate and posterior pairs. spinulose-ser- I
rated, gradually dilating towards the tip. ‘

Length more than one-fourth of an inch. . f

This insect is not uncommon. Jt occurs in Pennsylva- ma
nia, and under dead marine animals on the sea-beach, from : eds
New Jersey to Florida. rio

2. P. picipes. Black; antenne, mouth and feet piceous. ed

Inhabits the southern states. . | lat

Head destitute of an impressed line before the eyes; 18.

antenne and thorax formed as in the preceding species,

that I have

ck; thorax
sh spot on

perceptibly
le eyes; an-
s from the
bheric-com-
orax trans-
nd ; an im-
in, anterior
lated, striae
ind, abbre-
pot on each
‘3 feet pale
spines, tip
on the ex-
nulose-ser-

Pennsylva-
each, from

; piceous.

the. eyes;
ig species,

APPENDIX. 281

excepting that the anterior angles of the thorax are sub-
acute; striz of the elytra as in the preceding; feet as in the
preceding, excepting that the antevior tibie are gradually
very much dilated at tip, and not somewhat abruptly di-
lated near the tip; the line of the exterior edge is there-
fore nearly rectilinear.

Length from one-fifth to less than one-fourth of an inch,

Var. «. thorax dull piceous.

Var. 8. entirely piceous.

EPITRAGUS, Latr.

E. canaliculatus. Thorax with two lines and lateral
edge elevated. :

Inhabits United States.

% Body blackish-brown, more or less bronzed, with
very numerous short cinereous hairs; thorax broader be-
hind, somewhat lobed at the scutel; angles produced, very’
acute; lateral edge rectilinear, elevated; anterior edge ab-
ruptly undulated ; disk with two elevated lines which be-
come obsolete behind and originate each in a flattened and
porrect tubercle on the anterior edge; elytra with dilated,
slightly impressed grooves.

Length nine-twentieths of an inch.

Var. «. grooves of the elytra’ obsolete.

The female is very. different in appearance from the
male, by being entirely destitute of the elevated lines and
edges of the thorax, and of the undulated form of the ante-
rior edge of the thorax. The elevted lines and lateral
edge give the thorax the appearance of having three di-
lated grooves. This insect is found in Pennsylvania, but
is more frequent in the southern states; I also obtained
specimens in Missouri.

APPENDIX.
EUSTROPHUS, Latr.

E. bifasciatus. Dark reddish-brown, sericeous; elytra
black bifasciate with rufous.
Inhabits United States.

_ Palpi terminating with a large obconic joint, truncated;
thorax sometimes blackish, nearly semicircular, somewhat
truncated before; posterior angles’ rather less than a right
angle; scute/ transverse, very obtusely rounded behind;
elytra with a rufous waved band near the (base, extending
to the base at the outer margin, and widely interrupted at
the sutu: :; another rufous band behind the middle, slight-
ly undulated and hardly interrupted by the suture; sutural
edge a little elevated behind; venter very cigticti seri-
ceous with yellowish hair.

Length more than one-fifth of an inch.

I obtained a specimen many years ago near Philadelphia,
and we lately captured another in the North-western Ter-
ritory.

DIRCEA, Fabr.

D. tibiaks.. Black, with short he -
and tibia yellowish.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body oval-orbicular, with very short hair, and irregu-
larly and very minvtely punctured; antennz, three basal
joints obscurely pale rufous; clypeus a little dilated before
the antenne and truncated; palpi dusky rufous; terminal
joint rather abruptly evnic-acute; thorax convex, short,
wide; lateral edge arcuated; angles rounded; seu¢e/ rather
large, triangular; e/yéra destitute of striae; tip’ narrowed

-1e of the antenne

and re
lated,
Le!

bus; elytra

truncated ;
sumewhat
an a right
bd behind;
extending
prrupted at
dle, slight-
re; sutural
netly seri-

iladelphia,
stern Ter-

e. antennse

id: irregu-
hree basal
ted before

terminal
ex, short,
‘tel rather
narrowed

APPENDIX. 283

and rounded; ¢idia pale rufous; posterior thighs much di-
lated, formed for leaping.
Length three-twentieths of an inch.

SERROPALPUS, Oliv.

S. 4-maculatus. Blackish-brown, sericeous; elytra with
two yellow spots.

Inhabits Arkansa and Missouri.

Antenne and labrum dull testaceous; thorax, anterior
margin obsoletely duli testaceous; scutel minute; elytra
narrower behind; a large, very irregular yellow spot before
the middle and another behind the middle of each; pectus
and postpectus distinctly punctured; anterior tarsi dilat-
ed and eovered beneath by very dense, short, yellow hair;
remaining tarsi slender, venter dark red-brown, paler at
tip. '

Length nearly seven-twentieths of an inch.

This species appears to be of rare occurrence.

HELOPS, Fadr. Latr.

1. H. arctatus. Dark brassy, irregularly punctured;
elytra with dilated indentations.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body \ong, cylindrical, a little depressed; punctures di-
lated, rather large, profound, approximate, irregularly dis-
posed; antennz piceous, less than half the length of the
body, terminal joint oblong-oval; palpi dark piceous, long;
labrum, breadth equal to twice the length; a small impres-
sed spot between ’the eyes; thoraz depressed; widest hardly
before the middle, from which part the edge is rectilinear
to the posterior angles, and very nearly rectilinear to the’

284 APPE?(DIX.

anterior angles, which ere obtusely rounded; postericr an-
gles a little angulated; scu¢el rounded behind, with short,
cinereous, prostrate hairs; elytra not dilated behind; punc-
tures larger than those of the thorax, often confluent; a
slightly prominent line between the middle and suture, a
depressed one between the middle and lateral margin; se-
veral slightly elevated lines near the tip; disk with two
series of two or three much dilated alternate indented
spaces; tip rounded; beneath tacked with small punc-
tures; feet blackish-piceous.

Length half an inch.

This insect occurred on the shore of St. Peter’s river,
and on that of Red river of Lake Winnepeek. The large
indentations of the elytra have a fortuitous appearance.

2. H. venustus. Dark brassy, punctured; posterior an-
gles of the thorax slightly excurved; elytra iridescent.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body densely punctured; antennz and palpi blackish-
piceous; thorax, posterior angles acute, ‘the lateral edge
near them being a little curved outwards; elytra with
brilliant coppery and green vitte changing place with
the direction of light; strisze profound, and with the ‘con-
vex interstitial spaces impunciured; beneath cupreous,
brilliant.

Length more than three-tenths of an ich.

This species closely resembles the mizans, Fabr. which
has been described under different names by several
authors; it has the same beautiful variable colour. upon
the elytra, which induced Olivier to call that insect vitta-
tus, and Beauyois to give the name of ¢t#niatus, but it is
a small species, the lateral edge of the thorax is a_ little
curved outwards near the posterior angles, whilst» that of
micans is rectilinear in the same part, and the: interstitial

lines ¢
nearly

1, |
meral

Inh

Bo
both ¢
howe’
palpi
thora
contre
prom:
base,
sed lu

tured

ptericr an-
vith short,
nd; punc-
nfluent; a
i suture, a
argin; se-
with two
indented
all punc-

er’s river,
The large
arance,
sterior an-
escent.

t blackish-
iteral edge
ytra with
place with
h the ‘con-

cupreous,

vbr. which
y several
lour. upon
sect witta-
» but it is
isa little
st» that of
interstitial

APPENDIX. 285

lines of the elytra are convex, whilst those of micans are
nearly flat.

CISTELA, Fabr. Latr.

1. C. binotata. Blackish, sericeous; elytra with a hu-
meral rufous spot.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

‘Body black, polished; in a particular light sericeous
both above and beneath with small hairs, which do not,
however, at all conceal the punctures; head punctured;
palpi and three basal joints of the antennz rufous-yellow;
thorax with equal large dense punctures; very slightly
contracted behind, rounded before; posterior angles not
prominent; an abbreviated longitudinal impressed line at
base, on each side of which is an obsolete dilated impres-
sed lunate space; e/ytra densely punctured, and with punc-
tured strie; humeral gibbosity rufous; feet dull rufous,
sericeous.

Length nearly three-tenths of an inch.

2. C. sericea. Pale testaceous, sericeous; strix of the
elytra obsolete.

Inhabits United States.

C. sericea, Knoch in Melsh. Catal.

Head minutely punctured, ti: nsverse impressed line be-
fore the antenne rery obvious; ¢horaz semioval, a little
truncate before and not undulated behind; posterior angles
rectangular; elytra hardly perceptible, darker towards the
tip, rather lighter at’ base; strize obsolete, excepting two
next the suture which are distinct; wings a little dusky,
particularly towards the tip; feet somewhat paler than the
body.

Length one-fourth of an inch.

Vou. I. 37

286 APPENDIX.

A very common species, particularly in July on the Ce-
anothus Americanus and otlier flowers.

MECLANDRYA, Fabr. Latr.

1. M. striata. Black; thorax with three grooves; front
with an impressed dot; elytra striate and punctured.

Inhabits the middle and northern states.

Serropalpus conaliculatus, Melsh. Catal.

Head with numerous minute punctures; a distinct rather
longitudinally oval impressed spot between the superior
part of the eyes ; palpi at tip of the terminal joint, and one
or two terminal joints of the antennz dull rufous; thorax
gradually dilating to the base, from the width of the head
to that of the elytra; surface minutely punctured with small
sparse hairs; three dilated longitudinal grooves, or undu-
lations, obsolete before; lateral edge almost rectilinear to
near the posterior angles, where it is a little incurved, it is
vertically rounded before the middle, aud acute behind the
middle; posterior angles nearly right angled; scwted sub-
orbicular, convex, punctured; elytra, strie dilated, with
numerous punctures, those of the base being more distinct
as the striz are not so profound in that part.

Length three-fifths of an inch.

A specimen of this interesting insect occurred in the
North-west Territory. My friend, the Rev. John F. Mel-
sheimer, with whom I corresponded on the subject of this
species, agrees with me perfectly in the propriety of placing
it'in this genus, and in its being altogether different from
the S. canaliculatus, Illig. Menanprya canaliculatus,
Fabr. This conclusion indeed is irresistible, when we com-
pare our insect with the description of that of Europe, and

on the Ce-

oves; front
ured.

stinct rather
he superior
int, and one
ous; thorax
of the head
d with small
es, or undu-
ectilinear to
curved, it is
e behind the
_ scuted sub-
dilated, with
nore distinct

irred in the
‘ohn F. Mel-
ibject of this
ty of placing
fferent from
raliculatus,
1en we com-
Europe, and

APPENDIX. 287

with the figures given by Olivier, Panzer, Latreille, and
others.

2. M. labiata. Black; labrum rufous; elytra destitute of
strive.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Head with minute punctures; no impressed frontal spot;
labrum distinctly rufous; antennz, terminal joint at tip,
tip of the palpi and of the ¢arsi, rufous ; thorax with the
lateral edge regularly arcuated; a deep slightly arcuated
groove on each side almost divided transversely into two
impressed dots by an obtuse elevated line; a central near-
ly obsolete impressed line; scute/ rounded, convex, punc-
tured; elytra densely punctured; punctures small; strie
none; three or four obsolete raised lines.

Length rather more than two-fifths of an inch.

A smaller species than the preceding and more rare;
it differs also in the colour of the labrum, the m~re round-
ed form of the thorax, and in the elytra being destitute of
strie. It may be sometimes found on plants in June.

LAGRIA, Fabr. Lam.

L. aenea. Green; thorax oblong; elytra punctured; an-
tennz and palpi yellowish.

Inhabits United States.

LZ. aenea, Melsh. Catal.

Body green, sometimes tinged with brassy; head irre-
gularly punctured; with a few scattered hairs, which are
more numerous on the labrum; a transverse groove be-
tween the antenne, formed by the incisure of the nasus ;
antennz yellowish rufous, terminal joint longer than the
three preceding ones together; palpi yellowish ; thorax
cylindrical, rather larger than broad, punctured, sometimes
with transverse abbreviated wrinkles; posterior angles

288 APPENDIX.

slightly excurved; elytra nearly rectilinear, not dilated at R.
the posterior curvature ; punctures dense, profound, rather B
large ; beneath blackish-green; ¢arsi dark testaceous. ture:

Length from two-fifths to nine-twentieths of an inch. pice

This is not the Lagrra aenea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. ture:
as the late Mr. F. V. Melsheimer supposed it to be, for in- neitl
dependently of the different specific characters in the des- blac
cription of that insect, it has since been referred by that nish
author to the genus DasyTas, and must therefore be a Pen- of v
tamerous insect. The circumstance of that species being - blac
removed from the genus Laaria enables me to retain the L
specific name given by Mr. Melsheimer. We obtained a T
specimen on Red river. Re gia four

LYTT A, Fab.

L. aenea, nob. varies in being green, with black tarsi.
The antenne of this species resemble very much those of
the genus Mylabris.

COCCINELLA.

C. labiculata, nob. This species varies considerably in
colour, but not, as I believe, in the number or arrangement
of its spots.

Var. «. Spots of the elytra pes hse being surrounded by
a yellowish areola.

Var. 8. Elytra yellowish-white, with the black spots as
in the species.

RYNCHITES, Herbst. Latr.

R. rubricollis. Blued-black; thorax and feet rufous ;
elytra’striate, hairy.
Inhabits United States.

dilated at

nd, rather
ceous.

an inch,
lyst. Suppl.
D be, for in-
in the des-
od by that
e be a Pen-
ecies being
D retain the
obtained a

black tarsi.
ch those of

siderably in
rangement

rrounded by

ack spots as

feet rufous ;

APPENDIX. 289

R. rubricollis, Melsh. Catal.

Body slender; head hairy, black, with irregular punc-
tures larger on the rostrum ; antenn# and labrum dark
piceous ; thorax rufus, hairy, with dilated irregular punc-
tures, and a longitudinal impressed dilated line, which
neither reaches the anterior nor posterior margins ; scutel
black, rounded ; e/y¢ra with regular striz of punctures fur-
nishing upright hairs; interstitial lines with each a series
of upright hairs; peetus rufous; postpectus and venter

‘ blackish ; feet rufous, pale.

Length more than three-twentieths of an inch.
This insect occurs occasionally in Pennsylvania; we also
found a specimen on Red river of Lake Winnepeek.

CERAMBYX.

C. scutellatus. Brassy-black, punctured ; scutel pure
white.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body brassy-black ; punctures numerous, confluent, im-
pressed, with minute hairs; head with a deeply impressed
line between the antenne, extending to the origin of the
thorax ; front with minute punctures; labrum piceous ;
mandibles dark piceous at base; antennez longer than the
body, dark reddish-piceous, paler at base; ¢horaa with a
very robust short spine on each side; posterior margin
with an impressed transverse line; anterior margin with
the punctures so transversely elongated and confluent as
to appear wrinkled ; ,feet blackish-piceous, paler at ‘base ;
scutel covered with dense prostrate pure white hair; ely-
tra with the impressed punctures larger at base, trans-
versely confluent; humerus rather prominent, obtuse; on
different parts of the elytra is dense, dirty brown, very

290 APPENDIX.

short, prostrate hair, tip unarmed; Jeneath blackish with befor
a purplish or slight cupreous tinge; a little hairy, parti- ; each
cularly on the postpectus. line |
Length nine-tenths of an inch. yello
with
SAPERDA, Fabr. whic

| the f

S. vestita. Body entirely covered. with a very short ' first.
greenish-yellow. hair; elytra witn three small dots. . midd
Inhabits near the southern extremity of Lake Michigan. obliq
Antenne about the length of the body ; eyes dark. ches- spot.
nut; Zhorax with an obsolete dorsal line; e/y¢ra unarmed tral |
at tip ; dots black, small, three on each elytrum, placed: one with
before and near the middle, largest, one a little nearer the thig:
base and more distant fro the suture than the other, and Le
one behind the middle, distant from the preceding in a T

lizie with the anterior one.

Length three-fourths of an inch.

A very fine insect. It is also-sometimes found in Penn-
sylvania. :

st aie Sie gS gi sr eg

CLYTUS, Fabr.

1. C. speciosus. Black ; thorax dilated ; wire about five-
banded ; feet yellow. .

Inhabits. near Prairie du Chien.

Body aeep black; head with a band passing from
the vertex round behind the eyes and meeting a banu
which is round. the mouth above, yellow; a yellow band .
on the front immediately above the antenne, terminating
in the sinus of the eyes; mandibles yellow; nasus and
labrum pale yellowish, glabrous; antennz all black;
thoraz subglobular, depressed ; an oblique spot each side

>

ckish with
airy, parti-

ery short
ots.
> Michigan.
dark ches-
a@ unarmed
) placed: one
nearer the
other, and
eding in a

id in Penn-

a about five-

ssing from
ing a bana

sliow band .

lerminating
nasus and
all black ;
t each side

APPENDIX. 291

before, and another oblique longer spot or abbreviated line
each side of the middle, yellow; an arcuated impvessed
line each side of.the middle; scutel yellow; two small
yellow spots before the scutel under the thorax; elytra
with yellow bands; first band forming a regular arch of
which the scutel represents the key stone; secon’ vand in
the form of .a W, each V receiving , ination of the
first band ; third band nearly transvefee, placed upon the
middle; fourth band arcuated .each side from the suture
obliquely backward, parallel and near to a large terminal
spot or band, which on each elytrum is ovate with a cen-
tral black spot ;, tip with a short obtuse tooth; humerus
with three small spots ; postpectus spotted with yellow ;
thighs with a brown line on theinner side ; venter yellow.

Length less than one inch..

This very fin: insect was caught on the. banks of the
Wisconsan river. It is certainly the finest of all our spe-
cies of this genus, and seems to be allied to the detrétus,
but is sufficiently distinct.

2. C. undulatus. Brown ; thorax subbifasciate; elytra
with a spot and three bands, yellow.

Inhabits North-west Terriiory.

Body dark brown; Aead darker than the elytra; anten-
nz dark ferruginous ; front below the antennz bilineate
with pale yellow; thorax darker than the, elytra, rough
with minute spines and hairs; anterior and inferior mar-
gins yellow, interrupted above; basal margin with a trans-
verse yellow spot each side ; e/ytra with a transverse spot
on each near the base ; an undulated narrow band across
the middle, rising along the suture nearly to the scutel;
an undulated transverse band. behind the middle, and a
terminal band ; postpectus, incisures margined with yellow ;
venter, segments margined with yellow.

amrcinarse: il:
mi ie gs me i a i opr meet tami cnet i ten

292 APPENDIX.

Length % half an inch, 9 three-fifths of an inch.

This appears to have some resemblance to the mucro-
natus of South America, but the elytra are not obviously
mucronate, the markings also of the superior surface of the
body materially differ.

Goncuvs, ras.

M. marginalis. Yellowish ; elytra dusky on the disk ;
antenne shorter than the elytra. .

Inhabits United States.

Body with numerous minute hairs; head yellow; ver-
tex, palpi, blackish; antennz short, hardly reaching the
tip of the elytra, and excepting the three basal: joints,
blackish; eyes’ prominent, black-brown; thorax short,
transverscly oval, yellow with a dusky disk; elytra much
abbreviated, rounded at tip; yellow; disk dusky, reaching
to the base ; the margin at tip is broad so as to resemble a
yellow spot on each elytrum ; edge, like that of the thorax,
a little elevated, particularly at tip; abdomen long, yel-
low ; segments more or less tinged with rufous at base;
tail dusky or black; feet more or less dusky, with yellow
incisures, sometimes nearly all yellow? venter somewhat
sericeous. ‘

Length three-tenths of an inch.

This. species is not uncommon in Pennsylvania, and it
is also an inhabitant of the North-west Territory.

HISPA, Linn.

_ HL. vittata, Fabr. This species varies much in colour,
so much so indeed, that more than one species might be
formed of it by a naturalist who relied implicitly on the

deseri
cribes
rufesc
lata, f
delph.
thoug
additi
rior n
perfici
severa
Territ
from 1
consid
not a:
cian §)
ly int}
with a
also is

H.

eus li

fous, 1
gular
ous ;
exter
ated s
line v
the fo
fourt
stitial
punct
Vo

ch.

e mucro-
obviously
face of the

the disk ;

low; ver-
raching the
basal joints,

az short,
lytra much
y, reaching
resemble a
' the thorax,

long, yel-
us at base;
with yellow
* somewhat

nia, and it

ry:

1 in colour,
s might be
citly on the

APPENDIX. 293

description which Fabricius gives of the insect. He des-
cribes the thorax to be “obscure aeneus, nitens lateribus
rufescentibus,’’ and the elytra “ obscure aenea, nitidula: vitta
lata, fusca.”? Now, I have a specimen, taken near Phila-
delphia, which agrees very well with these characters, al-
though the thorax exhibits a tinge of rufous, and has the
additional character of an obscure yellowish-brown exte-
rior margin of the elytra, which might however, on a su-
perficial examination, be very readily overlooked. But
several specimens which we obtained in the North-west
Territory, though evidently the vittata, differ so widely
from the quoted description, that they would probably be
eonsidered as altogether new by an entomologist who had
not a specimen which could serve as a link to the Fabri-
cian specimen. These individuals all correspond perfect-
ly in having a bright rufous thorax, dark steel-blue elytra
with a narrow rufous fillet and lateral margin ; the venter
also is very dark steel-blue. °

H. marginata. Fulvo-sanguineous ; elytra with sanguine-
ous lines; feet yellowish.

Inhabits United States.

H. marginata, Melsh. Catal.

Head with an acute impressed line; antennz dark ru-
fous, not surpassing the thorax; ¢horax with dilated irre- —
gular punctures; anterior and lateral edge dull sanguine-
ous; elytra serrate on all the outer edge; sutural edge,
external edge, and four lines elevated, and with abbrevi-
ated sanguineous lines ; first line bifurcate at base ; third
line widely interrupted in the middle and confluent with
the fourth line near the tip and on the humeral tubercle ;
fourth line serrated ; humeral tubercle prominent ; inter-
stitial spaces with a double series of profound, dilated:
punctures, separated by elevated lines; tip of the elytra so
Vou. IF. 38

294

APPENDIX.

obtuse as to appear truncated ; beneath sanguineous ; feet Bod
pale yellowish. profou
Length more than one-fifth of an inch. and du
Var. «. Disk of the pectus and postpectus, black. thoraz
This is our most common species, and we found a spe- but not
cimen in the North-west Territory. with a
: like th
GALLERUCA, Geoff. Latr. . oo
tendin;
G. decora. Dusky ; elytra dull testaceous, sericeous with near to
golden-brassy hair. 3 surface
Inhabits North-west Territory. Len,
Body dusky ; head with a transverse impressed line be- | This
tween the eyes and another descending between the an- seems 1
tenne ; antennz, two basal incisures whitish; face be- gata o
tween the antennz and a little above them pale yellowish ; nonym
labrum and palpi blackish ; thorax tinged with golden- TOFS: ¢
brassy hair; a longitudinal impressed line, and a lateral lexuo

sublunate impressed space; anterior margin, particularly have n
on each side, dul) whitish ; anterior angles with a slightly
elevated tubercle surmounted by a single hair, and sepa-
rated by an impressed line ; elytra dull testaceous, ‘serice-

ous with brilliant, dense, prostrate, golden-brassy hair ; 1. I
punctures rather large, profound, ‘scattered irregularly ; double
beneath blackish, with very short prostrate hair; punctures Inh
small; feeé whitish. ; Bod
Length less than one-fifth of an inch. profou
tween

with e

ALTICA, Geoff. Latr. at hone

A. teniata. Black ; antenne, feet, and vitta on the ely- tural 1
tra, white. . and tl
Inhabits North-west Territory.

eous with

ed line be-
pn the an-

Jace be-
yellowish ;
th golden-
id a lateral
articularly
| a Slightly
and sepa-
jus, ‘serice-
assy. hair ;
regularly ;
; punctures

on the ely-

APPENDIX. 295

Body deep black, polished ; head with rather distant,
profound punctures ; region of the antennz a little elevated
and dull rufous; antennz pele, dusky at base and tip;
thorax punctured; punctures rather large and profound,
but not very dense ; no impressed line; posterior angles
with a minute abrupt excurvature, acute ; elytra punctured
like the thorax, with a longitudinal white vitta on the mid-
dle of each, commencing at the middle of the base and ex-
tending rectilinearly, with a slight degree of attenuation
neer to the tip, and occupying about the sixth part of the
surface; feet pale, posterior thighs dusky towards the tip.

Length three-twentieths of an inch.

This species resembles A. striolata, Schoenh. (which
seems to be the Criocerses vittata and GALLERUCA elon-
gata of Fabr., and Mr. J, F. Melsheimer quotes also as sy-
nonymous the A. flexuosa, Panzer,) but it is larger, of a
more elongated form, and the vitta of the elytra is not
flexuous as in that common and profusely named insect. 1
have not met with it in the Atlantic states.

EUMOLPUS, Kugell. Latr.

1. E. flavidus. Pale yellowish; elytra striate with
double series of punctures.

Inhabits United States.

Body densely punctured; punctures rather large and
profound ; head with two slightly elevated tubercles be-
tween the antenne; ¢horax tinged with rufous; elytra
with elevated lines, of which the inner one curves round
at base and descends a short distance to unite with the su-
tural line ; interstitial spaces, excepting the subsutural one
and the two exterior ones, with double series of rather

296 APPENDIX.

large profound punctures; exterior edge blackish-brown ;
venter dusky. ;

Length nearly one-fifth of an inch.

Var. «, interstitial spaces of the elytra black ; beneath,
excepting the feet, black.

This insect is common in Pennsylvania; the variety
was obtained on St. Peter’s river, and might readily be
mistaken for a distinct species.

2. E. cocklearius. Body black; base of the antenne,
tibia and elytra testaceous.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body short, robust ; head punctured, hairy ; ar impress-
ed line from the vertex bifurcates near the antenne; an-
tennz#, five basal joints testaceous, more slender than the
remaining ones, ani hardly equalling their collective
length ; palpi testaceous, terminal joint black ; thorax with
short, prostrate, cinereous hairs like those of the head;
punctured, punctures rather large, giving origic to the
hairs ; transversely oval ; sides without edges; elytra tes-
taceous; punctures numerous, rather large, subequidistant,
giving origin to prostrate hairs; beneath deeper tlack,
with smaller punctures and shorter hairs; fee¢ also with
fine hairs, more numerous on the tibize which are testaceous.

Length ® more than three-twentieths,’? one-fifth of an
inch. :

COCCINELLA, Linn.

C. bitriangularis.: White; thorax with six, elytra each
with nine, black spots.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body above white ; vertex black, the colour extending
downwards in a point near each eye ; thoray with six large

sh-brown ;

; beneath,

e variety
readily be

e antenne,

an impress-
enne ; an-
er than the
collective
thorax with
€ the head ;
igi to the
elytra tes-
equidistant,
eper black,
é also with
e testaceous.
e-fifth of an

elytra each

r extending
ith six large

APPENDIX. 297

black subquadrate spots, placed by threes in two triangles,
one on each side of th» middle, the two inner spots of each
teiangie sometimes confluent; scuted black; elytra, each
with nine spots, placed as follows ; one, large subquadrate ;
two small ; one large oblong: two small; two, the exterior
one elongated; one small, transverse; beneath black ; feet
yellowish-white.
Length more than one-tenth of an inch.

en

ORDER ORTHOPTERA.
SPECTRUM, Stoll. Lam.

S. femoratum. Apterous; intermediate thighs dilated,
angulated, and with the posterior thighs armed with a spine
near the tip. .

Inhabits United States.

Body greenish-brown, without any rudiments of he-
melytra; head yellowish with three dilated fuscous vittz ;
antenne elongated, brown; anterior thighs unarmed,
simple, bright green; ¢ibia dull green, tip and tarsus
testaceous ; intermediate thighs, dilated, angulated, pale
ochreous, annulated with brown, the ‘.ferior angulated
lines slightly serrated ; a prominent, piceous, acute, robust
spine beneath near the tip; tibia greenish, slightly serrat-
ed on the inner side; tarsus testaceous ; posterior thighs
brownish, ochreous, with a prominent, piceous, acute, ro-
bust spine near the tip, beneath.

Length about three inches.

A. specimen occurred at the Falls of Niagara on a Hic-
kory tree, (Carya,):and I formerly obtained one near the
Missouri river. They are both males.

APPENDIX.

ORDER HEMIPTERA.

SCUTELLERA, Lam.

1. S. binotata. Head much arcuated, subtrilobate at
tip; a large cinereous spot on the humeral regiou.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body oval, yellowish-gray, varied with dusky; punc-
tured ; punctures small, black; head longitudinally very
much decurved, not forming a right line even on-the ver-
tex ; fuscous, with three obsolete, dull! fulyous vitte ; punc-
tures dense, small, profound ; two profound, very obvious,
distinctly undulated :mpressed lines on the anterior two-
thirds of the head, the included space a little elevated, and
at tip forming a small lobe; lateral edge concavely ar-
cuated, forming a rounded lobe at the lateral tip; ¢horaa,
punctures rather smaller than those of the head ; anterior
half, excepting the lateral margin, unequal, fuscous, wiih
three obselete dyll fulvous lines; posterior half abruptly a
little elevated ; lateral edge black, concavely arcvated be-
fore and convexly so behind; posterior angles slightly
emarginated; scuéel entirely concealing the tergum and
the hemelytra, excepting a very small portion of the lat-
ter at base; basal disk dusky ; a glabrous line extending to
the tip and margined with dusky ; a large cinereous semior-
bicular spot in which are abbreviated black lines, extending
from the humeral angle to the lateral middle; beneath co-
vered with black punctures; /ee¢ black; Anees and spot
near the tip fulvous; ¢id¢a fulvous with black lines; ¢arst
black. bed.
Length more than one-fourth of an inch.
This species may be distinguisked by the curvature of

ilobate at
‘he

y; punc-
nally very
n- the ver-
te; pune-
5 obvious,
prior two-
ated, and
avely ar-
»; thoraz,
; anterior
cous, wiih
abruptly a
cuated be-
s slightly
rgum and
of the lat-
tending to
us semior-
extending
meath co-
and_ spot
1es; farse

vature of

APYENDIX. 299

the line of the head, and by the large spot on the humeral
region.

2. 8. eneifrons. Dull fulvous, varied with fuscous ; head
and two snots on the thorax hrassy.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body oval, punctured; head densely guhetined con-
vex, with two impressed nearly rectilinear lines from the
tip abbreviated at the vertex; lateral edges convexly ar-
cuated, tip rounded, the space included between the im-
pressed lines very slightly projecting; antennz fuscous,
basal joint whitish ; thorax dull fulvous, with obsolete lon-
gitudinal fuscous spaces, and a brassy triangular spot each
side before ; lateral edge nearly rectilinear to the posterior
angles, which are rounded entire; scut¢el dull fulvous, va-
ried with fuscous; Aemelytrz punctured, visible portion
triangular ; beneath pale, head brassy, a brassy spot on each
side of the pectus ; thighs with a few black points.

Length :bout three-tenths of an inch.

This species is subject to vary in being rather smaller,
and in the fuscous variegations being hardly discernible,
but the other characters remain unchanged.

MEMBRACIS, Faébr. Latr.

1. M. diceros, Thorax 2-horned; varied with brown,
pale before; wings and beneath blackish.

Inhabits United States.

Body above punctured, truncated and vertical before,
surmounted by two horizontal subconic horns extending
laterally ; clypeus, vertical portion of the ¢horaz, and trian-
gular space included between the horns, wh'tish-green, va-
ried with fuscous; horns fuscous behind and beneath ; back
acutely carinated, terminated in a very acute subulate de-

300 APP*.NDIX.

curved point nearly as long as the abdomen, but much
shorter than the hemelytra; sides of the thorax posterior
to the horns blackish-brown, with ar uated spot or line
behind the horns, and a band near the whitish ; heme-
lytra and wings blackish-brown ; beneath blackish ; ros-
trum, knees, tibia, and tarsi, whitish.

Length three-tenths of an inch.

This is an inhabitant of Pennsylvania, and also of the
North-west Territory. It is closely allied to Cenrrotus
bubalus, Fabr. and is infested by Lerrus hispidus, nob.

2. M. trilineata. Brownish-rufous ; thorax elevated on
the middle, with three longitudinal, one oblique, and one
transverse line, whitish.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body with rather large dense punctures; head pale
greenish-yellow, obsoletely irrorate with brown points;
thoraz before rounded, unarmed; a dilated pale greenish
vitta from the head, is divided by the rounded elevation
near the middle of the back, and passes down on each side
in an oblique white line, which terminates at the inferior
edge behind the middle; a’ narrow line on each side passes
from the head and terminates at the emargination of the
origin of the hemelytra; a white band near the tip mar-
gined withfuscous; dorsal foliaceous elevation taking its
rise behind the line of the origin of the hemelytra, its
edge very obtusely curved, and gradually disappearing be-
hind at the white band, its sides in the middle are abruptly
compressed ; tip acute, not attenuated ; hemelytra with a
punctured scale at base, which is adjusted in the emargina-
tion of the thoracic edge ; coriaceous exterior margin less
than one-fourth the length of the hemelytra, and punctured ;
beneath yellowish-green,

Length three-tenths of an inch.

3. |
rax, a

Inh

Bo
whitis
middl
origin
lines |
part a
four c
a littl
rina 0
from
neare’
tra; A
a fus
more
eds
thora
yello
Va
befor

but much
posterior
bot or line
h; heme-
ish; 708-

lso of the
ENTROTUS
Hus, nob.

evated on
b, and one

head pale
m points ;
> greenish
élevation
1 each side
ie inferior
side passes
on of the
: tip mar-
taking its
elytra, its
earing be-
eabruptly
‘a with a
emargina-
argin less
unctured ;

APPENDIX. 301

3. M. coneava. Fuscous with elevated lines on the tho-
rax, and an oblique white band behind.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body with dilated p-nctures ; head inequal, varied with
whitish and fuscous; tip a little more prominent in the
middle; ¢horax unarmed, rounded before, with a carina
originating at the head and continued to the tip; elevated
lines like nervures, which are reticulate on the’ anterior
part and near the back, but on the sides they are distinctly
four or five in number; back over the origin of the wings
a little concave; anterior or front of the thorax pale; ca-
rina on its concave portion white, and a white oblique band
from behind the middle of the back to the exterior edge
nearer the tip; tip obtuse, hardly surpassing the hemely-
tra ; hemelytra dull amber, dusky at tip; nervures brown ;
a fuscous, coriaceous, punctured basal margin extending
more than half the length of the wing; a fuscous, punctur-
ed scale adjusted in an emargination of the edge of the
thorax ; beneath piceous-black ; knees, tibia, and tarsi,
yellowish.

Length one-fifth of an inch.

Var. «. Thorax ferruginous or whitish, black or fuscous
before and behind.

This species is also an inhabitant of Missouri and Ar-
kansa.

4. M. binotata. Thorax with a compressed horn ex-
tending above the head, and two spots on the back.

Inhabits United States.

Body fuscous, punctured; head longer than. broad,
rounded at tip, minutely punctured; ¢horax with a pro-
jecting horn before, which rises high above the line of the
back, compressed, carinated above, each side, and beneath,
and incurved towards the tip; between the lateral and in-

Vor. I. 39

Sr rte ee =

Sectiatioretien

“ ca
220 RSNA NM A MORNE A

eee ererertienmirendon/ gat westenrnenieenr rasta

ics Seat eee” pee eet re
3 5

Hy)

302 APPENDIX.

ferior carinse are three elevated lines converging towards
the eye ; superior carina of the horn continued upon the
back to the tip; lateral carina of the horn continued upon
the side to the middle of the thoracic edge; carina of the
back slightly undulated, with two yellowish spots, of which
one is on the middle and the other near the tip smaller and
placed nearer to the anterior one than its own length ; tip
acute ; anterior and intermediate tibiz dilated, foliaceous ;
posterior tibia with two serrated lines behind ; hemelytra
opaque, much longer than the abdomen; wings hardly
longer than the abdomen.

Length including the horn seven-twentieths; exclusive
of the horn more than one-fifth of an inch,

The eyes are very nearly equidistant between the tip of
the horn and of the hemelytra. It very closely resembles
the lanceolata, Fabr. an inhabitant of South America, of
which it may possibly prove to be a variety.

5. M. datipes. Thorax with a compressed, porrect horn ;
body fuscous, ‘rmmaculate.

Inhabits United States.

Body fuscous, punctured ; hemelytra paler; thoraz,
horn extended in a line with the back and slightly decurv-
ed at tip; but in other respects resembling that of the pre-
ceding species; back immaculate ; posterior tip acute ; hem-
elytra paler than the thorax ; nervures fuscous.

Length equalling the preceding species.

This species very closely resembles the dinotata, but
the horn has a very different direction; the back is desti-
tute of spots, and the hemelytra seem to be of a more
membranaceous texture.

ng towards
H upon the
inued upon
rina of the
ts, of which
smaller and
length ; tip
foliaceous ;
hemelytra
mgs hardly

; exclusive

en the tip of
y resembles
America, of

orrect horp ;

ler; thoraz,
htly decurv-
it of the pre-
yacute ; hem-
8.

inotata, but
sack is desti-
es of a more

APPENDIX. 303

CERCOPIS, Fabr. Germar.

C. parallelia, Hemelytra with two whitish bands, which
are margined with dusky.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Dusky yellowish-brown, punctured ; head densely punc-
tured ; dusky in the middle and near the eyes; a glabrous
somewhat elevated longitudinal line ; length less than one-
third of the breadth; ¢hcraz less densely punctured than
the head; angulated at the middle of the anterior edge; a
glabrous somewhat elevated line from the anterior central
angle, continued on the scutel; scut¢e/ acute, punctured at
base, glabrous at tip; hemelytra densely punctured; an
oblique band from the tip of the scutel, attains the exterior
edge near the middle, it is whitish, margined with dusky ;
another oblique band parallel with the preceding and of
the same colours, is placed a short distance behind the
middle; near the tip on the inner edge is a whitish spot ;
pectus and feet yellowish; ¢arsi, terminal joint dusky ;
tergum and venter dusky, margined with sanguineous.

Length two-fifths of an inch.

This species varies a little in the shade of its colouring, |

and when dark in colour, the bands are almost obsolete.
This species also occurs in Missouri and Arkansa.

em

ORDER NEUROPTERA.
BAETES, Leach.

1. B, bilineata. Large, pale ferruginous ; inferior wings
margined behind with dusky ; tergum fuscous with a dou-

ble series of whitish lines.

4
i
reser Uva Ia NRT

oF cram,

f
(
|
éi
i

i
]
‘

RS Tt

Pe eee AA ee egy he

304 APPENDIX.

’ Inhabits) St. Peter’s river. tingu
Head above somewhat fulvous; beneath and front yel- wing
low ; thoraz, first segment yellowish-brown, blackish each 3.
side and before; second segment pale brownish, a little dusk:
tinged with rufous and with indistinct oblique whitish In
lines, proceeding from the iongitudinal impressed line ; two TZ
brown spots on the middle placed transversely ; wings teria:
hyaline, whitish, with fuscous nervures ; posterior margin the c
of the inferiores fuscous ; ¢ergum fuscous, lateral margin Le
whitish ; posterior edges of the segments white above ; a TI
double series of whitish, oblique, dilated, abbreviated lines. upon
Length 2 to tip of the wings one and three-tenths of the F
an inch. For |
This is much the largest species of this country I have rativ

seen, it appeared in considerable numbers.

2. 'B. alternata. Wings whitish, nervures fuscous; ter-
gum fuscous, segments whitish. at their bases.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body fuscous; head on the anterior margin and genz
white ; thorax pale brownish-livid, yellowish near the scu-
tel ; wings hyaline, with a whitish reflexion, ‘nervures not
margined ; plewra and pectus varied with yellowish ; /cet
pale ochreous, a fuscous annulus near the tip of the thighs; the

' tergwm fuscous; segments whitish at base, one or two ul-

' timate segments with two whitish longitudinal lines; ven-
ter whitish, each segment with two oblique lines and two
intermediate points, black; se¢a whitish, with regular fus-
cous spots alternating. :

Length of the body % from two-fifths to half an
inch. :

Closely allied to the /emoratus, nobis,* but may be dis-

* Western Quarterly Reporter, vol. 2, p, 162,

front yel-
ackish each
sh, a little
ue whitish
d line; two
ly ; wings
ior margin
pral margin
e above ; a
iated lines.
ee-tenths of

ntry I have

scous; ter-

in and genz
near the scu-
nervures not
lowish ; feet
f the thighs;
e or two ul-
1 lines; ven-
nes and two
regular fus-

to half an
; may be dis-

52,

APPENDIX. 305

tinguished from that species at once, by the nervures of the
wings being altogether destitute of coloured margins.

3. B. alba. White; vertex and anterior feet above
dusky.

Inhabits Winnepeek river.

Thoraz slightly tinged with pale yellowish-brown ; an-
teriur feet short, rather robust; nervures upon and near
the costal margin dusky.

Length of the body ¢ about half an inch.

This insect appears in immense numbers. They rise
upon the wing in the evening, and their short existence in
the perfect state appears to be terminated before sunrise.
For a more particular account of this species, see the Nar-
rative.

ASCALAPHUS, Fabdr.

A. 4-maculatus. Wings with a white costal spot; an-
tenn as long as the body; tergum varied with black
and testaceous; eyes with a suture.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Head and stethidium covered by long cinereous hair,
the latter part blackish, varied with pale testaceous; /a-
brum honey-yellow; antennz as long as the body, dull
yellowish-brown ; incisures blackish, clavum oval, com-
pressed, blackish with pale incisures; eyes large, promi-
nent, in the middle divided by an impressed line; wings
hyaline with a milk-white reflexion, an opake snow-white
spot near the tip of the costal margin, nervures black;
tergum testaceous, segments with a dorsal line and oblong
spot each side, black, terminal segments nearly all black ;

sides black, varied with testaceous.
Length to tip of wings one inch and a half.

306 APPENDIX.

Like the eayennensis, Fabr. this species has a white spot
on each wing, but the clavum of the antenne is not trun-
cated. The eyes are each bisected by an impressed line in
the middle, as in the maculatus, Oliv. and all others of
this genus. This species was found by Mr. William W.
Wood.

HEMEROBIUS, Latr. Lam.

1. H. trroratus. Blackish; thorax with three lines and
lateral margin yellowish; wings hyaline with black spots.

Inhabits United States.

Body hairy ; antennz fuscous, less than half the length
of the body, filiform; orbits above and before, and hypos-
toma glabrous, white, the latter with a broad, transverse,
brownish line near the tip; Jabrwm white, with two ob-
solete, dusky, longitudinal spots; mazxillary palpi black ; a
large, transverse, quadrate, black, glabrous spot, surround-
ing the base of the antennz ; ¢horaz, anterior segment five-
lined, lines equal ; fee¢ whitish, hairy, four anterior thighs
annulate with brown near the tip, their tibia at tip and an-
nulus near the base, brown; pleura, incisures whitish;
wings hyaline, with numerous irregular, unequal, black
and white points and spots, which are larger on the inner
and outer margin; nervures and margins alternately spot-

ted with blackish and white ; nervures of the disk with only _

a single line of connecting nervures which pass across the
middle; margin with numerous nervures; inferior wings
without spots, excepting on the margin. r
Length to tip of the wings one inch and a quarter,
Rather rare in Pennsylvania. We obtained a specimen
in the North-west Territory, and Mr. Isaiah Lukens in-
formed me that they are extremely numerous near Lake
Erie in June.

2. E
the ple
Inhe
Hea

the ey
thorax.
promir
the wi
hyaline
black
each v
rior or
spot, a
blacki:
ing fre
thighs
ones, ¢
blacki
segme

Le

Thi
Muse

white spot
§ not trun-
sed line in
others of
illiam W.

lines and
lack spots.

the length

and hypos-
ransverse,

two ob-

pt black ; a
, surround.
zment five-
rior thighs
tip and an-
s whitish ;
yual, black
1 the inner
ately spot-

cwithonly —

across the
rior wings
a.

arter,

, specimen
sukens in-
near Lake

APPENDIX. 307

2. H. vittatus. Pale yellowish, with a black vitta on
the pleura; abdomen fuscous ; wings spotted with black.

Inhabits Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Head with a transverse, quadrate, dusky spot between
the eyes; antennz somewhat longer than the head and
thorax, yellowish-rufous, blackish at tip and base; eyes
prominent, black; ¢horazx greenish-white, dusky between
the wings, first segment a little narrowed before; wings
hyaline, with black spots; costal nervures articulate with
black and white; a small white spot near the costal tip of
each wing; inferior wings with fewer spots than the supe-
rior ones, but behind the costal middle is a large orbicular
spot, and a smaller irregular one near the tip; metfathorax
blackish above ; pleura witha broad blackish vitta, extend-
ing from near the head to the abdomen; feet blackish,
thighs at base, an annulus near the tip of the posterior
ones, and posterior tibia towards the tip, pale; abdomen
blackish, with an obsolete, pale, small spot on some of the
segments of the tergum.

Length to tip of the wings one and two-fifths of an inch.

This fine insect is in the collection of the Philadelphia
Museum, and was found by Mr. Titian Peale.

CHAULIODES, Zar.

{. serricornis. Brownish-black, wings spotted with
white.

Inhabits United States.

Head somewhat wider than the thorax, dusky testace-
ous at base, diameters nearly equal; anéennzx deeply ser-
rated, black ; wings blackish; superior wings with a white
band across the middle not attaining the inner margin and
widest-on the costal margin, a white spot on the costal

:
z .
.
eens

308 APPENDIX.

margin near the tip, and numerous, small, white dois on
the disk near the tip; inferior wings with a narrow band
across the middle not attaining the inner margin and near
the tip larger spots, white.

Length to tip of the wings from one inch and a quarter
to one inch and a half.

A fine insect, which appears to inhabit almost every
part of the United States, though I have not met with
many specimens any where. Mr. Nuttall brought me an
individual from Arkansa; Dr. Bigsby took a specimen as
far north as the Lake of the Woods, and I have found one
in Pennsylvania, another in Missouri, and a third on Red
river of Lake Winnepeek.

PHRYGANEA, Linn. Latr.

1. P. subfasciata. Pale yellowish-brown; wings cover-
ed with minute elevations, with two spots. and posterior
margin fuscous.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antcane brown, first joint yellowish on the inner and
inferior sides ; thorax with two series of large granules
furnishing hairs; superior wings covered: with bulle or
minute raised points, and with short scattered hairs; inner
margin of a somewhat darker colour; a band on the mid-
dle not reaching the costal margin ; an irregular sublunate
line, comrosed of confluent spots at the termination of the
central elongated area, and posterior margin, fuscous; én-
JSerior wings fuscous on the posterior margin ; sete of the
tibia and tarsi, black.

Length to tip of the wings seven-tenths of an inch.
2. P. radiata. Pale yellowish-brown ; wings with a fus-
cous circle, from. which proceed four radii:

'nhi

Ani
each si
supert
fuscou:
tip, ani
and a {
dorsal
face w
tinct a

Len

joint ¢
a parti
and fus
middle
of the
late ; /
black

Len

2 dois on
row band
and near

a quarter

ost every
met. with
pht me an
hecimen as
found one
rd on Red

ings cover-
1 posterior

inner and
e granules
h bulle or
airs; inner
n the mid-
r sublunate
ation of the
iscous ; ¢n-
sete: of the

1 inch.
} with a fus-

APPENDIX. 309

Ynhabits North-west Territory.

Antennz fuscous; vertex and neck hairy; thorax on
each side before the wings, and two dorsal series, hairy;
superior wings nearly hyaline; beyond the middlea large
fuscous circle from which a dilated line proceeds to the
tip, another to the inferior angle, a third to the carpal spot,
and a fourth towards the base, interrupted in its middle;
dorsal margin, particularly towards the base, fuscous ; sur-
face with scattered hairs, those of the nervures more dis-
tinct and blackish ; ¢ibia and tarsi with black sete.

Length to tip of wings seven-tenths of an inch.

3. P. sericea. Blackish, sericeous; wings varied with
fuscous and sericeous.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Hecc with a cinereous gloss, and a few long hairs; an-

enngz brown, incisures margined with yellowish ; basal
joint colour of the head ; thorax with a cinereous gloss in
a particular light; superior wings varied with pruinose
and fuscous ; @ transverse, quadrate, blackish spot on the
middle of the inner margin ; hairs numerous, minute, those
of the nervures larger and black ; inferior wings immacu-
late ; posterior pairs of feet pale ochreous, sericeous, with
black setz. |

Length to tip of wings more than two-fifths of an inch.

MANTISPA, Jilig. Latr.

M. brunnea. Light brown; antennz fuscous, light brown
at the extremity ; wings with a very broad, brown margin.

Inhabits United States.

% /ntennex short; posterior and inferior ordits-yellow ;
thoraz, first segment obtusely wrinkled, or undulated, an-
terior margin black, submargin yellow ; base black, with a
Vou. ID. 40

310 APPENDIX.

yellow, transverse, angulated line ; scutel yellow; meta- tenn
thoras yellow on the posterior edge; pleura bilineate black
with yellow; wings with a broad, light brown costal mar- rior v
gin and tip; feet, intermediate and posterior pairs with hind »
yellow tibize and tarsi, a rufous spot being near the knee; black:
anterior thighs blackish on the inner side, with a yellow lowis]
exterior inferior. margin, and numerous spines on the infe- black,
rior edge, of which one is very prominent; tergum at the poster
base of the first: and second segments black, the former on the
margined with yellow; venter black at base, segments tip.
broadly margined with yellow. Ler
?.The yellow colour and marginings, excepting on the Thi
feet and first segment of the thorax, obsolete; the wings , mas }
are darker than those of the male, and the hyaline por- kansa.
tion of the wings is tinctured with a shade of the general little |
eolour. cellule
Length of the body ® half an inch, 2 to tip of wings square
more than nine-tenths of an inch. the se

A specimen of the female of this curious insect was pre- and is
sented to me about a year ago by Mr. William Mason of ter re
this city; it was found near Philadelphia by Mr. Tyler. are §
The male occurred on St. Peter’s river. line; t
the fo
are n
dispo:

ORDER HYMENOPTERA. a dis

XYELA, Dalman.

4

X. ferruginea. Ferruginous ; thoracic spots and base of fj 1.
the abdomen blackish. | In
Inhabits Arkansa.
Antennz fuscous, basal joint ferruginous ; above the an-

Ww; meta-
bilineate
ostal mar-
airs with
the knee ;
a yellow
the infe-
um at the
he former
segments

ing on the
the wings
aline por-
e general

p of wings
et Was pre-

n Mason of
Mr. Tyler.

4

and base of

ove the an-

APPENDIX. 311

tenn and extending between the eyes is a transverse
black spot ; thorax each side above the base of the supe-
rior wings with a longitudinal bleckish spot, connected be-
hind with a transverse, almost indefinite one , metathorax
blackish behind ; wings hyaline, slightly tinged with yel-
lowish, nervures brown; ¢ergum, three basal segments
black, remaining segments obsoletely blackish on: their
posterior margins ; posterior pairs of tibiz six-spined, one
on the middle, one beyond the middle, and the other at
tip.

Length to tip of oviduct.seven-twentieths of an inch.

This interesting insect was presented te me by Mr. Tho-
mas Nuttall, who obtained it during his expedition to Ar-
kansa. The forms of some of the wing cellules differ a
little from those of the type of this genus. The first radial
cellule receives the first recurrent nervure and is nearly
square, slightly oblong, and nearly two-thirds the size of
the second cellule, which receives no recurrent nervure
and is somewhat smaller than the third cellule. The lat-
ter receives two recurrent nervures. The cubital cellules
are sub-equal, bounded beneath by an almost rectilinear
line; the third nearly attains. the tip of the wing, leaving
the fourth cellule very small. The maxillary palpi also
are much shorter than those of the Swedish species. This
disposition of the nervures will authorize the formation of
a distinct section in the genus.

XIPHYDRIA, Latr.

1. X. abdominalis. Black; abdomen rufous.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Head confluently punctured; antennz short; vertex
with two distant, longitudinal, yellow spots, and another

}
it
q
tt
if
i
4
BF
“
}
af

44
|

>-=oseaneeenhesupennenseurtaseenseteenerete eee ee

812 APPENDIX,

transverse one on each cheek above; thorax confluently
punctured, margined, and wvith three longitudinal impress-
ed lines distant before ; wings fuliginous; abdomen bright
rufous ; first segment above blackish ; ,/ee¢ piceous-black.

Length more than half an inch.

The abdominal! coivur of this species distinguishes it at
once from any other. In dromedarius the middle seg-
ments of the tergum are rufous, but the terminal and three
basal segments are black, and there is a series of whitish
lateral spots.

2. X. tibialis. Black ; four iateral spots of the abdomen,
first tarsal joint and base of the tibia white.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Stethidium rough with confluent punctures, immacu-
late; wings. hyaline, nervures dark fuscous; feet black ;
tibia white, fuscous at tip ; tarsi, first joint white; abdomen
black, three middle segments and penultimate segment,
each with a white spot on each side.

Length more than two-fifths of an inch.

This. species resembles the camelus, Fabr. and Uno-
cerus annulatus, Jur., but is less than half the size of
either, and the former, according to authors, has ferrugi-
nous feet and a smooth thorax; the latter has a lateral
white spot on each of the abdominal segments excepting
the penultimate one.

TARPA, Fabr. Le Peletier.

T. scripta. Black, with white lines and spots; abdomen
rufous.

Inhabits North-west Territory and Arkansa. -

Hypostoma on its anterior margin, mandibles and palpi,
whitish ; line upon the orbits extending from near the an-

tenne tc
each sid
senting |
oblique
orbits v
angulate
a line be
dle plac:
fuscous ;
ment, ar
Leng
inch.

1. C.
white s]
Inhak
Orbit
and bas
black ;
triangu
transve
Leng
inch.
Var.
Var.
In tl
differe
might
identit
2.

fluently
mpress-
m bright
black.

es it at
dle seg-
nd three
whitish

bdomen,

immacu-
t black ;
bdomen
segment,

nd Uro-
e size of
: ferrugi-
a lateral
xcepting

abdomen

nd palpi,
r the an-

APPENDIX. 313

tenne to the occiput and together with an insulated spot
each side on the vertex when viewed from behind pre-
senting the form of the figure 3, white; a white slightly
oblique spot above the base of each antenna; inferior
orbits white; thorax with an abbreviated, transverse,
angulated line before, slightly interrupted in the middle,
a line before each wing and three small spots on the mid-
dle placed triangularly, white; wings hyaline, nervures
fuseous ; feet yellowish-white; abdomen rufous, first seg-
ment, and sometimes the tip, black.

Length from more than three-tenths to two-fifths of an
inch.

CEPHUS, Latr.

1. C. trimaculatus. Black ; abdomen with a yellowish-
white spot each side at the middle.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Orbits before, two longitudinal spots on the hypostoma,
and base of the mandibles yellowish-white; wings brown-
black; metathorax with a pale greenish, membranaceous,
triangular spot behind; abdomen on the middle with a
transverse oval pale yellowish spot each side.

Length % nearly one-half, ¢ nearly three-fourths of an
inch.

Var. «. head immaculate.

Var. 8. a very small indistinct spot each side beyond the
middle. .

In the collection of Mr. William W. Wood, the. great
difference in point of size between the sexes of this insect,
might readily lead to error with respect to their. specific
identity. :

2. C. abbreviatus. Black; abdomen rufous at base.

ESO ALOE, STA TAREE REE ONE ONE ae GN Se RANCH A Ce

Pi IRAN 9 TOME I EMA et

314

APPENDIX.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

9 Body black, polished ; Jabrwm white, with a dilated,
longitudinal, fuscous line; ¢horaz with an oblique, white,
abbreviated line at the base of the superior wings; scutel
with a transverse white line ; metathoraz with a longitu-
dinal white triangle; wings hyaline, nervures fuscous; the
small nervure which divides the first marginal cellule from
the first submarginal cellule is abbreviated and does not
reach the margin ; feet pale rufous, tibie with a white ab-
breviated line on the exterior side near the knees; poste-
rior tibiz and tarsi black; abdomen compressed, acutely
edged above beyond the middle; first and second segments
rufous.

Length seven-twentieths of an inch. :

This may be readily distinguished from the preceding
species as well by its inferior size and colour, as by the
remarkable abbreviation of the dividing nervure of the first
marginal and submarginal cellules.

HYLOTOMA,; Zatr.

H. dulciaria. 9 Pale rufous; head, wings, and feet vio-
laceous-black.

Inhasits North-west Territory.

Antenne black, with a ‘slight violaceous tinge; pectus
with a large, well defined black spot, tinged with violace-
ous ; feet hardly tinged with violaceous; abdomen yellow;
tail black.

Length to tip of the wings nine-twentieths of an inch.

This species was found by Dr. Bigsby, to whom I am
indebted for the specimen. It seems to be allied to the pec-
toralis, Leach, of which, however, the wings are “ luteo-
hyaline.”? :

a dilated,
e, white,
gS 5 scutel
a longitu-
scous; the
pllule from
does not
white ab-
bes; poste-
ed, acutely
1 segments

preceding
as by the
> of the first

nd feet vio-

ge; pectus
ith violace-
en yellow;

of an inch.

rhom. I am
| to the pec-
are “ luteo-

APPENDIX. 315
LOPHYRUS, Latr. Leach.

L. abdominalis. ¢ Antenne 18-jointed, pale yellowish ;
thorax with black spots.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head reddish-yellow; a large, transverse, black spot
above the antennz descending on each side between the
antennz and the eyes to the sides of the mouth, and as-
cending by two distant narrow lines over the vertex to
the occiput; mandibles piceous at tip; thorax with large
black spots, occupying the greater portion of the surface ;
scutel pale yellow; wings hyaline, nervures and stigmata
fuscous; thighs dusky at base; tergum yellow, tinged
with rufous, whitish on the lateral margin ; segments pice-
ous on their posterior edges.

Length of the body nearly three-tenths of an inch.

This species seems to beallied to L. americanus, Leach,
but that insect is afer to have nineteen joints to the an-
tenne.

NEMATUS, Jur.

N. ventralis. Black; venter and feet pale.

Inhabits United States.

& Hypostoma, palpi and mandibles at base, whitish ;
orbits above and behind piceous; ¢horaz dilated, triangu-
lar line before the wing, and wing scale, whitisl.; wings
slightly dusky, nervures fuscous; feet honey-yellow, pos-
terior tarsi black-brown ; ¢ergum black, segments each: with
a yellow band of which the four terminal ones are inter-
rupted in the middle; venter pale honey-yellow.

Length one-fourth of an inch.

2 Orbits all round whitish; white line or et before

{
:
j
K
i
I
i
i
é
4
t

2. ARATE ARN A APE ME

$16 APPENDIX.

the wings with about three obsolete black spots before ;
Seet white, thighs black in the middle, posterior tarsi black-
ish ; ¢ergum black, the bands obsolete; venter white, anal
segment blackish.

Length three-tenths of an inch.

Belongs to Nemarvs, Leach, and to Nemarvs ftt, Le
Peletier.

TENTHREDO, Lair.

1. T. basilaris. Black, hypostoma and basal joint of the
antenne yellow; tergum bifasciate.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

2 Body polished; hypostoma emarginate in a curved
line, and with the /abrum and mandibles yellow, the lat-
ter piceous at tip; gena with a yellow line abbreviated
above ; tongue and palpi pale yellow; thorax with a yel-
low line before the wings; scwtel yellow; metathorar
with two small yellow spots; wings tinged with ferrugi-
nous; pleura with an oblique, dilated line above the in-
termediate feet, and a rhomboidal spot above the posterior
feet, yellow ; anterior feet greenish-white ; intermediate
JSeet pale ycllowish, a black spot on the thighs near the tip
behind; posterior feet pale yellowish, thighs and tibiz annu-
late with black at tip; ¢ergum, first segnient white on the
posterior margin, fifth segment rufous, penultimate seg-
ment with a yellow subtriangular spot’ on each side, ulti-
mate segment at base, and tail, pale yellow; venter, fifth
segment rufous.

Length of the body two-fifths of an inch.

% Cheeks entirely yellow; a yellow spot on the pleura
above the anterior feet, connected with the thoracic line;
tergum yellowish-rufous, dusky at ‘tip and_black at base ;
venter yellowish-white, dusky at tip.

ts before ;
arsi black-
vhite, anal

us ttt, Le

bint of the

a curved
w, the lat-
bbreviated
with a yel-
etathorax
th ferrugi-
ve the in-
e posterior
ermediate
ear the tip
ibiz annu-
1ite on the
mate seg-
side, ulti-
nter, fifth

he pleura
‘acic line ;
k at base ;

APPENDIX. 317

This species resembles the bi/usciatus, nob.," of which
the only specimen I have seen is a female. On compar-
ing the two species, it will be observed that the above de-
scribed insect is larger, and of a somewhat more slender
form; the surface of the head and thorax is much more
smooth ; the rufous band instead of being on the fourth
segment, as in that species, is on the fifth, &c.

2. T.verticalis. 9 Head pale yellow; vertex and an-
tenn black ; tergum yellowish, spotted with black; tip
black.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Mandibles piceous at tip ; antennz rather long ; vertex
with a somewhat lobated, large black spot, extending by a
process down between the antenne, and connected with
another large spot on the occiput ; neck, a black Jine each
side; thorax black, about four oblique, short lines in the
centre, and dilated line before each wing, yellow; wings
hyaline, stigmata and nervures fuscous, costal edge dull
yellowish ; scutel yellow; metathoraz black, a triangle at
base, two dots and behind, yellow; pleura black, a yellow
spot near the anterior wings and another over the posterior
feet; feet yellow, slightly varied with pale testaceous ; poste-
rior thighs black on the terminal half, their tibiz black at tip;
tergum yellow, with'a testaceous tinge, second, third, and
fourth segments tw2-spotted on each s those of the anterior
one nearly confluent; fifth irmaculate, terminal ones black ;
venter pale yellowish, black at tip.

Length of the body three-twentieths of an inch.

3. T. rufipes, 2 Black; mouth yellow; feet rufous.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antenne moderate; hypostoma emarginate with a re-

* Western Quarterly Reporter, vol. 2, p. 72.
Vox. Il. 41

318 APPENDIX.

gularly curved line, pale yellow; /abrum, nearly orbicu-
lar, and with the mandibles pale yellow, the latter pice-
ous at tip; stethidiwm and abdomen black, immaculate ;
wings with fuscous nervures, stigmata, and costal edge ;
Jeet pale rufous; posterior tarsi and their tibize at tip
blackish. :

Length of the body half an inch.

4. T. terminalis, Antenne white at tip; abdomen tes-
taceous.

Inhabits United States.

? Body black; head testaceous; vertex with a blackish
longitudinal vitta; an¢enne black, four last joints white ;
stethidium black; thorax with a piceous triangle before,
and a large yellow spot behind; ¢horax with two small
yellow spots; wengs tinged with fuliginous; nervures fus-
cous; carpal spot whitish on the basal half; pleura with a
large testaceous spot-beneath the superior wings ; feet tes-
taceous, coxe black, tip of the posterior coxe white; ab-
domen entirely testaceous.

% Tip of the antenne nale yellowish; superior orbits
with a white sagittate spot; occiput each side with a white
spot ; instead of the piceous triangle of the thorax is a

white V-like spot; pleura testaceous; pectus testaceous,
disk and posterior coxe at base black. |

Length seven-twentieths of an inch.

The white terminal joints of the antenne of this species
are very distinct and striking.

5. T. pygmea. Black; thorax rufous before ; feet white.

Inhabits United States. .

% ? Body polished; hypostoma obscure whitish ;. tho-
raz, anterior segment rufous, collar dusky ; wings dusky ;
Jeet white; thighs blackish in the middle behind; poste-
rior tibize and tarsi black.

Length % one fifth of an inch, ? rather more.

fore t
bullat
vures
line c

tly orbicu-
latter pice-
mmaculate ;
ostal edge ;
ibiz at tip

bdomen tes-

a blackish
bints white :
gle before,
> two small
ervures fus-
ura with @
rs; feet tes-
white; ab-

erior orbits
vith a white
thorax is a

testaceous,
this species

feet white.

litish ;. tho-

ngs dusky ;
ind ; poste-
Ce.

APPENDIX. 319
~ DOLERUS, Jur.

1. D. inornatus. Body black, polished ; feet white, tarsi
dusky.

Inhabiis United States.

2 Labrum and palpi whitish ; thorax with a line be-
fore the wings and wing-scale, white; scutel with a small
hullate white spot on each side ; wings a little dusky; ner-
vures blackish-fuscous; pleura with an abbreviated white
line over the intermediate feet; cova colour of the feet.

Length one-fourth of an inch.

This species belongs to Dotzrus tt of Le Peletier, Em-
puytus, Leach.

2. D. arvensis. Blackish-violaceous; thorax rufous, a
spot before and triangular spot behind, black.

Inhabits. United States.

2 Antenne black; palpi and mandibles black; head
black with a violaceous tinge; ¢horaz with a longitudinal
spot from the collar to the middle, a small spot over
the wing, posterior margin connected with a spot, black;
metathorazx black; wings dusky ; pleuraand pectus black,
tinged. with violaceous, the former rufous at the humerus,
this colour being connected with that of the thorax; /eet
black ; abdomen dark-violaceous.

Length more than: sevon-twentieths of an inch.

Var. «. black spot above the wing enlarged and reaching
the dorsal spot.

This.species belongs to Hytoroma, Fabr. Dosyruazvs,
Leach, and Dorzavs, ttt Le Peletier. It is found in the
North-west Territory, Pennsylvania, and Arkansa. This

species is closely allied to Tenrurepo thoracina, Beauy.
but it does not fully agree with his, figure, and his des-
cription is two unessential to be useful.

4

2 .
= wise
’ ae SS -

CCT RALN ARAL

Jr UOTE ETDS STASIS SR

320 APPENDIX.

3. D. sericeus. Entirely black, immaculate.

Inhabits United States.

% 2 Body, particularly the venter and feet; sericeous,
with short hairs; wings dusky; tergum glabrous, polished.

Length seven-twentieths of an inch.

Belongs to the same division with the preceding species,

It is found as far south and west as Arkansa. It resem-
bles Tewrunepo wnicolor, Beauv. but is somewhat larger,
the three last joints of the antenne are differently formed,
and the wings are dusky.

EVANIA, Faér.

E. wnicolor. ‘Entirely black, immaculate, slightly seri-
LeOUs. :

Inhabits United States.

/intenne# as long as the body; palpi piceous; thorax
with very few, small punctures; metathorazx densely punc-
tured ; wings hyaline, nervures fuscous; a distinct nervure
passes from the dividing nervure of the cubital and discoi-
dal cellules to the posterior margin of the wing; abdo-
men much compressed, impunctured, polished, oval, rather
longer than the petiole; posterior feet elongated.

Length more than three-tenths of an inch.

The proportions of the petiole, abdomen, and posterior
feet of this insect are nearly the same with those of ap-
pendigaster, Fabr. I obtained a specimen‘near the Rocky
Mountains, and it is also found in Pennsylvania. The ad-
ditional nervure is sometimes connected with the radial
cellule by a faint, transverse nervure, so as to form a second
cubital cellule. |

man
silvel
wing
diate
of th
clava

ous

sericeous,
s, polished,

ing species,

It resem-
what larger,
tly formed,

lightly seri-

us; thorax
ensely punc-
inct nervure
land discoi-
ving ; abdo-
, oval, rather
ad.

nd posterior
those of ap-
r the Rocky
ia. The ad-
h the radial
orm a second

APPENDIX. 321
FOENUS, Fadr. :

F. tarsatorius. Black ; feet pale rufous; posterior tibia
blackish, at base white.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.
_ “Antenne -black-testaceous beneath towards the tip;
mandibles testaceous, at tip black; hypostoma each side
silvery; stethidiwm immaculate, confluently punctured ;
wings hyaline, nervures fuscous; anterior and interme-
diate feet pale rufous, the tibize with a whitish line, the base
of the tarsi white; posterior feet piceous, tibiz blackish,
clavate, a white band near the base, which is much dilated
before; tarsi white at base, the first joint with a black ori-
gin; abdomen blackish, with about: three dull testaceous”
spots on each side; oviduct pale testaceous ; valves black-
ish, at tip whitish. )

Length of the body eleven-twentieths of an inch.

SIGALPHUS, Latr.

1. S. sericeus. 2 Black; tergum sericeous; tibia ochre-
ous at base.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head with. dilated, transversely confluent punctures ;
nasus minutely punctured ; thorax with much dilated, ir-
regularly confluent punctures ; scwée/ polished, almost im-
punctured on the disk, lateral margin grooved; wings
slightly fuliginous, nervures fuscous, those of the base very
pale brownish ; metathorax with very large, somewhat dis-
coidal punctures ; ¢ergwm without obvious incisures, black,
covered with short, dense, cinereous, sericeous hair ; obtuse
at tip; venter excavated ; anterior pairs of feet black, se-

322 APPENDIX.

riceous, with ochreous tibize and tips of the thighs; posde-
rior pair black, cericeous, tibiz ochreous at base.

Length one-fourth to nearly three-tenths of an inch.

Very like the sudcatus, Jurine, but is much larger; it
differs from IcunguMmon oculator, Fabr. by being imma-
culate, and from Cryprvs irrorator, Fabr. by the oval
form of its abdomen.

2. S. basilaris. Black ; base of the antenne and feet pale
yellowish.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Head punctured ; antenna, first and second joints pale
yellowish; mandibles yellowish; palpi white; thorax
punctured ; scutel, metathorax, and tergwm at base lon-

*gitudinally wrinkled; wings-hyaline, pale yellowish at
base ; nervures fuscous; feet pale yellowish, tips of the
tarsi dusky.

Length nearly one-fifth of an inch.

This species is in the collection of Mr. William W.
Wood. It is much smaller than the preceding species and
readily distinguished by the colour of the basal joints of
the antenne and of the feet.

BRACON, Jur.

1. B. tibiator. Black; wings fuscous at tip.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

2 Wings hyaline, nervures robust, fuscous; tip including
the extremity of the second submarginal cellule, fuscous;
feet, anterior pair of tibize and tarsi yellowish-white ;. in-
termediate tarsi whitish ; posterior Gs of tibiz white at
base. :
Length of the body one-hit of an inch,

ceous |

dilatec
vures

blacki
neath
whitis
black

S$; poste-

b inch.
larger; it
g imma-

the oval

d feet pale

joints pale
e; thorax
t base lon-
Howish at
ips of the

Tilliam W.
species and
al joints of

D including
2, fuscous;
white ;. in-
2 white at

APPENDIX. 323

2. B. populator. Black; abdomen red; wings dark fuli-
ginous..

Inhabits United States.

% 2 Metathoraz rough, with confluent punctures; ad-
domen entirely reddish-fulvous ; oviduct black, longer
than the abdomen.

Length of the body two-fifths of an inch.

A very common insect in many parts of the United
States. The head and stethidium are sometimes dark pi-
ceous with the anterior portion of the thorax black. It re-
sembles B, initiator, Fabr.

3. B. tigator. Black, abdomen and feet rufous, anteunz
with a white annulus.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

2 Vertex and occiput impunctured ; annulus of the an-
tenn placed beyond the ‘middle; palpi piceous; stethi-
dium with confluent punctures ; thorax with two dilated,
abbreviated, longitudinal, dull rufous lines; scutel with a
dilated, longitudinal, dul! rufous line; wings hyaline, ner-
vures fuscous ; metathoraz dull rufous ; feet rufous, tarsi
blackish at tip; posterior thighs with a strong tooth be-
neath near the tip ; posterior tibiz fuscous; posterior tarsi
whitish ; ¢ergum punctured, glabrous at tip; oviduct
blackish.

Length seven-twentieths of an inch.

4. B. stigmator. Dark yellowish-rufous; metathorax and
first segment of the tergum black.

Inhabits North-west Territory. ,

Antenne as long as the body, dusky towards the tip;
vertex between the stemmata black; occiput all round the
eck, blackish ; etathoraz above and on the sides black ;
pleura with a blackish, dilated, longitudinal line; pectus
with a blackish, dilated line before the anterior feet, reach-

324 APPENDIX.

ing near the head ; wings hyaline; nervures fuscous; stig-
mata rather large, triangular, fuscous, dull white at the an-
terior and posterior tips, and also on the costal edge ;. ¢er-
gum paler, disk of the first. segment blackish.

Length less than one-fifth of an inch.

This insect is one of the many species that deposit their
eggs in great numbers in the larva of Lepidopterous in-
sects. In a dead and dried larva, which I found adhering
to a tree, were the follicles of forty or fifty individuals of
this species... It varies somewhat in the quantity of the
black colouring with which it is marked. In some speci-
mens this extends not only along the pectus, but is conti-
nued in a capiliary line along the edge of the thorax, the
metathorax also is entirely black, the tergum is black-
ish at tip and on the sides, the pectus has a black spot in
the middle, and the hypostoma has a transverse, blackish
spot.

STEPHANUS, Jur.

S. rufipes. Black; abdomen sessile ; thorax not remark-
ably attenuated before.

‘ Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body somewhat sericeous ; palpi pale yellowish; scutel
with a groove on each side, rough; metathoraz rough,
and with two slightly. elevated, longitudinal, distant lines ;
wings hyaline ; a large, triangular, fuscous, carpal spot; feet
rufous; posterior pair of tarsi dusky; abdomen a little
rough ‘at base ; oviduct as long as the abdomen.

Length one-fifth of an inch.

Although the arrangement of the wing nervures agrees
precisely with S. coronatus, Jur., yet the form of the body
differs materially, the thorax not exhibiting the remark

able a
visibl

ous ; stig-
at the an-
Pdge ;. ter.

posit their
terous in-
H adhering
viduals of
ity of the
bme speci-
t is conti-
orax, the

is black-
ck spot in
by blackish

ot. remark-

ish; scutel
‘ax rough,
tant lines ;
l spot; feet
en a little

ires agrees
f the body
e remark

APPENDIX. 325

able attenuation before, and the abdominal petiole is not
visible.

ACAENITUS, Latr. *
( inomalon, Jur.)

A. stigmapterus. 2 Black; incisures of the weet white.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Thorax densely punctured ; two dilated grooves conflu-
ent behind ; scute/ united to the thorax by a carinated line
each side; wings tinged with fuliginous; nervures black-
ish; stigma terminated before by a smell)white spot; me-
tathorax with large confluent punctures; terminated on
each side behind by a short conic process; pleura and
pectus polished ; tibiz at base, first joint of the tarsi at base,
and near the tip of the tarsi, white.

Length more than one inch,

Well distinguished by the white points on the wings,
and the white annulations of the feet. The head in my
specimen is deficient.

IBALIA, Latr.

I. anceps, Dull ferruginous ; wings blackish ; abdomen
piceous. ~ :

, Inhabits Arkansa and St. Peter’s rivers.

Head with a black curved line at base of the antenne;
collar abruptly elevated at the anterior edge, and slightly
emarginate in the middle; near the neck black; thorax
transversely wrinkled,-and with three longitudinal im-
pressed distant lines, of which the intermediate one is
black, aad the lateral ones black on the exterior side; scu-
tel scabrous, ‘abruptly elevated at tip, and emarginated ;

Vou. II. 42

326 APPENDI<.

metathoraz scabrous, black on the disk ; wings fuliginous-
black; pleura and pectus blackish, the former with an ob-
solete, longitudinal line beneath the wings; thighs piceous
imgpe middle ; posterior pair black in the middle ; abdomen,
compressed almost to flatness, piceous-black, margins of
the segments paler; elongate-oval; rounded, but sharp-
edged at tip; fergum and venter also with sharp edges.
Length nearly seven-tenths of an inch.

. This species is not of very common occurrence. . It is
very closely allied to Bancuvs cultellator, Fabr.

CHALCIS, Fabr. Lat?.

1. C. microgaster. Slender, black ; anterior pairs of feet
and posterior tarsi, yellowish; peduncle as long as the ab-
domen.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Stethidium with dilated, dense punctures; metathorax
with an angulated line above the insertion of the abdomen;
wings hyaline, costal nervure fascous ; posterior feet black ;
tarsi yellowish ; first joint of the coxe witha small acute
tooth above near the tip; thighs as large as the abdo-
men, with numerous, small, regular teeth on the posterior
edge; ¢ibix, terminal spine longer. than the first joint. of
the tarsi; abdomen polished, a little compressed, ‘triangu-
lar, the superior angle rounded.

Length less than one-fifth of an inch. °

2. C. ovata. Robust, black; feet yellow, thighs black at
base, head with a golden reflection.

Inhabit, Ohio and Pennsylvania.

Head black, with golden sericeous hair, which is indis-
tinct ‘.n the vertex; antennz testaceous beneath towards
the tip; stethidium with dilated, dense punctures, a little

serice
wings
pale y
rior p
the. al

dentat
its ba:
first t
bust t
ed; fi
each :

Le:

iliginous-
th an ob-
§ piceous
abdomen
argins of
ut sharp-
edges.

ce. . It is

airs of feet
as the ab-

etathorax
abdomen;
feet black ;
nall acute
the abdo-
} posterior
st joint of
, triangu-

is black at

h is indis-
1 towards
es, a little

APPENDIX. 327

sericeous with golden.hair; scale covering the base of the
wings yellow; wings hyaline; nervures fuscous, at base
pale yellowish; feet bright yellow; basal half of the ante-
rior pairs of thighs black; posterior thighs smaller than
the. abdomen, black, with a yellow spot on the tip above,
dentated on the posterior edge; posterior tibia piceous on
its basal incisure; terminal spinem@obust, shorter than the
first tarsal joint; first joint of the posterior coxz with a ro-
bust tooth above near the tip; abdomen subdvate, polish-
ed; first segment nearly glabrous, second segment hairy on
each side, remaining segments hairy near their tips.

Length one-fifth of an inch,

LEUCOSPIS, Fwbr.

L. affinis.. Abdomen sessile ; oviduct as long as the ab-
domen; black, varied with yellow; collar each side and
behind margined with yellow, and with an abbreviated,
transverse, yellow line on the anterior submargin.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

‘% Body densely punctured; antennz, basal joint yel-
low; collar margined each: side and: behind with yellow,
the yellow abbreviated line on the anterior submargin is
about half the width of the collar; ¢horaz, incisure at the
base of the wing dull yellow; scwtel with a transverse yel-
low line; wings brownish; pleura, a yellow line over the
insertion. of the posterior feet; feet yellowish, thighs
dusky or black at base; posterior thighs black, with a yel-
low spot at.base.and another at tip on the exterior side;
posterior coxe testaceous at tip; ¢ergum with three nearly
equal bands, and.an oval, longitudinal spot near the tip,
yellow ;. venter with a yellow spot each side, opposite te
the termination of the third band of the tergum.

328 APPENDIX.

? Resembles the mabe, but the bands of the tergum are | quadi
more dilated than those of the male, and the first is in- rounc
terrupted by the groove of the oviduct; the second band vergi
is reduced to a small lateral sput; the Hlow spot at tip is distin
divided by the groove of the oviduct; the venter is imma- dark
culate, and posterior thighs are piceous on the inner side. indist

Length rather more tHan three-tenths of an inch. Le

This species is very closely ullied to the dorsigera and
gigas, but more particularly to the former; it is much
smaller than the gigas, and differs from both in many re-

spects, and more obviously in the circumstance of the an- B.
terior margin of the collar being black, with an abbreviated Inl
yellow line on the submargin. Be

I observed this species running actively over the sur- punct
face of a rafter in a bara, very busily feeling with its an- | tera!
tenne for a proper situation to deposit its eggs. Having Le
found a suitable: place, the insect, after some exertion, sud- Th

denly disengaged its oviduct from the groove and valves,
and gradually thrust the instrument into the wood, nearly
to the base; then having for a short time remained at rest,
probably in order to protrude the egg, the oviduct was
withdrawn, adjusied in its ‘dorsal groove; and the insect
proceeded again a before, in search of another spot suitable
for its purpose. I could.not ascertain the kind of larva,
within the wood, that received these eggs.

~ PSILUS, Jur.

P. brevicornis. Blac, polished, immaculate ; tibie and
tarsi piceous. | ont
Inhabits St. Peter’s river.
Antenne short, first joint much elongated, second joint this
longer than'the remaining ones, which are ‘subcylindric-

orgum are
st is in-
fond band
ot at tip is
r is imma-
nner side,
ch.
igera and
t is much
h many re-
of the an-
abbreviated

er the sur-
rith its an-
‘Se Having
ertion, sud-
and valves,
ood, nearly
ined at rest,
yviduct was
. the insect
pot suitable
d of larve,

3 tibie and

econd joint
ibcylindric-

APPENDIX. 329

quadrate; mandibles pale testaceous; thorax convex,

rounded, two faint impressed lines each side behind con-

verging to the scutel, and on the posterior margin two in-

distinct dull whitish spots; scute/ ele''ated, convex; feet

dark piceous ; thighs nearly black ; wings, costal nervure

indistinct ; abdomen depressed fusiform, acute at tip.
Length more than one-twentieth of an inch.

BETHYLUS, Zar.

B. rujipes. Black ; antennz and feet rufous.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body slender, polished, black ; mouth rufous; thorax
punctured ; wing joint ochreous; abdomen, incisures and
terminal segment obscurely piceous.

Length less than one-fifth of an inch.

This insect is also an inhabitant of Missouri.

PROCTOTRUPES, Latr.

P. caudatus. Pale testaceous; oviduct as long as the
abdomen. : lise Bet

Inhabits North-west Territory. :

Head with a blackish, transverse line between the an:
tenne; thorax and scufel impunctured; wings hyaline,
with a very slight ochreous tinge, stigmata very distinet,
and with the costal nervures fuscous, the othr nervures
light brownish, the process of the radial nervure continued
transversely to the middle of the disk of the wing, is not
only extended from that point to the eytremity of the
wing, but also towards the base of the wing, terminating i in
this direction at the first transverse nervure.

i

]
|
1
|
li,
i
|
|

$30 APPENDIX.

Length of the body nearly two-fifths of an inch.
This species was also found in Missouri.

HEDYCHRUM, Latr.

1. H. ventrale. Green polished; tergum tinged with blue;
antennz blackish at tip; venter bronze.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Antenne, excepting the first joint, blackish-brown; front
impressed; stethidium with dilated punctures; ¢horaz in
the middle between the wings, with a purplish shade; wings
dusky, nervures fuscous; ¢arsi, excepting the basal joint,
dark brownish ; tergum passing to bluish-purple towards
the tip; tip very obtusely rounded, terminal segment
longer than the preceding one; venéer entirely dull
bronzed.

Length more than one-fourth of an inch.

2. H. dimidiatum. Green polished; posterior half of the
venter bronze.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Antenne, excepting the basal joint, and palpi, brown-
ish-black ; front somewhat impressed; vertex between the
stemmata dark purplish ; stethidiwm with dilated punc-
tures; thorax longitudinally on the disk dark purplish ;
wings dusky, nervures fuscous; ¢avsi dark brownish; éer-
gum longitudinally in the middle slightly tinged with
bluish, ultimate segment less than half the length of the
preceding one ; venéer green, posterior half coppery.

Length nearly three-tenths of an inch.

From the collection of Mr. William W. Wood.

M. |
tathor:
Inh
Hec
the me
punctt
rior se
ed lin
with a

ch,

with blue;

own; front
thoraz in
ade; wings
basal joint,
ble towards

segment
irely dull

r half of the

pi, brown-
etween the
lated. punc-
k purplish ;
wnish; éer-
inged with
igth of the
pery.

od.

APPENDIX.

MYRMOSA, Latr.

M. unicolor. Black; abdomen with cinereous hair; me-
tathorax with an impresse? line.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head with short cinereous hair, somewhat longer about
the mouth; densely punctured ; ¢horaz and scutel densely
punctured, and with scattered cinereous short hair ; poste-
rior segment of the former with two light parallel impress-
ed lines; wings hyaline, nervures fuscous; metathorax
with a longitudinal, impressed, very distinct line; and a
transverse one at base ; hair more obvious each side; punc-
tures smaller than those of the thorax ; abdomen more
hairy than any other part of the body.

Length three-tenths of an inch.

This insect also occurred on the Missouri, at Engineer
Cantonment, and in Pennsylvania.

TIPHIA, Fabr.

1. T. inornata. Black, immaculate; wings yellowish-
fuliginous. |

Inhabits Gnio sad Pennsylvania.

Hevd punctured ; zntennz piceous, paler towards the
tip ; mandibles piceous, blackish at tip ; thorax punctured,
wing-scale and posterior margin of the first segment im-
punctured, edge of the latter piceous ; metathorax with
three longitudinal, slightly elevated lines ; posterior edge

’ also slightly elevated into an acute line; feet hairy, tibie
and tarsi more or less piceous ; abdomen, particularly be-
hind, hairy.

. Length three-fifths of an inch.

‘332 APPENDIX.

2. T. interrupta. Black, stethidium with yellow spots;
tergum with yellow spots and bands.

Inhabits Pennsylvania. .

Antennez dull black-brown, first joint polished, piceous
at tip ; mandibles piceous, black at tip; thorax with a spot
each side before, three in a line between the origin of the
superior v-:.g8, yellow’; scutel with a yellow, transverse
line; anges hyaline, costal margin fuliginous ; metathorax
at the tip each side with a double, longitidinal, yellow spot;
pleura with a vertical, yellow, oblong spot beneath the ori-
gin of the superior wing; ¢éarst pale piceous; tibix; ante-
rior pair blackish-piceous,* posterior pairs -pzle ‘piceous;
thighs black; tersum a little iridescent ; first segment with
a band abruptly <nd widely: narrowed above; second seg-
ment with <# oval spot.éach side; third segment, band
gradually narrowed in the middle; fourth and fifth seg-
ments, bands slightly interrupted ; venter inymaculate.

Length nine-twentieths of an inch.

In the collection of Mr. William W. Wood.

This species would seem to be allied to the serena,
judging by the description that Fabricius gives of that in-
sect, particularly as he describes'the costal margin of the
wings to be fuscous. ‘That inset, however, iy stated to be
only a little smaller than the namea of the same author, a
size which at once puts that species out of the question.

POMPILUS, Fab. Latr.

1. P. fascipennis. Black; wings hyaline, with a fuscous
band near the tip; abdomen rafous at base.

Inhabits United States.

? Hypostoma, and inferior pertion of the front, with

low; 8
one ben
blackis
diate a
with a
Von.

w spots;

) Piceous
ith a spot
in of the
ransverse
tathorax
low spot;
th the ori-
bir; ante-
} piceous;
ment with
cond seg-
ent, band
fifth seg-
culate.

ne serena,
of that in-
gin of the
tated to be
author, a
uestion.

a fuscous

ront, with

APPENDIX. $33

numerous silvery hairs ; wings with fuscous nervures; a
fuscous band including nearly all the. radial cellule, and
not reaching the posterior angle; tip slightly margined
with fuscous; posterior thighs and tibiz at base rufous;
abdomen sessile, first and second. segments rufous.

Length about three-tenths of an inch.

2. P. marginatus. Black; wings dusky, with a broad,
darker posterior margin; abdomen sessile, first and se-
cond segments rufous.

Inhabits North-west Territory and Missouri.

The terminal .dark margin of the wings is so broad
as to reach almost to the terminal cubical cellule, and
passes round on the costal margin to the origin of the ra-
dial cellule; on the inferigr wings is also a broad, terminal,
darker margin. ,

Length two-fifths of an inch.

Very similar to the preceding, but manifestly distinct by
the above characters.

CEROPALES, Latr.

1. C. fasciata. Black; thorax and tergum spotted and
banded with pale yellowish; feet ochreous, tarsi pale yel-
low. .

Inhabits United States.

Front, labrum, and orbits yellow, the latter interrupted
above; thorax punctured; anterior margin, a spot each side
near the head, a longitudinal, abbreviated, central line, yel-
low; scuted with a spot on the disk, and another transverse
one beneath its tip, yellow; wings immaculate, nervures
blackish; pectus with a yellowish spot over the interme-
diate and another over the posterior feet; core, first joint
with a dilated yellow line; posterior feet elongated; ter-

Von. IT. 48

onsen Diep is eg eer Scenepesnnieoernci
= 4
f =
. ie

334 APPENDIX.

gum polished ; first segment with a rather large, yellow
spot on each side, angulated before; second, third, fourth,
and fifth, with each a yellow »and, slightly interrupted in the
middle, and at its termination on each side dilated into a
spot; sixth segment dull ochreous; tail piceous.

Length nearly two-fifths of an inch.

This insect. has considerable resemblance to the macu-
laria, Fabr. but the longitudinal thoracic line, scutellar
spot, the form and number of the bands of the'tergum, &c.
sufficiently distinguish it. It is more — found in
Missouri.

2. C. ferruginea. Ferruginous; wings violet; pleura
and metathorax black.

Inhabits United States.

% Antenne beyond the third joint, gradually shaded
into fuscous; mandibles, the two teeth black; thoraz,
middle segment with a black anterior margin; posterior
segment, and scutel, black on each side; wings decidedly
viulaceous; posterior cove at base black; tergum, first seg-
ment at base and tip, and second segment at tip, black.

Length less than three-fifths of an inch.

- 8, C. bipunctata. Black; wings dark violaceous; pos-
terior thighs bright rufous in the middle; a small <a
dot each side at the tip of the metathorax.

Inhabits United States.

4, Hypostoma, labrum, anterio: orbits, and lineon the
basal joint of the antennex before, yellow; mandibles pi-
ceous; palpi pale; collar yellow on the posterior margin,
and with the ¢horar and scutel with somewhat distant
punctures; wings violaceous; posterior thighs, excepting
at base and tip, bright rufous.

Length from one-half to three-fourths of an inch.

? Hypostoma and labrum black, the anterior orbits

€0UuSs; pos-
all yellow

lineon the
ndibles pi-
or margin,
lat distant
excepting
ich.

ior orbits

APPENDIX. 335

only yellow; collar destitute of the yellow margin be-
hind. Smaller than the female.

This species may readily be distinguished by the two
small, bright, yellow dots at tip each side of the metatho-
rax, and the bright colour of the posterior thighs. It varies
vonsiderably in size. -

BEMBEX, Fabr. Panz.

B. monodonta. Black; tergum with dilated, greenish-
yellow bands.

‘Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Front and vertex with cinereous hair; labrum with a
greenish, oblong, margined spot each side, near the. base;
thorax hardly hairy; anterior edge, terminating in a spot
on the pleura; an oblique, abbreviated line above the
origin of the wings, terminating in a comma-formed
spot behind, greenish-yellow; metathoraz, a transverse,
rectilinear line at base, and an arcuated one at base, slightly
interrupted in the middle, greenish-yellow; thighs, at tip,

tibiae and base of the éarsi, pale yellowish ; tips of the lat-

ter dusky; a dilated black line near the tip of the ante-
rior tibia; wings hyaline; tergwm with six yellow and green
hands, which occupy more than two-thirds of the surface ;
first‘band bilobate before, yellow, with a broad green poste-
rior margin; remaining bands somewhat dentated before;
the second and third bands yellow, with a green ceatral
dash; fourth and fifth bands yellow, their anterior margins
green; terminal band entirely yellow; venéer entirely
black; a single elevation on the second segment.

Length % half an inch.

In the collection of Mr. William W. Wood.

APPENDIX.
MONEDULA, Latr.

1. M. 4-fasciata. Black, obscurely iridescent; tergum
‘with four bands, interrupted and narrowed in the middle,

Inhabits Pennsylvania. |

Antennz. with the basal joint beneath yellow; orbits
anteri ..1y, hypostoma and labrum, yellow ; the latter mar-
gined each side with piceous, and the hypostoma has a
more or less dilated black spot above ; mandibles blr ~kish-
piceous; thorax with a capillary line before; wings hya-
line, slightly fuliginous, nervures fuscous; metathoraz at
tip each side compressed and yellow ; pleura with a whit-
ish spot ove: the anterior feet, and from one to three yel-
lowish ayprox:mate spots above the middle; feet pale yel-
low;ish; thighs black on the basal two-thirds, those of the
an‘erior feet black only on the exterior side; tergum with
four yellow bands, dilated on the sides, and gradually nar-
rowing to the middle of the back, where they are slightly
interrupted, the terminal one widely interrupted ; two ter-
minal segments with large punctures each side and at base;

venter with three small yellow spots each side near the mid- *

dle; % with an obsolete spot each side on the two segments
beyond the bands, and the anus is three-spined, of which the
lateral ones are curved, and ? with an obsolete, yellowish
line before the wings on each side.
Length % three-fifths, 2. nearly:seven-tenths of an inch.
This species is in the collection of Mr. William. W.
Wood. The hypostoma of the male specimen is occupied
by the black basal spot, excepting on its anterior margin.
The bands of the abdomen in this species are not at all
dentated. :
2. M. ventralis. Black, obscurely iridescent; tergum

with abot
ed in the
Inhabit
% Orb
ish ; ante
brum, ar
tured; a
the pleut
above the
yellow li
yellow;
ous; ne
from the
side cal
six yellc
interrup
band wi
the back
bands n
the late
punc
three-s]
each si¢
dorsal
Leng
I ha
of Mr.

r“kish-
* hya-
prax at
a whit-
pe yel-
ale yel-
of the
ym with
y nar-
slightly
two ter-
at base;

he mid- ©

ments
hich the
owish

an inch.
ecupied
margin.
t at all

tergum

APPENDIX. 337

with about five yellow bands, interrupted, but not narrow-
ed in the middle. :

Inhabits Pennsylvania. .

% Orbits anteriorly obsoletely tinged with dull yellow-
ish; antenna, first joint beneath yellow; hypostoma, la-
brum, and mandibles black; palpi whitish ; thorax punc-
tured; a line on the anterior edge, with a spot at tip on
the pleura, and a small, longitudinal, oval spot each side
above the inferior wings, yeliow ; scutel with a transverse
yellow line; metathoraz at tip each side compressed and
yellow; wings hyaline, very slightly tinged with fuligin-
ous; nervures fuscous; /eet yellowish; thighs black
from the base to near the knes, iirst. psir.on the anterior
side caly the basal hal: sack ; tergum with about five or
six yellow bands, which are rather wider on the back and
interrupted by a very narrow space; excepting the first
band which is. slightly undulated, slightly narrowed on
the back, and interrupted by a wider space; the ultimate
bands narrowed each side and interrupted near a spot on
the lateral margin; terminal segment with large, dense
punctures, as numerous on the disk as upon the sides; anus
three-spined, of which the lateral ones are curved; venter
each side with a triangular spot at the tip of each of the
dorsal bands excepting the first.

Length nearly half an inch.
I have not seen the female, the male is in the collection
of Mr. William W. Wood.

ASTATA, Latr.

*

A. unicolor. Deep black, immaculate; wings dusky. at
tip.
Inhabits North-west Territory and Missouri:

\

338

2 Head with rather long, silvery hair;-thoraz and scu-
te? with remote punctures, the former witha very slight
appearance of longitudinal lines before, the latter with a

\eseitedina impressed line at tip; metathoraz with dense,

ilated punctures; wings hyaline, with a broad, dusky tip,

nervures black; ¢arsi piceous; abdomen polished, imma-
culate.

APPENDIX.

Length less than half an inch.

O. 4-notatus. Black; tergum with a slight, whitish, ab-
breviated line on each side of the first and second seg-

ments.

OXYBELUS, Zatr.

Inhabits. Pennsylvania.

Antenne towards the tip beneath, stethidivem, i immacu-
late; wings hyaline, nervures brown; metathoruz and scu-
tel each with three raised lines, two superior spines of the
former whitish at tip, deeurved; inferior spine larger,
black; ¢arst testaceous at tip ; anterior tibia testaceous on
the inner side; fergum polished; lateral abbreviated line
of the first segment much more distinct than that of the
second.

* Length nearly one-fourth of an inch:

G. bipunctatus. Black, collar and scutel with a white

GORYTES, Latr.

line; tergum with two white spots.
Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Hypostoma silvery white ; basal joint of the antennz
before, exterior base of the mandibles and palpi, white ;
line of the collar capillary, of the scutel broader, abbrevi-

ated ; wi
small dot
white on
segment :

Lengtl

This s]
cisely wi
those obl:
mentions

1, P. c
with dila
Inhabit
Head x
mandible
are two 0
tex; thon
from whi
outwards
the head
metathon
cavities ;
puncture
Lengtl
This is
2..P. ¢
men imp
length of
Inhabi
Wing

| white

ptenne
white ;
brevi-

APPENDIX. 339

ated ; wings hyaline, nervures fuscous; pleura with a
small dot before the wing; feet black; didi sericeous,
white on the exterior base; farsi white; tergum, second
segment at tip each side with a small white spot.

Length three-tenths of an inch. }

This species corresponds in its generic characters pre-
cisely with Arpactus, Jurine, and of course possesses
those oblique parallel lines of the metathorax which Jurine
mentions as distinguishing this genus.

PEMPHREDON, Latr. Fabr.

1, P. concotor. Black, minutely punctured; metathorax
with dilated punctures; abdomen glabrous,

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head with minute pubescence, more distinct on the front;
mandibles obtusely bifid at tipyimmediately above which
are two obtuse teeth; punctures minute, sparse on the ver-
tex; thorax with a slightly impressed, longitudinal line,
from which proceed numerous, minute wrinkles, curving
outwards and backwards; punctures larger than those of
the head; ewings slightly fuliginous, nervures blackish;
metathoraz with dilated punctures, or slightly impressed
cavities ; feet somewhat sericeous; abdomen polished, im-
punctured ; petiole moderate.

Length of the body nearly seven-twentieths of an inch.

This is.allied to P. enicolor, Fabr.

2..P. inornatus. Black, immaculate, punctured ; abdo-
men impunctured, polished; petiole nearly one-third the
length of.the abdomen,

Inhabits Pennsylvania. |

Wings hyaline, very slightly tinged with dusky, the

340 APPENDIX.

first su".marginal cellule receives the two recurrent ner-
vures; nervures dark fuscous ; stigma rather large.
Length less than three-tenths of an inch.

STIGMUS, Jur. Latr.

S. fraternus. Black, antenne and feet yellowish.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body deep black, polished, not obviously punctured ;
mandibles and palpi whitish; wings hyaline, nervures
pale brown, stigma piceous-black, whitish at base; origin
of the wings yellowish ; plewra with a white spot rather
before the origin of the wings; feet: immaculate ; venter
whitish at tip.

Length rather more than three-twentieths of an inch.

_ This. species is in the collection of Mr. William W.
Wood. » It is closely allied to the ater of authors, the pe-
tiole of the abdomen, however, is proportionably longer.

CRABRO, Fabr. Latr.

1.C. tibialis. Black, polished ; thoracic line, scutel, knees,
and tibie, yellow; abdomen with piceous incisures.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

? Head with a slightly impressed frontal line, extend-
ing to the stemmata ; antenna, basal joint yellow; Aypos-
toma silvery, brilliant; thorax with a transverse, yeliow
line‘on the collar, not extending to the postpectus ; scute/
yellow; wings hyaline; nervures fuscous, those of the
disk pale at base; metathoraz slightly carinated each side
with a longitudinal, impressed line, which is a little dilated
beyond the middle, and a slight transverse line‘on the mid-

dle; p
ceous ;
blackis
the se
piceous

smaller
black ;
spot at
line of '
and a
in the
a black
8. C.
spots or
Inha

abbrevi
dusky ;
of whi
fore it;
a black
with ru
ments

Vou.

rrent ner-

rish.

unctured ;
nervures
se; origin
pot rather
B; venter

an inch.
illiam W.
rs, the pe-
y longer.

tel, knees,
res.

e, extend-
Ws hypos-
e, yellow
is; scutel
yse of the
‘each side
tle dilated
n the mid-

=
ha,

APPENDIX. $41

dle; pleura immaculate ; tarsi slightly tinged with testa-
ceous ; posterior pair entirely black ; abdomen rather long,
blackish-piceous;; incisures edged behind with pale-piceous,
the second segment above ee behind with pale-
piceous,

Length three-tenths of an fri

A small species in the ‘collection: of Mr. William W.
Wood. . | , |

2. C. scutellatus. Black, polished ; thoracic line, scutel,
knees, and tibiz, yellow; abdomen totally black.

Inhabits. Pennsylvania.

Length ¢ one-fifth of an inch.

This ‘species closely resembles the preceding, but is
smaller; the abdomen proportionally shorter, and entirely
black; the yellow lire of the collar extends to a yellow
spot at the commencement of the pleura; the transverse
line of the metathorax is mach more profoundly indented,
and a transverse punctured line is far more obvious than
in the preceding; the intermediate and posterior tibie have
a black spot near the tip.

8. ©. 6-maculatus. Black; tergum with three yellow
spots on each side.

Inhabits Pennsylvania,

2 Antenne, basal joint yellow ; muindibles at base yel-
low ; Aypostoma silvery, brilliant ; thorax with a yellow
bandon the collar, interrupted in the middle ; two parallel,
abbreviated, transverse, equal, yellow lines behind ; wings
dusky ;_plenra with two, equal, rounded, yellow spots, one
of which is beneath the superior wing and the other be-
fore it; thighs black, knees yellowish ; tibiz yellow with
a black or piceous:spot on the inner side; tarsi tinged
with rufous; tergwm on the second, fourth and fifth seg-
ments. with a transversely. oval spot.

Vou. Il. 41

342 APPENDIX,

Length three-tenths of an inch.

4. C. trifusciatus. Black; scutel, two spots on the col-
lar, base of the antennz and lateral spe*« of the tergum,
yellow.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body with numerous, short hairs ; hypostoma silvery ;
first joint of the antenna and middle of the mandibles,
yellow ; thorax punctured ; collar with two yellow spots;
scutel yellow ;. metathoraz with dilated, confluent punc-
tures, and an. impressed longitudinal line ; wings fuligi-
nous, nervures brown ;- pectus with a yellow spot before
the wings ; feet yellow, thighs, and a line on the inner side
of the tibie, black; tarsi dusky at tip; tergum polished,
impunctured ; a yellow band.on the middle of the second
segment interrupted above; a short yellow line each side
of the third segment ; a yellow band on the fourth segment,
slightly interrupted. above ; a yellow band on the fifth seg-
ment, not interrupted but only slightly emarginate above ;
venter immaculate.

Length two-fifths of an inch nearly.

PHILANTHUS, Fabdr. Latr.

1. P. punctatus. Black ; head and thorax with yellow
spots; tergum with large punctures and four yellow bands.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

%. Hyes very slightly emarginate ;.a Jlenaiiivuaina line
each side of the hypostoma, a triangular spot-on the mid-
dle of the anterior margin, another on’ the front, a small
rounded spot on the basal joint of the antenne. before, a
small dot each side on'the vertex, and another behind each
eye, yellowish-rufous; thorax uneven, with large profound
punctures ; a line on the collar, another on the scutel, be-

fore
fuligir
anteric
bie br
found
cond \

each. si

Inhi

Hy;
high a
yond t
basal: }
with t
on the)
tip; 2
wings
line-o
lished
side ;
spot eg
ed alo
thicke

Le i]

the col-
B tergum,

a silvery ;
mandibles,
ow spots;
lent punc-
ngs fuligi-
not before
inner side
2 polished,
the second
each side
h segment,
e fifth seg-
ate above ;

ith yellow
llow bands.

udinal line
1 the mid-
at, a small
> before, a
yehind each
e profound
scutel, be-

APPENDIX. 343

fore which is a smaller one, and wing-scale, yellow; wings
fuliginous; pleura with a double yellow spot beneath the
anterior wing; feet horey-yellow, thighs black at base, ti-
bie bright yellow before; tergum rough with large pro-
found punctures; first segment rounded, immaculate; se-
cond with a broad, yellow, slightly arcuated line, touching
the anterior edge and curving towards the posterior angles ;
third, fourth, and fifth segments, each with a narrow, dull
yellow band on the posterior margin ; venter immaculate.

Length less tha. two-fifths of an inch.

2. P. politus. Black, polished; tergum, first segment
with two whitish spots, the other segments with a spot
each. side, connected by a whitish band.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Hypostoma, mandibles at base, and’ anterior orbits as
high as the emargination, whitish ; antennz# beneath be-
yond the third joint, rufous-brown, a whitish spot on the
basal joint ; ¢horag with small, irregular punctures; cod/ar
with two transverse spots ; wing-scale, and transverse line
on the scute/. whitish; wings a little dusky towards the
tip; pleura, a double whitish spot beneath the superior
wings; thighs black; knees and tibie excepting a black
line on the inner side, whitish ; farsi dusky; ¢ergum po-
lished, first segment with a transverse ovate spot each
side ; remaining segments each with a transverse quadrate
spot each side, touching the posterior margin and connect-
ed along this margin by a band, which is transversely
thicker in the middle. |

Length more than seven-twentieths of an inch.

CERCERIS, Lair.

C. desérta. Black ; hypostoma, feet, and bands of the
tergum, yellow.

344 APPENDIX.

Inhabits North-west Territory, Missouri; and Pennsyl-
vania.

% Hypostoma entirely yellow; antenne yellow before,
dark brown behind; collar with. two transverse yellow
spots; scwtel with a transverse line, yellow; wings hya-
line, brownish on the costal margin near the tip ; /eet yel-
low; anterior thighs black on the posterior middle, inter-
mediate thighs on the posterior base and posterior thighs
at tip, black; ¢ergum, first joint rounded with a spot each
side; second and third segments with each a band on the
posterior margins slightly and widely emarginate before,
remaining segments with each a narrower band on their
posterior margins, yellow; venter, three or four first seg-
ments with each a lateral, triangular, yellow spot.

Length more than two-fifths of an inch.

Var. #.. metathorax with a yellow, oblique line each side
behind ; first joint of the tergum immaculate.

Var. 6. metathorax and first joint of the tergum imma-
culate ; bands of the tergum excepting the first, very nar-
row, linear ; ventral ‘spots obsolete; feet with a larger pro-
portion of the black colour.

Var. ¢. a small yellow spot each side before the tip of
the aantetiag line.

EUMENES, Latr.

1. E. fraterna. Black; hypostoma, anterior thoracic
margin, scutellar line, posterior submargins of the seg-
ments of the tergum, and * two spots on the second seg-
ment, yellow.

Inhabits ‘United States.

Body polished, punctured ; hypostoma emarginate, and
with a line between the antenne, pale yellow; antennz,

dle, inter-
rior thighs
spot each

yum imma-
t, very nar-
larger pro-

the tip of

or thoracic
of the seg-
econd seg-

ginate, and
antenna,

APPENDIX. 345

basal joint with a whitish line before ; ¢horaz with the an-
terior margin somewhat contracted in ihe middle, yellow;
scutel yellow ; wings fuliginous; thighs black, yellowish
at the knee joint ; ¢ibi# whitish, a black line near the tip;
tarsi. pale yellowish, dusky towards the tip; fergum, first
segment with. a subbidentate yellow band on the posterior
margin ; second segmen* with « yellow band on the pos-
terior submargin somewhat sinuated before, and an oval,
oblique yellow spot on the middle of each side; third and
fourth segments with each an abbreviated, whitish, submar-
ginal line behind; venter with a spot at tip of the first
segment, and a submarginal band on the second behind.

Length from nine-twentieths to more than. three-fifths
of an inch. :

Var. «. Spot on the second segment of the tergum elip-
tical. |. :
Var. 6. A pale yellowish spot on each side of the scutel,

and nearly in a line with it.

This species is very closely allied to the coarctata, Fabr.
cf Europe, but the whole of the hypostoma is yellow, the
line between the antennze being only a process from it ;
there is no yellow point beneath the wings; none on the
first ségment of the tergum; and the bands on the third

and fourth segments are always much abbreyiated, never

extending to the sides or upon the venter.
Like the coarctata this species constructs for each of its
eggs a hollow ;'obe of earth, with a short ascending neck,

the rim of which is sometimes widely outspread horizon- -

tally; it is often built around a twig of a bush for support,
as represented by Degeer, (Hist. abrégée des insectes, vol.
2, pl. 16, fig. e.) sometimes the nest occurs simply sttach-
ed to the superior page of a leaf. The egg deposited in this
globe in. June, is inclosed with a sufficient supply of food,

EET NN A A A es
a air : *

346 APPENDIX.

consisting of the larvz of some of the nocturnal Lepidoptera.
Early in July or towards the middle of that. month, the
perect insect makes its way through the side of its dwei-
ling. The form of the first: segment of the abdomen ofcur
srecies, is similar to that of Schoeffer’s representation of
his Vespa nona, (Icon. vol. 1, ‘pl. 53, fig. 10,) which is
proportionally much smaller than in Degeer’e figure of the
coarctata. This species is found as well in Perinsylvania,
as in the North-west Territory and Missouri.

2. E. verticacis. Black; hypostoma above, anterior tho-
racic margin, scutellar line, posterior submargins of the
abdominal segments, and spot each side on the first and se-
cond segments, yellow; metathorax with a vertical spot
each side at tip. ioe

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

This species differs from the preceding in the follow ing
characters; anterior portion of the hypostoma with a de« ly

_ trilobated black spot; superior wing-seaie rufous; a small

yellowish spot beneath the superior wing and «-yellowish
line ovr the insertion of the inferior wing ; a vertical, ob-
long. yellow spot each side near the inferior tip of the me-
tathorax ; a small spot each side on the first segment of the
tergum, arid the yellow margin is retlected backwards on

the lateral edge for «: short distanice ; the spot of the second .

segment is elongated, and the bands of the third and fourth
segments pass round the venter. Size about ‘equal to the
preceding, and seems to be allied tothe pomiformis, Fabr.

3. E. anormis, Black; first abdominal segment very
short and dilated.

Inhabits St. Peter’s river and Arkansa.

% “Antenne with the scapus yellow before ; Aypostoma
attenuated, truncate at tip, with large, longitudinal punc-
tures, and at base a transverse, yellow, arcuated line; a

small spot
the eyes, a
side, yello
each side |
brown spo
yellow lin
oblique, ys
perior win
spot onthe
on their pe
each a yell
lated, not j
Length
Excepti
of the abd
preceding.
the hypost
properly

P. 5-f¢
posterior
ral, ferrug

Inhabi

2 Hea
bits to the
toma, $ca
tip of tz
gellum b
ciliate wi
compress
and wing

4
oO

ptera.
» the
dwei-
of cur

ion of
ich is
of the
vania,

bf tho-
of the
and se-
1 spot

ow ing
Acc ly
i small
lowish
al, ab-
he me-
of the
rds on

gecond |

fourth
to the
_ Fabr.
L very

stoma
punc-
Ine; a

APPENDIX. 347

small spot on the front, another in each emargination of
the eyes, and a transverse one behind the eyes on each
side, yellow ; thorax densely punctured, a yellow spot on
each side of the collar; wing-sczle yellow, with a pale-
brown spot ; wings fuliginous ; scutel with a transverse,
yellow line ; met¢athoraz, on each lateral margin with an
oblique, yellow line ; pleura, a yellow spot under the su-
perior wing ; feet yellow ; thighs except at the knees, and
spot on the anterior tibiz, black ; ¢ergun., segments yellow
on their posterior margins, first and second segments with
each a yellow, lateral spot, the former segment short, di-
lated, not pcaunculiform; venter imm«culate.

Length more than seven-twentieths of an inch.

Excepting in the character drawn from the first segment
of the abdomen, this insect has a general similarity to the
preceding species, and the form of the anterior portion of
the hypostoma and the trophi, prove that this species is
properly placed in this genus.

PTEROCHILUS, K?:g.

P. 5-fusciatus. Segments of the tergum yellow on their
posterior margins; first.and second segments witb. a late-
ral, ferruginous spot on each.

Inhabits North-west Territory and Missouri.

2 Head black ; dilated posterior orbits, and anterior or-
bits to the emargination of the eyes, ferruginous; Aypos-
toma, scapris of the antenne and mandibles, ferruginous ;
tip of ti: former acutely emarginate in the niddle; /fla-
gellum black-brown ; dabial palpi \estaceous, very long,
ciliate with long hairs, three-jointed ; terminal joint much
compressed, flat, obtus at tip; stethidiwm black; collar
and wing-scale ferruginous ; ecuted with two, large, yellow

348 APPENDIX.

spots; metathorax with a transverse, yellow line, and at
the base each side a large ferruginous spot ; wings a little
fuliginous ; pleura with a yellow spot beneath the superior
wings ; feet ferruginous ; fergum black, with five, broad,
bright’ yellow, ‘somewhat dentated bands, the posterior one
abbreviated ; first and second segments with each a large
ferruginous spot on each side ; venter black, ferruginous at
base. |
Length more than seven-tenths of an inch.

ODYNERUS, Zatr.

0. annulatus. Segments of the tergum yellow on their
posterior margins; first and second segments with a late-
ral, terruginous spot on each:

Inhabits North-west Territory and Missouri.

% Head black ; hypostoma yellowish, truncate at tip,
and with a small denticle each side ; a large triangular spot
on the front, front of the scapus of the antenne, mandi-
bles, and anterior orbits to the bottom of the emargina-
tion of the eye, yellowish ; posterior orbit above with a
ferruginous spot ; antenne, terminal joint very much com-
pressed, ferruginous, and reflected outward. and backward
on the two preceding joints ; ‘stethidtwm black ; collar and
wing-scale. ferruginous;°scutel with two yellow spots ;
metathoraz with a transverse, yellow line, and‘at the base
each side a large ferruginous spot; wings a little fuligi-
nous; ‘pleura with a yellow or ferruginous ‘spot beneath
the superior wings ; feet ferruginous ; ¢ergum black, with
six, broad, bright yellow bands; first segment ferruginous
excepting the posterior margin, with a black spot in .the
middle ; second segment with a large ferruginous spot each
side,.in which is a smaller yellow spot; venter black, fer-

ruginous
margins.
Length
9 First
tergum v
ferruginot
ment with

of black i
Size ve
The vei

species an

consider -j

specimens

tion, I dis
ly corresp
them in tl
in the ven
cies from

N.? he
ish at. tip
nal joint ¢

‘Inhabi

% Bod
hardly as
dilated o
armed ; 4
abroad, b
intermed:
compre
compress¢

VoL.

and at
a little

perior
broad,
ior one
a large
nous at

bn their
a late-

at tip,
lar spot
mandi-
argina-
with a
h com-
*kward
lar and
‘Spots ;
re base

fuligi-
eneath
t, with
ginous
in «the
ot each
k, fer-

APPENDIX. 349.

ruginous at base ; posterior segments with yellow posterior
margins. -

Length more than half an inch.

? First and second joints of the antennz arteoagiunely
tergum with five yellow bands; first and second segments
ferruginous with yellow posterior margins, the latter seg-
ment with a large yellow spot each side, and tnore or less
of black in the middle.

Size very little larger than the male.

The very striking similarity in markings between this
species and the Prerocuitus 5-fasciatus, led me at first to
consider it the male of that species, but having several
specimens, on submitting them to a more accurate inspec-
tion, I discovered that one of the number is a female near-
ly corresponding in size with the others, and agreeing with
them in the form of the termination of the hypostoma and
in the ventral bands, which specifically distinguish this spe-
cies from that just mentioned.

NOMIA, Latr.

N.? heteropoda. Hairy, blackish-fuscous; wings black-
ish at.tip; posterior tibia much dilated, triangular; termi-
nal joint of the antenn compressed, dilated.

‘Inhabits North-west Territory, Arkansa, and Maryland.

% Body blackish-fuseous, with cinereous hair ; antennz
hardly as ‘long as the thorax, terminal joint compressed and
dilated on the inner side, subsecuriform; mandibles un-
armed ; wings slightly tinged with dirty yellowish, with
a broad, blackish, terminal border, nervures reddish-brown ;
intermediate feet with the thighs very much dilated,
compressed, triangular, first joint of the tarsus dilated-and
compressed before’; posterior feet with the thighs dilated,

Vou. TI. 45

350 APPENDIX. |

particularly towards the tip; tibia remarkably dilated,
forming a rectangular triangle, much compressed, except-
ing at the inner tip, and undulated on the inner side, first
joint.of the tarsus elongated, much longer than the tibia,
not dilated, dersely ciliated on. the inner side with equal,
fulvous hair ; venter sparsely hairy ; fourth segment divided
by.a longitudinal suture in the middle, at the posterior an-
gles prominent, acute ; fifth segment short, longitudinally
carinated in the mid¢le, and with a prominent tubercle
each side behind; sixth segment mnsenamelly divided in
the middle by a suture.

Length seven-tenths of an inch.

This singular insect does not perfectly correspond in
character with the genus under which,I have placed it, and
it disagrees still more with the neighbouring genera as de-
fined in the books.

PANURGUS, Panz.

P. 8-maculatus. Black; tergum with four, transverse,
yellow spots on each side.

' Inhabits United States,

% Hypostoma, labrum, mandibles at eas inferior part
of the anterior orbits, yellow ; a:tennz. brown, yellowish
beneath and bright yellow on the anterior side of the hasal
joint; ¢horaz slightly tinged with brassy, a small yellow
point each side. on the collar; pleura with a yellow spot
before the wings ; wings slightly dusky, pale at base, ner-
vures fuscous ; feet yellow, middle of the thighs and pos-
terior middle of the tibiz blackish ; posterior feet blackish-
brown, knees and buse of the thighs yellow; ¢engum dark-
brown, four first segn.cpts each with a transverse, yellow
spot. ,

‘three post

Length |
? Hypo
which the |
rior inferio
née, basal) j
elongated t
of the blac!
Length |

1. M. in
tergum fiv

Inhabits

% Body
tenne, firs!
rufous; hy
at base, ye
ed in the
rufous, a s
ed by a fe
and passes
fuliginous
Seet rufou
with dilate
in numbel
another y

trilobated
Coxe eac
verse ban

Leng .
2 The

verse,

APPENDIX. 351

Length more than one-fifth of an inch.

? Hypostoma with three, longitudinal, yellow spots, of
which the intermediate one is longest ; orbits on the ante-
rior inferior portion with a triangular yellow spot; anten-
née, basal: joint entirely black ; spots of the ¢erngum less
elongated than those of the male, and the feet have more
of the black colour.

Length rather over one-fourth of an inch.

MEGACHILE, Latr.

1. M. interrupta. Thorax surrounded by ferruginous ;
tergum five-banded.

Inhabits ‘Missouri.

% Body punctured, above glabrous; Ahead black; an-
tenne, first joint at base and third and fourth joints dull
rufous; hypostoma, broad frontal orbits, and mandibles
at base, yellow; vertex with a ferruginous band, interrupt-
ed in the middle'and extending down the cheeks; /abrum
rufous, a small black spot at base ; thoraz black, surround-
ed by a ferruginous margin, which is interrupted before,
and passes upon the posterior margin of the scutel ; wings
fuliginous ; pleura with cinereous hair beneath the wings ;
feet rufous, tarsi with yellow hair; ¢ergum convex, black,
with dilated, obscure, rufous, scarcely definite bands, five
in number, on each of which, excepting the basal one, is
another yellow band emarginate each side behind, and the

three posterior ones are interrupted in the middle; anus

trilobated; lobes yellow, intermediate one small ; posterior
coxz each with a robust yellow spine; venter with trans-
verse bands of long, dense, yellow hair.

Length nearly two-fifths of an inch.

2 The black colour of the front extends down upon the

352 APPENDIX.

middle of the hypostoma nearly to its tip; the rufous colour
on the basal joints of the antenne is obsolete ; dabrum black
on the disk ; mandibles black, excepting a small, rufous
spot at base; the three last baads of the tergum are desti-
tute of any rufous colour about them ; venéer densely co-
vered with hair ;.mandibles, as in the male, three-toothed ;
posterior coxe unarmed.

Length about the same-as.the male, but more robust.

2. M. emarginata. Black; a band on each abdominal
segment, slightly interrupted in the middle, and emargin-
ated each side before.

Inhabits Missouri.

2 Body punctured, above glabrous; head with a small
yellow dot each side of the vertex ; mandibles five-tooth-
ed; thorax with a small, whitish spot before the wings ;
wing-scale whitish, with a brown spot; a whitish spot on
the posterior angles, forming a curve with two whitish
spots on the seutel; wings hyaline, nervures fuscous ; feet
black, a dilated whitish line on the exterior side of the
tibia, tarsi with dull: yellowish hair; ¢ergum convex, a
whitish band on each segment, very slightly interrupted
in the middle, and, excepting the first one, deeply emar-
ginated each side’before, the terminal segment with two
rounded spots instead of a band.

Length less than seven-twentieths of an inch.

3..M, jugatoria. Black; a band on each abdominal seg-
ment, interrupted in the middle and entire each side.

Inhabits Missouri.

? Body punctured, above soi sisbeie head witha
yellow line on the superior part of the cheeks; hypostoma
with a dilated, yellow line, which extends upon the ante-

rior orbits nearly to their summit ; choraa with a widely in-

terrrupted line before, extending round above the wings,

and two obl
ginous; feei
hair; anteric
low, not:at :
ly interrupt
penultimate
entire.

Length a

That thes
they do net
GACHILE as
very well, a
sexes are a
Osta, and
towards the
differ. by ha

C. 8-dent

tip eight-to¢

Inhabits

% Front
ish hair; ¢
in the midd
verse line 2
on the apici
bands, of
segments eg
eight teeth
extremity |
a white ling
basal and te

APPENDIX. 353

and two oblique lines upon the scutel, yellow; wings fuli-
ginous; feet blackish, with dull rufous joints, and. tarsal
hair; anterior feet before dull rufous; ¢ergum,. bands yel-
low, not at all emarginated each side, the basal band wide-
ly interrupted, second band less widely interrupted, the
penultimate one hardly interrupted, and the ultimate ‘one
entire.

Length about seven-twentieths of an inch.

That these three species are congeneric is evident, but
they do net correspond in all respects with the genus Mr-
GACHILE as. defined by entomologists. The trophi agree
very well, and the form of the nails of the feet in the two
sexes are also similar, but the tergam is: convex, as in
Osmta, and the abdomen curves very much downwards
towards the tip, as in Srexis, from which latter genus they
differ by having a hairy venter.

CAELIOXYS, Latr.

C. 8-dentata. Black; abdomen with five white bands,

tip eight-toothed:

Inhabits United States.

% Front and hypostoma with dense, long, dull yellow-
ish hair; thorax with a dentated band before, interrupted
in the middle, a:spot at the base of the wings and a trans-
verse line at base of the scutel, white ; wings alittle dusky
on the apicial margin ; feet rufous; tergum with five white
bands, of which the two or three terminal ones are double;
segments each with a transverse indented line; tip with
eight teeth, of which two are on each side, and four at the
extremity placed two above and two beneath ; venfer with
a white Jine:on the posterior margin of each segment, the
basal and terminal ones obsolete.

354 APPENDIX.

Length two-fifths of an inch.

Var. «, Spots and lines of the thorax obsolete ; feet, ex-
cepting che tarsi, black.

This is an inhabitant of various» parts: of the United
States, from the North-west Territory to Arkansa, and is
common in Pennsylvania.

NOMADA, Fabr.

N. disig’. *:. ‘Serminal half of the wings with a dusky
margin; abu :en fous, with a bright yellow spot each
side of the miudle.

Inhabits United States.

Head ferruginous, front with a large, black spot, con-
fluent with another transverse one on the vertex ; occiput
and throat black ; antennz blackish, beneath rufous ; stethi-
dium black, varied with ferruginous, and like the head
rough with dense punctures; thorax ferruginous, with a
longitudinal, black line ; scuted ferruginous ; feet rufous;
thighs black at base; wings dusky, particularly on the
margin of the terminal half; ¢ergwm rufous, the segments
on their posterior margins, and the basal segment at base
also black ; second segment with a large, lateral,: yellow
spot, and aslight appearance of another on: each side of
the third. segment.

Length rather more than dtves-tnlithe of an inch.

This species varies in having the thorax black, with four
ferruginous lines.

EPEOLUS, Lair. :

1. E. lunatus. Tergum with two opposite lunules on
the first segment, and three bands on the other segments.

Inhabits }

2 Body |
the base of
basal joints
breviated, w
pale yellowi
passing rour
neath the se
on the meta
ginous ; feet
gum velvet
on each side
following se
terrupted ; t
reous spot e

% Anteri
yellowish ce
of the fema
blackish.

Length
" Smaller
E. mercatu

2. E. se
posterior sp

Inhabits

2 Body
white spot.
nz black-b
thorax wi
posterior t¢
the termin
two distan
is obsolete

9 CX-

nited
Ind is

es on

APPENDIX. 355

Inhabits Missouri and Prairie du Chien.

? Body black ; front with a whitish spot surrounding
the base of each antenne; antenne# black-brown, three
basal joints and dabrum ferruginous ; thorax with two ab-
breviated, whitish, longitudinal lines before the middle, a
pale yellowish line on the collar, another over the wings,
passing round behind above the scutel, a double line be-
neath the scutel, and,an oblique sagittate spot each side
on the metathorax, also pale yellowish ; wings alittle fuli-
ginous; feet rufous; thighs blackish in the middle; éer-
gum velvet-black ; first segment with an angulated lunule
on each side, and a subterminal band on each of the three
following segments, of which the first is very slightly in-
terrupted ; terminal segment with a slight, oblique, cine-
reous spot each side, ' Lie

% Anterior half of the thorax with much of the pale
yellowish colour; bands of the tergum larger than those
of the female and one more in number, feet nearly 1'l
blackish.

Length half an inch.

" Smaller than E. 4-fasciatus, nobis, but much larger than
E. mercatus, Fabr.

2. E. scutellaris. Thorax surrounded by ferruginous ;
posterior spines dilated.

Inhabits Middle States.

Body deep black, densely punctured; front with a
white spot surrounding the base of each antenne; anten-
nz black-brown, three basal joints and mandibles rufous ;
thoraz with the collar, obsolete line over the wings, dilated
posterior teeth and scuéed, ferruginous; wings dusky on
the terminal margin; feet rufous; tergum black-brown;
two distant bands on the first segment, of which the first
is obsolete, and the other is interrupted in the middle, se-

356 APPENDIX.

cond and third segments each with a band on their poste-
rior margins, pale yellow ; remaining bands indistinct.

Length from three-tenths to nearly seven-twentieths of
an inch. vay

Much smaller than the preceding, and about equal in size
to E. mercatus, Fabr. from which it differs by various
characters, and particularly by the much more dilated form
of the posterior thoracic teeth. During rainy or windy wea-
ther, this insect secures itself to the edge of a leaf or to
the small branch of a bush, by its mandibles, retracts the
feet to the body, and projects the antennz forwards.

gees

ORDER DIPTERA.
ANOPHELES, Meig. Wied.

A. 4-macylatus. Pale brownish; wings with four fus-
cous spots.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Thoraz dull cinereous; two oblique, brown lines con-
fluent behind and reaching the posterior edge ; a broad, la-
teral, brown line also extending the whole length of the
thorax ; wings hyaline, the nervures hairy, forming two
blackish spots near the middle, placed longitudinally ; and
two others nearer the tip on the bifurcations of the ner-
vures, placed transversely; scu¢e/ dull ochreous, dusky
in the middle; feet black-brown, incisures at tip of the
thighs and ofthe tibie, yellowish; tergwm whitish, a lit-
tle varied with dusky.

Length ? to the tip of the wings more than three-tenths
of an inch.

immacu.
ish’; ¢a
in the n

C. a
Inhak
Bod
a deep
six dus
hair of
Leng
inch. -
This
VoL

bths of

in size
various
d form
iy Wea-
or to
ts the

yur fus-

es con-
oad, la-
of the
ng two
ly; and
he ner-
, dusky
) of the
h, a lit-

s-tenths

APPENDIX. 357

Closely allied to the maculipennis, Hgg. I have not
seen the male. Wiedemann informs me that my CuLex
punctipennis is a true ANOPHELES, an observation which
I have found to be correct. I described that insect in the
year 1819, before any account of that new genus had
reached this country, otherwise I certainly should have
adopted it,

LASIOPTERA, Meigen.

L. ventralis. Body blackish-brown ; antenne 18-joint-
ed, hairy, joints subglobular, rather transverse, and placed
close to each other, basal joint whitish ; thorax and tergum
immaculate; feet whitish, exterior side of the tibiz black-
ish; tarsi blackish, first joint very short; venter whitish
in the middle ; wings with a narrow, blackish, costal mar-
gin, which is gradually narrowed to the tip.

?: Length rather more than one-twentieth of an inch.

I caught this species in the garden of the University of
Pennsylvania, early in August.

CECIDOMYIA, ZLaztr.

C. ornata. Carneous ; wings spotted.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body varies in colour from a very pale flesh colour to
a deep red; antennz and feet whitish ; wings with five or
six dusky spots occasioned by the greater density of the
hair of the surface in those parts.
Length tothe tip of the wings nearly one-tenth of an
inch. - }

This is most probably the prettiest species of the genus ;

Vou. Il. | 46

i

é|
iy
a
i
¥
}
,
f
i
’
Ly

___ PRUNE Rear em smaneneRtS IE Mt

358 APPENDIX.

it occurred on a window in Philadelphia on the 13th of
September.

PSYCHODA, Latr.

P. alternata. Wings acute at tip, with a small black
spot at the tips of the nervures.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body pale yellowish-white; abdomen dusky; wings
ovate-lanceolate, acute at tip, cinereous with an obsolete
pale band on the middle and base; the alternate nervures
of the posterior margin at their tips and the tips of the
nervures of the anterior margin, with a black spot; spots
of the posterior margin more distinct.

Length to the tip of the wings more than one-tenth of
an inch.

A very common little insect, even in Philadelphia. It
may be readily distinguished from other species by its
more acute wings, as well as by the arrangement of the
spots and bands, however obsolete, which exist on these

organs,

LIMNOBIA, Meig.

L. argus. Yellowish-white; head black ; wings ocellate
and marbled with blackish.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

“intenne moniliform; thorax pale yellow-piceous,
whitish near the neck ; wings hyaline, with a double se-
ries of large, pupilate ocellz, those near the tip confused ;
ultimate nervure furcate; poisers fuscous, at-tip white;
cove whitish ; thighs annulate with black near the tip.

Length % more than three-tenths of an inch.

Fo this s
more appro
name, inasi
It is a very
in the arran
timate and

verse nervt
other respe
to that of tl

T. macu
wings dusk

Inhabits’

Antenna
blackish; ¢
confluent o
abbreviated
terrupted i
or posterio
black line ;
ed with w
nervure, a
ultimate ne
blackish ; i
obvious blz

Length

P. 4-fas
Inhabits

Jate

APPENDIX. 359

Fo this species the name of ocellata would perhaps be
more appropriate than it is to the Linnean species of that
name, inasmuch as in the latter the ocelle are epupilate.
It is a very pretty insect, and <xhibits much singularity
in the arrangement of the nevvures of its wings, the penul-
timate and ultimate nervures being connected by a trans-
verse nervure which arises from the tip of the latter. In
other respects the distribution of the nervures are similar
to that of the difasciata, Fabr. Wied.

TIPULA; Linn. Meig.

T. maculatipennis. Cinereous; thighs black at tip;
wings dusky with white spots.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antennx yellowish, incisures of the joints dusky ; p2 ‘vi
blackish; thorax with two, brown, dorsal lines, which are
confluent on the anterior margin, attenuated behind, and
abbreviated behind the middle ; .a lateral line slightly in-
terrupted in its middle, and hardly reaching the anterior
or posterior margins; ‘scete/ dull honey-yellow, with a
black line ; wings dusky, with a black carpal spot margin-
ed with white, three or four white spots along the central
nervure, and about as many near the termination of the
ultimate nervure ; poisers white, dusky at tip; abdomen
blackish ; incisures edged with whitish ; thighs with a very
obvious blackish tip. .

Length to tip of the wings ? seven-tenths of an inch.

PTYCHOPTERA, Meig.

P. 4-fasciata. Wings hyaline, with four brown bands.
Inhabits Pennsylvania.

3860 APPENDIX.

dead and thorax blackish-brown; antennz, palpi, tip, har
muuth, and hypostoma, except near the base of the an- obsolet
Ht tennz, whitish; wings with four, brown, suvequidistant poisers
4 bands, of which the third reaches the inner margin and the tergun
i others are abbreviated ; pleura, pectus, and feet, yellowish yellow
} white; the incisures of the latter dusky. slender
| Length to the tip of the wings nearly half an inch. ?L

| This species is infested by a parasite of the genus Ocy- The

f PETE. It occurred in June. i Meig.
7 ' Bose, '
| TRICHOCERA, Meig. same f
| and ob
= T. scutellata. Dark fuscous ; scutel whitish. sect th

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Palpi, blackish ; thoraz slightly tinged with livid ; an-
terior angles and neck segments dull yellowish-piceous ;
scutel dull whitish ; wings immaculate, whitish at base ;
potsers white, with a fuscous capitulum ; core, and thighs
at base, dull yellowish.

%& 2 Length of the body three-twentieths of an it:ch.

Taken ia September at the Falls of Kakabikka, beyond
Lake Superior. The posterior margin only of the scutel
is dull yellowish-white in the male. This species seems to
be closely allied to T. parva, Meig.

PLATYURA, Meig.
( Ceroplatus, Bosc. Fabr.)

P. fascipennis. Thorax yellowish ; wines with a black-
ish subterminal band. .

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head yellowisn; disk of the vertex black; ¢horaz im- !
maculate ; wings hyaline, with a blackish band near the

e, palpi,
f the an-
quidistant
in and the
yellowish

inch,
enus Ocy-

livid ; an-
h-piceous ;
h at base;
and thighs

an ich.

ka, beyond
the scutel
1s seems to

or.)

th a black-

thorax im-
1 near the

APPENDIX. S61

tip, hardly reaching the inner edge, and margined with an
obsoletely whiter colour than the other parts of the wing;
poisers, colour of the thorax ; cove and thighs whitish;
tergum blackish-testaceous ; venter blackish, segments dull
yellowish on their posterior and lateral margins; abdomen
slender at base, gradually dilatin,; behind.

? Length rather more than one-fifth of an inch.

The wing nervures are arranged as in P. baumhaueri,
Meig. It is probably closély allied to the carbonaria of
Bose, which, however, is described to be altogether of the
same form as the ¢ipuloides, Bosc, to have a black thorax
and obscure feet ; whereas ours is a much more slender in-
sect than the ¢pwloides as represented by Coquebert.

SCIOPHILA, Hgg.

1. S. pallines. Brovwnish-black, with gray short hairs;
antenne: and feet whitish.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antennz, (at least the two basal joints.) yellowish-
white; thorax with numerous, scattered, short, gray hairs,
which are fewer in number and more prominent behind;
wings dusky; poisers elongated, yellow-white, at base
dusky ; feet yellow-white ; abdomen with numerous, pros-
trate, short, gray hairs.

% Length to tip of the wings nearly one-fifth of an inch.

The-nervures of the wings correspond with those of S.
hirta, Hgg.

2. S. Littoralis. Pale yellowish ; thorax trilineate ; abdo-
men fasciate with fuscous ; feet dusky at tip.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Vertex and a line extending down between the antennz

upon the hypostoma, blackish; antennz dusky, two basal

tt
|
:
4
g
F
:
oes
4
'
£
,
i

" ¥
ee ee a ~

362 APPENDIX.

joints yellowish; thorax with a double, brown, middle
line, attenuated and abbreviated behind, and a brown ap-
proximate line on each’ side abbreviated before; a small
fascicle of hairs beneath each wing, and a dusky spot over
the insertion of each foot ; wings immaculate; poisers yel-
~ lowish-white; abdomen sleider at base, gradually dilating
towards the tip, dull-yellowish, hairy; incisures‘and tip
dusky ; feet dull-yellowish, towards their tips dusky.

Length of the body three twentieths of an inch.

I obtained ‘this species on the rocky coast of Lake
Superior, in a thicket of small bushes. The nervures of
the wings correspond with those of AsinpuLum punc-
tatum, Latr., excepting that the second nervure is not
at all connected with the first neryure, but curves down-
ward at tip and enters the intermediate cellule before
the middle, and the ultimate and’ penultimate abbreviated
nervures are distinct; it is a much smaller species than the
JSasciata, nob. the nervures of which agree better with the
preceding species, but its connecting nervure from the se-
cond nervure enters the intermediate cellule at the middle.

3. 8. hirticollis. Yellowish-white ; thorax hairy ; tergum
black, with. pale yellowish bands.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head black; hypostoma, mouth and trophi whitish ;
antenne black-brown, the four basal joints yellow, with a
dark brown spot above on the third and fourth; thorax
with rather numerous, somewhat long, black hairs; three di-
lated, brownish-livid lines, the intermediate one abbreviated
and attenuated behind, and the lateral ones attenuated be-
fore ; wings a little dusky, the intermediate ccllule appear-
ing to the eye like a small, black spot; poisers whitish;
pleura with a brownish-livid: spot over the intermediate
and posterior feet; feet dusky towards the tip, the coxe

with stron
gum blac!
broad, yel
Length
The wii
but the ab
the second
transverse
to the mid
tral, furcat
as that of
4. S. bij
Inhabits
Head bi
the antenr
wards the
lines confi
gin; a blac
margin an
gles; ein,
eus at the
widely in
metathora
wards the
Length
A larg G
agree with
ing that
beyond its
termediate
5. S. of
gum fasci
Inhabit

middle

Dwn ap-
a small
pot over
sers yel-
dilating
‘and tip
ky.

of Lake
rvures of
M punc-
re is not
es down-
le before
breviated
s than the
with the
m the se-
e middle.
75 tergum

whitish ;
w, with a
1; thorax
3 three di-
ybreviated
uated be-
ile appear-
» whitish ;
ermediate
the coxe

APPENDIX. 363

with strong, black hairs on the exterior side and tip; ¢er-
gum black, with black, rather long hairs ; segments with
broad, yellowish hind margins; tip black.

Length of the body three-twentieths of an inch.

The wing nervures resemble those of S. Hittoradis, nob.,
but the abbreviated nervures are very strongly marked ;
the second nervure is connected with the first, and bya
transverse nervure with the intermediate cellule opposite
to the middle; the cellule is also connected with the cen-
tral, furcate nervure, by a nervure as perfectly transverse
as that of S. witripennis, Meig,

4. S. bifasciata. Dark yellowish ; wings bifasciate.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head black; antennx fuscous; hypostoma yellow, near
the antenne blackish ; palpi whitish at base, dusky to-
wards the tip; ¢horaz honey-yellow; two oblique, black
lines confluent behind, and not reaching the posterior mar-
gin; a black line above each wing, joining on the pesterior
margin and meeting the oblique lines at the anterior an-
gles; wings hyaline, with two blackish bands more obvi-
pus at the costal margin, one of which is near the middle
widely interrupted on the disk, and the other near the tip;
metathorax black ; feet white-yellow at base, dusky to-
wards the tip.

Length to tip of the wings nearly two-fifths of an inch.

A large and handsome species. The wing nervures
agree with those of AsinvuLum punctatum, Latr. except-
ing that the second nervure is continued a short distance
beyond its transverse nervure, which latter enters the in-
termediate cellule at the basal angle.

5. S. obliqua. Pale yellowish; thorax four-lined ; ¢er-
gum fasciate with blaek.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

364 APPENDIX.

Heod black ; hypostoma and base of tie antenne yo"v\v
thera: with two oblique, fuscous lines confluent at the:
middle of the base; and a dilated fuscous line each side
much abbreviated before and hardly reaching the basai
edge; wings slightly tinged with dusky, immaculate;
poisers white ; feet white, dusky towards the tip; ¢ergum,
segments with blackish posterior margins ; last segments
entirely biackish; anal segment yellow.

Length 6 nearly one-fifth of an inch.

The wing nervures are arranged altogether like those of
AsinpuLuM punctatum, Latr. Closely allied to S. fasci-
ata, nobis, but may be distinguished by the narrow, oblique
lines of the thoracic disk.

LEIA, Meig.

L. ventralis. Deep black, polished ; wings fasciate ear
the tip; feet yellowish.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head a little hairy ; palpi and three basal joints of the
antennz, yellowish ; remaining joints of the latter fuscous;
thorax with sparse hairs; a whitish humeral spot; wings
hyaline, with a dusky band near the tip, which does not
reach the thinner margin, #1’ ° dusky tinge or line be-
tween the ultimate und penu't'.:xte nervures ; potsers with
a fuscous capitulum and yellowish stipes; feeé yellowish-
white; ¢arsi dusky ; tergum hairy ; venter pale yellowish.

% Length of the body nearly three-twenticths of an inch,
to tip of the wings more than one-fifth of an inch.

This species is closely allied to the bimaculata, Meig.
with which it also corresponds in the position of the stem-
mata and the arrangement of the wing nervures, even to
the dislocation of the superior branch of the inferior fur-
cate nervure.

7aX Se)
side an
fuscous
fuscous
cone yt
on the «
abdome
on the |
$2
The '
exceptit
M. late

2)

Wings t
Inhak
Bod:

double

near, th
ated bef

a spot a

pleura
of each

spots o

the seca

into an
Vou.

™ yell v

mt at the:
each side
the basai
maculate ;
; tergum,
segments

ke those of
) S. fasci-
w, oblique

sciate exr

inte of the
ter fuscous ;
yot; wings
h does not
or line be-
potsers with
' yellowish-
2 yellowish.
s of an inch,
ich.

lata, Meig.
of the stem-
es, even to
nferior fur-

APPENDIX, 365

MYCETOPHILA, Meig.

1. M. sericea. Head and thorax sericeous; the latier
dusky, margined with yellowish.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head blackish, with a yellowish, sericeous gloss; @n-
tennz fuscous, two basal joints and palpi yellowish ; .tho-
vax sericeous, hlackish on the disk, dull yellowish each
side and on the anterior edge ; wings immaculate, nervures
fuscous ; poisers and feet yellowish-white ; tarsi and spines
fuscous, the latter half the length of the first tarsal joint;
eoxe yellowish-white, with a few short, black, rigid hairs
on the exterior sides and tip, particularly the anteiior pair ;
abdomen compressed, dusky above; sides dull yellowish
on the tips of the segments,

% 2 Length to tip of the abdomen one-fifth of ar inch.

‘The wing nervures are arranged asin M. /fasciata, Meig.
excepting that there are three abbreviated nervures, as in
M. lateralis of the same author.

2. M. maculipennis. Yellowish; thorax. trilineate ;
wings three-spotted.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body pale yellowish; vertex dusky; thorax with a
double fuscous line attenuated and abbreviated behind, but
near, the middle; and a larger line on each side abbrevi-
ated before, confluent behind, extending upon the scutel;
a spot of the same colour above the insertion of the wings;
pleura with about two dusky spots, one over the insertion
of each of the posierior feet; wings with three blackish
spots on the costal margin, of which one is on the middle;
the second much beyond the: middle, obsoietely extended
into an undulated band; the third is near the tip; feet

Vou. II. 47

366 AYPENDIX,

dusky at tip and on the posterior thighs near the knees;
tergum with blackish bands.

Length of the body nearly one-fifth of an inch.

A very pretty species ; the wing nervures are like those
of M. fasciata, Meig. The antenne in my specimen are
deficient. Found on the coast of Lake Superior in a thick
growth of bushes.

SCIARA, Meig.
(Molobrus, Latr.)

1. S. atrata. Entirely deep black, polished, immaculaie ;
wings dusky, iridescent; nervures dark fuscous; poisers
black; ¢horaz in a particular light somewhat pruinose ;
abdomen opaque, with short black hairs; spines of the tibia
rather longer than the transverse diameter of the tibia.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

*, Length to tip of wings less than one-fifth of an inch.

The nervures of the wings agree with those of S. thomz,
Faby. This seems to be very clvsely allied to S. nigra,
Wied. au inhabitant of South Carolina, but the thorax in a
particular light exhibits a grayish reflection, a character
which Wiedemann attributes to the antennz only in his
species. The antennz are deficient in my specimen.

2. S. poitta. Deep black, polished; poisers whitish ;
feet yellowish at base.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Boa with numerous short hairs, which are slightly seri-
ceous; eve? without interval above the antenne; wings
dusky, pelo vellowish at base; potsers whitish ; feet dusky
towards the » tit; come and thighs yellowish-white.

? Length of che body less than three-twentieths of an inch.

The abdomen and thorax are both highly polished.

_

3. 8..
brown, ¢
Inhab
Antes
in conta:
dusky, 5

dusky ; 1
tulum fu
% Le
SAI
rs ¢

knees 5

e those
men are
a thick

aculaie ;

poisers
ruinose ;
the tibia
tibia.

an inch.
. thome,
5. nigra,
prax in a
character
y in his
mn.

whitish ;

htly seri-
13 wings
et dusky
fan inch.

hed.

APPENDIX. 367

3. S. fraterna. Deep black, polished; abdomen black-
brown, opaque ; base of the poisers, and feet pale yellowish.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antenne dark fuscous, with dense grayish hair; eyes
in contact above the antennzw; thoraz polished; wings
dusky, pale yellowish at base; poisers with a yellowish
scapus and fuscous capitulum ; /ee¢.dusky towards the tip ;
abdomen fuscous, opake.

? Length of the body one-tenth of an inch, % smaller.

4. S. exigua. Black; thorax piceous at the anterior an-
gles; poisers whitish at base; feet whitish, dusky at tip,

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antenne fuscous, with dark gray hairs; wings a little
dusky ; nervures fuscous ; poisers elongated, whitish, capi-
tulum fuscous ; abdomen fuscous, opaque.

% Length of the body one-twentieth ef an inch,

? A little larger, with the base of the feet and of the

rs of a darker shade than those of the male,

SCATOPSE.

S. atrata. Deep velvet black; tarsi pale; tip of the an-
tennz abruptly compressed.

Inhabits Pennsylvania.

Body hardly volished and nearly opaque, immaculate ;
poisers colour of the body ; wings hyaline; marginal ner-
vures but little more than half the length of the wing, fus-
cous; furcate nervure attaining the tip; below the furcate
nervure are two parallel nervures which do not reach the
margin ; beneath the latter is the ordinary undulated ner-
vure,

I/q@btained several specimens which were crawling on
the \yglass of a window, in September, in Philadelphia. The

SSS
>

q
'
; +
1g
“uf
i
it
H
|
| i
Hite
Wiis
{
it
vee ;
it
i ¥
H, ;
i
4
|
ij)
iff %
Hi]
etl}
EB it
it’
i
"
tit
is
il ;
18}
4

-

—
pe

tor pm tt samen mst
= eee
= =

368 APPENDIX.
nervures of the wings differ somewhat from those of the
S. notata, Linn. Meig. ; the marginal nervures do not ap-
proach so near the tip of the wing, and instead of a single
nervure between the forked nervure and the undulated
wervure, as in the notata, this species has two.

BIBIO, Latr. Meig.

B. thoracica. Black; thighs rufous.

Inhabits East Florida.

Body black, somewhat polished ; thorax bright yellow-
ish-rufous, with a small black spot on each side of the scu-
tel; collar, scutel, and metathoraz black; spines of ‘the
anterior tibie piceone, tie exterior one much larger ; wings
fuscous ; the fourth marginal nervure abbreviated, and not
attaining to the inner margin.

Length 2 two-fifths of an inch.

This is a very large and fine species. On the thoraxs
sometimes an obsolete brown line.

BERIS, Latr.

}. viridis. Bright green; tergum black-brown ; venter
pale; feet yellowish.

Inhabits Pennsylvania. ‘

Head brassy-green, polished ; antennz obscure, yellow-
ish, brownish at tip; proboscis and palpi whitish; stethi-
dium green, polished; scutel with four yellowish spines ;
wings hyaline ; stigmata large, fuscous; nervures fuscous,
those of the costal margin anterior to the stigmata whitish ;
central areola destitute of an abbreviated nervure, two ner-
vures passing off from the tip, anda third from very near
its base ; poisers white ; feet pale yellowish, tarsi dusky at

tip, post
cisures :
dusky a
Leng
This |

. but the:

central «
viated 1
which 1
from its
species.

elevated
joint be
hardly
base; tii
white;
Jeet ye
pressed
almost
Len 2

C. Pp j
thorax

2 of the
not ap-
a single
ndulated

yellow-
the scu-
rs Of ‘the
; wings
and not

thoraxMs

13 .venter

>, yellow-
1; stethi-
h spines ;
s fuscous,
: whitish ;
, two ner-
very near
dusky at

APPENDIX. 369

tip, posterior tibise fuscous at tip ; ¢ergum black-brown, in-
cisures and lateral edge yellowish ; venter pale yellowish,
dusky at base.
Length to the tip of the wings one-fourth of an inch.
This species seems to be allied to the tibialis of Europe,

_ but the posterior tibia are not very obviously clavated, the

central cellule of the wings is destitute of the small abbre-
viated..nervure, and the inferior of the three nervures
which radiate from this cellule issues out very nearly
from its base, and not from the inferior middle as in that
species.

-ODONTOMYIA, Meig. Latr.

0. vertebrata. Black; abdomen white, with dorsal black
spots.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Mouth deep black, pale within; hypostoma with an
elevated testaceous knob; antennz deep black, terminal
joint beneath dusky testaceous; thoraz blackish, with
hardly perceptible hairs; scuted dull testaceous, black at
base; tip a little hairy; spines horizontal, white; wings
white; poisers white, with a whitish-glaucous capitulum ;
feet yellowish-white ; abdomen subquadrate, much de-
pressed, white; tergum with a series of large black spots
almost connected together.

Length % rather more than three-tenths of an inch.

COENOMYIA, Latr. Meig.

C. pallida. Wings and abdomen yellowish-testaceous:
thorax ferruginous.
Inhabits near St. Peter’s river.

Sgpenneseg areemae Sas

ee

370 APPENDIX.

Head yellowish-testaceous ; orbits beneath and behind
dark cinereous; vertex with an elevated, obtuse, dusky
line between the stemmata; thorax ferruginous; anterior
angles a little prominent, rounded and concave behind with
an elevated line reaching to the origin of the wings; scutel
colour of the thorax ; wings pale yellowish-brown, with
margined nervures ; poisers whitish; feet somewhat paler
than the thorax; ¢ergum polished; posterior segments
somewhat sericeous; second, third, and fourth segments
with three abbreviated series of punctures near their bases.

? Length four-fifths of an inch.

Of this interesting insect I obtained three specimens,
which were females.

THEREVA, Latr.

T. frontalis. Black; thorax with two yellow vitte ;
tergum annulate with yellow.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head beneath with white hair; antennz, proboscis, and
palpi black ; front and verter dusky yellowish, with a
large, deep black, glabrous, polished, transverse, undulated
spot ; thoraz black with two yellow lines, or yellow with
three black. lines; wings hyaline, tinged with dull yellow-
ish; nervures fuscous, slightly margined, and with a carpal
spot; scutel yellowish, with a dusky basal spot; tergam
glabrous, polished, the posterior margins of the segments
bright yellow, wider upon the sides; pleura and pecius
glaucous, the latter hairy; poisers whitish, with a blackish
capitulum ; feet black; tibia excepting at tip dull testace-
ous; venter cinereous, changeable, second and third seg-
ments with yellowish posterior margins.

Length more than half an inch.

piceous
lete, sm
base ; a
a small
a large
ated ne!
blackist
equally
from be
viated 1
way to
this lob
cellule;
segme
the inc
Len ‘.
This
fifth tri
ing pla
river a
2.
wings

d. behind
se, dusky
; anterior
bhind with
gs; scutel
wn, with
hat paler
segments
segments
eir bases.

specimens,

ow vitte ;

boscis, and
h, with a
undulated
low with
ll yellow-
h a carpal
; tergum
segments
nd pecius
a blackish
1] testace-
third seg-

APPENDIX.

ANTHRAX, Latr.

1. A. aleyon. Wings brown, a hyaline spot near the
middle, another at tip in which are two curved brown
lines,

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body black, with pale fulvous hair; head yellowish-
white, hairs above the antennz black; tip of the hyposto-
ma prominent, and with black rigid hairs ; antennz black,
basal joint yellowish with black hairs; vertex black ; occi-
put with a very profoundly impressed line above; scutel
piceous; wings dusky, pale brown on the disk, an obso-
lete, small, subhyaline spot between the middle and the
base ; a large, subtriangular, hyaline spot near the middle,
a small portion of which is cut off by a nervure; tip with
a large, subquadrate-oval, hyaline spot, the two arcu-
ated nervures that pass across this spot are margined with
blackish; central cellule widely bilobated at tip, lobes
equally approaching the inner margin, a nervure passes
from between the lobes to the edge of the wing, an abbre-
viated nervure passes from the lobe nearest the base, half
way to the inner margin, and another nervure connects
this lobe with the third nervure so as to form an additional
cellule; feet yellowish ; tarsi black ; venter pale, two last
segments black on the disk; ¢ergum with blackish hairon
the incisures.

Length nearly eleven-twentieths of an inch.

This species seems to approach nearest to Wiedemann’s
fifth tribe, though the additional cellule will justify its be-
ing placed apart; we observed it frequertly on St. Peter’s
river and on Red river.

2. A. tegminipennis. Black with pale fulvous. hair;
wings brownish-black, immaculate.

-

WG

16

14

1.25

59
= =
<=
5
iw
> O
wu =
z =
Oo,
In
=u

> ys a :
SAE
ee” NE
O~
we

>
»

372 APPENDIX.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head yellowish-white below the antenne; hypostoma
prominent, with a few rigid black hairs at tip; antenne
black, basal joint whitish, with black hair; froné dull ful-
vous; vertex black ; wings entirely brownish-black, with-
out spot ; feet pale rufous; ¢arst black; ¢ergum with black
hairs at the incisures, which on the side alternate with the
fulvous ones, but more distinctly so near the tip.”

Length from nine-twentieths to half an inch.

This species belongs to Wiedemann’s fifth tribe.

3. A. fulvianus. Black, covered equally with pale yel-
lowish hair; wings hyaline, with a narrow, brown, costal
margin.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head with dull yellowish, short hairs, intermixed with
black ones on the front and hypostoma; ¢horaz densely
hairy; wings hyaline, interval between the two nervures
of the costal margin, and base to the first transverse ner-
vure; light brown ; feet black, sericeous, with yellowish-
fulvous hair, intermixed with black: hairs; ¢ergum. cover-
ed with dense hair, without any intermixture of black
hairs, and without any fasciated appearance; venter each
side behind with hairs of a brighter fulvous tint than the
others.

Length more than nine-twentieths of an inch.

Allied to A. Ae *i:ntota, Fabr.

Belongs to the fifth tribe in Wiedemann’s arrangement.
It is common on St. Peter’s river, at Pembina, &c, It is
closely allied to alternata, nob. in the characters of the
wing, but there is no sign of fascia on the tergum, nor of
alternating black fascicles of hair on the sides. The colour
of the hair on the last segments of the venter is. sometimes
ferruginous, but it is always of a deeper tint than. that of

tenn;
yellow
hair; 2
margin
costal r
basal o
which |
wing tc
the sec
near th
ef a hoc
spot co
fuscous
cond a
venter
Leng
This
mann’s
wings ¢
is rema
5. A
costal
Inha
Bod:
thorax
fous $ 2
Vor

postoma
antennz
¢ dull ful-
ack, with-
with black
with the

De.
pale yel-
vn, costal

nixed with
x densely
o nervures
sverse ner-
yellowish-
"um. COver-
e of black
enter each
t than the

he

rangement.
, &e, It is
sters of the
um, nor of
The colour
; sometimes
han. that. of

APPENDIX. 373

other parts of the body. It seems to vary in size, I have a
specimen less than. one-fourth smaller.

4. A. fascipennis. Black, slightly hairy; wings vari-
ed with blackish and hyaline. }

Inhabits Red river of Winnepeek.

Body Aeep black, hairs sparse, very short, ferruginous ;
head with black short hairs above, and between, the an-
tennze; sides of the mouth whitish ; hypostoma with dull,
yellowish-ferruginous hairs; posterior orbits with silvery
hair; thorax with long hairs before the wings; scuted
margined with piceous ; wings with a wide, blackish-brown
costal margin from which proceed two oblique bands ; the
basal one is dilated and attains the thinner margin, on
which it extends from the middle of the basal curve of the
wing to the extremity of the first and second nervures ;
the second band is irregularly arcuated and is abbreviated
near the thinner margin where it terminates in the form
ef a hook; on the costal margin near the tip is an oblique
spot connected with the costal coloured margin; poisers
fuscous; capitulum white at tip; fergum with the se-
cond and third segments obsoletely piceous each side;
venter whitish at base; feet dusky ; tibia pale.

Length one-fourth of an inch.

This species coincides with the third tribe in Wiede-
mann’s arrangement of this genus, It is small, and the
wings are prettily variegated. The specimen I obtained
is remarkably destitute of hair.

5. A. costata. Black; wings hyaline, with a black
costal margin, and small anastomosis in the middle.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Body deep black, with very short, sparse, sericeous hairs;
thoraz with the lateral hairs longer and pale yellowish-ru-
fous 3 wings hyaline, with a blackish costal margin bound-
Vou. II. 48

4

374 APPENDIX.

ed by the fourth nervure as far as the middle, where it is
abruptly contracted so as to be included by the first api-
cial nervure for a short distance, when it is gradually con-
tracted so as to be included by the two costal nervures ;
anastomosis near the centre of the wing, blackish; feet
black ; poisers fuscous, capitulum whitish.

Length more than three-tenths of an inch.

The disposition of the wing nervures of this species cor-
responds with that of the fifth tribe in Wiedemann’s ar-
rangement,

LAPHRIA.

1. L. posticata. Black ; thorax and before the tip of the
tergum covered with yellow hair.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antenne, hair of the vertex and of each side of the an-
tenne, black; long hair beneath the antenne yellowish;
hair of the cheeks long, white; thorax covered with yel-
low hair, immaculate; pleura and pectus black, the latter
with long whitish hair between the feet; poisers yellow-
ish-white; wings dusky ; tergum blued-black, polished,
with black hairs each side; two last segments and poste-
rior margin of the preceding segment covered with yellow
hair; venter polished, immaculate.

Length three-fifths of an inch.

2. L. flavicollis. Black ; wings dusky ; hair of the head
and thorax yellow.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head with long yellow hairs, and a few black ones over
the mouth; proboscis, antenne, and palpi black, the lat-
ter with black hairs; ¢horaz thickly clothed with yellow
hair, immaculate; wings dusky ; nervuwres fuscous ; poisers

dark rec
on the t
of the fe
lished, ¢

Leng

This
distingu
also a si

A. al
vous in

Inhat

Heaa
very Ss!
rigid, b
longer
segmen
reddish

Leng

The
am not
placed
the ant
the ba:
length
will nq
ance 0
eisely
vures

ere itis

rst api-
illy con-
PYrVUres ;
sh; feet

cies cor-
nn’s ar-

tip of the

pf the an-
ellowish ;
with yel-
the latter
s yellow-
polished,
nd poste-
th yellow

the head

ones over
¢, the lat-
th yellow
33 poisers

APPENDIX. 875

dark reddish-brown ; feet with black hair ; a few pale hairs
on the basal half of the thighs, and many about the origin
of the feet ; tergum black, with a slight shade of blue, po-
lished, and with black hairs.

Length more than half an inch.

This species resembles the ¢horacica, Fabr., but may be
distinguished by the colour of the hair of the head, it is
also a smaller insect, with a more slender form.

ASILUS.

A. abdominalis. Black; hypostoma silvery ; tergum ful-
vous in the middle.

Inhabits North-west Territory}.

Head rather small; antennz elongated, second joint
very small; Aypostoma bright silvery ; mystaz sparse,
rigid, black; thorax with minute black hairs, and a few
longer one on the margin; wings broad, black; tergum,
segments, excepting the basal one and two terminal ones,
reddish fulvous. ;

Length more than three-fifths of an inch.

The styles of the antenne being lost in the specimen, I
am not certain that this species is co. ~*tly arranged when
placed in this genus. It will not agree with Drocrria, as
the antennz are perfectly sessile, nor with Dasyrogon, as
the basal joint of the antenne is nearly four times the
length of the second joint. The rectilinear posterior tibiz
will not authorize its reference to Larpuria. The appear-
ance of the pectus and the adaptat.on of the feet are pre-
eisely as in Asitus. In the arrangement of the wing ner-
vures it agrees with Wiedemann’s first tribe.

APPENDIX.
HEMERODROMIA, Hgg. 4

H. superstitiosa. Whitish ; thorax with a broad, black-
ish-brown vitta ; tergum with a broad black vitta, which is
crenate on its edges.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Antenne, proboscis, and front white ; occiput and in-
Serior part of the head blackish-brown, in some parts
slightly sericeous ; eyes chesnut-brown ; thorax with a
broad vitta, which is paler in the middle and occupies the
greater portion of its surface; wings hyaline; poisers
white; scuted dusky, with a paler margin; tergum, the
broad vitta is very deeply crenated on its edges, and is .
often separated into a series of large spots by the incisures;
beneath white.

Length nearly three-twentieths of an inch.

This species is very closely allied to the H. oratoria,
Fall. The disposition of the nervures is the same with
those of that species, but the oratoria is said to have only
a line on the thorax in place of a vitta, to have the abdo-
men all dark brown, and the tip of the posterior tibia
brown.

SARGUS, Latr. Meig.

1. S. decorus. Front blue; thorax green; tergum greenish
golden; feet pale yeliow.

Inhabits Pennsylvania and East Florida.

Hypostoma and vertex blackish; proboscis yellow; an- P.
tennz dusky yellowish, third joint darker; frontal tuber- costa
cles with a white reflexion; wing dusky, stigma distinct; In
poisers pale yellow; pleura blackish-piceous; feet yellow ; |
posterior tarsi dusky; abdomen slender, widest at tip, gra~ with

a, black-
» Which is

€ and in-
bme parts

with a
upies the
3 poisers
gum, the
es, and is
incisures ;

oratoria,
same with
have only
the abdo-
srior tibia

a greenish

How; an-
tal tuber-
. distinct;
t yellow ;
tip, gra~

APPENDIX. 377

dually attenuated to the base, and witli pale yellowish-
brown hair.

Length about three-tenths of an inch.

This species is very closely allied to the S. auratus,
Meig. Fabr. but it is smaller and the feet are dissimilar; it
may, however, prove to be a variety of that species.

2. S. dorsalis Black, eyes brassy, with a green linc ;
feet white, tibiee and tarsi above blackish.

Inhabits Kentucky.

Stemmata approximate on the vertex; eyes brown,
when recent brassy-green tinged with red or purplish, a
broad, green, longitudinal line across the middle; antenne
whitish at base; feet white; ¢arsi black at the tip; anterior
and posterior tibiz black above; wings dusky, nervures
deep brown, carpus distinctly marked by an oblong, opake,
brown spot; abdomen oval, middle of the two or three ba-
sal segments of the tergum and vente whitish.

Length of ? one-fifth of an inch, 8 rather less.

The male is very similar to the female, but is a little
smaller. This species is allied to the genus Varro, Latr.
by the nervures of the wings, the nervyure between the
three which radiate from the central joint being altogether
wanting, but the second joint of the antenne resembles
that of a Sareus; the third joint is deficient in my speci-
mens. In general form it resembles 8. poditus, Linn.

PARAGUS, Latr.

P. 4-fasciatus. Black; tergum with four yellow bands;
costal margin of the wings fuscous.

Inhabits North-west Territory.

Head pale yellowish; hypostoma slightly cinta
with a black line, and another dilated black line descends

*

3878 APPENDIX.

from the black vertex and includes the superior portion of
the tubercle of the antenne; mouth each side black; an-
tennz blackish-piceous, basal joint and seta paler; second
joint decidedly longer than the first ; eyes with two yellow
bands of which the anterior one is irregular; occiput black,
with a cinereous orbital line ; thoraz with four yellow spots
on the anterior margin; an obsolete, yellowish, curved line
above the wings terminating anteriorly in a transverse,
whitish spot on each side of the centre; an angulated yel-
low line behind ; pleurz with two yellow spots placed ver-
tically ; scutel edged with yellow; wings hyaline; a fus-
cous, costal margin, ferruginous at base and gradually di-
lated towards the tip; poisers white; feet white; anterior
pair with the anterior half of the thighs and tibiz and all
their tarsi black; intermediat: pair with the tip of the
thighs, of the tibiz, and all the tarsi pale rufous; posterior
pair hairy beneath, with a tooth near the tip and posterior
half black ; tarsi and tip of the tibiz pale rufous, the latter
arcuated; ¢erguwm with a band near the base, somewhat
narrowest in its middle; another narrower one on the mid-
dle and two near the tip a little broader in their middles,
yellow ; venter with about three distant, narrow, yellow
bands, of which the middle one is sometimes fulvous.
Length less than three-fifths of an inch.

This insect does not altogether agree with the charac-
ters of the genus in which I have placed it, inasmuch as
the hind thighs are toothed, the hind tibiz arcuated, and
the terminal joint of the antennz is oval and not elongated.
It disagrees with Miizsra in the elongated first and second
joints of the antenne, and with Prriza in the length of the
palpi, and but for the character of the antennz, I should
certa‘uly refer it to the genus Miigs1a.

Of plar

charge
mit his
in time
Say we
determ
nondes
fidence
a gentl
Nuttall
genera
plants,
what |
nicatic

As
should
Major
the be
work
tunate
catalo

ortion of
ack; an-
3 second
0 yellow
t black,
Ow spots
rved.line
ansverse,
ated yel-
laced ver-
; a fus-
mally di-
anterior
e and all
p of the
posterior
posterior
the latter
omewhat
the mid-
middles,
» yellow
ous.

. charac-
much as
ted, and
longated.
d second
th of the
[ should

APPENDIX.

§2. BOTANY

ed

A CATALOGUE

Of plants collected in the North Western territory by
Mr. Tuomas Say, in the year, 1823. By Lewis D. pr
ScHWEINITz.

ee

Mr. Thomas Nuttall, who had taken upon himself the
charge of examining this collection, and hac begun to com-
mit his remarks to paper, not having returned from Europe
in time to comiplete his work, the plants collected by Mr.
Say were entrusted to me, with a request to attempt their
determination, and a description of such.as appeared to be
nondeseripts. I have undertaken this task with great dif-
fidence and sincere regret that it could not be executed by
a gentleman, every way so exclusively competent as Mr.
Nuttall is, both from his well known botanical talents in
general, and his particular acquaintance with the western
plants, my own knowledge of which is almost confined to
what I owe to that gentlemau’s liberal and kind commu-
nications.

As it, however, appeared desirable, that a catalogue
should be made out for the Appendix of the account of
Major Long’s second expedition, I have exerted myself to.
the best of my abilities to furnish it, in continuation of the
work commenced by Mr. Nuttall, which, however, unfor-
tunately comprised enly the five first plants of the present

catalogue.

pelts 4

4 ee eee mare
seeks ESE Soe gy rergienintee ht
aod ‘ “ 7

ne

=

580 APPENDIX.

As I am conscious of my incompetency to establish new
species from specimens, which, though generally well pre-
served, are mostly imperfect, rarely furnishing both flower
and fruit together, unassisted by that acquaintance from
nature which Mr. Nuttall possesses, I have to remark that
the names I have ventured to designate such by, as I could
not find described in the books, should be considered, to-
gether with the descriptions I have subjoined, nothing
more than an attempt to point out what has been met with
by the gentlemen of the present expedition, leaving the
confirmation of the new species proposed to future inves-
tigation and abler hands.

eee

I. CLASS MONANDRIA.

1. Saticornia herbacea, Willd. Sp. Pi.

Collected in the vicinity of a salt spring on the banks of
Red river of Lake Winnepeek, about the latitude of 49 de-
grees. The only inland locality of this saline plant besides
the present, is the salt springs of Onondago, in the state of
New York. (Mr. Nuttall.)

II. CLASS DIANDRIA.

2. Veronica peregrina, Fl. Dan. Tab. 407.
Common throughout the United States as far south as the
mouth of the Mississippi. (Nuttall.)

Ill. CLASS TRIANDRIA.

3. Carymenta nyctaginea, Nutt. Gen. I. p. 26.
Allionia nyctaginea, Mx. Fl. Am. p. 100. (Nuttall.)

4, Cry
This \
Mr. Nut
tion :
Root '
scabrous
sheathed
shorter 1
fold,) str
volucru:
bell, tho
ing thes
in the m
on long
surmout
containi
Flore
mit ster
rupt mt
carina, |
marked
Filame
membre

teas at 1
It mi
C. sp

subsess

tibus.
(73 5. i)
mis sub
pedunc
Hab
chigan.
Vor

lish new

ell pre-
h flower
ce from
hark that
s I could
pred, to-
nothing

et with
ing the
e inves-

banks of
of 49 de-
t besides
e state of

ith as the

tall.)

APPENDIX. 381

4, Crrrrvus *alterniflorus, L. v Schw.

This very remarkable plant was labelled Cyperus by
Mr. Nuttall, and I have attemped the following descrip-
tion :

Root tuberous. Stem about a foot in height, triquetrous,
scabrous in margin, strongly. striate, bifoliate at base,
sheathed by a few marcescent sheaths, Leaves much
shorter than the culm, narrow, (two lines wide, inclined to
fold,) striate, scabrous in the margin, midrib smooth. Jn-
volucrum leaves equal in number to the rays of the um-
bell, those of the longer spikes or partial umbells, exceed-
ing these in length and broadened at base; very scabrous
in the margin. Jays of the umbell 5-6; the outer ones
on long peduncles, central ones nearly sessile; each ray
surmounted by 7 or 8 alternate, subdistichous spikelets,
containing 5 or 6 florets.

Florets regularly alternate, subdistant, the o1e in sum-
mit sterile. Glwmes striate, broadly ovate, with an ab-
rupt mucro, arising from the protruded, green, scabrous
carina, having an indenture. on each side thereof. Seed
markedly triquetrous, compressed, shorter than the glumes.
Filaments 3. _ Style three-cleft; margin of the glumes
membranaceously scariose; short, acuminate, rigid brac-
teas at the base of each spikelet. ,

It might be characterized thus:

C. spicis corymboso-umbellatis, compressis. centralibus,
subsessilibus : spiculis distichis, floribus, alternatim, distan-
tibus. Glumis lato-ovatis, carina mucronatis.

“5, EriopHoruM angustifolium, g.*megastachyon, cul-
mis subtrigonis brevibus, involucro umbella longiore; spicis
pedunculatis maximis.

Hab. Prairies. between Fort Wayne a Lake Mi-
chigan.

Von. ITI. 49

582 APPENDIX.

“Obs. A singular dwarf but robust species; in the only
specimen I have seen, (said by Mr. Say to present its ge-
neral aspect,) the culm is scarcely more than 12 inches
high, triangular above, and unusually thick for the height
of the plant; the leaves I have not seen. The involucrum
consists of three very unequal, rigid leaves, (when dry,)
striate and carinated, with blunt, attenuated points, the
longest exceeding the length of the umbell. The size of
the umbell, and the spikes which compose it, are remark-
ably large ; the number 7, upon elongated and nodding pe-
duncles of unequal length. Each spike measures about an
inch in length, and about the same in breadth. The scales
of the spike are ovate and acute, tie seed elliptic-oblong,
and somewhat flatly quadrangular. It is in all probability
a distinct species.””? (Mr. Nuttall.)

6. Limnetis glabra, Pursh.

Not rare.

Hab. Prairies of the St, Peter.

7. Acrostis brevifolia, Nuttall Gen. I. p. 44.

8. Panicum elongatum, Pursh, I. p.

This is the plant I have always designated by the above
name, finding it frequently in North Carolina.

Hab. Prairies of the St. Peter.

9. Fustuca spicata? Nutt. Gen. I. p. 72.

I am not sure whether this is Mr. Nuttall’s plant, but it
evidently comes rear it. The specimens in the collection
indicate a larger size than he ascribes to it.

Hab. Prairies of the St. Peter.

10. Bromus ciliatus, Linn. Willd. Spec. Pl. I. p. 433.
See Elliott, Sketch, I. p. 173.

This I think is the true ciliatus of Linneus, for, in the
present species, the margins only, and not the back, are
very hairy.

spikels
a two-
ate anc
hairy |

Hal

14.

15.
This
16.
C. sf
Not
17,
This
is not

the only
nt its ge-
2 inches
he height
volucrum
hen dry,)
oints, the
he size of
e remark-
rdding pe-
s about an
The scales
tic-oblong,
probability

r the above

plant; but it
le collection

l. I. p. 433.

| for, in the
e back, are

385

APPENDIX.

Hab, Prairies of Red river.

11. Arugrorogon oligostachyum, Nutt. Gen. I. p. 78.

Found on the Missouri and northern lakes,

Hab. Prairies of the St, Peter.

12, Horpeum jubatum, Nutt. Gen. I. p. 88.

Hab. New England. Lakes.

13. Triticum *pauciflorum, L. v. Schw.

This grass greatly resembles a Lotiwm, but must be ar-
ranged in the Genus Triticum, on account of its two-valv-
ed calyx. It is allied to juncewm.

Culm about two feet high, distantly and alternately fo-
liose, terete, deeply striate, smooth, simple. Leaves clasp-
ing the culm with sheaths of their own length, viz. two or
three inches, linear, striate and very scabrous on the ribs
and margin, somewhat glucous. Spike simple, erect;
spikelets mostly only two-flowered, closely adpressed in
a two-valved calyx. Valves equal, acute, strongly stri-
ate and scabrous on the ribs, Glwmeson a short, thick,
hairy pedicell, with a short arista.

Hab. Prairies of the St. Peter.

14. Lecuea tenuifolia, Pursh, I. p. 91.

IV. CLASS TETRANDRIA.

15. Cornus canadensis, Pursh, I. p. 108.
This occurs on all the high mountains of the United States.
16. Cornus alba, Pursh, I. p. 109.

C. stolonifera, Mx.

Not rare in the northern states.

17. Poramocrron pauciflorum, Pursh, p. 121.

This may be the P. gramineum of Mx. but it certainly
is not that of Europe, which, however, is common in
mountain brooks in the United States.

APPENDIX.
V. CLASS PENTANDRIA.

18. Myosoris virginiana, Pursh, p. 134

Common in the United States.

19. Lysimacut. ciliata, Pursh, p. 136.

Common in the United States. The specimens are un-
usually small, but not even a variety. : :

20. Convotvutys repens, Elliott, Sketch, p.

C. sepium, American, auctor. |

It appears to me that the American Convolvulus sepium
has been judiciously separated from the European species.
21. Campanuta rotundifolia, Pursh, p. 159.

As usual destitute of rounc leaves.

22. Sympnorta glomerata, Pursh, p. 162.

Called vulgarly in North Carelina “ Devil’s shoestrings.””
Had. Rainy Lake, Lake of the Woods; &c.

23. SympnHorta racemosa, Pursh, p. 162.

Snowberry. Common to the Lake country.

24. Rises albinervium, Pursh, p. 163.

On northern mountains.

Hab. Islands in Lake of the Woods.

25. Impatiens fulva, Nuttall Gen.-I. p. 146.

Common through the United States,

26. APpocyNUM androsaemifolium, Parsh, I. p. 179.

B. pubescens.

This is so constant a variety, preiorey! in. Pennsy!va-
nia,) that it might be specifically separated. . The: leaves
are pubescent below and acuminate ovate.

27. Gentiana crinita, Pursh, I. p..185,

Common in the northern states,

28, Guntiana *rubricaulis, L. v. Schw.

Though there were but two specimens of this Gentiana,
(one of which I was under the necessity of sacrificing to
the examination,) it presents so distinct an appearance that

I have
betwee
it thus

Ste
red co
inch it

lanceo!

and sli
or con)
incons
erum ¢
Involu
erect, :

triner
silibus
conniv
Hat
29.
Sma
Ad
30.
Tha
before
Hal
31.

8S are Ul-

s sepium
Nn species.

7 ”
estrings.

p. 179.

ennsy!va-
‘he. leaves

, Gentiana,
rificing to
arance that

APPENDIX. 385

I have little doubt it will prove anew species, intermediate
between G. pnewmonanthe and G. ochroleuca. 1 describe
it thus:

Stem erect, simple, terete, very smooth and firm, of a
red colour; about one foot in height. Leaves shout one

_ inch in length, alternately opposite at intervais, oblong-

lanceolate, of thick consistency, smooth, entire in’ margin
and slightly undulate, obtuse, sessile and sub-amplexicaule
or connate at base, with three nerves, the two lateral ones
inconspicuous. The upper leaves forming a pseudo-involu-
erum of ovate leaves, not exceeding the corollas in length.
Involucrum ‘and leaves sub-erect. .Corollas campanulate,
erect, sessile, terminal, fasciculate: or single, sub-quinque-
fid. Segmerits sub-connivent, the interior plait with a sin-
gle tooth. Calyx very.small in proportion’to the flower,
5-fid. i 7

Appears to have been bluish.

G. caule tereti glabro rubro: foliis oblongo-lanceolatis,
trinerviis, obtusis. Corollis terminalibus fasciculatis. ses-
silibus, 5-fidis campanulatis non ventricosis, laciniis: acutis
conniventibus; plicis interioribus unidentatis.

Hab. Prairies of St. Peter’s river.

29. Tuasprum aureum, Nuttall Gen. p. 196.

Smyrnium aureum, Pursh.

A dwarf specimen out of flower. Common.

30. Visurnum pubescens, Pursh, p. 202.

I have met with this in the low parts of North Carolina
before.

Hab. Sault de St. Marie.

31. VisurnuM oxycoccos, Pursh, p. 203.

Eatable and similar to cranberries in taste.

Hab. From Pembina to Lake Superior.

32. ARALIA hispida, Pursh, p.:209.

Wild Elder. Common on Pennsylvania mountains,

APPENDIX.

VI. CLASS HEXANDRIA.

33. ALLIuM angulosum, Nuttall, p. 214.
The red variety.
34. Smitacina wmbellata, Pursh, p. 232.

Found likewise in the Alleghany mountains,
In fruit. ‘
Hab. Rainy Lake.

$5. Smitacina stellata, Pursh, p. 232. Nutt. p. 225.

In fruit.

36., Rumex brittanicus, Pursh, p. 248.

Vill. CLASS OCTANDRIA.

37. Oxycoccos vulgaris, Pursh, p. 263.

The Furopean cranberry—common in Canada.
Hab. Near Winnepeek river.

38. Eprtosium spicatum, Nuttall, p. 250.
Commonly called E. angustifolium, Pursh, p. 259.
Hab. Near the river St. Peter.

X, CLASS DECANDRIA.

39. ARBUTUS uva ursi, Pursh, p. 283.

Common northwardly and in New Jersey pines.

Ha. Falls of Kakabeka and-shores of Lake Superior.
' 40. Lepum latifolium, Pursh, p. 300.

fn Canada and Labrador.

Hab. From Rainy Lake to. Lake Superior.

41. Monorropa morisoniana, Pursh, p. 303.

‘In shady woods not uncommon, Carolina.

42. Oxaxis corniculata, Pursh, p. 322.
Common throughout the United States and Europe.

dian tree

43. P.
Mr. S
the. Woc
tle doubt
there is |
undescri
The y
the olde!
short pet
ly serrat
with the
smooth :
markabl:
dules in
ed umbe
branches
Hab.
44,
Pyr
Destit

Hab.

46. CO

Flow
of the g
those of
at all co
lia of

- 225.

» 259.

8.
perior.

APPENDIX.
XI. CLASS neler aca

43. Paviive *incana, L. v. Schw.

Mr. Say calls this shrub a cherry, found at the Lake of
the. Woods, and from a vestige of an umbell, there is lit-
tle doubt that it belongs to the genus Prunus, although
there is neither flower nor fruit. If so, it is doubtless an
undescribed species. i

The young branches are very red and angularly grooved;
the older gray and verrucose. The Jeaves alternate, on
short petioles, elliptically acuminate, finely and subdistant-
ly serrate above, and attenuated into the petiole below,
with the margin somewhat revolute. The upper surface
smooth and shining, the under pinnately nervose, and re-
markably glaucous, a little tomentose. Two large glan-
dules in the axill of each leaf. The traces of a few flower-
ed umbell appear at the commencement of the young
branches of the year.

Hab. Islands in the Lake of the Woods.

44. Aronia sanguinea, Nutt. p. 306.

Pyrus sanguinea, Pursh, p. 340.

Destitute of flowers or fruit; but doubtless this Cana-

dian tree.

Hab, Lake of the Woods.

45. CraTaraus rerio Pursh, p.°337.

Not uncommon.

Hab. near Pembina and Lake of the Woods.

46. Crarazeus *flexuosa, L. y. Schw.

Flower and fruit are wanting, but there can be no doubt
of the genus from the habit. The leaves greatly resemble
those of C. populifolia, although they cannot be said to be
at all cordate at base. Perhaps it may be the C. populifo-
lia of Walter, seeElliott, Sketch, I. p. 553. But the re-

e
>
ee

aa Sai e ERR T Ain SS la RN i Li NO i Rin Rane eh
pails teal ia " ales aie Naa " is 5

388 APPENDIX.

markable glandulosity: of the petioles and serratures of the
leaves, seems to indicate a separate species. I describe
it thus:

Branches flexuosely bent, spreading, with very long,
straight, rectangularly divaricate spines, of a shining
brown colour from the axills of the leaves; nearly as long
as the leaf and: petiole. Leaves ovate, broad, acutely, but
not deeply lobed ; lobes crenately serrate, with a conspicu-
ous glandule on each serrature, on petioles half as long as
the leaf, which are densely beset with numerous giandules
all their length. Upper surface of the leaves sooth and
shining; lower nearly smooth, or only sparse hair on the
nerves.

Hab. near Rainy Lake.

47. Sorbus mericana, Pursh. p. 341.

Common on northern mountains.

Hab, Falls of St. Anthony. :

48. Sprraga opulifolia, Pursh, p. 342.

Common through the United States.

49, Sprraea hypericifolia, Pursh, p. 341.

Not. so common as the former.

50. Rosa *Sayz, L. v. Schw.

This appears to me to be a Rose quite. distinct from any
American one, although it is past flowering; the germen
being manifestly not globose, (which’.is the case with all
the rest except Jaevigata,) nor do I find any European
one sufficiently agreeing. I describe it thus:

Germen oblong ovate, perfectly smooth, and_propor-
tionably large, crowned by erect. calyx leaves, exceeding
it in length, which are. villous, and expand at summit. Pe-
duncle smooth, or somewhat glandularly hispid, rigid.
Common petiole villous and aculeate on the back,. with
three pairs of ovate, sessile, deeply serrate, small leaflets,

and. ¢
base
side «
lous.
hispic
51.
Car
52.
Cor
Ha
53,
Con
both Cc
ial
54.
Alth
of the
Co

55.
Tho
above |
Hab
56,
On
Cherok
57. I
p. *
The
Jilifo
ascertai
Vou.

as of the
describe

ry long,

shining
y as long
tely, but
conspicu-
s long as
giandules
ooth and
ir on the

t from any
e germen

se with all
European

d_propor-
exceeding
mmit, Pe-
ppid, rigid.
back,. with
all leaflets,

APPENDIX. 389

and.a single one on the lengthened petiole, furnished. at
base with clasping, glandulosely villous stipules. Upper
side of the leaflets smooth, the underside glaucously vil-
lous. The young branches thickly set with thin, unequal,
hispid spines.

51. Porentitia fruticosa, var. floribunda, P. p. 355.

Canada and New- York,

52. PoTENTILLA norwegica, Pursh, p. 354.

Common to the United States and Europe.

Hab. Prairies of St. Peter’s river.

53. PorsnTILLa tridentata, Pursh, p. 353.

Common to high mountains and northern latitudes on
both continents.

Hiab. Falls of Kakabeka.

54. Geum album, Pursh, p. 351.

Although the lower leaves are wanting, the zircumstarice
of the “ aristis apice pilosis’’ appears decisive.

Common in the northern states.

XII. CLASS POLYANDRIA.

55. Hupsonta ericoides, Nuttall, Gen. II. p. 4.

Though in an imperfect condition, this is doubtless the
above plant.

Hab. Falls of Kakabeka.

56. Ds.rninium virescens, Nuttall, Gen. II. p. 14.

On the plains of Missouri. I have specimens from the
Cherokee country.

57. Ranuncuwws jiliformis, Pursh, p. 392.

B. *hispidus.

The imperfect specimens of the collection represent R.
Jiliformis in every respect, except that it is impossible to
ascertain whether they are repent or not; and, that the
Vou. II. 50

$90 APPENDIX.

leaves and caulis appear clothed with distant, hispid bair,
which I have not observed in my Canadian specimens, nor
in those found at Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, on the shores
of the Susquehannah.

XIII. CLASS DIDYNAMIA.

58. Hyssoprs anisatus, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 27.

On the Plains of Missouri and about Lake Superior.
(Professor Douglass.)

Hab. From Falls of St. Anthony to Lake Superior..

59. Sracuys aspera, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 30.

Not rare.

60. Sracuys *velutina, L. v. Schw.

This may possi ly be found on future investigation in
nature to be only a variety of S. Atspida ; in the specimens
before me it certainly presents a very different appearance.

Stem erect, not branched, quadrangular, villose, or sub-
hispid, about one foot high. Leaves alternately opposite,
closely sessile, clasping the stem at base, ovate-lanceolate,
crenately serrate, and finely sericeously velutinous, or
shortly tomentose on the ribs, on both surfaces. Verticills
about six-flowered; segments of the calyx acutely pointed,
pungent, and extremely hispid. Intermediate segment of
the lower lip, broadly rotundate. Corolla somewhat pi-
lose and apparently blue.

61, DracocEPHALUM virginianum, Pursh, p. 411.

Common in the southern states.

62. Evcuroma coccinea, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 55.

B. lutea.

Bartsia coccinea lutea, Pursh.

* The specimens are too imperfect to allow a decisive opi-
nion whether they belong to a species of Euchroma,

Nutt. fo
differen’

63. J

Aithe
admit o:
black,) 1
peculiar
eristatu
Melam;

Stem
ing by
branche
two opp
1-2 line
tire, rug
peduncl
more an
summit
distingu
containi
each cel

64. G

Thel
scarcel

65. I
Dra
Mr. N
ever, th
points ¢
tum, sé

pid bair,
ens, nor
e shores

Superior.

brior..

gition in
specimens
pearance.
e, or sub-
opposite,
anceolate,
‘inous, or
Verticills
y pointed,
gment of
ewhat pi-

411.

sisive Opi-
uchroma,

* : .

* 4
ys

hy

APPENDIX. 391

Nutt. found by me in North Carolina, which is manifestly
different not as a mzre variety from E. coccinea.

63. MeLampyrum *drachiatum, L. v. Schw.

A.though unfertunately the specimens before me do not
admit of distinguishing a flower, (being badly dried and
black,) there can be little doubt from the whole habit end
peculiarity of the capsule, (greatly resembling that of M.
cristatum,,) that this constitutes a distinct new species of
Melampyrum.

Stem terete, somewhat scabrous, naked below, branch-
ing by long, naked, adscendent, opposite or whorled
branches, which subdivide into trichotomous whorls, with
two opposite leaves in the axills. Leaves about an inch long,
1-2 lines wide, attenuated into a thin petiole, margin en-
tire, rugose and scabrous on both sides. Capsules on short
peduncles from the axills of the floral leaves, which become
more and more crowded into a kind of spike towards the
summit of the branches, w:*hout bracteas as far as I can
distinguish. Capsule obliquely bent downward, acute,
containing two large, cylindric, oblong, yellow seeds, in
each cell. Height of the whole plant 6-8.inches.

64. Gerarpia tenuifolia? Pursh, p. 422.

The leaves are rather too broad and scabrous, but it would
scarcely admit of being considered different.

XIV. CLASS TETRADYNAMIA.

65. Drasa arabis, Nuttall, II. p. 63.

Draba arabirans, Mx.'so labelled in the collection by
Mr. Nuttall, and certainly with propriety. It is not, how-
ever, the plant so called by Pursh, as Mr. Nuttall clearly
points out, and very correctly calls that @lyssum denta:
tum, see Nuttall, Gen. II. p. 63. A rare plant.

;
us
¥:

&

i

a
is
a

Tee ait y ihe pir 8 Bea ame

ierettencterensie heer —

SS N , S ER IRET | Rie more ce ~— 7

APPENDIX.
XV. CLASS MONADELPHIA.

66. Geranium robertianurn, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 80.
Common in Pennsylvania. :

XVI. CLASS DIADELPHIA.

67. Peratostemum candidum, Pursh, p. 461.
Indigenous to the western country.
68. Peratosremum violacewm, Pursh, p. 461.
Likewise peculiar to the western countries.
Both these plants are well described by Michaux, and
figured on his Tab. $7, f.1 and 2.
69. Corypaxis glauca, Pursh, p. 463.
Common among rocky hills.
70. Amonvua canescens, Nutt. Gen- II. p. 92.
Peculiar to the north-western country.
71. Laruyrus palustris, Pursh, p. 471.
Found in Canada by Michaux, and common in Europe.
72. Uatrnyrus venosus, Pursh, p. 471.
Common in the Pennsylvani.. mountains.
73, Vicia *tridentata, L. v. Schw.
The single, but good specimen of this plant, does not
agree, I think, with any one described by American au-
thors or Persoon. I therefore venture to point it out by the

above name, taken from the singular form of its stipules.

It approaches nearest to V. sylvatica.

Stem flexuosely bent, subpubescent, angular and much
grooved. Peduncles equal to the leaves. Leaflets nume-
rous, sometimes alternate, sometimes opposite, narrow, ob-
long, entire, obtuse, with a short mucro, sprinkled with
hair on the upper surface, and almost canescently so on
the under. Stipules, upper ones lanceolate, long, acuminate,

.
.

villou:
with s
pubese
and la
Ha
74.
Cor
75.
Ver
than t
Ha
76.
Pec
Ala
the pr
77.
Lik
The
Nutte

appea

80.

haux, and

in Europe.

» does not
lerican au-
out by the

ts stipules.

and much
flets nume-
narrow, vb-
nkled with
ntly so on
, acuminate,

APPENDIX, 393

villous, lower ones obversely cuneate and broadly trifid,
with strong nerves running to the point of each d'vision,
pubescent as well as the calyx and — Flowers blue
and large in proportion. *

Hab. Rainy Lake.

74. Astrag@atus carolixianus, Pursh, p. 472.

Common in the mountains of Carolina.

75. AstRAGALus hypoglottis? Nutt. Gen. II. p. 99.

Very imperfec: specimen in fruit. Leaflets more ovate
than the European specimens.

Hab. Prairies of St. Pever’s and Res rivers.

76. Psorazea esculenta, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 102.

Peculiar to the north-west.

Hab. Between Chicago and Prairie du Chien, and on
the prairies of St. Peter’s river.

77. PsoraLea incana, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 102.

Likewise peculiar io that district.

The fine specimens of the collection differ from Mr.
Nuttall’s description in being much branched and to all
appearance of a larger size.

XVII. CLASS SYNGENESIA.

78. PRENANTHES virgata, Pursh, p. 498.

‘There are a number of species of this genus which have
fallen under my observation, not distinctly established.
The leaves are, however, so variable, that it would be
highly improper to establish new ones from single speci-
mens, especially when destitute of' radical leaves. The
present plant has certainly not occurred to me with ex-
actly this form of cauline leaves, but in ‘her respects it
perfectly resembles the P. virgata of Pursh.

79. Lactuca integrifolia? Nutt. Gen. II. p. 124.

wags me a pe TS TORS ES IO ET

=

394 APPENDIX.

This appears to coincide with Mr. Nuttall’s plant if f
am not mistaken in the colour of the flower. The leaves
are however more lanceolate and = inate than he des-
cribes them.

80. Hreracium canadense, Michaux, II. p. 86.

B. var. scabrum.

Differing from the plant I have been wont to consider
as the H. canadense of Mx. by smaller, more rigid, and sca-
brous leaves.

81. Hreracium *scabriusculum, L. v. Schw.

The collection affords but a single specimen, which, how-
ever, is so different from the rest of the American species,
(not agreeing with any European, as far as I have heen
able to ascertain,) that I have thought it well to point it
out by the following description.

Stem glabrous, firm, erect, terete, much grooved and
foliose. Leaves alternately sessile, clasping the stem, closely
set below, decreasing in size, and becoming more distant
upwards; ovate-lanceolate, not exceeding an inch in length
below, one-fourth in breadth; distantly and elongately
toothed in the margin, which appears somewhat involute.
Lower surface glaucous, and distantly beset by short, rigid
hair. Upper’surface rugose and the margin rendered sca-
brous by short, thick, close set sete or teeth, very conspi-
cuous under the lens. Stem divided in summit into seve-
ral few-flowered branches, the peduncles tomentose, and

incrapate above, with a few lanceolate bracteas or floral
leaves. Calyx nearly smooth. Flower large, yellow.

Apparently about one foot and a half in height.

82. Carpuus muticus, Pursh, p. 506.

A. very imperfect specimen, which, however, decidedly
belongs to this species.

83, Vernonia *corymbosa, L. v. Schw.

all ro
Flo

lant if ¥
he leaves
he des-

consider
l, and sca-

ich, how-
in species,
ave been

point it

oved and
, closely
re distant
in length
slongately
involute.
hort, rigid
lered sca-
y conspi-
into seve-
tose, and
or floral
ow.
t.

decidedly

APPENDIX. 395

I think there can be no doubt, that this is anew and
distinct species of Vernonia, although the description from
a single specimen may be imperfect.

Stem apparently about one foot high, erect, grooved,
somewhat scabrous, and densely covered by proportion-
ally large, suberect leaves. These are sessile, subclasping,
lanceolate, acuminate, about one inch and a half long, en-
tire towards the point, sharply serrate below, and about
half an inch broad. Upper surface roughly scabrous, the
lower remarkably punctate by numerous small, impressed
pores, otherwise smooth. Corymd terminal, fastigiate,
pedicells pulverulently subvillous. Calya ovate, imbri-
cate. Scales ovate, obtuse, very large, and finely ciliate
all round their margin.

Flowers red, of considerable size.

84. ArnTemis1A sericea, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 143.

Peculiar to the north-west; labelled by Mr. Nuttall.

Hab. Prairies of St. Peter’s and Red rivers.

85. GnaPHALIUM margaritaceum, Pursh, p. 524.

Common in Pennsylvania.

Hab. Rainy Lake.

86. ErtgERon canadense.

B. *grandiflorum.

This may be a new species ; as, however, the leaves and
stem resemble the canadense perfectly, and there is but
one specimen, I prefer arranging it as a variety. The
flowers are more than twice the size of those of E. cana-
dense, (with some appearance that the rays were yellow,
on short peduncles and pedicells, by no means branching
out, crowded together in the summit and axills of the
leaves. ,

87. Inua scabra ? Nutt. Gen. II. p. 151 and 152.
Iam not perfectly satisfied \nat this is the species de-

396 APPENDIX.

scribed by Mr. Nuttall ; it is coarser and more scabrous
than specimens I have received from him. Its imperfect
condition, however, prevents any determination.

88. InuLa amygdalina, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 153.

Aster amygdalinus auctorum. —

Not rare in the United States. -

89. Asrsr ledifolius, Pursh, p. 544.

A. nemoralis, Nutt. p. 154.

The present specimen of this elegant Aster is more ci-
liately scabrous than my Jersey ones.

90. Aster multiflorus? Pursh.

A small indistinct branch only, which, however, exact-

ly resembles one communicated to me by the above name —

from Dr. Muhlenberg, except in being scabrous.

91. AsTzR puniceus, Pursh, p. 554.

Common in the United States,

92. Aster laevigatus, Pursh, p. 553.

Common in the United States.

93. Soxips.40 canadensis, Pursh, p. 535.

Common in the United States. -

94. Sotipaco graminifolia, Nutt. Gen. IL. p. 162.
(Euthamia,) S. Janceolata, Pursh.
Common in Pennsylvania.

95. AcHILLABA setacea, Persoon Synops, II. p. 469.
This species, the only specimen of which is about one
foot and a half high, minutely agrees with the description

of Persoon.

It has not heretofore been observed in merica, but is
found in Germany, Hungary, and Switzerland.

Hab. Pembina, common in some districts.

96. Hexiantatus petiolatus, Nuttall, in Journal of
Academy, vol. II. p. 116.

Rese
some I
97. I
Il. p. 1
98, ]
I hay
but ind
of the ¢
99. ]
Asa

100.
Com:
101.
Foun
102.
Ont
103.
Not

Like

brous
mperfect

more ci-

ir, exact-

ve name >

162,

», 469,
bout one
scription

a, but is

yurnal of

Il. p. 177,
98. HELIANTHUs.

I have not been able to determine this species, which is
but indistinctly characterized by the imperfect specimens

of the collection.

99. Binens minima, Pursh, 566.
As a variety of g. cernua, I think them distinct.

100. Urrica procera, Pursh, p. 113.
Common in Carolina and western country.
101. Pinus banksiana, Pursh, p. 642.
Found likewise on the Canada lakes.
102.. Pinus balsamea, Pursh, p. 639.
On the mountains,

103. Pinus nigra, Pursh, p. 640.
Not rare on Pennsylvania mountains.
104. Pinus alba, Pursh, p. 641.
Distinguished by its incurved leaves.
105. Pinus pendula, Pursh, p. 645.

Black larch.

Hab. On the northern lakes and streams.
106. Pinus microcarpa, Pursh, p. 645.
Without strobilae.
Hab. Common along the northern lakes and streams.
107. Tuusa occidentalis, Pursh, p. 646.

Likewise on Pennsylvania mountains.

Vou. II.

APPENDIX.

Resembling, however, more the garden specimens than
some I received from Mr. Nuttall.
97. Hexianruus giganteus, var. crinitus, Nuttall, Gen,

XVIII. CLASS MONOECIA.

Red larch.

51

Oe

eT SNL eS, SII pg ARISE meh

APPENDIX.

XIX. CLASS DIOECIA.

108. Sarrx.*

The collection affords three distinct species of Salix,
neither of which appear to agree with those known to me,
or the descriptions of Perscon. But they are all without
fructification, and cannot therefore be correctly determin-
ed. The first species has

Long, linear, lanceolate, rigid, acuminate eaves, slightly
covered in the young ones with short sericeous hair on
the underside, perceptible by a lens in the old leaves like-
wise, they are distantly and slightly toothed in the margin,
' of a light yellow colour on both sides, subsessile; young
branches yellowish, the older red, smooth, but distantly
spotted with black verrucae.

109. Sarrx.*

Leaves on short petioles, narrow, lanceolate, serrately
dentate in the margin, smooth, green on the upper, glau-
cous on the underside. Approaching to Salix discolor.

110. Saxrx.*

Leaves on short petioles, ovate-lanceolate, attenuated at
both ends; smooth above, densely villous below, entire,
or undulately crenate in the margin. ‘Stipules apparently
ovate.

Allied perhaps to 8. caprea.

111. Fraxinus sambucifolia, Pursh, p. 8.

Common in Pennsylvania.

112. Empstrum nigrum, Nutt. Gen. II. p. 233.

In Labrador and Canada, as wel! as Europe.

113. Porvtus balsamifera, Pursh, p. 619.

In high American latitudes.

. Hab. From Pembina to Lake Superior.
114. SuernErpia argentea, Nuttall, II. p. 240.

Hippop
Toward:
Hab. Rs
115. Sx
Eippopl
On the bk
flab. Fr
116. Jur
Repens,

117. Ly
282.
I have sp
118. Ly¢
Without
119. Bo
120 Pot
Commo
121. Wo
Not uncc
122, Wa
After a
whether th
the other.
his figures
mens. Pos
tion belong
123. As
‘Commo

ghtly
hir on
B like-
argin,
young
stantly

‘ately
» glau-
lor.

ated at
entire,
ently

Hippophae argentea, Pursh.
Towards the sources of Missouri.

Hab. Rainy Lake.

115. SHepHerpia canadensis, Nuttall, Gen. II. p. 241.
Hippophae canadensis, Pursh.

On the borders of the Canadian Lakes. :
éfab. From Lake Winnepeek to Lake Superior.

116. Junrrservs prostrata, Persoon, II. p. 632.
Repens, Nuttall, 11. p. 245.

CRYPTOGAMIA.

117. Lycopopium sabinaefolium, Michaux, F). II. p.
282.
I have specimens from Labrador.

118. Lycopoprum clavatum, Pursh, p. 652.

Without fructifications.

119. Borrycaium fumarioides, Pursh, p. 655.

120 Potyropium vulgare, Pursh, p. 658.

Common to the United States and Europe.

121. Woons1a tlvensis, Pursh, p. 560.

Not uncommon northwardly.

122, Woonsta hyperborea, Pursh, p. 560.

After an inspection of the plates of Skuhr, I doubt
whether these two plants have not been mistaken one for
the other. I have named them as they appeared to me from
his figures and the comparisons of my European speci-
mens. Possibly, however, the specimens under considera-
tion belong to a new species altogether.

123. Aspipium jfiliz femina, Pursh, p. 664,

‘Common.

APPENDIX.

oe

(a@) ¥ILICES.

400 APPENDIX.

124, Asprp1um dentatum ? Willdenow.
Destitute of fructifications, but very much like Labrador
specimens in my collection.

(6) musct FRONDOSI.

125. Spuacnum acutifolium.
A very common moss in bogs.

(c) MUSCI HEPATICT.

126. Marcuantia polymorpha.
Destitute of fructifications, but no doubt belonging to
this species. :

(da) LICHENES.
127, Cenomycer rangiferina, Achar.
The well-known reindeer moss.
128. Cenomyce pyxidata, Achar. —
Apparently destitute of fructification.
129. Cenomyce vestita, Achar.

130. Cewomycsr allotropa, Achar, one of its supposed

varieties.
All these Lichens are common every where.

vAstronomice
during t
Sc. by J.
pedition.

The instr
observations
A brass s
a vernier to
A comme
having a net
An artific
A patent
Except in
was found,
either befor
In giving
exceeding c
braic sign o
same, till ot
first; in ger
or three dis
Many ob:
tant is capa
cannot be e
purpose in
estimated c
It was e
to supply t

to

osed

PART If.—ASTRONOMY.

“istronomical Observations and Calculations made in 1823,
during the Expedition to the Source of St. Peter’s River,
Sc. by J. Epwarp Coxtnoun, Astronomer, Se. to the Ex-
pedition.

The instruments used in making the following astronomical
observations, were,

A brass sextant, of five inches radius, divided by means of
a vernier to 30’, made by Cary, Londox.

A common surveyor’s compass, marked to degrees, and
having a needle four inches long.

An artificial horizon of mercury.

A patent lever watch, by Robert Roskell, Liverpool.

Except in two or three instances, when the rate of the watch
was found, altitudes were taken for time, a few minutes,
either before or after the lunar distances were measured.

In giving the data, the error of the watch is indicated as
exceeding or being less than apparent time, by having no alge-
braic sign or the sign -— prefixed; the index error continues the
same, till otherwise stated; the object to the east is mentioned
first; in general, it is the mean of three times, three altitudes
or three distances, which is recorded. ©

Many observations, embracing every kind of which the sex-
tant is capable, are not inserted, because taken at points that
cannot be easily designated. ‘They have answered a sufficient
purpose in corroborating those here given, and in correcting
estimated courses and distances.

It was endeavoured by frequency and variety of observation,
to supply the want of better instruments. If this deficiency

402 APPENDIX.

had not been occasioned by accidental circumstances, the
rapidity and the mode of travelling contemplated, but more
especially the exaggerated reports of. the difficulties in the
country through which we were to pass, would have left little
freedom in the selection, with regard either to number, size
or kind.

June 10. 8* 53’ 35” A. M. and 2* 47’ 47”

P. M. Alt. Sun’s centre - -

In lex error — 3’ 52”’

Latitude deduced - é *

9 4' 42" A, M. Alt. Sun’s centre

Qh 47’ 47" P. M. Do. do. aa
Latitude - - - » =

Latitude of Chicago - = -
Variation of the compass at Chi-
cago, by a mean of tivo morning
amplitudes + ee oe
June 16. 5 21’ 23’ P. M. Alt. Sun’s U. L.
Index error — 4’ 22"
Error of watch deduced wiiitie

5h 14’ $1” P, M. Dist. Moon and
Sun - Ps . a "
Longitude deduced* - -— -

5" 31’ 4” P. M. Dist. Moon and Sun
Longitude aio Mar Ste

Longitude of Camp on Wassemon
rivulet - - | -

* From Greenwich.

97° 37’ 5”

41 59 40

101° 18’ 15”
97 387 5
42 00 6

- N. 41° 59’ 53”

- E. 6° 12’00”

44° 36’ 40’

—0O" 2 31

106° 11’ 5”
90 3 00

105° 16’ 47”
90 6 30

W.90 4 45

June 17.

June 20.

June 23.
-

June 24.

June 20,

oot &@ ®

APPENDIX. 403

June 17. 00° 8'.00” A. M. Alt. Polar Star 84° 8' 50"
Latitude deduced - - - 42 29 53

00° 21’ 00” A. M. Alt. Polar Star 84° 20’ 00”

Latitude - - : - - 42 30 28

42° 30’ 10”
June 20. Mer. Alt. Star « Aquile - + 110°48'00"
Index error — 3' 56"
Latitude deduced _-_- - . 48 311

Latitude of same Camp

\ 11° 13’ 18” P. M. Alt. Polar Star 84° 40’ 30”
Latitude - - - - - 438 1 45

June 23. Mer. Alt. Star «. Scorpionis - 41°. 57’ 15”
© Index error — 4’ 00”
Latitude - - - - - 43 3 55

June 24. Mer. Alt. Moon’s L. L. - - 42° 36’ 45"
Latitude - - - - - 48 5 14

Latitude of Fort Crawford - - N.48° 3’31"”

June 20. 3" 41’ 42’’ P.M. Alt. Sun’s U. L. 81° 56’ 00”
Error of watch deduced - - —0500 16

11* 00’ 18” P. M. Dist. Moon’s

N. L. and Star «. Virginis - 42° 16'32”
Index error — 3’ 56’
Longitude deduced - - - 90 49 15

oe

11" 24’ 49” P. M. Dist. Star «.
Aquilee‘and Moon’s F. L. - 68° 2849”
Longitude - - - - = 90 55 45

Ee Seca

SSN ——
—
a Ree — seme ag —

_

. .
7 ’
<ag5gs PEE CE IE I ities id ”

404 APPENDIS.

June 21, 8) 58’ 8” A. M. Alt. Sun’s U. L. 97° 1/45"
Index error — 3’ 50”
Error of watch = - - - - —Ob 1 46

Longitude of Fort Crawford W.. 90° 52’ 30” July 4.

Variation of the compass at Fort
Crawford by a mean of two morn-

_ing azimuths. - - - - E,. 8° 48’ 59”
June 28. Mer. Alt. Moun’s U. L. - - 73° 22’ 30’
Index error — 4’ 00”
Latitude of Camp - - + N.48 47 57

June 29. Mer. Alt. Star «. Scorpionis - 89° 27’ 20’
Index error — 3’ 7”

Latitude deduced - pi eas 44 18 37
ee!
June 30. Mer. Alt. Moon’s U. L. - - 94° 40’ 00"
Latitude - - - - - 44 18 38

Latitude of Camp - - +-N.44 18 373

July 2 Mer. Alt. Star «. Scorpionis - 88° 18’ 00"
Index error — 4’ 00’

‘ July 12,
Latitude deduced - - - 44 53 48 :

4

July 3. 8* 24’ 23” A.M, and 3" 31’ 54”
P. M. Ait. Sun’s centre - - 83° 18’ 80” July 14.
Latitude - - - - - 44 53 50 ‘

o ; .
a sau yeaen to $2
ee -_ -

A

TS

Latitude of the mouth of St. Peter’s
River - - ~ - - N. 44° 53’ 49”

8h 44’ 27” A. M. Dist. Sun and
Moon - - - - - 64° 13/17”
Longitude deduced - - + 98 17 00

ER

5 J
“arate sepia Ses ta OS ie RE RSS Rr Eases em
- = ae

46

) , 80"

8’ 52”
2! 30"

7 57
7! 90’

8 37

40' 00”
18 38

18 373
18’ 00”

53 48

18’ 80”
53 50

53’ 49”

13/17”
17 00

SSeS!

APPENDIX.

8h 52’ $7” A. M. Dist. Sun and

405

Moon - +) = = + = 64°10’ 30’
Longitude - - “- - «= 98 7 80
July 4. 9h 24’ 38’ A.M. Dist. Sun and
Moon, - - + »+ = =. §0° 87’ 20"
~ Index error — 3’ 55'’
Longitude - - - .* = 938 7 00
gh 32’ 43” A. M. Dist. Sun and
Moon - + =) #€. = 60°84'17"
Longitude - -- += = - 93. 1 00
9h 40’ 44" A.M. Alt. Sun’s centre 109° 17’ 00"
Error of watch = + ~- - =—Oh 2 46
Longitude of the mouth of St. Pe-
ter’s River - soe foe W.98° 8’ 7”
Variation of the compass at the ©
mouth of St. Péter’s River by a
morning azimuth: - § - E. 10° 28’ 40”
July 12, Mer. Alt. Star». Qphinchi - - 59°59'00’
Index error — 4’ 00”
Latitude of Camp - .* .. +N. 44 83 59
July 14. 9 93" 49" P, M. Dist. Star «,
Aquitee and Moon’s F.L. © + 98°56’ 40”
Index error — 3! 45’’
Longitude of the Crescent - W.93 56 15
Oh 35’ 55’ P. M. Alt. Star «.
Aquile .- - 9 - + --. 85°94 7”
Errorof watch - - - |- —0O% 9 36
9h 45' 58’ P. M. Alt. Polar Star 87° 33’ 13”

Vou. II. 52

APPENDIX.

Latitude deduced * + 4 +). 44° 20 26” V

July 15. 85 2’ 24” A. M. Alt. Sun’s centre 677° 7' 15" —_——
Qh 16’ Q'' A. M. Do. Do. # 102 30 15 July 24, M
Latitude - « . - - 44 22 28

os

Latitude of the Crescent -.. - N.44°21'97”

Latitude assumed for Great Swan
Lake - - - - - .N. 44° 19’ 06”

5h Q' 43" P, M. Alt. Sun’s centre 46° 20’ 15"
Index error — 3’ $0” é
Error of watch deduced : - —0510 16

4q

5b 17'6"’ P. M. Dist. Moon and Sun =: 100° 52’ 41”
Longitude deduced 2 Se 9A 87 45
6h 25’ 1" P. M. Alt. Paste U.L. 39° 1’ 45”
Error of watch, «- + = = == 08-10 14

et —"
6h 98''5"” P, M. Dist. Moon and

Sun LA TUE COCR OR IBC the
Longitude - - + -'- \ = 94 35°15

- Bh 46’ 57”’ P.M. Dist. Moon and
Sun. “ss - -» 101° 1°45”
Longitude - §-- - = = (94°81 45

Longitude of Great Swan Lake ‘W..94° 34’ 55”

July 17. Mer, Alt. Moon’s U.L. —=- == 41° 280"
‘Latitude of Camp - + + N.44 30.28

July 18. Mer. Alt. Moon’s U. LL. . +. .- 87° 35’ 80”
Latitude of Camp - +. »=N.44 41 26

Qh

Of APPENDIX. 407

Variation of the compass by an
evening amplitude - - ~- E.12°21'20"

July 24. Mer. Alt. Star «. Aquile - - (105° 35’ 15”
Index error — 4' 7"' :
Latitude deduced - - : 45 89 51

July 25. 9% 44'22'' A.M. Alt. Sun’s centre 108° 38’ 15”

gh 49’ Q4"" P. M. Do. Do. oe 73 89 45
Index error — 4’ 00’’

Latitude - - _ - 45 39 51

July 26. Mer. Alt.Moon’sU.L. - - 77° 8/80"
Index error — 4’ 7"
Latitude - cose - -. 45 89 55

TET

Latitude of Lac Travers. -° - N.45° 39’ 52”

July 25, $438'56" A.M. Alt,Moon’sU.L. 54° 44’ 00"
Index error — 4’ 00'' ee
Longitude deduced. -: - +. 96 83 45

July 26, 2b 37’ 45°’ A. M. Dist. Star «.
Arietis and Moon’s N.L. am eg? (oe! 8"
Index error — 4! 7"
’ Longitude Se ee oe oe 96 89 45

Qh 4847" A.M. Alt.Star «Lyre -75° 5115"
Error of watch = - - - - -0 00 31

gh 58/9" A. M. Diet. Star «, Au-
rige and Moon’s N.L. - - 99° 4’ 5”

y ey te

Longitude. - - - = 96-30 380
Longitude of Lac Travers - W. 9694’ 30”

Variation. of the: compass at Lac

APPENDIX.

Travers, by a mean of two even-
ing azimuths - - .- ‘*) E. 12°28’ 50"

es
Aug. 1. Latitude assumed - © . + N,47° 46’ 00’

7433’ 24" A. M. Alt. Sun’s centre 61° 4’ 00”
Index error — 3’ 55'’

Error of watch deduced . - =O0h 9 9
7h 24’ 31"' A, M. Dist. Sun and
Moon - - - - - 68° 43’ 59”
Longitude on the bank of Red
River - - - . W.96 53 45
Aug. 5. Mer. Alt. Sun’s.U. L. - = 116° 47" 45”

Index error — 3° 59'’
Latitude of the upper part of Pem-
bina Settlement - + « N.48 59 27

Aug. 6. Mer. Alt. Star «. Aquile - + 98°55’ 10”
Index error — 4’ 00!’
Latitude deduced - - - N.48 59 57
Aug. 8. Mer. Alt.,Sun’s U. L. bn - 115° 7’ 15”
Latitude - - - - - ' 48 59 58

Mer. Alt. Star « Aquile - - 988.55’ 10”
Latitude - - + “= (+ 48 59 57

Latitude of Camp in the lower part
“ of Pembina Settlement, - |= N.48° 59’ 574”

According to the three last obser-
vations the forty-ninth degree of

_, north latitude crosses Red River,
about two miles below the mouth
‘of Pembina River. A post was
fixed ‘at the end of the distance

ae

Aug. 12,

Aug. 15,

Aug. 15.

Aug. 16.

Aug. 12,

Aug. 15.

Aug. 15.

Aug. 16.

APPENDIX.

necessary to complete the de-
gree, carefully measured from
the spot, at which the altitudes
were taken. 2

No stars, bearing north, were ob-
served, because, either their alti-
tudes were too great at the time
of culminating, or the weather
was unfavourable.

Variation of the compass at Pem-
bina, by a mean of two evening

409

_ amplitudes - + +. «+ E, 18°17’ 25”

Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. . °
Index error — 4’ 18'’ - -

Latitude of the mouth of Muskrat

111° 35’ 45"
49 35 55
— 45

River - : - - - N. 49° 35'10”

Mer. Alt. Moon’s U. L. ° °
Index error — 3’ 52’’ ,
Latitude deduced ee nd "

Mer. ‘Alt. Star.«. Aquile - = -

Latitude’ - -' - + =
Mer. Alt. Sun’s ULL. = =

Index error — 4' 15’’
Latitude - - - - -

Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. eye
Index error — 4’ 7’’
Latitude - - : - -

Latitude of ‘the mouth of Assini-

31° 57’ 00”

49 53 22

97° 8’ 00"
49 58 30

109° 10’ 00’
49 53 47
108° 32’ 30’

49 58 41

SDE S ERS

boin River - - - - N. 49° 53’ 35”

}
)
i
i
in
t
1
Te
ih

ie a el

a RR ae ae

—
ata

410 APPENDIX.

Aug. 13. 45 2’ 35’’ P. M. Alt. Sun’s centre 59° 17" 15"
Index error — 8’ 52’'
Error of watch 9 - - — Oh 2 $7

4b 19’ 58’" P, M. Dist. Moon and

Sun - vesial cae ° . 93° 55’ $2”
Longitude deduced - eo 97 515

4 17' 48" P.M. Dist. Moon and
Sun - - - - - 93° 57’ 00"
Longitude - - - = = 96 56 30

gh 4’ 47"" P. M. Dist. Star «. Mer. Alt.
Aquilee and Moon’s F. L. .. -. 69° 89’ 50”
Longitude - - + - « 97 00 45

Qh Oh 83" P. M. Alt. Star a. Mer. Alt.
Bootee - - - - §8° 38’ 00”

Error of watch = - - - - —0Oh 2 18

Longitude of the mouth of. Assini-

boin River - - - W..97° 00’ 50”

Aug..18, Mer. Alt: Moon’s L.L. .- = -. 34° 48'S0"
Index error — 3' 56!’
Latitude of Camp on the southern
coast of Lake Winnepeek.. .- N.50 41 3

Aug. 20. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L,. “> = 104° 82’ 10”
Index error — 3’ 52"
Latitude of Fort Alexander - N.50 86 30
Mer. Alt. Moon’s U. L.. - -» * §8°.13" 86”
Index error — 3’ 30’’ : :
Latitude of Portage des Chaines N.50 31 30

Qh 95' 51’ P.M. Alt. Moon’sU.L.. 41° 21’ 10”

4

APPENDIX. 4ll

Frror of watch = - - ° - =—=@h 1'33”

a

Longitude - - .- = =» 95 50 00
h 238
r 9h $5’ 41” P, M, Diste Star «. Pe-
gasiand Moon’s F.L. - + 35°21'48”
° 55’ 39" Longitude - bad | = ° 2) 95 59 80
5 15 . .
Aug. 21. 08 9’ 56” A. M. Dist. Star «.
Arietis and Moon’s F. L, on eee 718"
© 57 00" Longitude. - : - - - 95 55 45
. 56 80 ' * :
Longitude of Portage des Chaines W. 95°55’ 5”
Mer. Alt, Sun’s U. L. : - - 104°13'15"
° 89’ 50” Index error —~.4' 15’ ;
"00 45 Latitude of east end of the first
—— Portage du Bonnet - » N.50 26.20
- . ” Mer. Alt. Star a. Aquilee ° ¢ ad ; a! 96° 26’ 15”
oo: lh Index error — 3! 15"
p 2 18 Lia ’ Latitude of the southern extremity —
ae of Lake du Bonnet - + N.50 14 6
° 00' 50” 9h 54’ 54” P.M. Alt. Moon’s U. L. 49° 16’ 50”
° 48’ 80” st Ertor of watch + - = = =O 3 SI
Longitude of the southern extreme
of Lake du Bonnet -: °»- W.95 59 45
al 8 Aug. 22. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U, L. 27> 104° 11’ 00"
° 32’ 10” Index error —— 4’ 15” ©
Latitude. of Portage du Grand
) 86 $0 » Galet - - - - N.50 7 28
13730” Aug. 24. Mer, Alt. Star « Aquile | - - 96° 42’ 00’
2 Index error — 3’ 30”
) 31 30 : Latitude of the Island de la Grande
Equerre os ee - N.50 6 22

1° 21' 10”

APPENDIX.

9h 1139” P:M. Alt. Star «. Bootes 41° 49’ 15”
Error of watch = - - - - —Oh 8 37

ee

gh 37’ 27” P. M. Dist. Moon’s
F. L. and Star « Aquile - 72°00’ 10"
Longitude of the Island de la

Grande Equerre + - W.95 28 45 Sept.
Ange 26, 8h 27'37” A.M. Alt. Sun’s centre 67° 4/15”
. 104 23' 44” A.M. Do. Do. -' . 94 49 50
Index error — 4’ 22”
Latitude of Cosse’s Island \(L. of
.the Woods) - - .- + N.49 86 42
ean nn RRR nem nemeeeeennmeneenemenemeeemmeemmneEeenemmeemmmenEmmemee ee :
Aug. 27. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. <= =. 102° 3715" ‘ Sept.
Index error — 4' 17’’ gM
Latitude of Red Rock Island N. 49 11 33 :
Mer. Alt. Star «, Aquile -° - 99° 3’20” Sept.
Latitude of Sandy Island = - - N.48 56 4

Variation of the compass in: L. of
the. Woods, by a.mean of, the’
.' Sun’s morning and evening am-
plitude and an amplitude of the .
Moon’s rising ~ ee Bea? 1/95”

Ang. 28, 8% 18’38” A.M. Alt. Sun’s centre 60° 36’.15”
9h 46"30""A.M. Do. UL. 85 32 35
Index error — 4' 7". :
Error of watch - = - - + me Oh 2 44 Sept.
Latitude of the mouth of Rainy

River - .* + .- N48 538 40

RTA eo

Sept.

Sept.

gh 25’ 42” A. M. Dist. Sun and
Moon -..- = .* ‘j= . . 98° 23'35"
Longitude deduced - - =... 94 11 00

8h 44’

83” A. M. Dist. Sun and

1° 42’ 15”
Ob 8 37

9° 00’ 10”

5 28 45
B7° 4! 15"
b4 49 50

9 36 42
D2? 87’ 15”

19 11 33

n9° 3’ 90”
48 56 4

11° 1’ 95"!

50° 86’ 15”
35 82 35

Oh 2 44

18 53 40

ORS EE

98° 23' 35”
44 11 00

APPENDIX. 413

Moon - - - - - 98° 14’ 57”
Longitude - - - - + += 94 381 30

Longitude of the mouth of Rainy
River ene ie &, oye W. 94° 21’ 15”

Sept. 2. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. - =~ 99° 30’ 00”
Index error — 4’ 00”
Latitude of Camp on an Island in
Rainy Lake - - - ‘- N.48 85 35

Variation of the compass by a °
morning amplitude - - = - Ey 8°15'00”

a nn en

Sept. 4. Mer. Alt. Star, « Aquile - - 100°927'15”
Latitude of the lower Portage of

St. Croix River - - -N.48 14 5
Sept. 5. Mer. Alt. Star « Aquile - - ‘100° 5'15”

Index error — 4’ 00”
Latitude of Little Rock Portage N.48 24°58

Sept. 6. Mer. Alt. Star « Aquile - - 99°38'50”
Latitude of the west end of the
French Portage - + + N.48 40 40

Sept. 7. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. - = — 95° 40' 15”
Latitude of the east end of the
French Portage - - «- N.48 40 24

Sept. 11. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. - » 92° 21’ 30’
Latitude on the south coast of Dog

Lake - - - - - N.48 49 17
Latitude assumed for the south end

of Dog Portage - - = N.48°38'00"
8h 54’ 37”. P. M. Alt. Sun’s centre 48° 40’ 00”
Error of watch = - - - ° 08 3 11

Vor.. IF. 53

jit

APPENDIX.

4h 1/19” P.M. Dist. Moon and Sun” 85° 48’ 30” Sept. 80. 1
Longitude of the south end of Dog J
Portage - - += = W.89 81 00 d
Mer. Alt. Star «. Aquile - - 99°41'30” ]
Latitude of Knite Portage - - N.48 36 50 I
Sept. 15. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. 2 * 90° 9’ 15” Oct 1 }
Latitude of Fort William - - N.48 28 38 I
Sept. 16. Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. bd ° g9° 15’ 15” .
Latitude of an island in Lake Su- 5 Oct 2 N
prior - = ~- = + N.48 97 27 : aq
Sert. 17. Mer. Alt. Sun’s L. L. =. = _ 48°33’ 80”
Height of observer’s eye above the J
natural horizon. - = oe 3 feet RY
Latitude of an Island -. - N.48 40 12 I
Mer. Alt. Star « Aquile - - 99/2415” Oct. 13. }
-Index error — 3’ 30" ]

Latitude of Camp on the north
coast.of Lake Superior = - - N.48 45 00 Oct. 14.

8b 8’ 8” P. M. Alt. Moon’s U. L. 49° 48’ 45”
Longitude of same Camp - W. 88 48 45

Sept. 18. Mer. Alt. Star « Aquile - - 99°25'00"
Index error — 4’ 00” : Oct. 13.
Latitude of the bottom of Bottle |
Bay = = ee NAB 4 7
Sept. 24. Mer. Alt. Star «. Aquile - + 100°58'30"
Latitude of Camp on the north
coast of Lake Superior - - N,.47 58 20

Variation of the compass by an

evening amplitude - ' + EB. 6°21'00"
Sept. 26. Mer. Alt. Star « Aquile - - 101° 38/15” Oct. 14.

Latitude of Michipicotton House N.47 55 58

5 7

8’ 30"

8 20

1’ 00"
8’ 15”
5 58

Sept. 30.

Oct. 1.

Oct. 2.

Oct. 5.

APPENDIX. . 41

Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. cose 82° 16’ 30”
Latitude of the west end of Portage
Sault St. Marie : - - N.46 30 12

Mer. Alt. Star @. Pegasi - - 115°S7'00"
Latitude deduced - + ‘= § 46 29 58

Mer. Alt. Sun’s U.L. - 81° 30’ 20”
Latitude’ - - - - - 46 29 57
Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. - - 80° 44’ 5”

Latitude - - - - . 46 29 29

Latitude of Fort Brady - + N. 46° 29' 55”

Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. ° - 79° 42’ 10”
Latitude of Fort Mackinaw - N.45 51 00

Oct. 153.

Oct. 14.

Oct. 13.

Oct. 14.

Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. - > 80° $9’ §80”’
Latitude deduced - - - 42 19 16
Mer. Alt. Sun’s U. L. - - 79° 54’ 45"

Latitude - . - - 42 19 20

Latitude of Detroit - - - N. 42° 19’ 18”

104 52' 28” P. M. Moon’s L. L. 33° 31’ 40”
Longitude deduced - - - 82 55 00

11510’ 12’ P.M. Alt. Star a. Cygni 98° 18’ 50”’
Error of watch - - - - —0h 111

114 21’ 40” P. M. Dist. Star «.
Arietis and Moon’s F. L. - 83° 5’ 00"
Longitude i

$h 44’ 47" P.M. Alt. Sun’s centre 35° 32’ 15”

x 7
SRI oi eae See oe eee hap CRO we
e
a es as

;
'
if

é
; oH

a
H Be

t

lal at

Spee eens otatrererene tensile nernenrtenrtan-acascycteyrtererersnrsssemnpeionrenn

Error of watch -

Sun - -
Longitude -

Longitude of Detroit

APPENDIX.

' $5 50’ 35” P. M. Dist. Moon and

= Oh 3’ 13”

120° 93’ 19”
83 2 30

W. 83° 00’ 10"

ME’

Exhibiting |
observatio:
United St
of the Un

The follos
vations take
coast, extent
near New (
Orleans; an
Council Bl
Ontario; er
39’ of longi
of compariso
the city of P

It will be
tution near
about thesa
du Chien, a
longitude is
these two sé
ence will be
and the pro
and the ca
Posts. In Ja
stood at - 2
at Prairie d
for the mon

PART III.—METEOROLOGY..

een Soe

METEOROLOGICAL REGISTER

FOR THE YEAR 1829;

Exhibiting the daily mean temperature of the weather from
observations taken at several of the military posts of the
United States, by Joseru Lovett, M. D. Surgeon General
of the United States’ Army.

The following tables are abstracts of meteorological obser-
vations taken at eight of the military posts of the Atlantic
coast, extending from Eastport in Maine, to Fort St. Philip
near New Orleans; at one on the Mississippi, above New
Orleans; and at seven on the north western frontier, from
Council Bluffs on the Missouri, to Fort Niagara on Lake
Ontario; embracing an extent of 16° 22’ of latitude, and 28°
89’ of lengitude. To these have been added, as a standard
of comparison, observations taken during the same year near
the city of Philadelphia.

It will be perceived that Eastport, Portland, Fort Consti-
tution near Portsmouth, and Newport, are respectively in
about thesame latitude as Fort St. Anthony, Green Bay, Prairie
du Chien, and Council Bluffs; while the average difference of
longitude is 21° 89’. On comparing the observations taken in
these two sections of the country, the most remarkable differ-
ence will be found to consist in. the extreme cc!d of the winter
and the proportionate warmth of the summer at the Western,
and the ,comparative equable temperature at the Eastern
Posts. In January, which is the coldest month, the thermometer
stood at - 25° at Fort St. Anthony; - 23° at Green Bay; - 19°
at Prairie du Chien, and — 16° at Council Bluffs. The mean
for the month at the first place was 11.68; at the second 13.20;

418 APPENDIX.

at the third 14.86; and at the fourth 21.02. In the same mont’
the lowest degree at Eastport was -- 9°; at Portland ~ 10°; ar
Fort Constitution - 7°; and at Newport 0. The mean for
the month at the first place was 17.53; at the second 17.63;
at the third 20.50; and at the fourth 26.54. Thus at the west
the lowest degree on an average of four observations was -
20.75, and the mean for the month 15.79, while at the East
the average lowest degree was - 6.50, and the mean for the
month 20.55, making the difference for the month 4.76,

In July, which is the hottest month, the weather was pro-
portionately warm at the west. Thus the highest degree, on
our average of four observations, is 96°; and the mean for the
month 75.31, while at the east the highest degree is 83 and
the mean for the month 68.82; waking a difference of 6.49.
The mean for the year at the four western. posts is 46.04; and
at the four eastern 47.23, a difference of 1.19 only.

The centre of these sixteen stations lies between Norfolk
and Annapolis; taking therefore these two posts, and the three
northern and the three southern ones, which are respectively
about equidistant from this centre, it will give 53.91 as the
mean temperature for the year throughout the country; which
is about the same.as that of Detroit in Michigan Territory.

The difference in the range of the thermometer was 27°;
it being 133° at the west, and 106 at the east. At the most
southern station it was but 43°. The result of forty-eight
monthly observations of the course of the winds at the western
posts is N. W. 20—S. W. 17—N, 5—N. E. 2—S, E. 2—W.
1—S..1. At the east; N..W. 14—S. W. 14—S. 11—S,. E, 3
—N. 3—W. 2—N. E. 1. The N. W.and S. W. are there-
fore decidedly the prevailing winds, being in the proportion
of 65 to 315 and it is remarkable that the proportion of 8. W.
winds in the summer; and of N. W. winds in the winter at
the western is exactly the same as at the Eastern Posts.

At the west the proportion of fair weather to cloudy is as
17 to 7; and at the east as 11 to 1. The proportion of fair
weather at the east is to that at the west, as 4 to 3, nearly.

¥

On com
we have o
‘settlement
the north
were mucl
temperatu
Similar
and this fa
dictory ste
affirm that
United St:
that there
way of pro
Euxine an
frozen dur
many plan
in the nort
much highs
many kind
large distri
were perhs
The trut
is about th
quence of
ter—that t
more equa
tion will e
the month
posts as ¢g
January it
more rapic
the eastern
Of course,
to bring th
due care a
while the 1

APPENDIX. 419

nit’ a On comparing these results with the most accurate accounts

3 a we have of the climate of the Eastern States on their first 4
| for a -settlement, we shall find that it was much the same’as that of i 4
63 5 the north western frontier at the present time. The winters i
west were much more severe, the summers warmer; and the mean ;
as — temperature of the year probably about the same that it now is. i
East Similar changes are believed to have taken place in Europe ; ' i
> the and this fact wi!l in a great measure account for the contra- F {
dictory statements of writers on this subjects some of whom a
pro- ) affirm that the climate of Europe and the eastern part of the aan |
>, On United States is warmer, some thai it is colder; and others 2)
wr the that there is no material change. The one party stating, by ' ;
} and way of proof, that the Rhine, Danube, and Tyber rivers, the van \
6.49. Euxine and the borders of the Mediterranean Ses, &c. were aa
3 and frozen during the winter months of former years, and that Bees LEP
many plants could not be preserved through the winter, even Te
orfolk i in the north of Italy, which are now successfully cultivated in ee
three much higher latitudes; while the other asserts that at present One Jae
tively many kinds of grain and fruit will not come to perfection in hie
as the large districts of country, where they Renely flourished and ie
which were perhaps indigenous. Nn
ry. | The truth probably is, that the mean annual temperature on
5 27°; is about the same} but that the climate is much milder in conse- ii
> most “a quence of the great reduction in the range of the thermome- aa
y-eight ter-—that the quantity of heat is the same; but that it is now bi
estern # more equally distributed throughout the year. This supposi- H
2—W. | tion will explain the facts above stated. For on comparing t,
. E. 5 the monthly mean temperature of the ‘western and eastern it
there- posts as given in these tables, we shall find that, although in ee
portion January it is much lower at the west, yet the spring advances i
Ss. W. more rapidly ; that even by March it is 2° 45’ higher than at
hter at the eastern posts ; and that by July the difference is 6° 49’. ;
3. ; Of course, such plants will thrive as require a warm summer 7
y is as to bring them to perfection; and are yet hardy enough, with i]
of fair due care and a proper exposure, to withstand a severe winter ; 4
arly. while the more delicate and sensible ones, which flourish un- i
i
Hy
|

420 APPENDIX.

der a milder summer’s sun, will be frozen up with the sur-
rounding rivers, lakes, and seas.

The causes of this change have also been the subject. of no
little dispute ; but.it is thought that numerous: circumstances
connected with the rapid settlement of the United States will
show that it has been’ produced: mainly. by the clearing of the
country, and the cultivation of the soil. Had accurate obser-
vations been kept, it is believed that the change in the climate
of the United States would appear to have been as rapid, in
comparison with that in Europe, as the increase of population
and the extension of cultivation has been unexampled ; and
that the effect has in both cases borne as exact a proportion to
the cause, as could be expected in a subject susceptible of so
many variations from accidental and extrinsic circumstances.

How far the character of the diseases of a country are af-
fected by difference of temperature can of course only be de-
cided by numerous observations, many circumstances however
render it probable that whether observations are made at vari-
ous places within the same period, or at the same place through
a succession of years, we shall find a close connection be-
tween the temperature of the several parts of the year and the
diseases of the place or period.

From the sick reports of the army, intermittent and remit-
tent fevers appear at present to be the prevailing diseases of
the greater part of our country, and there is reason to believe
that the proportion of remittents has not only increased with-
in a few years, but that they are much more frequently com-
bined with symptoms of derangement. of the biliary organs.

Out of 7000 cases of acute disease, upwards of 3000 were
of fevers of an intermittent and remittent type, 1750 of in-
flamma cory complaints common. to all parts of the country
durin‘, the winter months; and of the remainder, the greater
par’, were of disorders peculiar to the-life, habits, and duties
o’ a soldier in all situations. At the western posts by far the
greater proportion of cases are intermittents. At the south-
ern and middle Atlantic stations, remittents of a decidedly

bilious ch
ing the pi
fever wa:
cially at :
about the
13th and
stated tha
1000.

By the
to the %&
steadily a
low 814°
perature f
of the the
the lowest

Even as
liarly, unh
gent surge
30th of Se
in by the
mals, its.o
and panth
tality amo
were foun
gular that
and six, c¢
eases of c
whether it
healing

them, is b
it is but re
ject, until
and not ta
for the res

Von. I

ate
1, in
tion
and
on to
bf so
nces.
e af-
de-
yever
vari-
pugh
n be-
\d the

remit-
ses of
elieve
-with-
com-
ans.

) were
of in-
ountry
preater
duties
far’ the
south-
sidedly

. APPENDIX. 421

bilious character prevail to a greater ex iess extent, and dur-
ing the present year, (1822,) the bilious remittent or yellow
fever was unusually fatal at several posts, and more espe-
cially at and near Pensacola in Florida, the first death occurred
about the 7th of August ; there were upwards of 20 between the
13th and 20th of the month, and by the end of September itis
stated that more than 200 died out of a population of about
1000.

By the tables it will be observed, that from the 17th of July
tothe 2d of September, the daily mean temperature was
steadily as high as 804° with the exception of one day, and be-
low 814° only three days during that period. The mean tem-
perature for the month of August was 82.22, and the range
of the thermometer but 14; the highest degree being 89, and
the lowest 75.

Even as early as June, there appears to have been a pecu-
liarly unhealthy state of the atmosphere; and +!.e very intelli-
gent surgeon of the post, Dr. M’Mahon, in his report on the
30th of September states, that “the month of June was ushered
in by the prevalence ofa fatal distemper among the brute ani-
mals, its.operation was particularly marked upon dogs; foxes,
and panthers, in the woods, suffered very severely, the mor-
tality among them was indeed immense, numbers of them
were found dead in every direction, and it is somewhat sin-
gular that they were generally found in. troops of four, five,
and six, collected about the same spot.”” Whether the dis-
eases of our country are more fatal than formerly, and if so,
whether it arise from the malpractices of the professors of the
healing art, as appears of late to be the opinion of some of
them, is believed to be somewhat problematical, at any rate,
it is but reasonable to defer a decision on so important a sub-
ject, until we shall have collected a series of well attested facts;
and not to mistake the suggestions of an overweening vanity
for the results of calm investigation and practical experience.

Vox. II, 54

; é ‘NOLLVAWASEO
°% ‘“HINOW AHL 40 SAYG . <~| 2 dO S49V'ld
Ps ee rare rca are eee eee ee LE Ne. MEME RNY gl hil: AA

Pemuzuor—AUvONVeE fo yruopy ay? Lof 49492Sayy pv91Goj0soaaFYT

e 1 E Pa beet Pe tt Bre 76 Bee
s on}

- (gory) Sroneg
St] (youn) ‘ovurgoegy
- - eg uso
UID Up ores

‘or lors Fe see lose oPC AN) ereSern 20g

+455

FST 4

i
+

- (1a) “tjosesuag
- (8A) “qqog20
(pI) ‘syodeuuy

al
z i
by Lz
&

- (ow) ‘puepaog

‘I ° . ° ; ° °, ° ° . ° °, ° . ° Cow) 30d}
| 21; 9f :
‘NOLLVAUASAO
“SEN LVAAMNAL ATIVG NVA@K GNV HLINOW AHL JO SAVE p y JO SA0V'Id

‘Ses ‘Auvanve fo yzuoyy oy3 lof s23stSayy yuorSojosoqjape

tt eg a

St ac id Sine aE) SRS So Be BY

gr lez lorat lo'zzlsee lovee ose 0'8 ry iss |s6z is" ‘ €Pi(°A (ND “ereseiy yog
"SS |0°0G |0°8Z |S°9E |S°9E 10°2Z 0°ST IS” ‘Is sp io"se |e" - Cup) Sioneg
"I-|S'S- |S'S-IS"ZT |e "£3 SST IS" "y Isvelsesis >|. (“qorpy) ‘svungoeyg
TESS |S'E-lO'ST Io"es ONE IS"OT [s'0- is" lo'FT OTH |s"ss 0" keg waaip
ré [SS ('O 'et iste isos cztlso los Issziscris' ze lo” UdIYD Np ewteig
IS"SZ 10'S— |S°8— |S" I- Ie'6Z |O'SE SET ISS |s°6 Ig-ztis‘é6s is-ogis” th, Auoyuy “3g 3109
6S O'ZLISSTis°9 |S°% Is-9og ae - -Sgnyig pouneg
02 IS"6S |S°ZF J0'99 10°09 loss |s“9S |S"FF IC" ;

TZISS¥ IS°ZS 10°89 |S"? Ie"T9 5-6 63\(‘8T) ‘dipyd 3s WO
02 |¢-2¥|\s"19 |o#9 |s-t9 lores lees - (‘[a) ‘ejooesuag
09 |s"Is Is"Is |s‘oF lO'FF Is-zF - (8a) Sq10j10N
: (PIX) ‘syodeury

‘Z¥ IS"SE 10°9E 10°9E |0°SS |0°6z 0°S% [0's

S¥ IS°2Z [0° ZS ISHS IS'ZS |O'BE 10°9S [SZ

APPENDIX.

WP [0°06 [STS |S"SE |0°8S |s"9G |s'ET Je |s-e-lo'Z1 |s"6s lo'ss loss |S" | > C2) ‘puepio

OF /0°ZI |e" |S"LE lO'ZE Is"OE OFT |S" T-|s°F— |e"0z |¢"9 ‘Ss |S" : - (2W) wodjseg
ts | o¢ | 6z | ee | 2 | 9c | sz | 9¢ | cz | ec | te | 08 | ot

F ‘NOLLVAUASEO

°% ‘HLNOW AHL 40 SAVG . ; : 40 S49V'ld

‘panuzzuoo—azuvonve fo yzuopy ay? of 40781Sagy ywarGopzosoapayyy

woe ley leer eztler le-azle-tz lover le-zt lores lose lose loon les le-ztls-ez lose |so zl st svCa ‘N)ereden oa

‘panurquoo—auvauas gq fo yruopy ay? 40f 4a781Seyy 7091 SojoL.0apepy

PTL O'ZT |S°SS SOG jO' FS i¢'Tz |o°0z | SO

RAGES F

*
=
a
Zi
a
Oe
Ss
a

ces

5

*“NOLLVAUASEO
iO Sa0V'Td

‘seSl ‘AUVOUEAY fo Yyzuoyy ay} sof sa;sIZayy JOIFO{0L0IAPT

w ce SS
=. 3 gsisos |e-ze le"sv js"9t lors orgzlo-ze |S" cst joes |s'88|S0 6)ST SHCA"
. GS ISOS |S'SZ SSS OPS |S'EE IFSP |S°9E OFS 10°9S SOE | 00 £8) 6T - (yo) fone
. 9F10'0F |S°9F [06% [OST |S*S [SOS IS°6 "1 0°6S JOST SST |SO Sei ts “yor C
" . ZSiS 2S |S SY IS LE 0'WS SST |S-ZE |S ET "¥E 10°9E IS’ TZ |S°0 | 00 28] OF -
“-.* . ‘ I¥ OIF /0°0E [OST j0'9z |0"2z STs |0'Ss [S98 |s"6z [O'IS|SS 06) £0 ! It
“-° . 9 SSE 0°9S |S'OT 1O'ZT Fe "$e 10°6% |0°6% |O'9E [S91 | 80° £6] ES ‘
“-* . yor orev es |escleze @ IS'GT [SE OSE |S'SF IS'SE|EF $6/S% t
“a+ “G9 |S°Z9 |S°6F |S S¥ [0'6Y Ist 2b |s"sg |S°99 |S'4F |S"SF 'o"ZE| ST 16/92 :
‘ P 6910" sd dood DZS IS'FS lO'FS [O'S |0'RS |S°E9 |O'FS IS°ZF OTS | TS 68) 6S
a | L$ '0'%S |S°SS JO'SS |S"FS JOSS "S90'ES |S°6F 0'S9 | FT 28/42
= ‘sor SF lost jo'os Sz "PP IS*OS |O°S9|9T 92/85
-} "SP SBE |S"8S [SOF |S 9E |S BF "8S O°KE [O'FE [STH | 22 92/88
oe ‘LP |O'SS IF BS I'L OTE [O'S "6% 0G |0°0S 0°6E | 60 $2] ZS
< '6E SOF /0°0Z |S'8S ly ‘2g S63 lO'SS |s°6E | ST TOE T
BE |S'SS OTS |S*6z O's? "8S |0°8 |0°0E |$'2Z¢| 6 0Z|0 Sh\(H‘N)
"OS OBE |S0F |0'2S 1S’ 6E "Gt \0°9S SSS Ig ZE| ST 02)8E S| - (aie) ‘puepsog
"PI 0°9S 2S |OTY %Z |0'°OL |0°SS JOBS [Fs aLOFF o

8% | 26 | 9S | SS | FH | ES | SS | TS | OS | GT | ST | ZT

eek, | 24 ‘HINON GHL JO SAVG

-panurquoo—auvanasg fo ypuopy 2y7 sof 4078rSeyy puorSojoLoapayy —

‘NOILLVAWASAO
AO SHOVITd

"M ‘Su0'7

x

OF |S GT if 0S |O'ST JOST |S°SZ [SST |S6S lenzz OIL 0°21 Is"Ss {S08 \o'e |g" TZ 0%
Ic SSS ISS [SGI |S ZS |S OF SIS |S"6S |S"6S [OST |S ES |O'OE [SBT |S°8S [STS |S°0S
s lee K “6110'S O'S IS IT ies if S-iC' OL is e— “PT IS'8

00 SSi6I & (qo1W) 910.99q
$0 ssiIs (-youg) ‘ovury:

$0 62/S1 =|" "N) ‘eivdeiy, Woy

awe

a

“6

*
ot
a
fa
Bs
<4

‘08 ‘HINOW HL 40 Siva re Aa | | - 40 SH0V1Id

‘Panuizuoo—HIav IW Jo yyuopy 247 sof 4ajo.Fayz 2092Go;040010

NSE |S°8E [SEE I6"2z [68S |¢'8z |O'BE [0°97 [0°08 |S" Zz |S"Zz [SLE |S'6S |S"9F Io"¢E O'OS IS°FF SSF] SO

BZ IS"SS |S°2ZP'10'SS |0°0F IS“SE |0'SE 10'0F [0'°ZF [SOS lo IF |S-zE O'S ISS 1.00
D'TE [SSE |S'ES [SBS |O'ZT |g-9T [0'9S IS"95 j0'0S |F HB |S°4S |S°Sz IS"BZ JOSE Is'¥E IS°FZ IS ZZ \S"6E | SO
"8G ISS OOF ISTE |S°9% |S°-ZF | 00
‘OFIS'EF l0'6E |S" 22 0'SS 66S | ZS.
‘SE 1S 6E |e'FF |S°6S |S IZ |S'SE 180

; Joes logs seo |s"
r£S |f"Ss Ie'es lots |o'99|¢"

ge lovze had had
“£0 (SO 'a7\6°9F| GF 02190
‘$8 0'Ob IS TF \S°9F| BT OZ|8E

‘NOLLVANaSHO
40 SA0VId

APPENDIX.

LS ISGP |S" Th ISO |S-SE SFE 10°95 ISHS IS TY 10'2z [OLE {S28 |S°SS | EF
ws Is'Zy |s"os |s"¥9 |s°aLl¢"bz |S°bZ 10'S9 IS°9 |S°S9 10" 29 10°02 |S"99 | BT

99 15°S9 |S°GL IS"°0Z [0°69 |S°99 | TZ

Is*e3 1°02 10°02 {0°29 |S°89 |S°S9 | HT
s"9¢ |S*s¢ Is"09 |S°0Z 10°09 [0°09 |S°9S 10'FS 10°09 (0°9S |S"9¢ |S°09 |S°Z9 | ST
2h 10'S SSP |S°6S |0°9S [SES |S°OP IS"*HF [0'OF [0°9F [0° OF |S°2F [0'6S | 22
O'S |0°OF |0°6E 10°09 |0°ZS 10°0S |O°HF lO’ SF |0°SF [0'HF |0'HF |0-9F [00S | 60
S°8E IS°ZE [0° ZE [O'S IS'SF ISSF ISLE [SOF 10°6E [SOF |S'OF |S°SP [SOF | ST

Ove |S°6z IEE [SHH O'OF lO'F IS'FE IS*EE lO'9E [S"SE IS'SE 10°OF |S-e | ST
08 |S Ze 10'vE lO’ THIS’ TE lo’es lO'8e |S°6z lo's¢ [S"EE ISTE IS°ZE IS°SE [A

vs
69
8F |
IZ jo"
69
89 |:
08
£8
94 10°
20"
aL
wh
89
ss
5S
8s
ss

2 ae
“UXe HW

‘sg |c-te lesz "es |s"Ts si ‘se lo've [s'oe |c'ov lores lerve [0°ve | $0
: SOF IS°WY (SBE |S°S¥ [S-1¥ SEV |S"TS | 00

s°Ss |S AY (S'S | "SE |S'SE islet |80 ¢

0’9E 1S°EE |O'BE |S°GF (SSP |O'SF O'SE |0°9E ISSE |O'SE [0° OF [OTH [S°9E | 6

CAN) eaeSern Woy

- (yor) ‘oNeq] -

(“qouq) ‘owuroe
- - > Seq usar
USsIYD Np seg
* fuomuy 3g Hog

- synig [ouno:
(‘w]y) ‘e3noy u0jeg
(ey) ‘diytqd "38 “34
> (Ta) *ejooesuag
9g] - (tA) “qyoHO:
(pH) ‘syodeuny

6s] (ea) ‘emdpoperya
T (1a) Saodman
€P\( HN) ‘Uansura 14

‘NOLLVASSSHO
- 40 SHOVTd

boas leas lee be-2e lees levaz lores jorge loros |e 2c |s-20 ets eres |e-oe jee locos ve |c'eh|s0 G2)ST SvCKN) “er ORIN Hog

‘NOLLVAWaSaO
dO sa0VIa

EE:

Sv SGsEAasS

dgeseesesangs
ERSaSSa
S29S399

FIEEETI
a9¢

APPENDIX.

"S$
Sh
ss 7
98
ty
yes
wi
‘OL
a
v2
“OS
0s.
oF
oF
"OF
Pe i

EER

429

K
=)
4
2)
Be
iI
<4

Il’6F loE\6z10°0Z ¢°Z9 |S*Zs |0°9S |0°8S 10°99 IS°EZ |S*ES IS ZF ISIS [O'S abl - Cy) Sioneg
g0'°re lozsglo'9s |s'oF |S‘9F 'S*S¥ IS'8E IS"SE [O'SE IS'ZE |S 6B ISS IS"EFIS'SElSZS|SO $8| IS (gor) Soeurjoey
Sty 23) OF - - eg uaoin
66'EF lozlTSis‘0Z |s'0z |S'8¢ (S°8F |S°ZF l0'SF |S°29 IS'Z9 lO'sF Is"6F IS BF Is'zPl0'SS|ZS 06] £0 wary Up surelg

y Auoqwy “3g Woy
1h - = SBN [ounog
Os] (et) ‘eSnoy uoyeg
6c} CeI) ‘dytyd 38 74
Of| - (Ta) ‘sjooesueg
9s} - (8A) SqyopIon
8 (PI) ‘syodeuuy
6S] (ed) ‘erqdyopeyry
Tt} «= C1") Saodma
S¥\CH'N) ‘Uansuog *3,
- (ay) ‘puspso,
- (en) M4

SHOP [9ZP8I0'0Z loos |svss |e-s4 [0-25 (0°09 lores lo'tF lores |o-ze ae O'VE|SO GZIST SriCA‘N) “eaedeny yoy’
S

S¢'0Z JOSITS|0°%Z |$°02 |$°69 |0'99 0°89 [SZ |S°GZ |S°0Z [0°29 |O'S9

8ST Cr

TST9IS*OS |S° LP IS'FP SSE tac o°8s |S'ZE |S°9E |S"ZE |O'BE 10°OF [S°6E |S°8E |.10 o9).FF o

‘NOLLVAYASHO
dO SA0V1d

Sane PE PGE WO INS, FR TSS ETS PS ev lerss lets loves forse "BE (6°86 | $0 ae a San eho

55

Vox. II.

09 ‘HINOW AHL JO SAVG

"BZ (0°92 |S°9Z 10°22 10° ZZ |S" 22 [E92 10°22 10°22 |S LZ Ie°EZ Ig TZ

"S$ |0°6S 10'°6S |S°6s |S°T9 OES |S°6F IS"6S [09S lO'SS S'S |S 9F 00S OTS 0°6S
"ES (O'ES |S°S9 10°6S IS"9S |S°SS IC6F Ig"9g IS TS IS-Zg Is°SS 00S 0°6F IS 6F |S ZS

“S681

NU 7 EK RTILG

dO Sd0VTld

SCA ‘N) ‘taedery yoy
ob > Cap) St01j0q
(-qorpy) ‘ovuryoeyy
- - eg user
UsTyD Op eit
Auoyuy *3g 310
- sprig founoD
(-ery) ‘o3noy uozg!
(-ey) ‘dipqa 38 “24
- (1a) ‘tjooesusg
- (ea) ‘qTOxI0
(py) ‘syodeuuy;
(ea) ‘erqdpepepyd
C1 °u) Saodma
(‘H ‘N) ‘UgnsuoD 34
- (an) ‘puepiog

10 oL97¥ obb| - (aw) Sodiseq

‘AVN fo yrucy 742 LOf sapsrSoy 1092301010097

‘NOLLVAWASAO
IO Sa0V'TId

APPENDIX.

o&
os
vE
8¢
6¢
&v
OF
+9
99
sg
oS
87
8h
Ad
oY
cy
9€

“UITUT

seieeiiemenencieteomes ore te ieece S

O°E2Z |S"0Z |S°S9 |S°0Z |S°EL IS"SS |S°0S \0°SF |S"ES 10°89 10°99 |S°9¢ IS"S¢
$°E8 |S TS |S°SZ |S°BLZ 09 |S°ELZ [STO |O°PS |S°Z9 OTL |S°SZ |S°S9 SFO
O°ES [SSO ISTE 10°ES ISHS [SOS |S HF ISP |S6E ISOS O° LS |S FF IS Sb
OED |S°S9 STL JO°S9 |0°SL |S°F9 [0°09 |S"SF |S'EF SHS |S°F9 |0'6S [SPS
SCLIOL SSL S89 |S°69 ISLS |S"FS IS" LP SOF OHS [S°89 iS"E9 |0°'S9
S°V9 |S°6S |0°99 |S°6S |O'EL ISLE OTS IS"Sg IS" TS1S"0S [$°99 |S°99 |S°89
0°89 |0°29 |0°89 |S°Z9 |0°%Z (06S |O'TS |S LF |S'8F IS"FS |S°99 |o"S9 |0'89
$°Z8 |0°€8 |0°S8 |0° 28 |S°82Z |S°F8 |0°E8 [0°Z8 |S"E8 |S°S8 |S°08 [0°08 |$°69
$°€8 |S°S8 |S T8 |S°6Z OTS |S°T8 |S°08 10°08 |S°08 |O°TS S08 |o°22 |0°SZ
£8 |0°S8 0°62 |S" 24 1s 22 15°62 |S°08 (0°08 |S°6.Z |0°S8 0°T8 jS°9Z |S°08
0°22 (0°82 0°62 |S'FZ |S°0Z 0°89 'S°29 10°FZ (0°82 |0°6Z IS°SZ |S°S2 |0'9Z
SEL O'EL [$9.5 |S°E.2 10°89 [SSO |SE9 IS°89 OTL 0°92 0°SZ |S°02 IS SZ
OSL OSL |0°HZ |0°SZ J6°89 |0'T9 |0°Z9 |0° 29 \0°SZ |0°FZ (0°02 10°89 |0"S9
0°0Z |S°S9 |S°Z IS°99 10°S9 |0°6S |0°09 |S°Z9 |S°S9 |0°E9 [S°E9 |S°6S |O'SO
STO IS"19 |S°99 [0°SZ IG'S¥ [SHS |0'ES |S°Z¢ 10°89 10° T9 J0'9S |S"Bs |0'6S
$09 |S"E9 |S°99 JO°9L |S ..¥ SSS |0°0S [0°09 |S°69 |S°S9 IS"S¢ |S°09 |S" 6S
S°6S [SBS |S°E9 |0°F9 |S"6S |S°SS |SSS 10'8S |0°6S |S°TS IS°SP 0'GF IS TS

TE | OF | 6B | 8B} Le | 9S | SS | FS | ES | @] | TS | 08 | GT

Ce eS ae, eee eee ee

6Z|ST Sh\CA‘N) “tavSery 320
£861 F - Cyst) ‘one
$8 TS (-qorp_) ‘ovurnjoesy
28\0% Fh - - = A¥g U2aIn
06) £0 UdTYD Np disteig
€6) S¢ Auoyuy 3 Woy
SB - synig pisunog
(‘e]) ‘oSnoy uojzeg
Ce) ‘diqa 9s “24
- (1a) ‘ejooesuag
- (8A) SqjoptoNy
(pH) ‘syodeuuy
6¢| (ed) ‘erqdjeperrya
T = (1a) Saodman
SF (HN) ‘uansuog 34
- (-a~W) ‘purpiog)
oL9,FF of) - (ow) odyseq

‘NOILVAUASHO
iO Sd0Vld

n-09 oe Is'BF Is'6s |0'ss [0°49 lo'vs |s"Is | OS |0'Zs |o'Zs lores lose aad O's¥ lost \szo ‘z9|s0 62] St eyCaA‘N) ‘ereBein 20a

ciel i elite , Se ne ee

NO VAHASHC

40 SA0V1d

S°69 |s°99 |s'ae |S"E2 |o'es |s"S9 [STZ [5°02 |S"89 0°e9 1029 jos |s-z9 lo'es |s-ss |0°02 |s"69 6Z1ST SriCA‘N) ‘eavdeings Hog
‘2210 EZ SSS 10'ES [STZ |S°99 IS°2Z [0°HZ |0°SS [SSL |S°BZ |S'OZ [S°E9 |S°29 |S°O2 |S°FZ |S" T8 €8/61 ZF] - CuI) SIoneg
"gs l0°6S |S°'2S |S ZZ [SGP [0° ZS |S"SS |S°Z9 |S°¥9 [0°6S [06S [09S [00S |O'TS |S°SF |S"0S IS"Es Ss|Ts sb C-qoIW) ‘ovurjoery
“29 10°89 |0°99 [0°08 0°99 |0°S9 (0°89 |0°HZ [0°29 |S°E9 |S°02 |S 99 |0'SS lO'FS |S°Ss IS°8S 0°92 28] OF - - deg uvcsig
"22 1°02 |S°89 |$°8Z |S ZZ 0°EZ |0°SL IS’ EZ |0°SZ 10°02 [SEZ |S"6S [S19 ISHS |S°S9 ISLE 15'S 06] £0 usIYyD Np oes

5°92 |S°Z 10°69 |S°0Z (0°12 |S°62 10°F Z SSL IS'ZZ |S°EZ |0'HZ [0'HL 10°S9 |S°9S |S'F9 |S°E9 |S TO E6lss Afuopuy 35 WoO
"8 IS°SZ IS TZ IS TZ ISPS IS°6Z [S°SZ (0°92 [S62 |S°6Z |S°F8 |S°08 [0°FL IO°TZ |S°6Z |0'TZ |S°99 56|S% - sgntg jounoD

is's8 lov |0°F8 |0's8 [5°58 |S°98 0°98 [SFB |S°S8 IS°Z8 10°TS [S08 [STS |S°6Z |S°Z8 |S°S8 IS°98 16] 9% (-e7}) ‘ednoy voyg

S°F8 '0°b8 ISEB |S°Z8 10°28 [S°98 |S°S8 |S°HS |O°FB [0°FB [S°ZB |S°S8 IS°SB IST [S°18 |S°S8 |o"€8 68] 6% (ey) ‘dyryd 3S 34

"Sz |o'Sg |S°b8 |S°Z8 10°68 [0°88 |S°98 [0°28 0°98 |0°S8 |0'S8 |S°F8 [S°S8 IS°S8 [SHB IS'F8 |S°F8 28|b% Of| - (Ta) ‘tjooesuag

S°6Z|§°92|S°02 |S°69 |0'SZ |S TS [0°08 |S°8Z 0°62 |S°ZZ [0°69 [0°89 |0°EZ [OTS [STs |0'TS jo°18 92| 8S - (eq) qIojs0y

6°12 |0°8Z|S°69 |S TZ |S°02 10°EZ O'HL 0°EZ |S TZ |S°2Z [5°69 |S°E9 |S°99 IS°6.Z 10°08 [S82 IS°6Z 9Z\8s se| (PW) ‘syodeuuy

0°02 |0°#Z |0°29 |0'99 10°29 |0°E2Z |0'SZ |0°EZ |0°SZ j0°HZ 10°99 |0°S9 [0°29 |0'FZ |0°FZ 0°82 |0'9Z ¢2| Lg (eq) ‘erydjopepiyg
0°99 |0°LZ [0°69 |0°S9 |S°E9 |S" T.Z JO'T.Z |S°SZ |S°69 [0°29 |0°E9 |0°6S |S°6S |S°b9 |S°02 |S-04 10°SZ TZ] o¢ (‘I -a) Hodmen
"¥9 |0'HZ |S°29 |S Z9 IS°E9 1S°99 |S°99 |S°SZ [0°89 |S°¥9 10°09 [08S |S°6S |0"S9 |S°S9 |S°99 |0°F9 02140 €h\CH‘N) ‘Uansuog 34

S19 S'HZ IS°S9 |S°ZO S09 |S°99 |0'F9 [S°69 |S°99 |S°99 [009 |S°6S |S°ZS IS 8S IS'F9 |S°T9 |0'S9 OZise sh - Caw) ‘puepiog

0°09 \s’6s |0°ZS lo’es lo'vs Is"9¢ |o°z9 Is°T9 lo'es Is"¥S Is°S¢ |S°S¢ |S°9S Ig"Ss |S°S9 ISHS [0ST .40 029.7% obb| - (PIN) “Hodjseq

ERS commas | ee | men

21 | 9E | ST | OE | SE | St} tr} or); 6 | 8} 2

%
=
a
a
i}
o
A
<

ne
& | & | ‘Nowvauasao
"AUN LVAAMNAL ATIVG NVAW GNV HINOW AHL AO SAVG < dO SdOVId

“eset ‘anne fo yzuopy ay} sof Lazsrday yoor.Sopooajayy

06 |S'8Z ISL |S TZ [S99 |S°S9 |S°89 |0°S9 10°29 [0°29 10°29 |S"E9 |S°09 |S*T9 64|ST Shi\CA‘N) “eavSery W104
06 IS°Z8ISSLZIS°SZ IS HL IS'SZ IS BL ISL IS'OL |S LL F'GL |S TZ 0°29 [$99 £8) 6T
€8 10°29 |S°89 10°99 10°S9 IS°8S |0'8S |S°E9 |O°SS |S°09 ISOS IS'SS |S°HS |S ZO 9] 1S

28) OF

06] £0 ua1q9 up outed
_ £6) £5 Auowwy 3g Woy
$6| SB - syn [unog

"28 0°98 |S°F8 '¢°S8 |o'sg |0'S8 |S°E8 10°28 |S"S8 |S°S8 [0°88 |s-Zs [s°z8 16] 9% (-w]) ‘osnoy uowg
"$8 0°F8 "88 5°98 0°98 [0°98 |S°F8 [s'S8 |0'S8 |S°S8 0'°F8 IS-FB ISB TS 68) 6% 6g) (eT) ‘dytud 3S “a

S'S8 |S°b8 |S°Z8 |S°F8 Io°Sg IS°S8 IS°S8 S°S8 |S°S8 IS°F8 0°98 IS’S8 IS°98 £8| ¥%

S'8Z G22 |S°9Z |S LZ IST IS TS S°6L |0'SZ|0' LZ 10°92 IS"TZ 10'S [S82 92| 8S

0°62 \0°62 |S°SZIS TZ |S*#Z |S°9Z [0°22 SFL SOL |S°69 [STZ |S°29 |S°29 92] 8S

0°92 |0°SZ 0°12 0°02 10°SL|0°ZZ |0°SZ |0°FZ [0° TZ (0°69 [0°99 (0°29 [0°99 Z| 2S

S°ZL |0°SL |$°0Z |0°02 [0°69 |S°89 |0°89 |S°69 10°69 |S°Z9 |0°99 IS"F9 |S°Z9 14] 08
"$9 |S 69 |S°69 |0°0Z |S°99 |S°Z9 |S"E9 |S"E9 |S°89 |0°0Z [0°09 |S"ES |$°09 04)40 Sh\CH‘N) “ansuog 34
"EL IS°BL IS LZ 10°02 |$°99 |0°6S |S°09 10°89 |S°69 |S°99 |0°E9 |0°F9 |S°ZS OZ|8E Sb - (CenW) puepiog
‘19 0°99 |s"€9 lo"F9 Is"ss Is"6s |S"Ss 10°69 [0°09 [0°8S [0°FS [0°95 |S°6S rh0 aLOPF oft] - (‘2IN) “Wodyseq

APPENDIX.

‘NOLLVAUASEO
410 SA0V'Id

le-rz le-oz |s'a9 lo-z9 lo'z9 losz le-zg O'FS ISS 0°OL le-69 |<o 62] ST sHCx “N) “earedein veal

PERS Lewis lees lees lereg

*
=
a
a
i]
Ba
<

23 ‘HINOW AHL JO SAYa

dO SA0V1d

Se URI RATT SEUSS EES SAL iE SE SSMS SES So SE A eee oe ae ee Ee ne eee

souls “t2) $02) $°TZ) O'S 2) $92) SEZ) 0'0L| $°§Z) $°89) $°69| $°SZ| $°FZ) $°0Z| $°8Z) 0°22) $02) $°SZ] SO
O'I8!S “8Z) $°S Z| $°F2) O'9LZ)| $°08) $°22| $°22) 0°62) 0°92) S°FZ| S°08) 0°S8} $°8.Z| 0°82) S°08) $°8Z| 0°62) 00
0°E2) STZ) $89} 0'S9) $'E9| SEZ) 0°29) S°E9} S°S9I S*S9] S°BS] S°T9) $°SZ} S°1.Z1 STZ] O'SZ| $°2Z9| STZ] SO
$°08| $22) 0°02} $°99| 0°S9} $°02) O'LZ} O'T.Z| $°E9} $°69| $*T.Z)| $°Z9} $°$Z}.0°08} $°FZ| 0°22) $°6Z| $°92) 00
0°68) $82) 0°¢z| $°89] 0°29] 0°89] O'GZ| SAI STZ] S'69|"* [tot |o ete e fe elee eles ele eel ze
5, eat stedke ‘exis * | 0°02) $°S2Z} $°69} 0°E2) $°E2Z] OT Z| $°02| $°§Z) O°S.2| $°22) 0°22) $°Z2| 80
0°98) $*£8| $°6.2| $°62| $°¥2| $°F2| O'2Z| $°8.4| $°£2} 0°08] $°8Z| $°S.2| $°62| $22] S'zg| S'T8 S°€8)| $°62| SP
O'S) ¢°$2| 0°22) $°S2Z) $82) $°22| $°LZ| 0°82! $°6Z| $°T8| O'F8] SEs] $°Z8| SFB S°G8} 0°€8) $°$8) $°S8| ST
$18) $°¢2) 0°62) $°08} $°8.2) $°Z8| $18] S08] 0°22] 0°62] S'08] O'ZS| S*E8| S'08 0°62) 0°T8} 0°F8) $°S3] TS
0°G8} O'E8) $°SB) "6.2! $°08) $°22| 0°22) $°08] STS! 0°Z8| $°08) $°6Z) 0'Z8| S°°8] FI

$82) 0°62) 0°64] 0°62) 0°62) 0°8.Z| $°Z8] 01g] $*I8] $°18| O'¢s! O's] S:08 0°08} 0°8} 0°Z8} 0°18) OTS] 9T
$22) $°82| $°62) 0°08} $°08} $°Z8} $°Z8} 0°22] 0°F8| O'S8| S*E9} $°62| 0°84] O'TS| S"I8| $°T8] Zz

0°22; 0'°S Z| 0°22) 0°92) 0°92) N°FZ| 0°22) 0°82] O'S. Z| O'S Z| O'S] 0°82) 0°62 0°22) 0°62) 0°22) 0°82) 0°82) 60
$22) SEL OGL) SSL) O'SZ} 0°92) $°92| $F] $ ZL] SSL} 0°22] $°8Zi 0°92) S°9Z| O'9Z| Sez O'VL) S°SZ) ST
SEL) STL) $°04} O'S Z| 0'SL} O'EL| $°Z9| $°99} $°29} $69) 0°S9| OFZ) F'SLI STZ] SZ] S49 $°89| $°2Z| 64
S$°EL) STL) $°BL} FOL} $°Z9| 0°22) $°Z9} 0°99] $°0Z) $°¥9] $*ZS) $08] $%Z] S°zZ] S°0 0°S9| $°29) S°T8) ST

6/8 ;};Z2Z/91/S] 7} E164

COCO

,

!

£F|(-AN)‘eavSeiny 310,41
- Cys) Sonaq

Sh (yor) ‘ovurgoey
-- 4eq usa15
uatyD Np eurerg

vr, Auowuy 3g W104
syntg [Ounog

- (1a) ‘tjooesueg

-- (8A) Sqqozz0Q7
CPW) ‘sylodeuuy
(ed) ‘erqdpopepyg

C1 °a) Saodaay
StiCH'N) ‘ugnsu0g 73
- Caw) ‘puso,

* (2%) Ssodyseq

‘NOLLVAYASAO
410 SA0V1d

$°69} $02} $°29| 0°S9| 0°49] $°69) 0°24) 0°04] O'F Z| $*2Z] S°92) 50 SP/(*A “N) “eaeSern 3104
SEL] $°SZ| O°$Z| $°SZ| 0°22] $92} $°2Z) S°FZ| $°92| S08] 0°S8] 00 - (yon) SHtoneg
$°02| 0°99} $°¥9} $°6S| 0°49} 0°09) $°99} 0°22) $°29] 0°99] $"S9] SO (-yorpy) Sovurpouyy
0°ZZ| 0°S9} 0°82} $°29) $°99} 0°02) $°FZ| 5°Z.Z} S°ZZ] S°89} O' TSI 00 --- seg usaig
0°%2| $°0Z| $°92) 0°08) $°92) STZ] $°FZ] O22) OFZ) S°S2| $°BZ] SS uaIY Np aelg
$82) S°F2| $°29] 0'S2} $°SZ} $°S2| O'HZ) $°8.Z| 0°Z8) 0°22] $°SZ| 80 Auopuy “3g Woy
Sd spalgd TomnopD}

$°Z8} 0°S8} 0°S8 0°98) S°E8) $°Z8] $°E8] STS] O°S8] S*I8! O'ZS! O18] $ SZ] ST (-e]) ‘a8noy uoje

0'F8| S°F8} 0°98] $°S8] 0°Z8) $°S8! S°S8] $8] 0°ZS] S°0E| $°T8] $°T8] S°08] TZ

0'S8] 0°S8) 0°S8) $°S8! S-98| S°Es| SHB] S°S8| SFR] "S| S°T8) $°08] O'E8| FT

0°92) 0°08} $°Z8} $°08) $°22| $°92| 0°62] $°6 Z| $°8.Z} S°08) $°T8] $°Z8] 0°08] OT

$°S2| 02) $8.2) §°08) $°E2| $°FZ| $°SZ| $82] $°BZI U'SZ) 0°08) 0°S8] STE! ZZ

0°0Z| 0°12) 0°% Z| 0°F2| 0°69} 0°29] 0°02) 0°F Z| 0° Z! 0°F Z| 0°92) OTS] 0°82 60

$89} $°69| 0°%Z| $°02Z! $*89| 0°29] SEZ} §°S2Z) SEZ] S°EZ| SEZ! 0'9Z| S°ZZ| BT

£°89| $°69] $°29| $19] $°F9] O'E9] $°89] OIL] $°29| $°69/ 0°FZ! 0°08) S°FZ| 6F

$°99} $°89| $°89} S°E9] S°F9] $°Z9] $°69| STZ] $°69} O'SZ| OFZ! S°I8] S°SZ) ST

$° 29} $°89| $°09| 08S) $°6S| $°09| $°T9} $°T9] $°E9) O'ZS| $19) "291

APPENDIX.

eed ood em | em | ee | eee emma | eee

te | os | 6¢ | sz | ze | 9% | se | ve | sz | zz | 12 | 02 | ot
os “NOLLVAUASHO

09 ‘H.LNOW FHL JO SAVG dO SdOV'ld

09
89
Ss
8s
Zg¢
09
se
€Z
LZ
€Z
&Z
02
co
c9
09
9S
os
z
e.
3

Pee a eas: ESET STE EY HEE ESE Gar Lae BES EE GE ES EE 1 ee eee
ead eta ocd eal sedi ood s'sz|s-s9| s-69| sez] ¢°¥2| "oz! sez) orz4| s'02|s"s2|so ez st ey|(-A-N)‘ereBen w04|

‘ea!

23 ‘HLINOW AHL 40 SAVG iar ae 40 Sd0VId

6Z4|ST SP|CA‘N) “etedein: Woy

Esié6t Z (yori) 910139q

"69 l0°S9 "99 |S" Zs |S°09 |S"89 1°29 |S°89 sgl ts (-qor) Sovurqory

"GL 1S°02|S°02 [S29 IS'T9 [S69 |S°2 [0°08 28] 0F - - seg usa

"92 |S°Z|S°29 |S°F9 10°E9 |0°SZ [SFL |0'SB 06] £0 uaTYyD Np s111esg

. $6] €$ Auoqywy “3g Woy

"gZ IS 18 Is TZis'02 "TZI¢° $6| S% - synyg [ounog

"§8 S08 |0'62 10°Z8 169% Og] (-e1) ‘a8noy uowg

"¥8 IS°S8 |S°F8 |S°H8 [0'Z8 [STS 68] 62 (ey) ‘dityd 3S 34

1 |S°Z8 |o"T8 [STS j0°%s [SEB [S18 |S°Z8 (0'E8 0°F8 28} Fe - (Ta) ‘epooesueg

"IZ |S"0Z |$°89 SIZ [SEZ |S°SZ [SSS [OTS [5°62 [0°22 92| 8S - (8A) *qIOHION
"SL10°SLZ IS TZ STL |0'SZ |S°SZ |S'S8 0°8 (0°08 |S°FZ 92/8 (‘pin) ‘stodeuu

"LZ |0°Z9 |0°S9 |0°F9 [0°99 |0°TZ [0°08 [0°92 |0°SZ |0°69 ¢2| 2g (eq) ‘erydjeperya

"PZ 1S°0Z |S°29 |S°S9 |S°E9 [OTL 10'S Z 10°FZ [0S Z [0°69 TZj0E T (1a) Saodmany

"19 |$°99 jS*S9 |S°S9 |S°T9 |0'OL |S°69 |S°BZ |0°SZ |S°89 02; 70 Sh\CH'N) ‘Uansuon ‘17

"02 |$°99 |S°09 |$°09 |$°99 |S°0Z |0°SZ [0°08 [0° |S°99 oZiss sh - (an) ‘puspog

"#9 \s°69 Io"¢9 IS"e |S°09 |¢°99 IS°Z9 [5°29 |S°F9 |0°F9 10 oL9)FF ob] - (AW) ‘Wodiseg

%
=
a
z
oa
a
<4

& | ‘NOLLVANASHO

"AUN. LVUAIWAL ATIVI NVAW GNV HINOW SHL 10 SAVG 10 SdOV'Id

"sgl ‘usneay fo yzuopy ay? sof agswSagy 20ItS0j0L00, IT

= ta ane re RRE Ny ines. gt aRNPIR 6 tee arm: =
’ and ra easements Aaa - — aS ee ha mail a “ i tit ge ee ee ee aging
= = eran ~ ae ss - sic Sih sla iia Soh creak Oa

:

oe

CA ‘N) “eaeSeiy 30,3
£T'22 ¥9 “LIS CLIOPL OSL |S" ; "OZ |S°22 |S°22 |S" -.Cqo1y) Sioneq
“a | 99°99 & ‘ ;
"mS | 6569 |T

Cw) ‘dutqa ig 34
- (Ta) ‘ejooesuag| .

APPENDIX.

0 SP\CH'N) “‘Wansuog 34 |
- ‘(2q) “purpsz0g
-. Cen) Sr0djseq]

‘NOILVAUASHO
23 ‘HINOW @HL AO SAVG as a4: 40 Sd0VId

‘panurzyuoo—isavny fo yzuopy 2y7 sof 4a981Faa7z 7091Soj0.1oapayy

“99

Ata r oe Lam o ken 9

¥Z|S'08|S0 62ST ehCA “"N) ‘ervdeIn, HOW
18 |S°9Z |S°TZ |0'SZ IS°89 10°89 [0°%9 |S°S9 OE [$°82 |S"
99 sz 18 ae cog Ie"z9 lo'az SEZ [S02 IS° 22 |S'E8 [0°98 |S°82 {00 EB) 6T oF (yori) 9910.239q

K
-
i=]
z
we
a
oe
<

23 ‘HINOW ZHL 30 SAVa

"$9 |s"Z9 |s"29 |S"
"69 |0'S9 |S"T9 IS”
rete
‘ke
“19 |e"
"LL '5°S210"
%LISS210°92 10°
"BLISSLISOLIS"
"9Z.|0°92Z |0"SZ
62 10°92 SSL IS"
"IZ |$°99 |S°99 [0°89 IS"

02 '$°89 {0°89 |¢"29 |S"E9 |S"
"£9 0°79 [o"Bs [s"T9 |s"09 |e"

Gl It | Ot} 6

"2s \erss [5-09 102 |s"sz| 0
‘29 |0°6S lees s"02|s"¢2 |00
"OS |O' ZF SSP |S 2¥ j0'89 | $0
"5 |0'6F |S'9F [0°
“ss iF lorer |s°
‘sc ic’os js"0S 10°
°89 |0°69 |S “9S |S
"SLIS SL IS ELIS

"89 |S TZIS'OZ (oro SCL
"19 '¢°g9 |¢°69 (0°89 |s“99

' dO S30¥1da

62! SI. StiCA‘N) ‘suede, Hog

£8] 61
ss| Ts
28! OF
06] £0
£6] 8S
£6| SZ
16| 96
68] 6%
28] ¥o-
9Z\8¢ 9€
92|85 8$
Sl|2ZS 68
TZ0E 1%

(-yoray) s10.230q
(young) Ssvarqouy
- + > heg use,

‘ UdTYD Np ouresg
fuowy 3g Hog

= syle qouuneg ‘
| (eq) oSnoy uojzeg

(-ey) ‘dy 38.34
- (Ea) ‘ejooesueg
- CBA) “q1OHION
(pW) ‘syodvuuy)
(eq) ‘erydjopeyrya]
(Iu) odmon

oz|%0 Se IN) ‘uansuog 34

O2|8E EF

-_ (3H) ‘puvpiog

“¥9 [SFO 15°99 10°S9 |0°TD. 1 HO oL9). FP obF| = Caw) “wodjseq

“SHA.LVAAdNAL ATIVG NVAUW GNV HINOK AHL 10 SAVG ~

e
=
Z

“Seel “usaNaLasg fo yyuopy ay? sof sapsrSey yn9,Fopos0ajapy

“NOLLVAUASHO
40 SUOV'Td

CAN) “eaedewy 07

- (yon) S1eneq

cul (‘qouy) Seurjory

- - Sq user

UsIyD Op seg

Zaomy “38 Woy
syniq poun

rl
o

"$9 CFL £"6¢|s"99 l0'€9 Is‘T9 is"
os t¢ ig T9 | t9 iS T9 AS
"$$ 10 $9 10°89 |S S90"

“¥9 ; 2/069 loro9 oss rs ;
c

SSSeSRS
SSse2hss

SS8SS38

RR
‘mA
RE

?
13
a
91

(eA) ‘qIOHIONT ~
(pw) ‘syodeuuy

APPENDIX.

| - Ca) ‘puspiog
10 oL9,9¥ oP] - (OW) “Hodyseg

‘NOLEVAUSSAO
| gO S80¥'ld

oss 's'09 g'02|s"¢2 | 50 62| st — ‘ereStin HOd
ayer aaehees 00 eg|6l ra (-yorgy) ‘310230

|
:

: cS
‘93 ‘HINOW SHL dO SAVG : “<=

‘PINU27U0I—UTAOLIQ fo yzUOpy 3y72 KOf 1azsrsogy jonSopo4oo;apy

‘ev loop ists [eras |s-zs lores |e-ts pve le-ze |e-eg lees lees levor 0°Gh |s'8F
"SY O'S ISS |S £9 1S°T9 [0'BS 10°99 10'T9 |S"ZS Io +2 j0°99 [0:09 |s"Zs IS°FS IS" FS1.00
"LP 1S'9E |0°6E |S" 6 IS TS OTS IS°SF |0°0S ISOS [S°6S IS°9S Is-9S ISIS 0°27 IS FP
“OF IS 6E |0°OF [0 iad hd "ay |s"S¥ |F'TH|6°09 [6's9 [6"T9 |c°ss |0"Zh Jo'eh
"SP IG-Sh 56S [S87 |0'SS "Sh 0°GP |0'SS |o°EZ (7°29 [O'8S |S"ZF |O'RF
"9h IS°SE |S°6E (0°6E [SSS |S” b IS'SP SSP [SF (S'6S |S'9S IS TS 0"
¥S "OF OW 0'OP "S9 ° ° . "19 °,

1$°69 |S°69 [0°99 |S°E9 |s‘ES Ig"

‘£9.|¢"29 |s"29 |o”
'09 |e°8s [e"96 le
"S$ 0's Io's Is"
"8h |e" Ie°9¢ [0°
"87 [sab |oros |e"

gs lo‘os |s-2¥ lo'et |o'oF lens love |s'ss Ie"9s lores Is"es lo'bs Is"Ts Jo's loz¥ Is-2¥ lo'z7 6"

‘AUALVAGINAL ATIVE NVAW GNV HLINOW FHL IG

"SSSI ‘g300199 £9 YIUOPT 33} sof sajsrFax7 ae TEL) Ve

NULL Y a U

iO SaoVTa

EbiCA ‘N) ‘Baederyy 320

- Cao) ‘o230q
(‘qorgy) ‘oeurqouyy
- - seg user
UaIyyy Np sute1g
fuompuy 3s 404
- sgnig founNeD
(-e]) ‘o8noy uozeg
(-wy) ‘dyrgd 38 *3
- (La) ‘ejooesua,
- (A) “qe
~ (pw) ‘stodeuny

} (eg) erydyeperyd

(-1°u) Saodme
“ugnstoD W

*‘NOLLVAYASAO
dO SA0VITd

asain ART a RT Ri nl aE

pi GASSES A ta i Tt. TS i BRN nnd ia

“re lee le'6¢ lo'6 SBF SSS [SO 6Z'ST oF\CA‘N) ‘ereSemy yoy
ogg Io'g¢ |o-ep Io"6P 0°SS 1S°S9|00 E861 ZF - CiPNA) Soneg
"pe lovee is°es loss [O° |S'ZE|S0 ssi Ts sb (usuA) ‘ovunoey
"ZG O°IS |S" TS |S"ee SSE |S°0F |00 28) OF

'#t \S*sz IS Zz |s'¥E JO'SS |S TH | SS 06) £0

"9 |s*sz |S°t@ |S°6z |S°9E |S'FE|80 él SS

"eg lor te10"6s |S"ZE |0°9E [SSE £6) SZ

161 9%
68)6 62] (1) “dyyd “3S “39
Zg\%% 08) - (1a) ‘ejooesueg
gZ|ss 9f| -. (eA) SqIopon
9Z|\8$ se] (CpIN) ‘syodeury
¢Z) £8 (eq) ‘erqdjopepya
IZ 0¢ 1 «6 (1a) SHodmay
04)%0 SFC H‘N).“#ansuog 74
oZise sb] - Cen) ‘puefiog
} LPF ohh] - CPW)

APPENDIX.

te |-o¢ | -6¢ | 9¢ | 2e | 9¢-| ¢% | ¥% | se |e | IZ | 0 | 6T
— & | -NOLLVAWasHO

| © IO SA0VTd

on | SSSSSILLASRAAKS
‘yey SPORE SePeRR TESTE

‘93 ‘HINOW AHL dO SAVG

“panuIzjuor—UTHOLIQ fo yzuopy 2y7 LOf sazsrsay yn01Soj0.L0279py7

Deanne a a
haar WENT WEES Fe Loops, My SARE ANSE ast ee Fel PS eet lose lo-oy lozeleeplco 621ST ob\CA CN) ‘ereSein 310,

03 “H.INOW. AHL dO SAVa

- "PanulzU0I—UALKAAO N fo yquopy ay2 dof sazsrSaqy yn9-SojoLoapapy

4 ona SZE|S0 64ST Si\CA‘N) ‘eresein 04
; $8] 6T - Cyop) ‘stonEg
IS Sb] (-qouN) ‘ovunpoe,
28|0¥ FH >> keg ua2i5
06) SO UsIYD Np suTerg
seiss P| Auoqay “3g 10g] ©
SElSZ 1b] - ~~ ABT ounoD)
I 16(9% Og (¥1) ‘adnoyq-vowg
68] 63 62} (eI) ‘dam 3s
28} #3: - (Ta) ‘tpooesueg
I 9Lias 96} -~ (-8A)-‘qpojt0N
9Ziss 8s (pW) ‘syodeauy
$2| 2g 6S, Cea). ‘erydjepeprqat
IZjog 1 (-1-a) “Hoda,
04).70. StH °N) ‘Uansuog
OZ|sS sh -. CeW) “puepio
(10 029,47 Fb] - (CAIN) “Hodiseg

24U | 9 | ST | OT | EE] St WT 1) Se

E | ‘NOLLVAWasdo
»% | 40 saovid

‘@UNLVUAIWAL ATIVG NVAW GNV HLNOW AHL 40 SAVa

8eSI “amENaAON fo yruope 2Y7 of sapsrFagy poorS0pouoaapy

443

APPENDIX.

2]
Pr)

sme a os PSE RESS ESSE

" " [paren wne mmmananonrmermannetig <A TONREOS- i OER
1 ae PR SOR EO teat Wiese Se Sr oo AO
—_ . nececeien iaaeeanal sedate ee a ot eee

. 9
=A ed Scots, Ser igacidaasuilas abla settee te or an re femin en

ae Me a crass ‘* «

aa

“2S s"bS IS"FE |0'9E |S°8S |S°'8S IS'8E S'S TH STHIS SY ISTP
"2E SSE IS HE IS ZE [SSP |S LE IS TH SOF ;
"CS ISLE SLB S'6S 10 LU OEE IS'SB IS" TS IS"SE |S°6z |S*8S |0°6S (0°0S
S'S |O°9T |S'0G |S" 1S |O'WS ISTE |S"ES 10'SE [SOE ‘Is ores ie Ts is"es
'§-IS°9OT 10°61 0'°RT OST |S0% |S'ES40' TS |S°8s STS
0'8-|S'E-lo°9T IS"ZL.10°2 OT [S62 [SES [O'S /0'Zz (0°'Za ISTE |S'8z Auotpuy 3§ WOT
SOLIS IT |S FZ |O'1S SGI [S81 10°0E [$93 |S°8Z |SST IS*1z |O'SE |S’ TE ¢ - — sgniq pounce?
‘09 loz |s°Z9 |s"g9 |S"E9 |S°F9 |0°09.|S°ZS IS°S¥ 0'TS [S29 [S'S9 [S95 (#7) ‘adnoy uoeg,
69 |0°S.2 0°29 |S°S9 |S°99 |$°99 1S°E9 [0°6S |S°8F |S°E9 |S°EZ [0°89 |S"S9 (‘ey) ‘dyryd 38 °
SL 1S G2 [9°69 [0°F9 {5°19 |0°09 lo'Ss |S"TS |S°Z¢ lO'SZ IS'Bz [STZ OL
BLIS'ZO|S*19 |S"B¥ |S°FE |O°SS |0°FS |0'9S |o°R9 lo'E9 |s"ss |s"6S Ie"6s
© 09 |s°Bs |O'ES |0°HF |o"Zh [0'ZE ISGP O'S |G" S "os |0'%s |O’Ss iS°S¢
0'8S [0S |0° ZF 2E |0'OF |0'SF (0°95 /0's¥ 0's 9S |0°9%.|0°Z¥ |0°6F |:
09 |S°0S |S°GP |0°8E |0'TF O'S \0°2¢ |S S°s¥ j0’9S lo'sP |s'sF |S*0S
¢'1S.|0'SF lO'CF IS"EE IS'6E IS'FE OSE IS 6E [OTH SSF IS OFIS'SP O'SP
NSF |S TF ose eee S°9¢ |g-ZE ISIE 10°26 |S°ZE |0'OF [SSF SSH IS IS
£6F SSP OW |S"8S |0°SE |S" 8B |S"OF |0'9E Jews "SE 10°9E |0°SF [SHE 140 L9LPF o

og | 6% | 92 | 2¢ | 96 | $2 | ¥ | €@ | 8e

999 ‘H.LNOW GZHL 40 SAVG

‘panuzjuos—asansoag fo yzuopr y3 lof 4apsrGayy yun Soj0.0aj;ayy

62| ST

€8| 61

"s IS Ot ls'eh [SZ ISTE |S°6E [O'S [TS |S"0z |S°ST IS°9 _ [0°6T lO'STIS"OT $8| Is
"ov is'2e |S°6z |S°Z jo'9 [O's Ist {Sst is I-lIt-Is" 28| OF
06| £0

6 If €{s $6| $$

"LZ (0°O [O'S |S6E [SOF IS IF |S°ZE |O'OT Is'6 [S'IZ|S°ST IS"ZT ISS |S°6-\0'S-| Sh $6) SZ
"IS |S°9 Is°F9 |S"T9 |s"Z¢ |O'9S lo'bs |S°FS |S"9S |o"EF [SOF [OTS |S°92 |S" TF [S"ZE 16| 9z
68! 6%

18| 8%

92| 8¢

94/8

$2| 2g

"es IS TS |S°2E (0°FS 2 08

"1 ]0°OS |S'HE |S°8S 02) #0

"61 1S°9S1S°0E [SSS 04| 8¢

ShiCAN)‘tavdein 3204
or - Cys) oneg
Sb (yor) Sovurgoeyy
- - feg user
Sb] ueTYD np omerg
Auouy 3g wos}

Tt > spnigq foun
Os} (871) ‘oSnoy uoyeg

62] (eI) ‘dyad “as °
OS| - (Td) ‘ejoovsuag

9s| - -C8A) ‘q]o};10
8s} (pw) ‘syoteuuy
6). (ea) ‘erqd:-pepyg
Th} (has ‘uodmoy
CH'N) ‘uansuog 34
£h| - (an) ‘puspsog

"1% 10°SZ |0'0F [0°FS FO o29|.FF obt| -* (‘2M) Qaodjseq

ot | stl et] et

B _| ‘NOLLVAWaSaO

“AAA LVAGdWNAL ATIVE NVAW GNV HLiNOW GHL dO SAYG oe - Z 40 SA0VTd

“Ssel ‘aganaoag fo yzuopyy ay} lof sazsrSagy poo SojoLoajapy

APPENDIX.

OL |9S|S°ST JOLT |S"E% 10°SS 10'SS |S°ST |S" TZ [O'ST JO'OT $°9Z [0 |0'0S 6Z)ST epi\CA‘N) ‘caedein y04
ZL |@S|0'IS |s"0z O'S |0'vE |e" Te |s"ET |S°6T OFT |¢"OF |o"Zs |S"EE [SOE s°2E|00 $8) 6T - Cipu) “Honeg
“elles |ee lOItis-ztls°8 JO ILS 9T|S°9 joo |sILis'stjo0s|So sel Is st Cyoun) Sovurqoepy
yrIS’6 1S°9-IS°0-IS°6 |s°0T 0S |S'%-|0°S-|' ‘2 16% |St|00 Z28\0F FH - - Avg uezIg
SIZ a ‘e-e"h "6 shal ied a be ; ‘O-isw |ZS 06/80 Sb] det ap ourelg
S0-|5'% 180 S6\ES Fr Auompuy ys Woy!
‘I |o6 |€h SESS Th - syd [HuNOD
‘OZ|8I _16|9% og} (eI) ‘eSnoy uojzeg
"02|1% 68162 62 CPD ‘dipyd 3g 34
09 |s-69 O'S ZISTZ|S°02/ FE 29} %% OF! - (Ja) “ejooesuag
¢F lo'os |o‘os |s'9S |s'z9|9T 9zi8S 9c) - Cea) qro}ON
o'zs |s'ts Is"Ts love lo TY lo’6s |s°ze |o"zs |s'onis'6s [SEF [STS | 26 92)8F SF (PW) ‘syodeury
0°0z |o'1z |o"az "EE |0°6z-|0'TE 10°6z |0'9T [0°ES lO'Ss 0°SE |O'SP JO"6 | 60 S425 6g] Cd) “e1ydjopepyc
see Is"Zz Ieee ieee lose |s'8e |e te |s"0z Is6t love |s"ee |S'ZE |e°sF| SE 12,08 Th C1-u) ‘Hodme
61 |$"$z |0°2z |0°8Z |0°%G [0° |0"2z |e"ST |s"HT ez lobe IS'ZE IS 1h | 6h 02)70 StCH'N) ‘uansuog
“El Is-ozls'9¢ S'S IS IS O's |S'VTIS'2 |o°%S lows OTE |s'9E/8T OZ)8E EF - CAIN) ‘PUEpsog
G 1 |S°6Z 10°ZE |.40 029.40 oF] - (Com) Sodseq

s tea “Sv ee
0S IS°6h SSP IS°9S |0°FS

s a sts Se ES |S°0S |S'SP STS |S°6F
2 aig Mad hes "SF 10°SF IS'SP 0°6E |O°SE
i
-|E
2

re] o¢ | ox [oe | | se | se | ve | se | ex | ve 0x | or Pig
2 | & | NokLvawasao
x

“UU teehee eee

‘09 ‘HLNOW HL 40 SAV +h ects

‘panuzuoo—asanarag fo ysuopy ay2 sof sa7srZayy 7001F0j0100;0~y

Vor. IT.

APPENDIX.

Meteorological Register for the year 1822.

PLACES OF
OBSERVATION.

Eastport, (Me.) -
Portland, (Me.) -
Ft. Constit’n, (N. H.)
Newport, (R. I.)
Philadelphia, (Pa.)
Annapolis, (Md.)
Norfolk, (Va.)’. -
Pensacola, (Fl.) -
Ft. St. Philip, (La.).
Baton Rouge, (La.)
Council Bluffs. -
Fort St. Anthony
Prairie du Chien
Green Bay = -
Mackinac, (Mich.)
Detroit, (Mich.) - {42
Fort Niagara, (N. Y.) [43

The following schedule exhibits the names, &c. of the gentlemen from whose
records the Meteorological Register has been compiled,

Eastport, (Me.) . - Dr. James H. Sargent, Assistant Surgeon.
Portland, (Me.) _- Dr. JdsephEaton,-,.- Do. Do.
Fort Constit’n,(N. H.) Dr. Joseph Goodhue, - Do. Do.
Newport, (R.I.) - Dr. William Turner, - Do. ‘ Do.
Annapolis, (Md.) - Dr. Dennis.Claude, , -. Citizen. —
Norfolk, (Va.) - Dr. Robert Archer, - Assistant Surgeon.
Dr. M. H. Elliot,* © - Surgeon.

Pnsecgla, (#1) "+ $e J. P..C. M‘Mahon, Assistant Surgeon.

Ft. St..Philip, (La.). Dr.SquireLea, - - Do. ~ Do.
Baton Rouge, (La.) Dr. B. F. Harney, - Surgeon,

Council Bluffs - Dr.John Gale, - - Do.

* Deceased since 1822,

Fort St. A
Prairie du
Green Bay
Mackinac,
Detroit, (N
Fort Niaga

The me
the Regist
ponding §
delphia, 3
Sciences a
tions-of th

It is bel
statements
of observat
on ascale
teorologica
berless ins
necessarily

uniform m
We are
meters use
Philadelph
turer of th
nished wit
few that hz
dentally b
ture as req
daily, at m
state of the
it was not
condensed
phenomens

APPENDIX. 447

Fort St. Anthony - Dr. Edward Purcell, + Surgeon.
Prairie du Chien - Dr. Charles.Mendenhall,* Assistant Surgeon.
Green Bay - - _ Dr. W. V. Wheaton, ‘- Surgeon.
Mackinac, (Mich,)- Dr. William Beaumont - Assistant Surgeon.
Detroit, (Mich.) - Dr. B. Delavan, - - Surgeon.
Fort Niagara, (N. Y.) Dr. William Ballard, - Assistant Surgeon.

The mean teraperature, &c. for Philadelphia, as recorded in
the Register, were furnished by Mr.’ Reuben Haines, Corres-
ponding Secretary of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia, and’ Honorary member of the Royal Academy of
Sciences of Turin, whose judgment and precision in observa-
tions-of this nature entitle them to.the fullest confidence.

It is believed that the foregoing tables exhibit as correct
statements in relation to the temperature of the several places
of observation, as. any others that have hitherto been published
on ascale equally comprehensive. It is well known that me-
teorological observations of every description are liable to num-
berless inaccuracies, both from defects in the instruments
necessarily employed *: making them, ant from the want of a
uniform mode of observation.

We are informed by the Surgeon General that the thermo-
meters used at the military pests were made by Mr. Fisher of
Philadelphia, who sustains a high reputation as a manufac-
turer of that instrument—and that they were uniformly fur-
nished with metalic scales, with the exception perhaps of some
few that have been procured to supply the place of those acci-
dentally broken. The observations from which the tempera-
ture as recorded in the tables, has been deduced, were taken
daily, at morning, mid-day, and evening, at which times the
state of the weather, wind, &c. were particularly noted. But as
it was not practicable to exhibit the whole in a form sufficiently
condensed, much interesting matter relative to atmospheric
phenomena, has necessarily been excluded from the register.

* Deceased since 1822.

448 APPENDIX.

Dr. Lovell, to whom the public is indebted not only for the 3

register itself, but for the measures that have led to its con- ica
struction, has instituted course of meteorological observa- :
tions, at che several military posts of the United States, which

is to embrace a period of at least five years. When this shall | |
have been performed, we have reason to ‘elieve that the data OF the
furnished therefrom, will lead io results relative to the climate Kilisteno
of our country, more satisfactory than any that have hitherto

tween the
hed. + those visit
been publis a es am ai
sfoptee, vi
it not
the Germa
satisfactor
the nasal s
same as th
guish them,
cessary to ¢
to convey t
the introdu
distinguish
This has re
and has inc
Mr. Dupo
The system
probably be
the foundat
vocabularie
The gre
- Wa, and Cr
by those w
to the key.
then ‘vanist
sound as th
was taken
pewa from
nation.

* See Mr.
_ the Transacti
and Mr. Pick
suages,” in
and Sciences

PART IV.
VOCABULARIES OF INDIAN LANGUAGES.

ui

———

OF the following vocabularies, Mr. Say obtained that of the
Killisteno language ; the others were taken down by me. In
order to enable the philologists to establish a comparison be-
tween the languages spoken by the Indians whom we saw, and
those visited. by the party that travelled to the Rock Moun-
tains, Major Long desired that the same system should be
ssont viz. that accompanied by Walker’s pronouncing key.
Had it not been for this circumstance, I would have adopted
the German vowels, as they appear to me more simple and
satisfactory. In the vocabularies which‘I obtained, I found
the nasal sounds. to be \2ry frequent, and to be-exactly the
same as those in the French language 5 in order to dist -
guish them, I have used the sign i. It appeared likewise i.:-
cessary to ag ee the long and short vowels in order f “lly
to convey the Indian sounds; this I have ayaa todo by
the introduction of the accents; the grave (‘) being used to
distinguish the long, and the acute & the short syllabl.3.
This has rendered our present system still more comp!'cated,
and has increased my regret that the valuable suggest 18 of

Mr. Duponceau and Mr. Pickering*. could not be adopted:

The system which was proposed by the latter gentleman may
probably be rendered more simple, and may doubtless be made
the foundation of an easy and satisfactory method of noting
vocabularies...

The great analogy which exists between the Sauk, Chippe-
wa, and Cree languages, will be readily remarked ; especially
by those who will attempt to pronounce the words accordin
to the key. : The difference which they present to the eye wi
then vanish; thus the syllable kia used by me has the same
sound as that on qua used by Mr. Say. The Sauk vocabulary
was taken from Wennebea, the Dacota from Renville, the Chip-
pewa from Bruce, and the Killisteno from ‘a half-breed of that

nation. =
‘ . WILLIAM H. KEATING.

*See Mr. Duponceau’s «Dissertation on English Phonology,” in

_ the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, N. S. vol. I.

and Mr. Pickering’s *‘ Essay. on the Orthography of the Indian Lan-
guages,” in Vol. IV. of the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences. ;

‘ ss FT ee PAD . “ ai = £
See PUENTE AT mISsecneh tt -PSTRTe NTE eee ONAN ee teeereomsenerercrsseeestinewrkeme-nmamaee moran emeateememee eee ee oe oe

wyqoqUyT
Gyapaponoosup | -7UUEA yyYPUadeu
asHem ayyopuyapu

| ba _ S@PLAIp puvyg
aU} 9194 B9"]d 94} 10°

gzpypsdyu |2ys}2upy1s7upugupA yp
odgu Py} gum yy dou

yauguodyu
URAENOAP
Puy TR Aypa
UyUyyPA}267uI
puryssym a

2a QUyUpU
uyydea

PUR MTD, T
odgyem onypu

-"emodd
10 Senaddoo

‘puyed 1 119 ‘qus ‘eqy—t zu “ap: “oapur ‘qu—< ujd = au 2 ike ey iy Se ‘od
‘SaIUVIOGVOOA NVIGNI ae

s1uag

uonendog

S20},

3005

BUSES pu =

‘ ew. 3 esuy sap

24 :
(s9Sug Zarjmod)

Sah JaZuy 210g

aFse}) “qogugyoIgyeu | — qumnyy,
|. Septatp. pueq |

1} F1IYM BIB | 94} 10°
opgUPyspUyUPUPMYD | - 19S1y
ayo} pupa yy dea pueyy

APPENDIX.

mjedsyun 4,9 | 935] yauguodyu wiy

ine _NYPWPMAOYO 12010 FT

apes | Sun0k im) ‘apeaen

Pups]
ugupdy
Qsspuyzu

OP, SSpUNP, MpAR

4m) ‘9y999u9y99u s9U¥}
(uos

stmy,9} Au) “pyoyoupyoom, ysspM ypu

(aaqjow Aw) xsaja
89 yssou
qaypeyey= PL 2PISEMpUyal

" SUTSPAA GSE

UPA zeqsyu

:
x
2

FyUPTOUPM | = —-PYOTMY JO PAORMY
BPAY PTOM AO TYS? J91pjog
PZULMPYAYY BypUpyEY? Qaysyd | ue pid

add
- Sen oles "XNOIg JO ‘v}00Rq "yng 10 ‘Imayeg

“pungd ‘To—£ 1194 “qu? “eqny— 39U “19m Sgaqu ‘pu—t nyd “outd—fy9un ‘pu—t 9yy “Iq Ry “1E) “OIE
‘SUIUVINGVOOA NVIGNI

is ennai

gas ES a a Ra A ES a RNR i 0 Rit le Ba ORG

fa
—_
a
é
<

APPENDIX

ve eer ieeu Jedpuyasyopyour | = -un3) ‘eyepugypupus

dgs
PRD. senna avd

PTE

126 77EF GUS yay Paeyyeayed WH
uyug UYRIEAHA | SMUI|Zey
gpugyo uyullys
909704574 . yyuRyo RANEALUY
woUpUEM paynydyn
espyyupury Br oo
ygedoa edyyya | ugooyd yyy} |
ByopUyUyA PUY RUy |
4Ayspu : vapmegu
yr yspu > pMyg7 pul
F048 : BEMYS,2

odyyysyut fad | uomeMTeyeU
1oyru :
-ugyouedguz}gmys,2 | Jvoquiead)s
suLoqtuls

uyyypagugul

“emoddiy

. 6 » ° a €
Jo ‘emaddiyoq XNoIg 10 “E}09By | nes Jo ‘tmaxEg

*921¢) JO ‘OUd}SIT]TY

-pungd “19—E 11Nq “qn9 “aqn7—F39U ‘9M ‘asgui ‘pU—fujd ‘oujd—Ey QUI “QuI—!9g5 “TLRS “TES “FeAl

‘SAIUWINAVIOA NVIGNI

ugmy} 749 . yaypay) yoamnbs
00,474 syuiU ysty
SUIYSPYSEM EM UyAELIEY UMty
yseyysem ympliuou wmoue 20g
Useyysynpapdesy ydgd2 | sJ20p yong
ORM yA a3q
soyysqmoyiugu Sr 20g]
soxysouiggd gAg : guzqoey | yIq Ng
PSST PUL BMY | O[5eq IEA
ySsTZpUl ugya Aayiny,
spyseed yspupd wou yysy A Pug
| ysoyya ROqeM | — — xOg

PyguIYPy | a0.1e] “Fo
upyeqyE 5 upduyyus 3 Bysa yer INNS } wyompmya 3] HS
wy ysouiguug | Buyuoys agUIaTy Soq
spsuyyoyrledydyky pyousYyse yay NYS PSY8O, YIP #199
STysqEYsTy pSueyoyy fedefugu podpas BRUYIANYS PUR TEM YI? leggy

apyyy A :
wp ysyspu eSuyqoyvigd | -yyuoys 10 ‘yyuy}yNYs BOqsPUPYI?y 2s10H
soupqoyeied ya yyay PeUpansySEAAEANS PUSEISLILE | = Sarpjey

(49}8M SUIU

edouympyoidou yedpugazyopyout | = -un3) “gyypugypugUT eddoxyy? Surds
! - yooug
ads qdzs: . uydyyem | Jaaty

APPENDIX.

amend WH
| an uyRaeeHA | sIAUa1zZeH

Ameren x

Tyg h2VERRUS | e2qoya

&
guys? ujssp yr rein

WIdeA "SO ,
woypenbspn SED Ey a

289 uyMety yaya uyui2y9
upyyyadspur upsyad ydopuyys uyyyad
UyMIMEy you! PUyW Jo Uys - Spyyur
PAO yy PC pdyjuyyga uypury
dyaqpout Bdysyte ¥ROpUI
ymoyseUu
Rarysosy
ymyeded
RanTeyoys yunyg

3 uyuydassy
yeabyspu |” Payoym |; pure yyopysyayyya Fayyou
Ysopuyn yey yu pyoupyy} 5

ysnrysougaydyye renied wey 3988q,0,9u
ORMIRYERUE aideuey PASNpupayA gyguyH
yzuyysd

¥
-_
=)
i
Ba
es
<

-emaddtys

"9212 JO Soua;SIT ITY 10 ‘Semaddruog *XNOIg 10 *B,09Rq “yneg 10 ‘iMayeg

“punod ‘To— 119q qn} ‘eqny—f +90 ‘190 ‘aagui ‘ou—f ud ‘ou £49ui ‘pu—S yey “fy ey “aE SORT

‘SGIUVINGVOOA NVIGNI

~
bo]
v

APPENDIX.

oupMEYs

(waead) “yabozedoys

OVMYIPASOY
oynbypu
ouyyysiduga
ponbo} ywyzu
yyuygu
4eqy
yysidya

guys?
woypynbspm

289

Baqyomygse
BAEAal
BA ySpul
erysidys
ghgmguym yy
UpAyy

ulYy

mide

ujsse

FIqEAySO
UIB AND PAL

uyaety

YstW 10 you

d
uly
QZ

BIDPURA JO 2 9UZYSEO?

Fury
uyy

bh

oyys
SPqSZOS
qgage
994889199
uguyuyg9uU
Puyeu
Posspu
ystu
PI9APU
yugu

au eigyemyyod
PEM YRSPUQYIEY
BAESS,9
Boyedeys,2

Buy eye

Baa ysour
Brysedya
pagan yey
BMoyRYy

amspyedylod

om pho
puUugse
PMygdeEm ysqu
qezr“

ugulgys

T1Pp¥P Ad

aour,)
ode

n9¥s9 "8 Jo OW
JdATI

vem § 2 Jo) ‘yuRg

Payemedojoyoy puesnou..

pspuny
382 AA
(ans

Suis) “gyedyoyyyen eH
BUPA? Wnog
PIEPER Won,

(1838)

a19ysypdy yar spno[g
PIONYSTYIVUEAPAEY PH
wyyeu 12710
PUP pdyyo aAveg
puyu uguyyunupE [Hog
(Om GpIM

dysospu | 02}) — fa yysy edouayy PosspUgyspU | — PATOM.T,
QUO YP
dysoSyed ja) possyyars y1fedaysy afemeyy vessgugIg| QU}; —«- W9ADT ST
Wy PU POssy pul PUPUIQYOEyPA ByopAy

-2a1,) 10 ‘ouasyTy | 4, aslo “xNOIg 40 “ejooeE | = “ynUg JO ‘IMayUg

——-

APPENDIX.

‘punod “o£ 11N9 “que ‘eqny—f39u “19u ‘oagu: ‘qu—F ujd ‘oujd—ypun ‘pu—F9yy “TIES “Iyy “rE

7 ‘SAIEVTNAVIOA NVIGNI

~

Tl “IOA 40 GNG

sn
wl
: nox
eftayupnyy £poqon
(pry Aue
upaym } jo) ‘Aziagq

Ai
UyOTWMO ATE MAPS? ; -13Q Bd1AIIG
uyupupypeuy rth
upuTwoUPyW 90lt PLEA

(au0}s

mores) asp yyqe yS9 ——
suoUL. a
PyypuyyA | ANOLTOH
UZMy 004
NOYyso Ysy JO FeO

rR (a9ALI
\ va} jo) ‘yueg
Baremedoo1oy passno“.L

APPENDIX.

| 7 | paypaipde | pupunpy

— eet
eR

os

lesion’ d th SS Sevineour.

Fith. by HA Carer &° Lihea 1824,

z PTR Ee tt pe TN eee
~e =

Virb. by HO Carey © Lhea 124.

Dog Dance of the Sioux.

tt fa | os Bape et a 8 OS | A BO ~
2 a tT) ate rir)

| _ The notes marked thus’ gare performed with a tremulous voice’sounded Highyiyictc.

Pub. by HC Carev & ILea 1624. Eneravad bv 7 Hill.

Se a rae ee ee

= oe

eee 9 Salli eee ete omit an ated

Pub. by HC Carey & Lea 1624 Enoravd by J Hill.

v.
IF.
SORA
99,3 a,
7S

\
WV

J

liz.

14

1.25

5°
=
<=
—_
qi
> O =
uy Gc
i
-_
O_
Ln
=e

N
Oe ee

a

Enorav'd by J. Till.

Pb. by H.C Carey &1 Lea 1824.

secs talinGonaidianennddieeat elk ats caaienh 5, calier itinerant ane

ot oe ENR ETSI AO 5

en One MN eR Bae TL ee ee ee INE LETTE ENT RP eR RR SO NREPRRR eer Be Se —

“ Rite negniperine tte naatiinaeiriag ui Sa ~ BONS cn 277A
pS Searomereralemsaa Bs £ roaciapueuinininigdinaninastenthaetat
ee

ee ee ne ee ae TON ne nen

ia

Dexion'd ky S.Sevmour Pub. by H.C Carey & 1 Lea 1824. Enoravd hy J. Till.

|
|
|
|
|

Desion'd bv 8 Sevmour.

ere
Puch. by Hl.

Enoravid ly

Desien'd in & Sevineour Pub. by H.C Carev& LLea 1824, Enorevid by 7. 7&7.

Engrav'd Iy TH.

sa ec RO AON TRE

SNR aks an _-

Pith. by HC. Carey b L1ea Engrav'd ty «

»

Enoravid by Ail.

sersntares asim fasten

Fibs by HA Marv “Idea 124,

ie tail ince

: Se ees
Ph For Sek. cot WS Sa ee

trey

Enoravid by Ail.

Engravad by Til.

SR

Engrava by J Fil.

Pach, bre HC Maver & 1 Lea. B24. Enorav'd be I Hii.

Aaa Rien ree nee a

|
|
|
,

Bich lee HC Mares & 1 Lea. IBP4 Enorayv'd by JS. hil.

|
|
i

eston’d by S.Sevrnour-. Engravid hy

Vithvate

rere,

Swaenen p

Vautvata stnara

Cianerbes corputentis

Hilive detente

QUaenee Marie

id

ik gh iii Ramin tt svat

Lipit modesta
2

Heli porena

Telex fhivterna

P Impuhate dypressat

~
NS
y
">
s
=
a

chvaenbliand

Aneidonta gbbhosa

PROBATE TI TENTS Fae NS TE ee . —
POLI AEP EI OE PDN aeaiaeaterneneneadeanadients coma

-

POO ANTE NE STELIOS

: — eT aT RSTET LE IE SLES EEE TET

— =
Wear throne (NN Washingr nm OW. \w

\s ——- oh \e ao NC VA WD Longitide \2

’
ted L Se
Avs.

euttene

~
Se
es

raw

Ying, tng MO tray re ppeditio’ | wwe
. Su, ene by the # an Seve) twethe
A > here are ny leas ri naveierarerernnerdera sieeve esa:
UV Lake & thirty sev eet ‘

thal ZL

adel
cara

on
Poo, Dan 5 ad
‘

ft:
Witd-rie!
a

Bik,

A

— PC ALE OF MILE
70. 80 90 100 __

Oo 50 oO

Ke Weet from \ Greenwich

Md Longttude

90

——___ \.

cere ete wheres,
soroete tee,
ore belted

Gevesce R

tw Saginaw B.

-
0

2
a4

oe
FY Grayn

s
Cape Townsend

\ piassfette 2

urgean b.

“incon BR

DKTBAIT F
Houge Ky

}
*
ab \

Wy.
a
i, ..
chee 2

6%

Monon; thet, Xp

'O@
SJovephis R_.

Bel
r

pre Co

wR

Fenhawe

Greenwich